The URL can be used to link to this page

Minutes 04-19-05 MINUTES OF THE CITY COMISSION MEETING HELD IN THE COMMISSION CHAMBERS, CITY HALL, BOYNTON BEACH, FLORIDA ON TUESDAY, APRIL 19,2005, AT 6:30 P.M. Present: Jerry Taylor, Mayor Mack McCray, Vice Mayor Mike Ferguson, Commissioner Bob Ensler, Commissioner Carl McKoy, Commissioner Kurt Bressner, City Manager Jim Cherof, City Attorney Janet Prainito, City Clerk I. OPENINGS: A. Call to Order - Mayor Jerry Taylor . B. Invocation - Dr. Solomon Rothstein, 2nd Police Chaplain C. Pledge of Allegiance to the Flag led by Commissioner Carl McKoy Mayor Taylor called the meeting to order at 6:30 p.m. Mayor Taylor announced Dr. Rothstein was unable to attend and offered the invocation, followed by the Pledge of Allegiance to the Flag led by Commissioner Carl McKoy D. Agenda Approval: 1. Additions, Deletions, Corrections Commissioner Ensler suggested items 0.3 and 0.4 under the Consent Agenda relating to the Muvico be reversed, placing the site plan before the height exception. Mayor Taylor stated they are on the consent agenda and would both be approved at the same time unless pulled. Commissioner Ensler asked that item B.2 under first reading, the carwash issue, be heard following the consent agenda since many people were present who had previously attended a meeting and the item was tabled. Mayor Taylor also asked that the items under Legal- 2nd reading, A.2 and B.2 be heard immediately following the consent agenda. 2. Adoption Motion Commissioner McKoy moved to approve the agenda as amended. Vice Mayor McCray seconded the motion. Motion passed unanimously. Meeting Minutes Regular City Commission Meeting Boynton Beach, Florida April 19, 2005 II. OTHER: A. Informational Items by Members of the City Commission III. ANNOUNCEMENTS, COMMUNITY &. SPECIAL EVENTS, &. PRESENTATIONS: A. Announcements: None B. Community and Special Events: None C. Presentations: 1. Proclamations: a. Municipal Clerks' Week - May 1st _ 7th. Mayor Taylor read the Proclamation and presented it to the City Clerk, Janet Prainito. He also applauded the efforts of the City Clerk and her staff during the recent staff reductions. Ms. Prainito thanked her staff for their excellent job. IV. PUBLIC AUDIENCE: INDIVIDUAL SPEAKERS WILL BE LIMITED TO 3-MINUTE PRESENTATIONS (at the discretion of the Chair, this 3-minute allowance may need to be adjusted depending on the level of business coming before the City Commission) David Zimet, Executive Director of Boynton Beach Faith Based CDC, 2191 N. Sea crest Boulevard thanked the Commission for recognizing Fair Housing Month. His organization had received a Certification of Appreciation from the Fair Housing Center of Greater Palm Beaches. He attributed the success of his organization to the support of the Boynton Beach City Commission. Mr. Zimet updated the Commission stating ground would be broken in July on three new houses in Cherry Hill. Lee Wische 1302 SW 18th Street spoke on the Board Absentee policy. He stated the term of office would be from April 1st through March 31st, however he had received conflicting information from the City Clerks' office indicating neither March nor April absences were counted. Mr. Wische stated the policy should include the language, "during the term of April 1st to the following March 31st. He also indicated the policy should state that workshop meetings or special meetings do not count. Mayor Taylor added he had received inquiries regarding absences due to sickness. He felt a workshop should be held to review the policy. 2 Meeting Minutes Regular City Commission Meeting Boynton Beach, Florida April 19, 2005 Herb Suss, Wood Fern Drive praised the job of the City Clerk. He reported on a recent tour of the Solid Waste Authority. The area includes a bird sanctuary and excellent bass fishing. Residential development of the land would not be possible. He added the Solid Waste Authority is a self sustaining special district. The public audience was closed. V. Administrative: A. Accept the resignation of Steve Miller, a regular member of the Advisory Board on Children and Youth. Motion Commissioner Ferguson moved to accept the resignation. Vice Mayor McCray seconded the motion. Commissioner McKoy inquired if a reason was given for the resignation. Mayor Taylor stated it was an issue of available time. Vote Motion passed unanimously. B. Accept the resignation of Margaret Newton, a regular member of the Education Advisory Board. Motion Commissioner Ferguson moved to accept the resignation. Commissioner McKoy seconded the motion. Motion passed unanimously. C. Appointments: Appointment To Be Made Board Length of Term Expiration Date I Ensler I Ensler II McCray Mayor Taylor Adv. Bd. On Children & Youth Adv. Bd. On Children & Youth Adv. Bd. On Children & Youth Adv. Bd On Children & Youth StujNon-Voting Alt Alt Reg 1 yr term to 4j06Tabled (3) 1 yr term to 4j06Tabled (2) 1 yr term to 4j06Tabled (2) 2 yr term to 4j06 Mayor Taylor appointed Mary Morera as a regular member.. Commissioner Ensler and Vice Mayor McCray tabled the appointments. Motion Vice Mayor McCray moved to approve the nomination for the Advisory Board on Children and Youth. Commissioner McKoy seconded the motion. Motion passed unanimously. 3 Meeting Minutes Regular City Commission Meeting Boynton Beach, Florida III IV April 19, 2005 Ferguson McKoy Arts Commission Arts Commission Alt Alt 1 yr term to 4/06 Tabled (2) 1 yr term to 4/06 Commissioner Ferguson tabled the appointment. Commissioner McKoy appointed Deborah Nesbit as an alternate. Motion Vice Mayor McCray moved to approve the appointment for the Arts Commission. Commissioner Ferguson seconded the motion. Motion passed unanimously. III IV I Ferguson McKoy Ensler Bldg. Bd of Adj & Appeals Bldg. Bd of Adj & Appeals Bldg Bd of Adj & Appeals Alt Alt Reg 1 yr term to 4/06 Tabled (2) 1 yr term to 4/06 Tabled (2) 3 yr term to 4/08 Tabled (2) Commissioners Ferguson, McKoy and Ensler tabled the appointments. IV McKoy Cemetery Board Alt 1 yr term to 4/06 Commissioner McKoy tabled the appointment. Mayor Taylor Mayor Taylor Code Compliance Board Code Compliance Board Alt Alt 1 yr term to 4/06 1 yr term to 4/06Tabled (2) Mayor Taylor tabled the appointments. IV McKoy Community Relations Board Alt 1 yr term to 4/06Tabled (2) Commissioner McKoy appointed Diane Pacheco as an alternate member. Motion Vice Mayor McCray moved to approve the appointment to the Community Relations Board. Commissioner Ferguson seconded the motion. Motion passed unanimously. IV McKoy Mayor Taylor I Ensler II McCray IV McKoy Mayor Taylor I Ensler Education Advisory Board Education Advisory Board Education Advisory Board Education Advisory Board Education Advisory Board Education Advisory Board Education Advisory Board Stu Reg Reg Reg Alt Alt Stu 1 yr term to 4/06 Tabled 2 yr term to 4/07 2 yr term to 4/07 2 yr term to 4/07 1 yr term to 4/06 1 yr term to 4/06 1 yr term to 4/06 Mayor Taylor appointed Melinda Mallon as a regular member of the board. Commissioner Ensler appointed Patricia Lashley as a regular member of the board and Anthony Gaspard as a student member of the board. 4 Meeting Minutes Regular City Commission Meeting Boynton Beach, Florida April 19, 2005 Mayor Taylor, Vice Mayor McCray, and Commissioner McKoy tabled the remaining appointments. Motion Commissioner Ensler moved to approve the appointments to the Education Advisory Board. Commissioner Ferguson seconded the motion. Motion passed unanimously. IV McKoy Mayor Taylor Library Board Library Board Alt Alt 1 yr term to 4/06 1 yr term to 4/06 Mayor Taylor and Commissioner McKoy tabled the appointments. I I Ensler Ensler Senior Advisory Board Senior Advisory Board Alt Alt 1 yr term to 4/06 1 yr term to 4/07 Commissioner Ensler appointed Robert James as an alternate member and tabled the other appointment. Motion Vice Mayor McCray moved to approve the appointment to the Senior Advisory Board. Commissioner McKoy seconded the motion. Motion passed unanimously. IV McKoy Employees' Pension Board Reg 3 yr term to 4/08 Commissioner McKoy tabled the appointment. VI. CONSENT AGENDA: Matters in this section of the Agenda are proposed and recommended by the City Manager for "Consent Agenda" approval of the action indicated in each item, with all of the accompanying material to become a part of the Public Record and subject to staff comments. A. Minutes: 1. Grant Funding Workshop -March 7, 2005 2. Agenda Preview Conference -April 1, 2005 3. Regular City Commission Meeting - April 5, 2005 B. Bids and Purchase Contracts - Recommend Approval - All expenditures are approved in the 2004-2005 Adopted BUdget. 1.. Approve the "piggy-back" of the City of West Palm Beach, Bid #03/04-06, to Florida Highway Products, Inc. for the Microsurfacing of Roadways in the estimated amount of $180,743.20, plus a project funding contingency of $4,256.80 for a total of $185,000. Vice Mayor McCray pulled item B.1 for discussion. 5 Meeting Minutes Regular City Commission Meeting Boynton Beach, Florida April 19, 2005 2. Accept the written report to Commission of purchases over $10,000 for the month of March, 2005. C. Resolutions: 1. Proposed Resolution No. ROS-061 RE: Approving and authorizing execution of an Engineering Services Proposal for $158,575.00 to Wantman Group to provide engineering and design services for the design, permitting, building and services throughout construction phases for the development of Jaycee Park. 2. Proposed Resolution No. ROS-062 RE: Approving and authorizing execution of an Agreement for Water Service Outside the City Limits with Nelson and Maritza Castellanos for the property at 1235 Highland Rd., Lake Worth, FL (Ridge Grove L T 86). 3. Proposed Resolution No. ROS-063 RE: Approving and authorizing execution of an Agreement for Water Service Outside the City Limits with Jack White for the property at 3823 N. Old Dixie Hwy, De/ray Beach, FL (AMND PL of Trade Wind Estates L TS 5 & 7). 4. Proposed Resolution No. ROS-064 RE: Amending the Cemetery Rules and Regulations to add a new rule requiring the use of a concrete (at minimum) urn vault for cremated remains (cremains) in Boynton Beach Memorial Park. 5. Proposed Resolution No. ROS-06S RE: Authorizing the execution of Task Order No. 3 for $252,200 to Brown and Caldwell to provide a Business Case Evaluation for the Utilities Department Capital Program. Vice Mayor McCray pulled item C.5 for discussion. 6. Proposed Resolution No. ROS-066 RE: Accepting an Interlocal Agreement to provide funding for the demolition of the Boynton Terrace Apartment complex. Vice Mayor McCray pulled item C.6 for discussion D. Ratification of Planning & Development Board Action: 1. (This item has been moved to XIL Legal, B. Ordinances _ 1st Reading, 1) 2. Citrus Park (MPMD OS-004) Request for Master Plan Modification to reduce the minimum side setback for swimming pools from eight (8) feet to three (3) feet for Lot #75. 6 Meeting Minutes Regular City Commission Meeting Boynton Beach, Florida April 19, 2005 3. Boynton Beach Mall/Muvico (HTEX OS-003) Request for Height Exception approval of 19' - 6" to allow decorative rooftop statues at a height of 64'- 6" inches in lieu of the maximum of 45-feet allowed in the C-3 zoning district. Commission Ensler pulled item D.3 for discussion 4. Boynton Beach Mall/Muvico (MSPM OS-OOI) Request for Major Site Plan Modification approval to construct a 3,650 seat (79,500 square feet) movie theatre and a 17,528 square foot addition to the Boynton Beach Mall. Commissioner Ensler pulled item DA for discussion E. Ratification of CRA Action: 1. (This item has been moved to XII Legal, B. Ordinances -1st Reading, 2) F. Approve donation of $4,000.00 to the Boy Scouts of America from the forfeiture fund. G. Approve an expenditure of $33,210.00 from the Federal Justice Forfeiture Fund in order to purchase 6 in-car digital video cameras. Supplier of the equipment is Kustom Signals, Inc., pursuant to a State of Georgia contract. Vice Mayor McCray pulled item G for discussion H. Authorize and approve applying for hazard mitigation funding (per City APM No. 01.02.12) from Department of Community Affairs, Division of Emergency Management to cover the 2nd story windows at City Hall with Miami Dade approved hurricane window coverings. I Award contract to Demolition Contractor Frederico, Inc. of Delray Beach in the amount of $336,800 for the demolition of the Boynton Terrace Apartment Complex. Vice Mayor McCray pulled item I for discussion. Motion Vice Mayor McCray moved to approve the consent agenda items not pulled for discussion. Commissioner Ferguson seconded the motion. Motion passed unanimously. B.1 Approve the "piggy-back" of the City of West Palm Beach, Bid #03/04-06, to Florida Highway Products, Inc. for the Microsurfacing of Roadways in 7 Meeting Minutes Regular City Commission Meeting Boynton Beach, Florida April 19, 2005 the estimated amount of $180,743.20, plus a project funding contingency of $4,256.80 for a total of $185,000. Vice Mayor McCray wanted to make the public aware by resurfacing the estimated cost is $180.743.20. If the roads were paved as an asphalt overlay the cost would have been $346,000. Motion Vice Mayor McCray moved for approval of item B.1. Commissioner Ensler seconded the motion. Motion passed unanimously. C.5 Proposed Resolution No. ROS-06S RE: Authorizing the execution of Task Order No. 3 for $252,200 to Brown and Caldwell to provide a Business Case Evaluation for the Utilities Department Capital Program. Motion Vice Mayor McCray requested C.5, Proposed Resolution No. R05-065, be tabled pending the receipt of a report from Brown and Caldwell on the Interim Utilities Director. He also inquired if bids had been obtained on this project. Mayor Taylor indicated the motion to be tabled did not require a second. The motion passed unanimously. C.6. Proposed Resolution No. ROS-066 RE: Accepting an Interlocal Agreement to provide funding for the demolition of the Boynton Terrace Apartment complex. Vice Mayor McCray indicated although the Boynton Terrace apartments would be demolished, the complex is a nuisance and eyesore. Scott Blaise, Code Compliance Administrator stated upon approval by the Commission the demolition contractor would be on site by the end of the week to commence demolition. Arrangements with Utilities had been made to commence the demolition, all county paperwork had been submitted and the contractors would be available immediately. Mr. Blaise stated if any security problems were related to Code Compliance they would be dealt with immediately. Completion of the project is anticipated within thirty to sixty days. Vice Mayor McCray inquired if the unsecured tarps could be removed. Mr. Bressner stated the tarps would be removed as part of the initial phase of the operation. Mr. Blaise indicated he would contact the contractor to secure the tarps. Commissioner McKoy asked for a specific time line on the Boynton Terrace project. Mr. Bressner stated the approved plan adopted by the Commission three years ago had been identified as single family. City staff and CRA staff have been discussing development options. Once demolition is complete, title to the property must be cleared. Mr. Bressner anticipated the 8 Meeting Minutes Regular City Commission Meeting Boynton Beach, Florida April 19, 2005 property could be vacant for a considerable period of time while the title issue is resolved. Commissioner McKoy encouraged staff to act expeditiously on redeveloping the property. Vice Mayor McCray asked for assurance the property would not be a part of the land bank for the City of Boynton Beach. Mr. Bressner stated the City did not own the property. Herb Suss, Wood Fern Drive, asked if the City or the property owner would be paying for the demolition. Mayor Taylor stated the CRA would be paying with a lien on the property and the ultimate owner would be required to satisfy the lien. The cost of demolition is $350,000. Mayor Taylor complimented the Commission and staff on ridding the City of the worst housing complex. Vice Mayor McCray stated affordable housing at the location is necessary. Motion Vice Mayor McCray moved that Resolution No. R05-066 be approved. Commissioner Ferguson seconded the motion. Motion passed unanimously. D.3 Boynton Beach Mall/Muvico (HTEX 05-003) Request for Height Exception approval of 19' - 6" to allow decorative rooftop statues at a height of 64'- 6" inches in lieu of the maximum of 45-feet allowed in the C-3 zoning district. D.4 Boynton Beach Mall/Muvico (MSPM 05-OOI) Request for Major Site Plan Modification approval to construct a 3,650 seat (79,500 square feet) movie theatre and a 17,528 square foot addition to the Boynton Beach Mall. Commissioner Ensler stated arcades at the Muvico were an issue. He reported information supplied by staff showed the West Palm Muvico had 380 calls in 2004 and extra police had been scheduled to handle juvenile problems plus Muvico employed four security officers. The Boca Raton Muvico had 355 calls. The Jupiter Muvico had similar problems. Commissioner Ensler also cited recent incidents of juvenile shootings in adjoining cities and suggested having arcades in the Muvico may not be in the best interest of the City. Mayor Taylor pointed out the arcade will be inside the theater and a ticket will need to be purchased before entry into the arcade. Also, the recent shooting incidents referred to involved establishments where alcohol had been served with live entertainment and older clientele. Mayor Taylor stated there is presently a lack of places for kids. Although there may be concerns, the Muvico management would be responsible for monitoring the arcades. Commissioner McKoy agreed the youth feel there is nothing to do in the City. As long as the management of Muvico is held accountable for proper management the arcade would be an asset associated with Muvico. 9 Meeting Minutes Regular City Commission Meeting Boynton Beach, Florida April 19, 2005 Vice Mayor McCray joined Mayor Taylor and Commissioner McKoy supporting the arcade with proper policing should not be a problem, especially if there would be an inside entrance. Commissioner Ensler requested representatives of Muvico address the issue of the arcades. Tom Marsicano, URS Corporation, Tampa representing Simon Property Group stated the Mall has its own security that will increase with the new development. George Figgler, Muvico Theaters, Ft. Lauderdale was in agreement with the statements regarding police calls at the Muvico theaters. He stated the CityPlace Muvico handled 1.2 million people in a year so the percent of police calls to the number of patrons would be minor. The Boca Raton theater handles 2 million people a year. Mr. Figgler stated any activity generating millions of people over a year will have security issues. Muvico is a family run business and intends to provide good service daily. Off-duty police officers would be hired based on the type of movies being shown. All managers are trained in crowd control. Through Muvico's experience all guests can be protected and the incidents can be minimized. He stated 50% of the business comes from kids ages 16-21 with a great deal of energy. Play rooms and game rooms are intended to provide a well rounded experience for moviegoers. It is done for a profit. A theater ticket has to be bought to enter the game rooms. Motion Commissioner Ensler moved to approve Item D.4 and Item D.3. Commissioner Ferguson seconded the motion. Motion passed unanimously. Vice Mayor McCray reminded the entire Commission they are responsible for the citizens from the cradle to the grave and they need to offer something for everybody. G. Approve an expenditure of $33,210.00 from the Federal Justice Forfeiture Fund in order to purchase 6 in-car digital video cameras. Supplier of the equipment is Kustom Signals, Inc., pursuant to a State of Georgia contract. Vice Mayor McCray commended the Police Department for not spending monies for repairs but updating equipment when needed. Motion Vice Mayor McCray moved to approve Item G. Commissioner Ferguson seconded the motion. Motion passed unanimously. I. Award contract to Demolition Contractor Frederico, Inc. of Delray Beach in the amount of $336,800 for the demolition of the Boynton Terrace Apartment Complex. Vice Mayor McCray indicated the previous discussion addressed this issue. Motion Vice Mayor McCray moved to approve Item I. Commissioner McKoy seconded the motion. Motion passed unanimously. 10 Meeting Minutes Regular City Commission Meeting Boynton Beach, Florida April 19, 2005 XII. LEGAL: (This item was moved up per agenda approval.) A. Ordinances - 2nd Reading - PUBUC HEARING 2. Proposed Ordinance No. 05-022 RE: Application of Boynton Village, LLC/Cornerstone Premier Communities, to rezone a parcel of land, located at 1801 Northeast 4th Street from Multi Family Residential (R-3) to Planned Unit Development (PUD). Michael Weiner, 209 Seacrest Blvd., representing the applicant, stated the applicant was present if there would be any questions. Mayor Taylor asked if the applicant agreed with all the conditions. Mr. Weiner stated the applicant agreed with all the conditions. Motion Vice Mayor McCray moved to approve Proposed Ordinance No. 05-022. Commissioner Ferguson seconded the motion. Vote City Clerk Prainito called the roll. The vote was 5-0. B. Ordinances - 1st Reading 2. Proposed Ordinance No. 05-024 RE: Amending the Land Development Regulations to allow a Carwash as a conditional use in the M-1 Zoning District. Eric Johnson, Planner, stated the proposed code review is to allow carwashes within the M-1 zoning district as a conditional use. Staff reviewed all the licenses issued by the City relating to carwashes. Five are full service carwashes and allowed as permitted uses in the C-3, C-4 and PCD zoning districts. Historically many properties in the C-4 and M-1 zoning districts were designed and approved for heavy commercial and industrial uses with lower parking requirements than the commercial counterparts. The M-1 zoning district also allows for auto repair shops. Mr. Johnson stated problems arise when retrofitting existing sites for more parking intensive uses. The South Congress study completed in 2002 was also viewed indicating 204 occupational licenses within the area and 61 or 30% were for businesses located on Congress Avenue. Over 66% of those licensed on Congress Avenue had a retail trade component. Staff also considered whether a conditional or permitted use would be appropriate. It was recommended carwashes be allowed in an M-1 zoning district, C-4 and C-3 zoning as a conditional use, requiring review against a separate set of standards. Michael Weiner, 209 Sea crest Blvd., made a presentation. He stated it was a privately initiated text change to the Ordinance, Chapter 2, Zoning section 8.A.4. The applicant had no difficulty with the staff proposed language. He stated carwashes are a viable use in an M-1 11 Meeting Minutes Regular City Commission Meeting Boynton Beach, Florida April 19, 2005 District and carry out the policies and objectives of the Comprehensive Plan and the South Congress Avenue study. Mr. Weiner's slide presentation showed the South Congress corridor went from the Boynton Mall, to industrial uses, apartments, retail uses, residential and then the water plant. The July, 2002 study of the area found 20% of the occupational licenses were professional and personal services. The same study stated that the residential growth created a demand for new and better services. Mr. Weiner stated a carwash does not significantly impact an area and would not tax the water system or the utility department. The equipment has been designed within the OSHA guidelines and is quieter than Congress Avenue itself. Mr. Weiner suggested the carwash would be more compatible than many of the permitted uses in the M-1 Zoning district. Vice Mayor McCray corrected Mr. Weiner that the water treatment plant includes a building and it is shared with Delray Beach. Also Attorney Cherof stated the water treatment plant is not within the City limits or under the City's jurisdiction. Mayor Taylor opened the public audience. Attorney Cherof commented the use change for a zoning district would require two public hearings on May 3rd and then the second and final reading would be on May 17th. Ed Udine, President of the Hunters Run Property Association spoke representing 2,774 residents of the community strongly opposing the carwash on Congress Avenue. He stated the people were surprised and disappointed the Planning and Development Board would recommend a carwash adjacent to the storage facility in a Mixed Use area that includes a nursing home, residential communities to the north, south and west plus a school across the street. He stated the objections were the traffic on Congress Avenue, safety issues regarding the school across the street, property values and the approval would contradict the beautification of Congress Avenue concept. Mr. Udine presented the Commission with a petition signed by 1,473 of Hunters Run residents representing a majority of the homeowners. Motion Vice Mayor McCray moved to receive and file the petition. Commissioner Ensler seconded the motion. Motion passed unanimously. Joseph Baldwin, 1746 Palm Land Drive representing Chanteclair Villas and Palm Land Villas presented a map of the roadways in the area. He pointed out two U-turns would be required to enter or exit the carwash. Golfview Harbour does have homes across the canal that would abut the carwash. Mr. Baldwin further stated across the street would be the nursing home, Cypress Gardens, Crosspointe Elementary School and SilverLake Estates. On 30th Avenue is Hunters Run, Chanteclair Villas, Palm Land Villas, the new Serranto Homes and Boundless Park. Mr. Baldwin presented a petition including 164 names opposing the carwash. Motion Vice Mayor McCray moved to receive and file the petition. Commissioner Ensler seconded the motion. Motion passed unanimously. 12 Meeting Minutes Regular City Commission Meeting Boynton Beach, Florida April 19, 2005 Alvin Newman, President of the President's Council of Hunters Run stated there are twenty-three communities in Hunters Run. All twenty-three presidents have voted against the carwash. He stated the Council had reviewed all new community beautification plans before backing new projects. Allowing a carwash would not be in favor of beautification. Mr. Newman agreed with Mr. Baldwin's assessment of the traffic hazards. He also pointed out several other carwashes in the immediate area and stated they are not points of destination. Herb Suss, Wood Fern Drive, stated the slide presentation by Mr. Weiner was very misleading. He asked the Commission to view the proposed request from the citizens' perspective and reject the request. Patti Hammer, 52 Stratford Lane lives in Hunters Run. She felt the carwash would be inappropriate in the area. The two new communities being built would increase the traffic load. She indicated the Commission should listen to the 1500 people having signed petitions and reject the request. Mayor Taylor closed the public audience. Commissioner Ensler asked staff what the P&D voted on. Eric Johnson answered the vote had been to allow carwashes in the M-1, C-3 and C-4 zoning districts. Commissioner Ensler disagreed and referred to the minutes of the CRA meeting when the C-3 and C-4 district had been added. Attorney Cherof stated the Ordinance is for the M-1 district only. Commissioner Ensler inquired what streets are considered major arteries according to the Ordinance. Eric Johnson stated the only major arterial roadway would be Congress Avenue in an M-1 district. Commissioner Ensler indicated the Ordinance would be allowing carwashes on the only vacant lot along Congress Avenue. Mr. Johnson clarified the staff was also recommending carwashes in C-3 and C-4 zoning districts. Mayor Taylor reiterated the only request being sought was for M-1 districts. Attorney Cherof concurred. Mr. Weiner added there are vacant properties north of the self storage and replacements in the future are inevitable. He stated the site plan favors the citizens' concerns. Mr. Weiner pointed out other permitted uses are in higher categories than carwashes and the City would have less control. Mayor Taylor stated the length of the community is six miles with thirty-one partial service car washes and five full service car washes. Mayor Taylor felt the C-3 and C-4 zones already have carwashes throughout the City and expansion into an M-1 zoning district would not be necessary. Vice Mayor McCray stated he believes in free enterprise. He clarified 85% of the students attending Crosspointe school are bused to the location. To accommodate all the citizens, Vice Mayor McCray would be in favor of the project. Commissioner McKoy asked if staff had an opinion on the traffic effect. 13 Meeting Minutes Regular City Commission Meeting Boynton Beach, Florida April 19, 2005 Mike Rumpf, Director of Planning and Zoning stated the Ordinance is not corridor specific or geographic specific but City wide and one district only. Staff reviewed the request on a City wide basis. At this time he did not have a comment on the traffic for this site. Vice Mayor McCray requested confirmation the vote would be for carwashes in M-1 Zoning and not a specific site. Mike Rumpf agreed and added the change would be for a conditional use. Motion Vice Mayor McCray moved Proposed Ordinance 05-024 be approved allowing carwashes as a conditional use in the M-1 Zoning District. Commissioner Ferguson seconded the motion. Vote City Clerk Prainito called the roll and the motion carried 3-2. (Mayor Taylor and Commissioner Ensler dissenting) Attorney Cherof read proposed Ordinance No. 05-021 by title only. Mayor Taylor opened the public hearing for proposed Ordinance No. 05-021. Since no one wished to speak, the public hearing was closed. Motion Commissioner Ferguson moved to approve Ordinance No. 05-021. Vice Mayor McCray seconded the motion. Vote City Clerk Prainito called the roll. Motion passed 5-0. VIII. PUBLIC HEARING: 7:00 P.M. OR AS SOON THEREAFTER AS THE AGENDA PERMITS A Project: Agent: Owner: Location: Description: Boynton Beach Lofts (LUAR 05-003) Bradley Miller, AICP, Miller Land Planning Consultants, Inc. Louis F. Mascia/Boynton Motel LLC 623 South Federal Highway Request to amend the Future Land Use designation from Local Retail Commercial (LRC) to Mixed Use (MX) (1st READING OF PROPOSED ORDINANCE NO. 05-019); and to rezone from Community Commercial (C-3) to Mixed-Use Low (MU-L) (1ST READING OF PROPOSED ORDINANCE NO. 05-020) 1. Boynton Beach Lofts (NWSP 05-OOS) - 623 South Federal Highway _ Request for new site plan approval to construct a mixed-use project consisting of 48 multi-family dwelling units, 5,364 square feet of retail and 12,354 square feet of office on a 1.21-acre parcel in an MU-L zoning district. (TABLED TO APIUL 19, 2005) 14 Meeting Minutes Regular City Commission Meeting Boynton Beach, Florida April 19, 2005 2. Boynton Beach Lofts (HTEX 05-OOI) - 623 South Federal Highway- Request for a height exception of 3'-2" pursuant to the City's Land Development Regulations, Chapter 2, Zoning, Section 4.F.2, to allow the mechanical room housing elevator/stair tower to be 78'-2" in height, a distance of 3'-2" above the 70' maximum height allowed in the Mixed-Use Low (MU-L) zoning district. (TABLED TO APRIL 19, 2005) Motion Vice Mayor McCray moved to remove item A, A.1 and A.2 from the table. Commissioner Ferguson seconded the motion. Motion passed unanimously. Attorney Cherof asked if the applicant objected to all items being considered as one for public hearing purposes. Bradley Miller of Miller Land Planning, representing the applicant, indicated there would be no objection and would prefer it. Attorney Cherof read proposed Ordinance 05-019 by title only. Attorney Cherof read proposed Ordinance 05-020 by title only. Bradley Miller of Miller Land Planning gave a brief overview including an orientation of the Boynton Beach Lofts. The north end of the project would include a five story tower and south end a six story tower with a connecting span including a recreational deck and a parking garage. The ground floors would contain retail and office space with residences above. There would be two levels of parking garage in the connecting span with the recreation deck on the top. Mr. Miller also indicated there is a height exception of three feet two inches for the elevator shaft to extend above the roof line and provide fire access. He stated the Federal Highway access would be ingress only with another ingress and egress on 4th Street. The developer is in agreement with all of staff comments. Vice Mayor McCray asked to revisit the elevator shaft and its location on the renderings. Franciso Perez, Architect indicated the shaft is recessed so it would not be seen from road level. It would only be seen from above. Commissioner Ferguson commented the site plan is a box type style and would be more attractive if the vacant properties north and south of the site could be developed in conjunction with the current project. Motion Vice Mayor McCray moved to approve Ordinance 05-019. 15 Meeting Minutes Regular City Commission Meeting Boynton Beach, Florida April 19, 2005 Herb Suss, Wood Fern Drive, suggested the vacant lots north and south could be utilized for a carwash. Vi Palladino, Sterling Village, asked if the ingress on Federal Highway would be south bound only since it is a divided highway and u-turns are not allowed. She indicated there have been traffic complications at the location for Sterling Village residents and adding another ingress would worsen the situation. The other concern she had raised at the CRA public hearing involved the twelve foot setback and the close proximity to the road. She also felt the project was not aesthetically appealing with very little visual appeal. Another point was the storm water drainage in the area and if it was adequate for the building. Robert Brown, 701 South Seacrest, suggested if the front setback was a problem, decreasing the side setback would give more width to the project. He also felt the varied elevations would permit air flow through the project. Mr. Brown complimented Mr. Perez on his design and recommended approval of the project to respect the property rights of the owners. Chris Francois, 65 Spanish River Drive in Ocean Ridge, indicated she owned the property north of the project and had been speaking with Addison Properties to build on her lot to compliment the current project. Ms. Francois stated the property owners to the south were also working together to develop their lots together. Commissioner Ferguson seconded the motion to approve Ordinance 05-019. Commissioner Ensler asked the applicant if the building could be combined with the other two properties. Mr. Miller stated there have been ongoing discussions with property owners on both sides. Mr. Miller stated the ingress and egress would remain as it is today. The setback had been set by CRA guidelines and efforts have been made to comply with those. The aesthetics have also been within the CRA guidelines and fully complied. Staff had already addressed the garage with revised plans. The drainage system should be improved by the project and would be carefully scrutinized by all agencies Vote City Clerk Prainito called the roll. The motion passed 5-0. Attorney Cherof asked for a motion on Ordinance 05-020 to rezone. Motion Vice Mayor McCray moved to approve Ordinance 05-020. Commissioner Ensler seconded the motion. Vote City Clerk Prainito called the roll. Motion carried 5-0. Attorney Cherof asked for a motion to approve the site plan. 16 Meeting Minutes Regular City Commission Meeting Boynton Beach, Florida April 19, 2005 Motion Vice Mayor McCray moved to approve the site plan. Commissioner McKoy seconded the motion. Motion carried 4-1. (Commissioner Ferguson dissenting.) Attorney Cherof asked for a motion on the request for height exception. Motion Vice Mayor McCray moved to approve the height exception. Commissioner Ferguson seconded the motion. Motion passed unanimously. Mayor Taylor declared a five minute recess. Recess declared at 8:09 p.m. Meeting resumed at 8:17p.m.. IX. CITY MANAGER'S REPORT: A. Review three (3) short-listed engineering consultants for the West Water Treatment Plant Improvements. Michael Spruce with Kimley-Horn and Associates, introduced the company as a Palm Beach County firm with their primary office in West Palm Beach since 1969. It is a full service engineering firm including John Potts, a pioneer in membrane water treatment and Jerry Ingram a member of the Board of Directors. The firm had done work for the town of Jupiter, South Martin Regional Utility, Indian River County. Utilities, Martin County Utilities and the City of Boynton Beach. The team also includes Mark Miller with seventeen years experience in treatment process design as well as other team experts. Mr. Spruce stated the first project with the City of Boynton Beach would have been the Industrial Avenue project. Currently they are a general engineering consultant for the City. Kimley-Horn has experience working with both the East and West Water plants having prepared the basis of design report for the entire West Water Treatment Plant expansion. The current project would be a subset of the basis of design report which entailed 1500 hours of engineering work. John Potts, Engineer, stated the elements of the project would be putting in new micron filters, changing the membranes to get more water, adding a high service pump and a drive for the unit. Another issue would be the onsite generation of chlorine or liquid delivery. Controls will be provided and integrated into the plant's existing controls. A new generator and additional fuel tank will also be needed. The roof repairs would be required. The last element would be taking in County water on a control basis. Mr. Spruce recapped the presentation stating Kimley-Horn had award winning water treatment plan experts, established relationships with City staff, developed the existing basis of design report and can immediately start work on the project. Vice Mayor McCray asked if the firm had done any work on the East Treatment plant. Mr. Spruce stated yes, by working with a team of other consultants doing conceptual design, 17 Meeting Minutes Regular City Commission Meeting Boynton Beach, Florida April 19, 2005 particular site plan development and process elements. Vice Mayor McCray inquired if testimonies could be provided. A handout was distributed with letters from clients. Mayor Taylor asked about the experience with design of onsite generation. Mr. Potts cited five previous projects with proposed onsite generation, none of which came to fruition. He indicated the unit that generates chlorine would be purchased for the project. Mayor Taylor further asked if the suggestion had been made to tie into the County's water line to increase Boynton's water supply. Mr. Potts replied, no. Mayor Taylor asked Mr. Potts if he favored the onsite generation or liquid delivery. Mr. Potts stated delivery represents less of a burden on the staff. He felt the final decision should be an economical analysis based on what is best for the City's system. Delivery does not require maintenance while onsite generation would. Commissioner Ensler asked Mr. Potts what his interpretation was of the phrase "labor intensive". Mr. Potts indicated perhaps one additional person, one shift, depending on the type of equipment. Systems that generate a higher dose of chlorine have been abandoned. Lower concentration systems are still functional. Mr. Potts reiterated the decision had to be a business decision based on cost effectiveness. Commissioner Ensler asked which system would be safer. Mr. Potts stated there would be an inherit problem with the hydrogen generated. Lower concentrations have been dealt with successfully while higher concentrations have not. Commissioner Ensler inquired if Kimley-Horn were selected would they do a trade off analysis on the onsite generation or go forward with the onsite generation. Mr. Potts answered the choice would be the client's. Commissioner Ensler asked for clarification on the increase in water supply to be generated. Mr. Potts stated interim improvements to the West Water Plant would generate more water and then the later reconfiguration would generate even more water. He pointed out the reconfiguration was not part of the RFP and would cost more. Mr. Bressner stated the cost effectiveness would have to be evaluated to generate additional capacity. Commissioner McKoy asked, from an economic standpoint would liquid delivery be best. Mr. Potts stated from an operation standpoint it would be less. Economically, a study had not been completed. Commissioner McKoy asked about safety concerns for the liquid delivery versus the onsite generation. Mr. Potts repeated the hydrogen generated in the onsite generation can be explosive, but in the lower concentration systems there has not been a problem. Commissioner McKoy inquired if there was an industry trend regarding liquid delivery or onsite generation. Mr. Potts stated predominately liquid delivery was preferred. He qualified the statement that many projects were not big enough to afford the onsite generation and onsite generated is a new process. Commissioner McKoy asked if onsite generation would be the latest technology in the field. Mr. Potts answered it was. 18 Meeting Minutes Regular City Commission Meeting Boynton Beach, Florida April 19, 2005 Commissioner Ensler asked if there was a ballpark price of onsite generation. Mr. Potts quoted a price of $1 million. Vice Mayor McCray asked what the life expectancy for water with this system would be and when this system would have to be revisited. Mr. Potts stated the City of Boynton Beach is on the front edge. Mr. Spruce summarized by stating his teams are well prepared, had studied the options and would be prepared to move forward. He stated the firm had a strong interest in continuing to work with the City. Pat Davis, Vice President with Hazen and Sawyer outlined the presentation. He stated Hazen and Sawyer design only water and waste water facilities. Albert Muniz, Chair of the Technical committee; Geoffrey Hart, Membrane leader; Glenn Cunningham a partner and director of all construction and Janeen Wietgrefe, a civil and mechanical engineer were present also. Mr. Davis indicated the company had been in south Florida since 1968 and had done $1.5 billion in public works infrastructure. The project team would have an average of 23.5 years experience doing this type of engineering. They are familiar with the regulators, contractors, and vendors yielding knowledge expertise and experience. Mr. Davis listed several projects in South Florida using membranes and Geoff Hart had experience with twenty-nine membrane systems. Mr. Davis went on to explain the project plan and the necessary roof strengthening. The proposal also included the addition of a cartridge filter. A new water pump would be needed to match the existing equipment including a new electric generator and computer room. Adding a hypochlorite generator would be required to do the onsite generation of chlorine together with a new fuel oil storage tank. Lastly the project would include automating the Palm Beach interconnect. Mr. Davis stated a detailed work plan would be designed from pre-design through construction and start-up. Each task would be broken down to sub tasks and then resource allocate those tasks. Albert Muniz, Technical Review Committee Leader with Hazen and Sawyer addressed the past performance of the Company and capacity to produce high quality detailed designs. The success of the company will be ensured through the people committed to the project. Hazen and Sawyer also is committed to strong community involvement in such projects as Saturday Science, the YMCA and other Palm Beach County events. Vice Mayor McCray asked if the City was currently storing tanks marked inhalation hazard. Mr. Davis answered yes and added safety devices are in place according to the EPA Risk Management standards. Vice Maor McCray asked if the addition of the hypochlorite generator would eliminate the current tanks being stored on site. Mr. Davis agreed. Commissioner McKoy asked what community projects in the City of Boynton Beach had Hazen and Sawyer participated. Mr. Davis was unaware of any stating they use a more national base approach such as the SECNNE program. (South East Consortium for Minorities in Engineering) 19 Meeting Minutes Regular City Commission Meeting Boynton Beach, Florida April 19, 2005 that is available in all schools in Palm Beach County. Glenn Cunningham runs the program for Hazen and Sawyer including awarding five scholarships. Glenn Cunningham, Partner and Director of Construction, explained the program. Vice Mayor McCray asked for the amount of the five scholarships. Mr. Cunningham indicated the scholarships were enhancements and in collaboration with FAU in the amount of $500 each. Mr. Davis added several of the team members donate many hours of time teaching and running the Saturday Science program. Commissioner Ensler asked if the 1.45 million gallons per day in the three pressure vessels would increase the total production to 8.7 million gallons. Mr. Davis indicated the amount quoted would be the increase amount per train or 4.5 million gallons per day increase. Commissioner Ensler calculated the increase to be .35 more per day. He also requested an estimate of the cost to go back to onsite generation. Mr. Davis indicated a version of onsite generation had been used in odor control systems and many had extensive maintenance problems and shut down. It became more attractive in later years with the EPA risk management plans. A recent analysis of a system in Ft. Lauderdale found the onsite generation was cost competitive even using a conservative assumption on maintenance. Maintenance is always a factor and a recommendation would be made that maintenance be part of the purchase. Mayor Taylor inquired if onsite generation or delivery method would be recommended. Mr. Davis stated the recommendation would be for onsite generation. Mayor Taylor asked for sites in south Florida with onsite generation designed by Hazen and Sawyer. Mr. Davis listed Palm Beach County, Southern Region Waste Water Treatment plant, City of Margate and the City of Hollywood. Mayor Taylor questioned the listing of lawsuits submitted and asked for comment. Mr. Davis stated the professional liability lawsuits were minor issues. He stated many of the general liability lawsuits arise out of the State of New York and are usually settled out. Mr. Davis indicated there had never been a professional liability case in the southeast region. Full disclosure was submitted based on the RFP requirements. Mayor Taylor asked if the firm had worked for the City of Pompano and if there had been a lawsuit. Mr. Davis stated, no. Commissioner McKoy asked if the roles were reversed would the litigation list indicate a high risk. Mr. Davis stated it would depend on the types of lawsuits. He reiterated the general liability suits were unavoidable and the professional liability suits were few and a low risk. Cliff Lambert, Vice President and Board Member of Jordan Jones and Goulding (JJG), stated he was present from the corporate headquarters and indicated the firm was committed to the project and to quality services. He stated 85% of the business in the southeast is repeat business from existing clients. Florida offices have existed since 1995 offering a full range of engineering services needed for this project. All work would be done locally providing all the resources and services staff may need. JJG also supports many service organizations that the clients feel worthy of supporting. JJG is a charter member of the Georgia Mentor/Protege Program partnering with EDT and SLKing, two minority owned African-American companies. 20 Meeting Minutes Regular City Commission Meeting Boynton Beach, Florida April 19, 2005 David Wilkes, Director of Water Treatment for JJG, spoke on the overview of JJG's proposal including long term solution and a sound financial plan. Mr. Wilkes felt JJG could provide fresh insight without competing or conflicting interests. He stated controlling costs by using much of the existing system and optimizing space was essential to stay within the projected total cost and avoid surprises at the end. Jamie Wallace, Lead Technical Engineer, commended the City for moving to onsite chlorine generation which would be a valuable commodity. He stated experience with onsite chlorine system would be paramount to the project. A key issue would be chlorination needs to be intact at all time during the transition. The pitfalls would include storage, electronics and venting of hydrogen gas. The project team expertise would include emergency generation power systems with membrane treatment improvements. The plan entails keeping the interruptions to the system minimal using the design and construction management to accomplish the goal. Four projects have been completed in Florida with onsite chlorine generation under budget and on time plus good quality with the exact components. Mr. Wallace stated the focus of JJP is client related emphasizing the operator's input. Eric Habecker, Regional Manager, stated JJG has 40 years' experience designing water plants with membrane design experts, onsite chlorine generation design experts and project experience. Also part of their team is Reiss Environmental, Mock-Roos and Song & Associates. Vice Mayor McCray asked if all certificates and licenses were current. Mr. Habecker indicated all had been renewed in February for two years. Commissioner Ensler asked where the project leader would be located. Mr. Habecker stated Palm Beach Gardens and Jamie Wallace would sign and seal the plans and be the lead designer. Commissioner Ensler asked for an estimation of the increase in water flow with the design. Jamie Wallace could not give an exact number, but stated each added pressure vessel would add capacity to the skid. Commissioner Ensler asked for comments on the onsite chlorine generations system being more labor intensive. Mr. Wallace stated delivery of brine is the most labor intensive and issues with equipment; however those would not be any greater than the current system. Mayor Taylor added the hazard of trucking chlorine through communities has been a concern for many communities. Mr. Wallace added cost analysis indicates onsite generation is cheaper. Mayor Taylor pointed out the information submitted indicated one firm had 15% minority participation, another 20% minority participation and JJG shows 45%. Mr. Wallace stated the 45% participation was derived from the subcontractors. Mock-Roos is a minority participant while Song and Associates is, in fact, a woman owned business and has 10% of the project. Commissioner McKoy asked for further information on the joint ventures with EDT and SLKing. Mr. Lambert stated the company made a conscious decision to involve minority companies and disadvantaged business in the work process throughout the southeast. EDT and SLKing started in the protege program and are now partners through the entire process and share training programs. 21 Meeting Minutes Regular City Commission Meeting Boynton Beach, Florida April 19, 2005 Discussion Commissioner Ensler commented the areas of local presence and prior experience appeared to be equal for all three firms. He was impressed with JJG and their expertise with onsite generation, the most technically challenging aspect of the project. Commissioner Ensler felt the technical expertise and project team were critical areas and preferred Jordan Jones Goulding for the award. Commissioner McKoy expressed concern regarding the panel chosen to select the short-list. However, he was impressed with Jordan, Jones and Goulding's presentation and their ability to include minorities. Mayor Taylor also had concerns with the process and members of the initial panel and the final panel chosen to arrive at the short list submitted to the Commission. He agreed with Commissioner Ensler's comments regarding JJG's depth of involvement and positive attitude with onsite generation. JJG was also the only firm that mentioned hurricane standards and statutes. Mayor Taylor also favored Jordan, Jones and Goulding. Vice Mayor McCray agreed with more minority involvement in the City of Boynton. He pointed out Kimley-Horn had been a viable source for the City, but new blood may be a better avenue. Commissioner Ferguson stated the ratings were very close between the firms and the presentations were very good. Attorney Cherof indicated the firms needed to be ranked, 1st, 2nd and 3rd. Motion Vice Mayor McCray moved to rank Jordan, Jones and Goulding first. Commissioner Ensler seconded the motion Herb Suss, Wood Fern Drive stated he had the right to talk according to the rules and regulations. Attorney Cherof stated it was the prerogative of the Chair whether to permit public comment. Herb Suss, Wood Fern Drive, stated he had experience in the City of New York with the largest filtration plant for the community and with the firm Hazen and Sawyer. He highly recommended Hazen and Sawyer. In spite of minority involvement, Mr. Suss felt it should be the best firm and best people to do the job. Vote Motion passed 4-1. (Commissioner Ferguson dissenting) Motion Vice Mayor McCray moved to rank Kimley-Horn second. Commissioner Ensler seconded the motion. Motion passed 3-2 (Mayor Tay/or and Commissioner Ferguson dissenting) 22 Meeting Minutes Regular City Commission Meeting Boynton Beach, Florida April 19, 2005 Motion Vice Mayor McCray moved to rank Hazen and Sawyer third. Commissioner McKoy seconded the motion. Motion passed 3-2 (Mayor Tay/or and Commissioner Ferguson dissenting) X. FUTURE AGENDA ITEMS: A. Management of Colors along Congress Avenue, Federal Highway, Gateway Boulevard and Boynton Beach Boulevard (TABLED ON 8/3/04 based on review by Planning & Development Board and eRA) (5/3/05) B. Workshop regarding City Hall/Public Safety Space Needs Report (8/2/05) C. Proposed Lease Agreement with Boynton Woman's Club (TBA) D. Hurricane Design for Public Buildings (5/3/05) E. City Manager's Evaluation (October 2005) F. Commission Boundary Redistricting XI. NEW BUSINESS: a. Adaptive Reuse of Closed Landfill site owned by the City adjacent to the Boynton Links Golf Course. Commissioner Ferguson stated the estimated consultant cost was $40,000. He suggested spending $2,000 with an Application for the assessment of a site specific activity funded by Florida Section 128.1 funds to determine the value if reclaimed. The $2000 would cover an appraisal on the land then move ahead. There are other applicants for the use of the land so an appraisal will be required. Mayor Taylor asked for clarification of Commissioner Ferguson's request. Motion Commissioner Ferguson moved to proceed with the evaluation by the State at no cost and spend the money for an appraisal of the property value. Vice Mayor McCray asked for further clarification. Commissioner Ferguson explained there are two parts. One would be to do the site specific activity funded by state funds. Secondly, the value of the property would have to be determined requiring an appraisal. Vice Mayor McCray mentioned a landfill in Ft. Lauderdale that was prepared for possible residences that did not materialize. He suggested the site specific be done first. Commissioner Ferguson modified the motion to do the site specific activity first. Vice Mayor McCray seconded the motion. 23 Meeting Minutes Regular City Commission Meeting Boynton Beach, Florida April 19, 2005 Commissioner Ensler inquired if the potential use of the property was for purposes other than the golf course. Commissioner Ferguson indicated it was completely separate from the golf course. Attorney Cherof stated the two were separated by a canal. Mayor Taylor stated it was a dump site that had been filled in and closed. It was anticipated to close in 2012. The study would determine if the property could be used earlier than 2012. Mr. Bressner stated the permit for the property would not expire until 2012. A permit modification process would be required prior to 2012. Commissioner Ensler suggested tabling the matter to allow staff to gather more information. Motion Vice Mayor McCray rescinded his second to the motion and offeed a motion to table the matter for a staff report. Commissioner Ensler seconded the motion. Motion passed 4-1 ( Commissioner Ferguson dissenting) b. Agreement with Progress Telecom to provide broadband access to the CRA areas and the Heart of Boynton area. (Proposed Resolution No. R05-067) Mr. Bressner announced there was legislation pending in Tallahasse attempting to regulate municipalities interested in setting up wireless systems. The current proposal is at no charge to the user and verification would be needed that the legislation would exempt municipalities. The next meeting would be after the legislature had concluded. Mr. Bressner suggested the Commission approve the resolution but not sign the contract until the legislation had been acted upon. Vice Mayor McCray asked about the urgency to act now. Doug Hutchinson, CRA Director, indicated the proposal allows for more options. The City Manager's suggestions would give flexibility if it would be to the City's advantage or disadvantage. He stated the opportunity may be missed if the contract is not ready to go. There would be no disadvantage to the City or CRA, but simply securing the option. Vice Mayor McCray asked if the Commission did not act, what would the City lose. Mr. Bressner stated assuming the legislation in place continued to exempt municipalities, perhaps no impact at all. He assured the Commission he would not sign off on any contract until he received confirmation of the legislation. Motion Commissioner Ferguson moved to approve Proposed Resolution No. R05-067. Commissioner Ensler seconded the motion. Motion passed 4-1 (Vice Mayor McCray dissenting) XII. LEGAL: A. Ordinances - 2nd Reading - PUBUC HEARING None 24 Meeting Minutes Regular City Commission Meeting Boynton Beach, Florida April 19, 2005 B. Ordinances - 1st Reading 1. Proposed Ordinance No. 05-023 RE: Allowing a maximum building height exceeding forty-five feet in height but not exceeding seventy-five feet in height in a PID Mixed Use POD, providing application for building with a height exceeding forty-five feet to be processed as a conditional use. Attorney Cherof read Proposed Ordinance No. 05-023 by title only. Motion Commissioner Ferguson moved to approve Proposed Ordinance No. 05-023. Vice Mayor McCray seconded the motion. Commissioner Ensler asked for clarification on the area where the fifth floor would be added. Eugene Gerlica, representing Quantum Group of Companies, stated the areas would be all the Mixed Use PODs within the PID. Specifically the only one not developed currently or having an approved site plan is south of Gateway Blvd. and west of High Ridge Road. There has been no construction on the site. A change request to the technical site plan and a change to the master plan are being reviewed at this time. Commissioner Ensler asked if there was a plan to add a 5th floor at any other site. Mr. Gerlica answered there was not. He stated it was a zoning text change and will apply to all the Mixed Use PODs within the PID; however, most are already developed. Commissioner Ensler further inquired if the 75 foot height exception was necessary. Mr. Gerlica stated the 75 foot maximum would allow a cushion for any five story building within the area. There could be design constraints for a lesser height. Commissioner Ensler asked staff if the applicant had been directed to the SMU Ordinance. Ed Breese, Principal Planner indicated the site did have issues regarding close proximity, setbacks for single family residential and a height cap for every portion of the building, not just floors. Commissioner Ensler stated the SMU Ordinance approval was based on the height being allowed offset by more open space and plaza space. The change requested would not carry the concept forward. Mr. Breese stated the property was not rezoned to an SMU. It is within a Mixed Use POD within the PID. The mixed use project does contain a number of plazas associated with it. Commissioner Ensler also pointed out the taller buildings could not be along the major roadways, but this request would have taller buildings right on the major road. He questioned if more of the SMU features should not be applied for the benefit of the residents. Mr. Breese indicated those are included in the total package. The height exception would allow more open space. David Norris, Attorney for the applicant, stated the open space requirements in Quantum Park have been extensive. The proposed ordinance does deal with setbacks similar to the SMU 25 Meeting Minutes Regular City Commission Meeting Boynton Beach, Florida April 19, 2005 features. He indicated the question of open space had been dealt with when the mixed use designation was created within Quantum and the PID and exceed any requirements in the SMU. Commissioner Ensler stated he was concerned about going above the current height limitation and setting a precedent for future applicants. Mayor Taylor's concern would be City wide and opening the door in a PID or Mixed Use for other exceptions to the height limit. The Commission had approved an additional 105 units when the theater was eliminated. Commissioner Ferguson pointed out it is a PID and only applies to Quantum Park. Mayor Taylor indicated it is Mixed Use. Alice Warren stated every project in the City ends up with a zoning change after the project is done. She felt adding more people and apartments would be like Trump Village like New York. Vote City Clerk Prainito called the roll. Motion failed 2-3 (Mayor Tay/or, Commissioners McKoy and Ens/er dissenting) C. Resolutions: 1. Proposed Resolution No. R05-060 RE: Authorizing issuance of a "Notice of Intent" to create a temporary moratorium to allow staff to review and revise zoning regulations on properties in M-1 Zoning Districts which front on specific roadways. (TABLED ON 4/5/05) Vice Mayor McCray moved to remove Proposed Resolution No. R05-060 from the table. Commissioner Ensler seconded the motion. Motion passed unanimously. Commissioner Ensler inquired if the approval of the carwash would exclude it from the moratorium. Attorney Cherof indicated the Resolution excluded any applications for development activity already being processed. Motion Commissioner Ensler moved to approve Proposed Resolution No. R05-060. Mayor Taylor asked the length of the moratorium. Attorney Cherof indicated it was 180 days. Mayor Taylor inquired if the project could be completed sooner. Mr. Bressner asked if the project would be done inhouse or with a consultant. Mike Rumpf, Director of Planning and Zoning stated it would not normally go outside and the cost options would have to be assessed in conjunction with time constraints. Mr. Bressner estimated the cost would be well under $10,000 using one of the land planning firms the City had used in the past. 26 Meeting Minutes Regular City Commission Meeting Boynton Beach, Florida April 19, 2005 Vice Mayor McCray asked Mr. Bressner what account would be used for the $10,000. Mr. Bressner indicated he would need to review the budget but felt confident the money could be found. Commissioner Ensler modified the motion to have the work done by an outside firm for a maximum of $10,000. Mayor Taylor passed the gavel and seconded the motion. Motion passed 3-2. (Wee Mayor McCray and Commissioner Ferguson dissenting) D. Other: None XIII. UNFINISHED BUSINESS: A. Re-review Commission Decision on CRA and P&D review schedules Motion Vice Mayor McCray moved to table the matter to 5/3/05. Commissioner McKoy seconded the motion. Motion passed unanimously. XIV. ADJOURNMENT: Mayor Taylor adjourned the meeting at 10:14 p.m. CITY OF BOYNTON BEACH , f7~-L7'1--/J tf~,f.-^::t_>' c(' /.A- eputy City Clerk / (042105) ATIEST: @:k'r. 'tn. ~~t 27 . .. l ~ ~ I I cn~ o 0 ::I. 9:~::lt s: 0: t/I .. ~ ~ D.) . ' '::\. c.. --. ::J ;0 CD ' :s CO ,~ ~ g" i. 0)'< ....... ' .1>> n =r n I', " I. :I . ..... '-It :It .. 3 en -. ::s n CD 011 CD Q) o ::T I 'i ',-, a 1:2:\', I""~"a. II ,"~~-" .. .~, '~ rJ 5 - ..i: ,..e =--Stl ....... .e .-g,;1. ~ .!r a an~ oQ. c ::I~ ~l :IJ~ ~]J CDi>>' U)::s CD'" .. .. CD , .' .. f,_' -- I- , ~ 0.&.' "".";-0--L lies ,""'i,. :h , ~-~. rJ o .., . rJ .""""" Z!S$,'. i! ,ot rJ . . . nl~ Sico ... D. 1-' "... ,- _,,;::t""'" 1,1_. ::s .,.,. CC I I , :,1 .. t::' I ',.,:';,,~ "'.. ." .......... ~ If J':E' - ,.g ~3 rJ z CD I>> .... - '< ... ,> - m.2S I"""" '::E f~- ~ ,,. t' : ,> 'f'.' ... :r- CD, ,~ Gr', , 'NIa '",' ,......... ' ~, '~ :s .. ~ CD CD ::I' ca ~',' = (Ie ,.... CD :CQ .. > :S" CD , ,'. a. ::11-< CD 0 C .. - I;'~ ,:"~' , .. ,~.i '~ o ~ o ....c: met 0== ~f s-tI) ::Ii' Ii --I .. ' "'III' 0.... f o ~ :"'t ~ sa: ~ or (1- 0). Q) ~'! ~ ~j' g" ~ · t:: f 6' ~: ,\I ""'c ~; --0' , .... s:l:$ ," ~ ,Q.. ~ """iilQ); ~" "(1): .. ,'," ,n - 3(1) (1) ,~ (1) , en ~ (, (I)' 0 ,~ :3 ~ a 'at ?I- ::J .~ c- a c: ...,. i Q) ::J c- "'tJ a ~ (J.) ~ cs- :::s Q) ...... 0- eD ::t- Q) ~ 0- ..., i ~ 0- ~ C) = I) ~ I) ::I ...... to to .. C/) .... 11 18 L I.. I~'"~",, ~,;I :::I " ,.."" ,~ ~""'IIl:D C70a f ! ~ [I'. ! i f~ l f f f I J i !! Ii t I ;,:a.' In "':a",rnf mf11:aI. f11 :a . m m . . n ~ '. CJ).. "', -l -,'~"..I-l,' B...,...'. :2. "Q;P I ~ ~ 2 -ll~ ~ i [ Ir I i I - .f il,.,......... .Il f. . [ -- -, ~I I i ji.llf!~~ ~ Ii ~lli!2 Iii i if i ii I if ~~~~~. 'i ~~~~~ 33333333333 !! r ! !I ! ! ! ! ! 8.~ I'.~ .:J: o e(3 jB ~ ~ .11 C) &: I) ;;J ::I ...... to to Illll, l~l~~f .. ~~~~~~ ~~~~~ 3 3 3 3 3 !I 3 33 3 3 ~'.~ i',..... i' ~ ~ i'i' i' i' i' i' ~ .;, ~ ~~~~ ~ ~ ~~g.g.~ .... II .. ;'il ::I "' ! J ! II ! ! '.i ! r f I!!III ~11~1' . f11 ~ ~. f,~.' ~ I~ ~.~ 1-< i. J..., i i I i et~ 2 i J i ~ f I g t I , i... .... ..~ ~ ~ I i IfIff.iil .i ~i ~~~12 ...'..'.', U :'-_. . l .9!', 3 C5..3 ~1 S.3 J ~ p Million Gallons Per Month of Water (MGD) ~ ~ NNW W o ~ 0 ~ 0 ~ N 8 N N o 2 ....~ ;1 ~ ";(~ II ~ aL _ N.., o ~ &~ ~" a_~ J ~ ~ o -a a 10 l-f ~a. iii i'C ~:::s ~~ 1')= ir ~ ~n ~.. :::r ~I i. il{ 1......_......... n' I') ~ ~ r>, ~.. f. ,." rJ C'l w/ 1.,'11..1"1 , I -~' "lJ'~ "','... , "I,m ...~~'m..~ I!J.;\,:-___~ ,~: / .~ 1 l::i: '..~_j r...;:.l (:: .' C~J . X ~ .,_.J,' . I "\._ ....J-_. - J-- . ,. '\ I -, 'I I l ;~, ,'" '>< I'~ (N i I "' 'I '-,:> "-~.,, 1',; 'I I~~~:i '~I ~ , '", f'l'''- .-"'=- "'-" \ ...:-~,j.:'.. ~ ...' r"t1.:: 2'" ::-<' ~, ",-., , i, "~,: i '--" ;,. I"',~') ,< ' " ' rJ~~ ~- I,=":' I i ::1" r'--~-- I I ", " 1'~1 ~.--. 'J (,") tJ ',~., L-f., . r'J.~~21:r ?:~~jl 51 < ~!:;C~.> r;..~' :"rJ , I'... I' I . " _L /6 .J_ 1.-.',1 'kill 'T- L___ 1"1 1."16: I i"',J I ~ ')~ -f-a r' t' J ," \:::., ~ l~ k"J ..-~ ~~. U. 'I ~,-----rc-,." _ \.._ .J. f. j.....' ," ):-~..I " ~', I '- " ':-"':'- -.' ..)~ - "..-.... ~' , . ili ,'__ it: .;-,,", ;. ":2-.' . ',~' ~' ,J :':1, I'"~"~; " , ' r , I f.~ I ~~) /@ .... n SOIli" ,r~,_ lli-' ::;:'-IJ' , ,-':j ::::\ \. " t: . -' '1 (''"1 '-"~' ~" f: ~ t l' ~: ~~ l"'-J'l ",--, \.l., I T> I "Cet-roj-< l% ;;; .... .,.--"" ~ ! '.,.' I .~.... .f"...., \...., I ~~r' -...~. , ~ , ,-I, ~..( t.~~.~ (;"1 >.< 1....:) I r" J' (:;> :1 1"':...-..... -' I ......_-~' )X. If'. C ';,-, :,~) (.."... t..... } r " [ei., r~r ;....-...' ---{:~1-""~\ y \.-j () ----(~....J ----...-:...., ""-=:4/ ,..., " .1 :'1 ,1.1- lij".... '~*~ (~) '--,~--'Af:~~'- ""f-." .....r ~ \.-, i ~L.. t' ~ J I I,:: 'I >;;<: i ',,' '.'::..- -i '" ,:...;! i '--jX):}- ~ ii\ , 'Y.'"-.... l ~ ,I .~ C=.,,1 , ','1 ~ ~ " ~';~:'2S '0 .. ,," - ': If '~ 1_, ~ii~ I \ .. i in I~I ~i!i ~ ~ f " 1 /:::'/ .-----=:-',---- \.,~ (' .~ ~ .' \. ~ .\ s icr=4 ; ~ i . 'f "' 1!1i ~il ~~ o .. . o .1, j n t~ i LJ L_u_u L:~=-:-:~-_ ':;~ ~ ; -r-~~:=":~:=:=== _ ~~ -y-- ~ I , !~II'~t~UIS iUiUUU ~iiIU~ j l~rI ~ i~ ~ ~ :.: ll--~-- :: ~ l'l ~L~~ ~,~ I~' .' . ;f ~ ~f Ill; I'~ rJ ~2i' .,f ft~ atC~ jB ~ ~~E ~~' !~ :::E, Jf~ ~ ~Ii Ii; rJ , ',!; _ ,'M'_, m+<'j'" ~ ':., 1'*" , .',',~:G; .)..." " . .. rJ <1';.:" > '\ :~;~;4! '! "" ...... r.:; .r-r- "l~ ".%j ~)jC I en I;~' JN~ ':ii "~!~ ~ " ".- *':"[1" " 5- ,-:' J~"'i : ,.',~:b-., - ,,'" ; ~>' : ~ ,ftI ' ~ ~ J .... I>> i ::T (')- -. .... '< tA ii ::II - ' I~~ ",1", , m, fg' ,3 ?f -0 Aj' i f; I l , , ~I, . i"':E. fto J3 ~ '" .... i :l $ "...,.,~. '....nN '; ><ifi'!-$iMlit' (' ~I' r~ f'~ rJ '~ CD I /' < t- ~ I :J:'< CD 0, Q)e: a. ... ':;:S ",,>". _'d.',' en Q)~" ,........ ~ . I) .. ;:+ I fIj "'CD ~ ~ ~ .(D ~ 0 ... s:l. ~1IJ -=0"-. Q) --\ , :::I .... C ~:(Q MlDion GaIoris Per Month ofWeter(MGD) III ~ "Ill t ~ f 18 i9. if ' [f I ~f : ~g. Ii I,i I~ i ~ J~" " ~,f(' ~ 1"':'"', ,_ '''.n.... " , .~(~,:,". ~ '\~~. ,~" "" ,,,, . .. >. J 0 :..0 , " 5 '" ~~ .~$ " '" ::.. 05 ,>21 '.' FYI J. l!~', I ~. cr \.' s,~' \ ~~ . i5:~ a s' ;;. ... ~ ~ 5g~ " :::I r:: ~ .1 Et e.: ti' , "" ~ ~::;.g'g .= ,.....~ ~ g 0 ~a' ::.: It ~ ::J p;-::I. ~ ;- ~ 5' "" III = II> i:~~1S- ;J~5~ ...... tD 0",0;:-;;1 ... ~ ~ Q.. ,s ~ 5- *~1S-8 ~. ::r Q. r:. '. = II> e :1"~,~'tD ~;g S g *""IiQ. !5 ~ g 3, ~ ~ .... .... ~ ~ :r :r,., ~ :::I ~oP;-cr ,~:::I e &.q~~ ~~g.~ ~gi ~ ~ I'D:-' :go::;' i:gaa: . ~ ~ ~ O'O'~ ., == ofTm ::s _. .., ill 'J)- ~~ g Q. ~ '" = ~,3 ~ !=l _~lI>fil8.l4Q;~ geq~si=~ i4. ~ 5';) ~ ~ - o ~ c: F ~ o' t'ti ~ .... :! (,) -,:::I'" ~ ~;),F ~8' !:">" ~ 11 II;. =' '" ~ ~ ;g ~ "" =:. .,..::r ..., ... S" ::I. ~ ., (i' (,) ~ ~;::'e,:,.,!;-tr~ii ::.: :T "C S" (b..... c: 5' ~'g :1 ~ g z '" :::I 'l:l Q. t!, c ~ g.. ~~ '" g !g.::r8 ;:;.' tD' e Q. = Q. S :r~i ~ ~~ !;-' :!;:~tD~g ~ ,.:j _, II! Co> ~ tD ll> ~:r"~15' ll>;!~, _ tD ,..., _,;;:::1 ~ 0 - ~""I/Q'" = ~'a g !i Q. 8' 0 .... IB <;, :I':::: g Z- .,I!lj....l:l(,)o.... "'....o=I5.....,~ m ~ -!" ., ;.;;.' E:' .... ll> "" (,) ~ .., _, /I> :I 'l:l if - P;- gg::a=~6::: ~ e III i 5' 0 ~ == ",,'E.S'Il>~'l:l~1: .... ~ "" Q.'l:l EO III ." rf..8IS-;-g ~ ~ , e.,= "tzJ & > ;'06' !"" 0' ' . Q)'l:l;:;"::; :;~ ,.. ::J. 0' . C en It> ,. .,.__ =' Il> =':t...:.""iQ.""M-rD =:OfjJ.,n>,.,gc. oO(jS"""'="" p .... ~ -, ,.. ~ ... " ~ ~~Q. " ~ _. I>> "tJ.,. ~ ?J€ * g ;;;-0.2, . ~..~ ~ ~ ~;'& ;r .'" q; .;:;'):J , -< ,.',:JJ :~' ~ 5~ , . (~ ~ ;:~ ."'7J:1 21 ~ ~ o 3 ~~~ i4....3 ~tr1.f !. a ' ai'~ ~g3 ~g.;: .::r a CIl >zj R t""' t= S' Co> ::J, ... ~ ~ .11 o .... ~ ~ ... ... ~ '~ ~ = g ? ;' ~ ~ n , ;r ;; )) .~; ~ ,', ~ d: " '" " .. , ~ ~ ~ ~.. . " ;0 ~ r- ,,,, .; ", ~. ~ ,'0 m ,,,, ~" " c f~ r ~ ~ :7 : or. z !:: r- ~ < .. co'- k: ~ ::'" '~ g ""' ?~ :~ ;- = t: ll> .:i ... ." ~ ~ fr: ,.:: C/) ~'H :O~ :::~' i: ::>:J -; ?- r;; ;; ~ ~ ~ e '" .5 ~ .... oj:<. oj>, :., ~ ~( ~ o :J' " m ~~ ~ 2- o ii" " '< i:-I- ,.~ c-: - -; fS 5~ ~ P.-:: t~' ~ r- -;::; ~.... ;;'. ;10 ~; g ~n ' ,.. ' ,,~ ~~ ~ "~ ~~~ me "'0 i:>zj g~~ nio ~ ~fiZ i? ~ !'t\ 0(11...1 ~fO :n_~ ,-I CJ:i ;I!f!: ~~~ C1>t>;l ::c CJ:i ~' ... I.'" lL' lL'" "" ~'. .'. c' ." . . .'. . . . . I · · . · · . . . . . . I . . ,,'t' '~" ~r'll ~"I" f . - .cI i!. l'- '" t', i" 11 H \ir~11 ~dlH lR.,f~11f ilaefa1 ~lrt\t nItl ~ 1.I:ti ~l1:1!r1 ililli a:ii9..l\lt ll: -. ll' If 1- l~l~",~ !.~,tll~~ ~!!:I~J. ~ ' .; \ ~, ,i _ :i:: I - I' ~ ~ ~', It 1. I .(5 i' I . ~ !i 1 r~ii i ini i III '" i '.... ", ~ i HrJ'I .r\~ ~' is ~l i rt !j u~ It J: ii a t~ ~ ~6 ~- ~' > .t ~ it~ .. ;, I ~ =-l . . '. Q t~ Il', ,~ e ~. n ~ r; ~ 'i ~ \ 'j i!o~i\'- " ? .. r.t .. ... "',. ... l( .. '. (~ ,.., ,. H i -y; i.,. ~ ~ :;:c ~t 'I~' " " (, ') Ii :.' .. ......c ~ '" .. 0 '::f ... .... ., 11 " ~ .. t: ~ 9 ,.,. ,'+ ~ ., ., 11: '" ., Q::J. ,., ;;.~~" .. :J c .' -, .. - -:r:r '" ;:l !lI 0 ., ,., 4:A,~ 'l .. tl ;I ;1 "f , " " r:r t': .... ~ ., "1 :J' ... .. .. Q , " ~ :I .. .. ~ ::r .. .. ~c: t' il..: 1 t- t I ., .. ~ ~,1 ~~ ~ .. ... " :J .:.. ., , I .. .'" ~ ~ :I !1 '"f ~ !!If ... ., ~ . ' G :1:'0{ , .. .. ..~'-~~ n 11 J:r " J:/ .. !J ","", ... ,) 111> ":> ,. ;),.""'0 " " .. 'i ,- 'f Ir.. " ... .. ... '<; ... l' '~ .... !Of "C .... ""= , ,- M 1Ir-"( " , ..... ., .. " , '" "I ., :l I":l 1Ii~ tr- f' ',~_ .. .. ~ " .. - -, CI .. III ... ,~ ,-. Q U .. Cl >:' 0 ,{l " fP~ " a " Q :J a ':! ., 0 .. .. .. . :.:- ~ 'i I L '" :.r "II OJ ~ ;:t ., .,; ., ,-. ".; ._> tI '< ~ 'I ~ " ., ~'n . 'tl tI .... !) (\ ;:l ::> l 0{ Do .. .. -: 11 ... ""0 .... ".. . . ~ ~~. " , t " " 1'1 'f l> " ::r ." .. ,~ => :> r; B ." " r..:J'~ 6 lit 0') ~ " "c .. ~ , If .. D n '" rt ~ OJ It l!l III ;If - It It ., II " ll""f :r" ;:. fIo ., . .., .... . C -'ff ". t; R u ,- fo-.~ ~ 4: .. ,., :t .. . " ~ lJ '1 " a., ~ ... -< ,. '-'In... ;: , I ,.. .-.. 1l.." 11 j'"t ... ~ l.o.tC::.. . .a III .. Il ,.. " L.t !:T' .') w 'J ... ... (r rt " :I :.r a. a Q 0.. t..... C 'Ii .. '.' ... " .. :J 0. ,., IJ ;:1 ) u ... .... rl ,,. .,. -. It l+ , .. .. . .. ; ;r rtn ~ " ~ .,. ... Ii .. " .- '? ~ oil Ii< o~ ... . .. It f~ to: II , a.. ,.} '..It.""' ,... ~ r., r. :3' ... ... JG .r :J " tl ,.. 11 0 " 'i w C .. E:., i) ,... t;\ r; ."" ". C. ~ ,. " ,) ... (. ~ .. . D JoooI.... Q j: .. i: .. .::: - ;> t. It ~ .... ... -" ,rg L' If ~ ;, '>( -- ..." "" .: Tt; ,., .. . ,'I .. " " :J /j 'i '< -..:r .. ",-, l". ~n ~ II .. .... >- W~ ,- "- -. '"r ,.:; " ,... ... '" ... 5:i ... ;) ... .. :. co, ~ '" .. ~ :J '" I "'''<' to ,.. .. 1 .. r; '31 0 >'" ,." :> " {; .., r; ., ,. ~ .. ... .... ;:l r. '" ,- .. ;. i .. .. t- ... ... ~ .. l!l ". rt C 0 ~ .11 ~ .... lo: :"*1' i .. G '1 :;,~ ., ~ ,.., r. ,... . . Q ,., ... i't ;J "!: n :J ,., .' ~ .... ff~ .... I) ....n r' " l+ ') " 0 ~ '1 G ,. r" "I f\ ~ .. r;. "'"" Co '" t- n . . :;, I~"i I ~ :0 ~ 8 0" r, ;'Q ;; " iI .. ... * =- "' .. I) ::] ~ ::. .... ::. r. iii t~ I, .; .:.. ... i:t C. :0 ... 0 g M ,;) ~ :11 ,... C' i:l' .. .- ... 1 ... i .. Hi .., " ti .. '. "" .... "" ~. '" ~ ~ "" :~ '. ,; \) :; r" h;j C .. ,,. " " '- ,.. .... L ~ !,t .; :J r:, ~ 17 :t " lJ.." .. " .. ,- .. .. ... , .. ::J (;\ I;' ;:. '" " .. t'~ '" ~ "! It " r;;. " ,... u ... '"l!: ~ ~r .. : '",'Ii . '1 ~ I hl,:~!,' po, r~: ! 5 = :, t :: " I','"l I' , ;/ , Iii J - c:::::::::>> ~ t.:::::::) -.-,. Q::l ::::t;;:::J ~ ~ =::r ;:1::;l ..,.., ::!:; ~ . t (II f I ~ ~ .... J~ . ,;: "J;;. ~ , fill .. ... 2~~ ... " . :;:J Ii ::' ~"..:::. '1 -0 :a " :;:J no ~........ "''''0- OQ,_ I: . .... ""~;;:I ;;r...~ "( i:'9 "< ....,..F: o!J'. ;:J, .. .;J""tr i .,...... !II,:,. ~.....: 1:t.6 r:lll: Q, ;;tl/'f',.. "":;0 .~ '" ;'.1 ,,~.. ~III .0- "'011I "'cc: O"t'l :,.,.:;r- :soia ':;"0 :J. r ~i .....tT fI'<;o,. ,:,... ~f~ 5:.,. "" :J ... ..., , "" (S,. ::I ::; 5. '" ( tr ;:T' .... "< " !II ::r. oil >lo'l'..... "00....0 III at, r::. ".....'" ~jll.... ...~ "'" .......... "'.0;: 01:0 ' "'''''c. ... ::r... .... ;p'6rtlt .........~ ... ',' It t" : .... (,..t'I"'o Ii:,,,, ....:~. ;;t "'. .,..."",~ ...... ~<Qn/1 ....-. iii ::/1 . ... ....,. '3'<~ "'eo,. l~lI\g .....::r... Q.~2~ ~. ... ....... ..,..Cl..... .... '14 ..... ~o.. ,. :J ~, " .. '"( ,.,. - ... t.....;, l:7::Jrrt.... .~;-< ""...; (I:;:r .. ;:;Io'l'oI)" ,.,. ......... .....-... ,..,::1..... """";106 "<Q...Q, (1;:; "-\c: .....".. .1'\ ~lf ::r~1II l;l't! ::J !:.~o Oa:;;l ", rf r+ ...::i &Ca. ~c::! ~~,.. 0) lit .!GI; .' ,~ ..:~ ...".., "'#"'" ~C'!D !II ., ., ....-0 . .... ~ ~':- r+91 1'", !:Jt ... 0,.,.0 "::r; "".... Orf co. "'c. 0)'" ~. ::. .n .... r'J or: 6 ~J~ 1:....." 11I41) 41 ::.. - -4 ';. .. IQ., S.sr 3:"'0. '''III-.:.:c: C."Orft.."II"'t... ...D...co:O....... ., ~ .. ....." ... 13 a .... ::1'... P. ....,,"'113 ..' "JIr,.. ,.,............ 0..... .. """(.. .2' ::10'0,.." eo ......::Jr 0 Q li'I .,' ." ., i,o "".... ,.,., I, ... "'::r .. t.. ......" " : ::I or: '" .'" d' ~ .. ... 0 ::I '0 ~ '< G.' ... v. t:,nJ ;; .....C;2'..o :;;I. . ........l!l. r;~ "I "*'.....&::1', 0:; v k -<!.tI .' ......." ... -," Q I ."....+-00 ,.,::J8:.r.....Ol:oQ ~ "':+r;"pf':!";. t: n."<.......,. t: .. 1'+11 -.. :::r- .... .'<""'..,... o c:'" n .....ttT~ ...t: ~ Z/o 0"'0- 3.... .11"';::_~411 ., ::=r :l . ". '< n ::P', ..,....ttH, P, ."!i"::2 ."0" : · '"". .:-'t:! .,11 9' ...,., r:r !:. !" .... n ~'.... ."C"'.3::r.......... .. .,~" .e.... h 11 . .. . .,.. 03....0 :f.-A. ""1O.".81'l4.0, "<~ .., (I · ;; ~ "< (I .l:f .)0. '" · g..... ,;a_(. ;:J .". -.. +-., Cl'" 0 (J A.-f). 1If;::, 1: '< II-V ..,. :;:, Ca." g;n:~:", · II ~ rtQIu_ Ca.Qg.~i" "', ....0;.... 'IlrC"D {hep"" 0 _0 ..:;;I."..~......, I'l ......." ... I ,., ....D.C;."..~f-. 01' A~.. :~ '*. ::Jr!. ..., n .. 1Io....~II!i-"'...1It ~.8.~:;:::~ \:I . to ~fj k":r:l!: ..c., .. >W ,., . ,.. ILp D ,:70 "Dr..:;,- ~.O. .....17'1)11 ..... ..,.,.,. Gln..'JM -"'10 ,. G -'(1 ..,,,:;). :I'''f.. . (I..... "f" "'tf!ll .... "'.., "D' 0... 0 "'<"'rr I-II~- f . n ;;:r It! .. l- f- 0> "'" ..... .. ., 'oJ I "< ~ &:::i 'L .... \Cl \Cl . ..; -. ~ ~.. , . ~ ~ 10. i .' -. :~ 0* ~ .::J o - <- C "0 iff -. ~ "'-"'" ,\ -. '~.,\ <:), ' , , \ ,i,'..?J',' ", ",t 1 - ' , "J " ! \~--<~I "-.... 1\\," "'""t,.-.._.",,-,,-_......,..,. #-. :\oi; ~~ 1-, 'i~ t... .... ~, .... (.w i~ <., L.\; ." .. ,~ 'r' ..... .. , , ~~.,~., t 1 it \1111 \1 ~ i ' ~, \~il' 1\ i \ stiii ll, i , ~ I.!~ I i I \ \1,\\ · i th" ~ \ i\l, \ 1. \Iii! 1 \ .h\ \ ; l\il ~ s llli it I !\n ~ .,.. . ~ ! ~ 8 ~ ~ ',2f ~ ~, e~~,~, .,. l:h~ a \,!,~ri ~ ,.,..:,.no: ..,., ..'. Il:: ~ I..!;r- · ~Jdi- ~ ... - ~ :' !'II t :.. .;; Prepared by: ~_~ Kimley-Horn ~ _ ~ and Associates, Inc. "WESTWATER TREATMENT PLANT EXPANSION, PHASE 4, DESIGN/BUILD SERVICES" BID #000-2821-04/ MANDATORY PRE-BID CONFERENCE NO.1 , 2004 AT MANDATORY PRE-BID CONFERENCE NO.2 , 2004 AT WESTWATER TREATMENT PLANT TRAINING ROOM 5469 ~ BOYNTON BEACH BOULEVARD BOYNTON BEACH, FL BID OPENING DATE: , 2004 BID OPENING TIME: 2:30 EM. (LOCAL TIME) CONFERENCE ROOM CITY HALL AUGUST 25, 2004 SECTION 01099 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Damage to Existing Facilities. B. Uncovering Work. C. Consumables during Startup/Testing. D. Staging Area. E. Completeness of Design. 1.2 DAMAGE TO EXISTING FACILITIES The D/B Team is responsible to repair/restore any facilities, components, or water plant functions damaged or destroyed by their operations at the Water Treatment Plant. Since this is an operating Water Treatment Plant with the obligation to provide potable water to its customers, the D/B Team must respond quickly to any damages or interruptions to plant operations. Should the DIB Team be unable or unwilling to perform the repairs or restore the service, the CITY may arrange to have the repairs or service restoration performed by CITY staff or outside forces. The CITY is obligated to notify the DIB Team prior to undertaking this work and the DIB Team has the obligation to pay the costs incurred by the CITY, including the cost of CITY staff. 1.3 UNCOVERING WORK The D/B Team is responsible to notify the CITY's on-site representative prior to covering any portion of the work associated with this project. The D/B Team will be required to uncover for viewing by the CITY's representative any work found covered without issuance of proper noti fication. 1.4 CONSUMABLES DURING STARTUP/TESTING The D/B Team is responsible for the cost of certain consumables associated with start-up of the improvements included in this project. There follows a description of the D/B Team's responsibilities. A. A new load of cartridge filters must be installed in all 5 cartridge filter housings when the trains are released for production of drinking water by FDEP. The D/B Team is responsible for all cartridge filter replacements prior to commencement of production of drinking water. 01 099 - 1 General Requirements B. The D/B Team is responsible for electrical power costs of the four new feedwater pumps until the trains are released for production of potable water by FDEP. Electrical power costs will be calculated based on pump run hours at 140 horsepower per pump. C. The DIB Team is responsible for the cost of scale inhibitor usage until the 6 new trains are released for use by FDEP. At the time ofrelease the bulk and day tanks must contain their rated capaCITY of scale inhibitor. 1.5 STAGING AREA The staging area for materials and equipment is to be located in the vicinity of the future ground storage tank. In order to construct the ground storage tank during later stages of the project the need for a staging area must be diminished. This staging area is located in a Zone 1 as defined by the Palm Beach County Wellfield Protection regulations. All activities in this staging area must comply with those regulations. 1.5 COMPLETENESS OF DESIGN It is a requirement of this project that the CITY, or the CITY's representative, review all components, fabrications, installations, and equipment to be included in this facility before they are installed. It is the D/B Team's responsibility to determine the level of detail contained in the Engineering Design drawings prepared by the Contractor's design professional. Any items of fabrication, equipment, or assembly not shown in detail on the Engineering Design drawings must have fabrication or shop drawings prepared and submitted to the CITY for review prior to actual fabrication or installation. No work in the field toward installation, assembly, or fabrication may begin without approved documentation. 1.6 CONTROL SYSTEM PROJECT INTEGRATOR The West Water Treatment Plant utilizes an automatic control system resident in the existing PLCs and HMI computers. This control system has been customized over the past 10 years to be specifically tailored for use at this plant. In order to maintain this control system philosophy and personality, it is required that all control programming be formed by Control Systems Design, Inc. (CSD). The D/B Team will be required to utilize CSD as the Project Integrator. CSD will not be allowed to provide instrumentation, wiring, or hardware required for this project. Duties and responsibilities of CSD will be limited to programming of the PLCs, HMIs, and Remote Telemetry equipment. The successful respondent will be rcquircd to cngagc CSD as a Sub- Contractor to perform project integration services on this project. In order to eliminate commercial interests from this arrangement, the Schedule of Values includes a preset value for these services. This preset value is assumed to be an allowance which will be drawn upon as the D/B Team makes payments to CSD for services rendered. The D/B o 1 099 - 2 General Requirements Team will not be permitted to markup payments made to CSD on this line item. The scope of services to be provided by CSD on this project is included as Exhibit 7 to the Basis of Design Report. 1.7 OPERATION ASSISTANCE The D/B Team is responsible for providing technical assistance to the CITY for a period of 6 months following start-up of the new trains and start-up of the modified existing trains. The 6 month duration will begin upon release by FDEP of the 6 new trains and release by FDEP of the first existing train to be modified. This technical assistance is to cover all components of the water treatment facilities provided by the DIB Team. CITY staff will operate the water treatment facilities once they are released by FDEP for production of drinking water. The DIB Team must provide a representative on-site on a standard work week basis and available on call over nights and weekends. This person is to provide assistance to CITY staff in understanding the method of operation of all newly installed equipment and correcting, or arranging for correction, deficiencies in the equipment and facilities installed by the D/B Team. END SECTION 01 099 - 3 General Requirements SECTION 01100 SUMMARY 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Scope. B. Work by Owner. C. Work by Others. D. Location. E. Project Funding. F. Coordination. G. Owner Supplied Products. H. Sequence of Work. I. D/B Team Use of Site and/or Premises. J. Owner Occupancy. 1.2 RELA TED SECTIONS A. Section 01200 - Price and Payment Procedures B. Section 01500 - Temporary Facilities and Controls C. Section 01700 - Execution Procedures 1.3 REFERENCES A. Contract Documents consisting of: 1. Instructions to Bidders 2. General Conditions for Construction (Gee) 3. Supplemental Conditions 011 00 - 1 Summary 4. Contract Requirements 5. Project Specific Requirements 6. Technical Requirements 7. Reference Material B. Any conflict between the Contract Documents shall be brought to the attention of the Project Manager, in writing, for resolution. The order of precedence has been established in both the GCCs and Contract. 1.4 SCOPE A. The work under this project consists of: Furnishing all labor, equipment, and materials for construction of the West Water Treatment Plant Expansion - Phase 4. See Basis of Design Report, Section 1, in TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS for complete description of work. B. Omission of a specific item or component of a system obviously necessary for the proper functioning of the equipment or system shall not relieve the D/B Team of the responsibility of furnishing the item as part of the work at no additional expense to the Owner. C. Except as specifically noted elsewhere, DIB Team shall provide and pay for all labor, materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery, transportation, water, heat, utilities, and temporary facilities necessary for the proper execution and completion of work. 1.5 ,YORK BY OWNER None. 1.6 WORK BY OTHERS None. 01 1 00 - 2 Summary 1.7 LOCATION Work covered under this project is located at: CITY of Boynton Beach's West Water Treatment Plant 5469 West Boynton Beach Blvd. Boynton Beach, FL 1.8 PROJECT FUNDING This project is fully funded from the Utility General account(s) established by the CITY of Boynton Beach. 1.9 COORDINATION A. DIB Team shall coordinate its work through the Project Manager and/or Project Engineer to provide for the orderly prosecution of work and the interfacing of work provided by different trades. Ample notice shall be given to the Owner and all work consisting of connecting to existing facilities shall be planned and scheduled so as not to interfere with the operation of the existing facility. B. The D/B Team shall coordinate all testing with the Project Manager and/or Engineer to provide accurate data collection during all phases of construction. All testing shall be performed to the satisfaction of the Project Manager and/or Engineer. 1.10 OWNER SUPPLIED PRODUCTS None. 1.11 SEQUENCE OF WORK A. D/B Team shall schedule their work as set forth in the Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions for Construction other Contract Documents, and Milestone Schedule. B. Construct Work in stages to accommodate the Owner's use of the premises during the construction period; coordinate the construction schedule and operations with the Project Manager. 1.12 D/B TEAM USE OF SITE AND/OR PREMISES A. D/B Team shall limit its use of the premises for work and storage to allow for: 011 00 - 3 Summary I. Work by other Contractors 2. Owner occupancy 3. Public use B. Coordinate use of premises under direction of the Project Manager and/or Engineer. C. Assume full responsibility for the protection and safe-keeping of products under this Contract, stored on the site. D. Move any stored products, under DIB Team's control, which interfere with operations of the Owner, other Contractors or the general public. E. Obtain and pay for the use of additional storage or work areas needed for operations. 1.13 OWNER OCCUPANCY A. Owner may occupy or need access to the project site during the entire period of construction. Coordinate and cooperate with Project Manager in all construction operations to minimize conflict and to facilitate Owner usage. B. D/B Team shall at all times conduct its operations so as to msure the least inconvenience to the general public. 2 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 SALVAGED MATERIALS In the absence of special provisions to the Contract, salvaged materials, equipment or supplies that occur are the property of the D/B Team and shall be removed from the site. 2.2 CERTIFIED CHEMICALS The D/B Team shall use U.S. Department of Agriculture certified chemicals only during performance of all work under this contract. All chemicals used during project construction or furnished for project whether herbicide, pesticide, disinfectant, polymer, reactant or other classification, must show approval of either EP A or USDA and be accompanied by an MSDS. Use of all such chemicals and disposal of residue shall be in strict conformance with manufacturer's instructions. END OF SECTION 011 00 - 4 Summary SECTION 01200 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Testing Allowance. B. Schedule of Values. C. Applications For Payment. D. Change Procedures. E. Defect Assessment. F. Measurement and Payment - Lump Sum Items. 1.2 RELA TED SECTIONS A. Section 01400 - Quality Requirements. B. Section 01700 - Execution Requirements. 1.3 REFERENCES A. Contract Documents consisting of: 1. Instructions to Bidders 2. General Conditions for construction (GCC) 3. Supplemental Conditions 4. Contract Requirements 5. Project Specific Requirements 6. Technical Requirements 7. Reference Material o 1 200 - 1 Price and Payment Procedures 1.4 AUTHORITY Any requirements of the project construction drawings, Technical Requirements, and other bid/contract documents for which the method of payment is not explicitly defined are considered to be incidental costs and should be included in other pay items as appropriate. 1.5 TESTING ALLOWANCE When a Testing Allowance is identified on the Summary of Bid Items, the following applies. A. Costs included in Testing Allowance include the engaging a certified, testing agency; execution of tests; and reporting results as approved by the Project Manager and Engineer. Refer to the Contract Documents, specifically Section 01400 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS and the General Conditions for eonstruction, GC-44 TESTING for specific details and conditions. B. Costs not included in the Testing Allowance: 1. Costs of testing services used by DIB Team separate from Contract Document requirements. 2. Testing agency's stand-by time. 3. Costs ofretesting upon failure of previous tests as determined by the Engineer. C. Only those items qualified for Owner reimbursement will be considered. Such items include, concrete strength cylinders, compaction and proctor testing, bacteriological, and water quality. All predetermined items shall have written, advance approval of the Project Manager. D. Payment Procedures: 1. Submit two (2) copies of the testing and/or inspecting firm's invoice and copies of the Test Reports with next application for payment to the Project Manager. ") Reimbursement to the D/B Team upon proof of payment (to the testing and/or inspecting firm) on approval by the Engineer. 01200 - 2 Price and Payment Procedures 1.6 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Submit a computer generated original Schedule of Values. The approved format shall be as provided by the Project Manager at the Pre-Construction Meeting. Once the DIB Team's original submittal is accepted, it shall become the basis for the Application and Certificate for Payment and Continuation Sheet. B. Submit Schedule of Values at the Pre-Construction Meeting. Refer to the Contract Documents, specifically the General Conditions for Construction, GC-48 PROGRESS PAYMENT PROCEDURES for specific details and conditions. C. Revise Schedule of Values to identify, as a separate line item, approved Field Change Directives and Change Orders, with each Application for Payment. 1.7 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT A. Submit three (3) copies of each Application for Payment. Refer to the Contract Documents, specifically the General Conditions for Construction, GC-47 MEASUREMENT OF AND PAYMENT FOR WORK, Ge-48 PROGRESS PAYMENT PROCEDURES and GC-51 FINAL INSPECTION, TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE for additional details and conditions. B. Content and Format: Utilize Schedule of Values for listing items in Application for Payment. Provide a column for each of the following: 1. Item Number. 2. Description of work. 3. Quantity. 4. Unit of measurement. 5. Scheduled Value. 6. Work Completed: a. Previous Period (Quantity and Value). b. This Period (Quantity and Value). 7. To Date (Quantity and Value). 8. Percentage ofeompletion. 01200 - 3 Price and Payment Procedures 9. Balance to Finish. 10. Retainage. C. Include an updated project schedule. Refer to Section 01700 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS for specific details and requirements. D. Include Progress photographs with each Application for Payment. Refer to the Contract Documents, specifically Section 01380 PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHS for specific details and requirements. E. List each authorized field Change Directive and/or Change Order as an extension on the Application for Payment, listing field Change Directive and/or Change Order number and dollar amount as for an original item of Work. Payment will not be authorized until all items on the Field Change Directive and/or Change Order are complete and accepted by the Project Manager and Engineer. Refer to the eontract Documents, specifically the General eonditions for Construction, GC-46 FIELD CHANGE DIRECTIVE / CHANGE ORDERS for specific details and requirements. F. Prepare Application for final Payment as specified 111 Section 01700 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS. G. Submit with transmittal letter as specified for Submittals 111 Section 01330 SUBMITT AL PROCEDURES. H. Substantiating Data: When the Engineer requires substantiating information, submit data justifying quantities and dollar amounts in question. Provide three (3) copies of data with cover letter for each copy of submittal. Show application number and date, and line item by number and description. 1.8 CHANGE PROCEDURES Refer to the Contract Documents, eontract Clause 10 - CHANGES IN THE WORK and the General Conditions for eonstruction, GC-46 FIELD eHANGE DIRECTIVE / CHANGE ORDERS for specific details and conditions. 1.9 DEFECT ASSESSMENT A. Replace the Work, or portions of the Work, not conforming to specified requirements. 01200-4 Price and Payment Procedures B. If, in the op1l11On of the Project Manager and Engineer, it is not practical to remove and replace the Work, the Project Manager and Engineer will direct one of the following remedies: 1. The defective Work may remain, but the unit sum/price will be adjusted to a new sum/price at the discretion of the Project Manager. 2. The defective Work will be partially repaired to the instructions of the Project Manager, and the unit sum/price will be adjusted to a new sum/price at the discretion of the Project Manager. C. The individual specification sections may modify these options or may identify a specific formula or percentage sum/price reduction. D. The authority of the Project Manager to assess the defect and identify payment adjustment is final. E. Payment will not be made for any of the following: 1. Products wasted or disposed of in a manner that is not acceptable. 2. Products determined as unacceptable before or after placement. 3. Products placed beyond the lines and levels of the required Work. 4. Products remaining on hand after completion of the Work. 5. Loading, hauling, and disposing ofrejected products. 1.10 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT - LUMP SUM ITEMS A. Payment of the lump sums established in the Bid Proposal under the various bid items shall be full compensation for all labor, materials, equipment, supervision,. overhead, and profit, etc. required to furnish, install, construct, test and startup the required facility as described herein. B. Lump sum items shall also fully compensate the D/B Team for any other work which is not specified, but which is required to complete the work as specified herein. C. Payment includes: Full compensation for required labor, products, tools. equipment, facilities. transportation, services and incidentals; erection, application or installation of an item of the Work; overhead and profit. 01200-5 Price and Payment Procedures D. Payment for Work does not indicate acceptance. Work items previously paid for may require additional work effort to bring them into compliance with the requirements of the specific technical specifications and/or project drawings. E. Payment for the General Conditions (including mobilization/demobilization) shall be made at the Contract lump sum price and shall be full compensation for preparatory work and operations in mobilizing and demobilizing for the project including but not limited to, those operations necessary for the movement of personnel, equipment, supplies and incidentals to and from the project site, and for establishment of temporary offices, buildings, safety equipment, sanitary and other facilities. The cost of bonds, permits, required insurance and any other pre-construction expense necessary for the start of the work shall also be included in the General Conditions. DIB Team shall be limited to a maximum of eight percent (8%) of the total price bid, not including Alternates for General Conditions. This cost shall be shown on the Schedule of Values. Partial payments for the General Conditions shall be made in accordance with the following schedule: Percent of Original Contract Amount Earned 10 25 75 100 Allowable percent of Lump Sum Price for General Conditions 25 50 75 100 END OF SECTION 01200 - 6 Price and Payment .Procedures SECTION 01300 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Coordination and Project Conditions. B. Field Engineering. C. Pre-Construction Meeting. D. Progress Meetings. E. Pre-Installation Meeting. 1.2 COORDINATION AND PROJECT CONDITIONS A. The D/B Team shall coordinate scheduling, submittals, and Work to ensure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements, with provisions for accommodating items installed later. B. The D/B Team shall verify utility requirements and characteristics of operating equipment are compatible with building utilities. Coordinate work of various sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing, connecting to, and placing in service, such equipment. C. The DIB Team shall coordinate completion and clean-up of separate sections of the Work in preparation for Substantial eompletion and for portions of Work designated for Owner's occupancy. D. After Owner occupancy of premises, coordinate access to site for correction of defective Work and Work not in accordance with Contract Documents, to minimize disruption of Owner's activities. E. Working Hours: Work on this Contract shall be conducted during normal working hours (7:00 AM to 7:00 PM) on weekdays. Unless otherwise authorized in writing by the Project Manager, no work shall be performed on weekends, on eITY observed holidays or between 7:00 PM and 7:00 AM on weekdays. 01300 - 1 Administrative Requirements F. Request for Information (RFI): 1. The DIB Team shall use the Request for Information (RFI) format distributed at the Pre-Construction Meeting. 2. The DIB Team is responsible to issue RFIs to the Engineer and Project Manager for critical or specific items where it is necessary to obtain a written response and to document subsequent or corrective actions. 1.3 FIELD ENGINEERING A. Employ a Land Surveyor registered in the State of Florida and acceptable to the Engineer and Owner. B. DIB Team shall locate and protect survey control and reference points. C. Control datum for survey is that established by Owner provided survey and shown on the project construction drawings. D. Verify set-backs and easements; confirm drawing dimensions and elevations. E. Provide field engineering services. Establish elevations, lines, and levels, utilizing recognized engineering survey practices. F. Submit a copy of site drawing and certificate signed by the Land Surveyor that the elevations and locations of the Work are in conformance with the eontract Documents. 1.4 PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING A. The Project Manager will issue a Pre-eonstruction Meeting notice to the DIB Team and the Engineer. This notice will identify the documents that the DIB Team must prepare and bring to the Pre-Construction Meeting as well as providing formats for specific reporting and submittals. Refer to the Contract Documents, specifically to the General Conditions for Construction, GC-32 PRE- CONSTRUCTION MEETING for additional details and conditions. B. The agenda is a pre-established Pre-Construction Meeting "checklist" that includes key items from the General Conditions for Construction, Project Specific and Technical Requirements and eontract infonnation. C. The Project Manager will distribute copies of the Pre-eonstruction Meeting Notice documents and Pre-Construction Meeting "checklist" both prior to and during the meeting. 01300 - 2 Administrative Requirements 1.5 PROGRESS MEETINGS A. WEEKLY MEETINGS 1. Jointly, the D/B Team, Project Engineer and Project Manager will schedule weekly progress meetings throughout progress of the Work. These meetings are meant to be somewhat informal with an open exchange with regards to progress and planned activities. 2. At this meeting, the DIB Team shall issue a short term project schedule to demonstrate the progress/work activities accomplished during the last week and to project the planned progress/work activities for a two (2) week "look-ahead". 3. The D/B Team's Design Professional must be represented at a minimum of two (2) Weekly Progress Meetings each month for the duration of the project. B. MONTHLY MEETINGS 1. Each month, the project TEAM will hold a Monthly Progress Meeting. This meeting will serve as the Weekly Progress Meeting for that week. At this meeting, the D/B Team shall submit their DRAFT Application for Payment for review during the meeting. 2. Attendance Required: D/B Team's Project Manager, Superintendent, and Design Professional, Project Manager and Project Engineer. 3. The basic Agenda shall use the CITY's format and will cover the following: a. Review and accept minutes of previous meeting. b. Health / Safety / Environmental. c. Permit Conditions. d. Claims / Field Change Directives. e. Request for Information. f. Submittals. g. Progress and Schedule. h. Quality. I. elient Impact. J. New Business. 4. The Project Manager or Engineer shall record minutes and distribute copies within two (2) days after meeting to participants. 01300-3 Administrative Requirements 1.6 PREINST ALLA TION MEETING A. When required in individual specification sections, the DIB Team shall convene a pre-installation meeting at the site prior to commencing work of the section. B. Require attendance of parties directly affecting, or affected by, work of the specific section. C. Notify the Project Manager and the Engineer two weeks in advance of meeting date. D. DIB Team to prepare agenda and preside at meeting: 1. Review conditions of installation, preparation and installation procedures. 2. Review coordination with related work. E. Record minutes and distribute copies within two (2) days after meeting to participants, with two (2) copies to the Engineer and the Project Manager, and one (1) copy to other participants, and those affected by decisions made. 1. 7 SUBMITTALS When submittals are required by the individual Sections, it is understood that in addition to complying with the individual Section requirements, the DIB Team shall comply with Section 0 1330 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS and Section 01700 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS. If the DIB Team believes there to be a conflict between these requirements, the DIB Team shall issue a written RFI for clarification. END OF SECTION 01300 - 4 Administrati ve Requirements SECTION 01330 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Submittal Procedures. B. Shop Drawings/Catalog eut Sheets. C. Project Schedule. D. Test Reports. E. Manufacturer's Instructions. F. Substitutions. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS Individual Sections as applicable. 1.3 REFERENCES Review and permission to proceed by Project Manager as stated in CITY of Boynton Beach Project Contract Documents does not constitute acceptance or approval of design details, calculations, analyses, test methods, certificates or materials developed or selected by the D/B Team and does not relieve DIB Team from full compliance with contractual obligations. 1.4 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. All submittals by the D/B Team shall be certified and dated by the D/B Team on the face of each document/drawing, be current, accurate and shall be furnished in accordance with requirements of the specifications. Project Manager and Engineer will conduct a review ofD/B Team's submittals and return an original to the D/B Team. SubmIttals will be marked with comments similar to the following: 01330 - 1 Submittal Procedures 1. A = Accepted as submitted, no comment 2. B = Make corrections as noted and resubmit 3. C = Rejected 4. I = For Information Only B. Transmit each submittal with AlA Form G810 or Project Manager approved equivalent form. Sequentially number each transmittal form. Revise submittals with original number and a sequential alphabetic suffix. C. The DIB Team shall group their submittals by materials, components and/or disciplines, i.e., all pipe (of similar type), fittings, valves, tapping saddles etc., shall be grouped in one submittal; all concrete structures, frames and grates shall be grouped in another and so on. It is also required that the submittals be bound for ease of handling. D. Apply DIB Team's stamp, signed or initialed by the DIB Team's Design Professional certifying that review, approval, verification of products required, field dimensions, adjacent construction Work, and coordination of information is in accordance with the requirements of the Work and Contract Documents. E. Each submittal must include an UNPRICED copy of the Purchase Order showing delivery time and stating to the supplier that the CITY of Boynton Beach is the ultimate destination for warranty purposes. F. Schedule submittals to expedite the Project, and deliver to the Engineer and the Project Manager at the address noted on the Contract Documents. Coordinate submission of related items. G. F or each submittal for review, allow twenty-one (21) calendar days for the Engineer / Project Manager review process (excluding delivery times). H. Identify variations from eontract Documents and product or system limitations. If the Project Manager approves any such variation(s), an appropriate contract modification will be issued, except that, if the variation is minor and does not involve a change in price or in time of performance, a modification need not be issued. 1. Provide space for DiB Team and Engineer review stamps. J. When revised for resubmission, identify all changes made sll1ce prevIOus submission. 01330 - 2 Submittal .Procedures K. Distribute, via Transmittal; copies of approved submittals as follows: One copy to L. the CITY's Project Representative and one copy to the D/B Team's Project Superintendent. Instruct subcontractors to promptly report any inability to comply with requirements. M. Submittals not required will not be recognized or processed. 1.5 SHOP DRAWINGS / CATALOG CUT SHEETS A. Shop Drawings I Catalog Cut Sheets for Review: 1. Submit five (5) originals to the Engineer for review and acceptance and one (1) copy to the Project Manager for information only. Submit shop drawings / catalog cut sheets as required by the applicable individual Sections. 2. For drawings greater in size than 11" x 17", one reproducible and four (4) copies shall be submitted to the Project Manager and at the expense of the D/B Team. The Project Manager will be the sole judge of the adequacy of the quality of the reproducible and prints and may reject reproductions and/or prints on the basis of quality alone. Such drawings will not be folded, but will be transmitted in mailer rolls manufactured expressly for that purpose. The reproduction with the Project Manager's review comments will be returned to the D/B Team. A reproducible copy of drawings equal to or less than 11" x 17" is not necessary, but four (4) copies of the unfolded drawings must be transmitted to the Project Manager. B. Shop Drawings for Project Close-out: Submitted in accordance with Section 01700 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 1.6 PROJECT SCHEDUI~E Refer to Section 01700 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS for additional requirements and conditions. 1.7 TEST REPORTS D/B T earn shall direct their testing laboratory to provide copies of all test reports to both the Project Manager and Engineer. Submit test reports for infonnation for the limited purpose of assessing conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the contract documents. Refer to Section 01200 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROeEDURES for additional requirements. 01330 - 3 Submittal Procedures 1.8 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS A. When specified in individual specification sections, submit printed instructions for delivery, storage, assembly, installation, start-up, adjusting, and finishing, to Engineer for delivery to owner in quantities specified for Product Data. B. Indicate special procedures, perimeter conditions requiring special attention, and special environmental criteria required for application or installation. C. Refer to Section 01400 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS, Manufacturers' Field Services article. 1.9 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Prior to proposing any substitute item, DIB Team shall satisfy itself that the item proposed is, in fact, equal or better to that specified; that such item will fit into the space allocated; that such item affords comparable ease of operation, maintenance and service; that the appearance, longevity and suitability for the climate are comparable; and that by reason of cost savings, reduced construction time, or similar demonstrable benefit, the substitution of such item will be in Owner's interest, and will in no way impact detrimentally upon the project completion date and schedule. B. Substitutions may be considered when a product becomes unavailable through no fault of the D/B Team. C. The burden of proof for equality of a proposed substitution for a specified item shall be upon the DIB Team. D. Document each request with complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with Contract Documents. E. If Project Manager or Engineer rejects D/B Team's substitute item on the original submittal, D/B Team may make only one (1) additional submittal in the same category. On the second submittal and all future submittals, the D/B Team shall be invoiced for costs and expenses incurred by Owner, including but not limited to staff time in re-reviewing submittal data including Project Manager, Engineer and overhead costs. F. Requests for substitutions shall not relieve D/B Team of its sole and primary responsibility for timeliness of deliwry of the equipment and material to be furnished under this eontract. 01330 - 4 Submittal Procedures G. The Engineer and Project Manager will receive and consider the DIB Team's request for substitution when one or more of the following conditions are satisfied, as determined by the Project Manager. 1. Extensive revisions to the Contract Documents are not required. 2. Proposed changes are in keeping with the general intent of the Contract Documents or "Shop Specifications". 3. The request is timely, fully documented, and properly submitted. 4. The specified product or method of construction can not be provided within the Contract time. The Owner will not consider the request if the product or method can not be provided as a result of failure to pursue the work promptly or coordinate activities properly. 5. The request is directly related to an "or equal" clause or similar language in the Contract Documents or "Shop Specifications". 6. The requested substitution offers the Owner a substantial advantage, in cost, time, energy conservation or other considerations, after deduction additional responsibilities the Owner must assume. The Owner's additional responsibilities may include compensation for any redesign and evaluation services, increased cost of other construction by the Owner, and similar considerations. 7. The specified product or method of construction cannot receive necessary approval by a governing authority, and the requested substitution can be approved. 8. The specified product or method of construction cannot be provided in a manner that is compatible with other materials and where the D/B Team certified that the substitution will overcome the incompatibility. 9. The specified product or method of construction cannot be coordinated with other materials and where the D/B Team certifies that the proposed substitution can be coordinated. 10. The specified product or method of construction cannot provide a warranty required by the Contract Documents or "Shop Specifications" and where the D/B Team certified that the proposed substitution provides the required warranty. 11. Where a proposed substitution involves more than one sub-contractor, each sub-contractor shall cooperate with the other sub-contractors 01330 - 5 Submittal Procedures involved to coordinate the work, provide uniformity and consistency, and assure compatibility of products. The DIB Team's submittal and the Owner's acceptance of shop drawings, product data, or samples for construction activities not complying with the Contract Documents or "Shop Specifications" do not constitute an acceptable or valid request for substitution, nor do they constitute approval. H. Substitution Submittal Procedure: I. Submit written request for substitution for consideration. Limit each request to one proposed substitution. 2. Submit shop drawings, product data, and certified test results attesting to the proposed Product equivalence. Burden of proof is on proposer. 3. The Engineer will notify D/B Team in writing of decision to accept or reject the request. END OF SECTION 01330 - 6 Submittal Procedures SECTION 01380 PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHS 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Scope. B. Format. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01330 - Subrr.ittal Procedures. B. Section 01700 - Execution Requirements. 1.3 SCOPE D/B Team shall provide one (1) set of progress photographs with each Application for Payment. The progress photographs are to be pertinent to the Contract work during the Contract period as specified and as directed by the Project Manager. The D/B Team shall take a sufficient number of views, from various points throughout the project area to clearly demonstrate the progress of construction. 1.4 FORMAT A. Photographer to use techniques, material and equipment capable of producing photographs of high quality and resolution. B. Dates for photography at site to be coordinated with the Project Manager. Project Manager is to be present during photographic periods at site unless approved otherwise by the Project Manager. C. Photographer to make and retain detailed records of all photographs under this Contract: 1. The records are to be in sufficient detail to support any attestation that may be required of the photographer. 01380-1 Progress Photographs 2 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 NEGATIVES A. The negatives are to be categorized by month taken and must correspond to the progress photographs that accompany each Application for Payment. At project closeout, the negatives are to be submitted to the Owner. If the D/B Team uses digital photography, then the images shall be provided on a CD. B. Capable of producing sharp prints of high resolution. 2.2 PRINTS A. Type: Color prints. B. Finish: Smooth glossy surface. C. Size: 8-in. x 10-in. with suitable margin for identification. D. Paper weight: Single weight. E. Number of prints: One of each view. 2.3 PRINT IDENTIFICATION The following information shall be marked on the front of each print: A. Project Name and date of photograph. B. Detailed description of view including point from which exposure made, compass direction of view, identification of the main features in view. 3 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. In addition to the general progress photographs, photographs of each tieTin point shall be taken prior to backfill and turned in with the monthly Applications for Payment. B. Progress photographs are to he taken within 7 days of the Application for Payment. C. Photographer to furnish additional prints beyond the number specified when requested by Project Manager at commercial rates applicable at time of purchase. 01380-2 Progress Photographs D. All views to contain a relative dimension reference that is easily recognizable by the average person. In views where dimensions are critical use a recognizable measuring devices such as folding ruler, measuring tape in a manner the markings are clear and sharp in the photograph and the device located in close relationship with subject of photograph. 3.2 SITE PHOTOGRAPHY REQUIRED Provide photographs at following stages of construction: A. Site before commencement of any construction. B. All active project site areas, monthly to accompany Application for Payment. C. Such special photographs required by the Project Manager. D. Upon completion of all Contract Work the D/B Team shall take photographs of the over-all site and submit with the final Application for Payment. END OF SECTION 01380-3 Progress Photographs SECTION 01400 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Field QAlQC. B. Tolerances. C. Testing Services. D. Construction Observation Services. E. Manufacturers' Field Services. 1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS In general, the DIB Team is required to follow all technical requirements with regards to material quality, certification, placement and installation. If the D/B Team has questions concerning these items, they are required to generate and issue a Request for Information to the Project Manager and Engineer for resolution and or guidance. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements. B. Section 01330 - Submittal Requirements. C. Applicable sections of the Technical Requirements. 1.4 FIELD QAlQC A. The D/B Team shall monitor quality control over suppliers, subcontractors, products and workmanship, to produce work of specified quality. B. Comply with manufacturers' instructions, including each step in sequence. C. Should manufacturers' instructions conflict with Contract Documents, issue Request For Information to the Engineer before proceeding. 01 400 - 1 Quality Requirements D. eomply with specified standards as minimum quality for the work except where more stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship. E. Perform work by persons qualified to produce required and specified quality. F. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings / catalog cut sheets or as instructed by the manufacturer. G. . Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand stresses, vibration, physical distortion, or disfigurement. 1.5 TOLERANCES A. Monitor fabrication and installation tolerance control of products to produce acceptable Work. Do not permit tolerances to accumulate. B. Comply with manufacturers' tolerances. Should manufacturers' tolerances conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Engineer before proceeding. C. Adjust products to appropriate dimensions, position before securing products in place. 1.6 TESTING SERVICES A. The D/B Team is required to hire a professional, licensed independent firm who will perform tests and other services specified in individual specification sections and as required by the D/B Team, the Engineer or Project Manager. B. Field copies of on site density testing are to be left on site at the completion of each day's testing. The independent firm is required to "map" the results of each day's testing results on the D/B Team's Record Drawings (maintained on site). Refer to Section 01700 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS. C. Certified, signed and sealed test reports will be submitted by the independent firm to the Engineer, Project Manager and DIB Team, indicating observations and results of tests and indicating compliance or non-compliance with Contract Documents. D. Cooperate with independent firm; furnish samples of materials, design mix, equipment, tools, storage. safe access, and assistance by incidental labor as requested. Notify the Project Manager and Engineer 48 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring services. E. Testing does not relieve D/B Team to perform work to Contract requirements. 01400 - 2 Quality Requirements F. Re-testing required because of non-conformance to specified requirements shall be performed by the same independent firm on instructions by the Project Manager or Engineer. G. Refer to the CITY's Contract Documents specifically General Conditions for Construction, GC-44 TESTING and Section 01200 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES for specific and additional requirements. 1.7 CONSTRUCTION OBSERVATION SERVICES A. The Owner will appoint, employ, and pay for specified services for construction observation. These services may be from the Engineer or from another Consultant under the CITY's General Engineering Contract, or may be from the Utilities Department or may be any combination of the above. B. The Project Representative will perform construction observation and other .services specified in individual specification sections and as required by the Project Manager and/or Engineer. C. The DIB Team shall cooperate with the Project Representative; furnish safe access and assistance by incidental labor as requested. Additionally, the DIB Team shall keep the construction observation personnel fully informed of the needs, scheduling and progress of the project. D. This construction observation is for the benefit of the CITY and does NOT relieve D/B Team from performing the work in accordance with Contract Documents. This construction observation does NOT relieve the D/B Team from performing their own QA/QC on the work as required in this and other technical specification sections. E. This construction observation does not replace or substitute for outside agency inspections that may be required. Requirements of the Palm Beach County Building Division relative to inspections are the DIB Team's responsibility. 1.8 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES A. When specified in individual specification sections, require material. or product suppliers or manufacturers to provide qualified staff personnel to observe site conditions, conditions of surfaces and installation, quality of workmanship, start-up of equipment, test, adjust and balance of equipment as applicable, and to initiate instructions when necessary. B. Submit qualifications of observer to the Engineer 30 days in advance of required observations. 01400 - 3 Quality Requirements C. Report observations and site decisions or instructions given to applicators or installers that are supplemental or contrary to manufacturers' written instructions. D. Refer to Section 01330 - SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS, MANUFACTURERS' FIELD REPORTS article. 2 PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. 3 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that eXlstmg site conditions and substrate surfaces are acceptable for subsequent Work. Beginning new Work means acceptance of existing conditions. B. Verify that existing substrate is capable of structural support or attachment of new Work being applied or attached. C. Perform "receiving" inspection of materials, structures and equipment. D. Perform "in-process" inspection as the Work progresses. E. Monitor and inspect the work performed by subcontractors as the Work progresses. F. Examine and verify specific conditions described in individual technical specification sections. END OF SECTION 01400 - 4 Quality Requirements SECTION 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Temporary Electricity. B. Telephone Service. C. Facsimile Service. D. Data Communication. E. Temporary Water Service. F. Temporary Sanitary Facilities. G. Project Closeout. H. B am ers. I. Water Control. J. Protection of Installed Work. K. Security. L. Parking. M. Progress Cleaning and Waste Removal. N. Project Identification. o. Project Engineer's Field Office. P. Removal of Facilities. Utilities. and Controls. 1.2 RELA TED SECTIONS A. Section 01100 - Summary. 01500 - I Temporary Facilities A11d eontrols B. Section 01541 - Security and Safety Procedures for Water Treatment Plant Projects. C. Section 01700 - Execution Requirements. 1.3 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY A. Cost: By D/B Team, provide and pay the cost to install power service required from utility source at the time of project mobilization. B. Provide temporary electric feeder from existing electrical service as warranted. Do not disrupt Owner's use of service. C. Complement existing power service capacity and characteristics as required. D. Provide power outlets for construction operations, with branch wiring and distribution boxes located as required. Provide flexible power cords as required. E. Provide main service disconnect and over-current protection at convenient location. F. Power supply is to be from the existing membrane process electrical room. 1.4 TELEPHONE SERVICE Provide, maintain, and pay for telephone service to the D/B Team's field office and for a dedicated telephone line to the Project Engineer's field office at time of project mobilization. Project Engineer will pay the cost of monthly service for the dedicated line to the Project Engineer's field office. 1.5 FACSIMILE SERVICE Provide, maintain and pay for facsimile service on a dedicated telephone line to field office and a separate dedicated line to the Project Engineer's field office at time of project mobilization. Project Engineer will pay the cost of monthly service for the dedicated line to the Project Engineer's field office. 1.6 DATA COMMUNICATION Provide and pay the cost to install a communication link equal in capaCITY to a T-l telephone line for use by D/B Team and Project Engineer. 01500 - 2 Temporary Facilities And eontrols 1.7 TEMPORARY WATER SERVICE A. Provide, maintain and pay for suitable quality water servIce required for construction operations at time of project mobilization. B. Provide and pay the cost to construct potable water service connected to the existing on-site water system. 1.8 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES Provide and pay the cost to construct sanitary services connected to the existing on-site sanitary system. 1.9 PROJECT CLOSEOUT At the time of Final Acceptance, D/B Team shall remove all temporary facilities from the project location. 1.10 BARRIERS A. Provide barriers to prevent unauthorized entry to construction areas to allow for Owner's use of site, and to protect existing facilities and adjacent properties from damage from construction operations. B. Provide barricades and covered walkways required by governing authorities for public rights-of-way and for public access to existing building where access is required. e. Provide protection for plants designated to remain. Replace damaged plants. D. Protect non-owned vehicular traffic, stored materials, site, and structures from damage. 1.11 'VATER CONTROL Refer to the Contract Documents, specifically the General Conditions for Construction, GC-5 LAWS, REGULA TIONS AND PERMITS for additional informatjon and requirements. A. Grade site to drain. Maintain excavations free of water. Provide, operate, and maintain pumping equipment. B. Protect site from puddling or running water. Provide water barriers as required to protect site from soil erosion. o 1 500 - 3 Temporary Facilities And Controls C. D/B Team shall submit a written plan for authorization to proceed for the control and discharge of subsurface water. Dewatering operations shall not commence until this plan has been reviewed by the Project Manager and Engineer. D. All permits and inspections required by NPDES shall be implemented and posted in the DIB Team's site office prior to the start of site work. 1.12 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK A. . Protect installed Work and provide special protection where specified m individual specification sections. B. Provide temporary and removable protection for installed products. Control activity in immediate work area to prevent damage. C. Prohibit traffic from landscaped areas. 1.13 SECURITY Refer to Section 01541 SECURlTY AND SAFETY PROCEDURES FOR WATER TREA TMENT PLANT PROJECTS. 1.14 PARKING A. Provide temporary gravel surface parking areas located in the area of the proposed ground storage tank to accommodate construction personnel. All construction personnel vehicles shall be parked in the designated parking area. B. When site space is not adequate, provide additional off-site parking. C. Do not allow vehicle parking on existing pavement. D. Designate two (2) labeled parking spaces for the Project Manager and one (1) labeled parking space for the Engineer at the Engineer's field office. 1.15 PROGRESS CLEANING AND \VASTE REMOVAL A. Maintain areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain site in a safe, clean and orderly condition. B. If the D/B Team needs a roll-on / roll-off dumpster, they must contract it with the CITY's Public Works Department. No other dumpsters are allowed on the project site, with the exception of those used for the disposal of hazardous waste. 01500 - 4 Temporary Facilities And eontrols C. Collect and remove waste materials, debris, and rubbish from site periodically and dispose off-site. 1.16 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION A. Provide an appropriate project sign of exterior grade plywood and wood frame construction, painted, with exhibit lettering by professional sign painter to Owner's design and colors as called for in the Contract Documents. Refer to the Project Sign Format handed out during the project's Pre-Construction Meeting (reference Section 01300 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS and GC-32 PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING). B. Erect on site at location established by the Project Manager prior to or at the time of mobilization. The D/B Team must remove the Project sign at the time of Final Acceptance. C. No other signs are allowed without Project Manager's written permission except those required by law. 1.17 PROJECT ENGINEER'S FIELD OFFICE A. Engineer's Field Office: 200 square foot minimum, lockable, weather tight, with lighting, electrical outlets (min. 2), heating, cooling and ventilating equipment, and equipped with sturdy desk with lockable drawers, chair, drawing rack, drawing display table with stool, wall mounted "white board (with markers and eraser). Office access and layout shall comply with current ADA requirements. 1. The Engineer's Field Office shall be in place, fully functioning and accepted by the Project Manager prior to the start of work. 2. Refer to 1.4, 1.5, 1.6 and 1.14 (d) above for telephone, fax, data communication, and parking requirements. 3. Furnish as a minimum two (2) 5 pound fire extinguishers meeting UL elass A, Class B and Class C fires with a minimum rating of 2A: lOB: 1 Oc. 4. Provide "built-in" sanitary facilities (toilet and sink) with running water with proper connection to existing water and sewer lines. D/B Team shall provide hand soap, toilet paper and paper towels. 5. Provide space for Project meetings, with table and chairs to accommodate six (6) persons. 01500 - 5 Temporary Facilities And eontrols 6. Locate trailers a mmlmum distance of 20 feet from existing and new structures. 1.18 REMOVAL OF UTILITIES, FACILITIES, AND CONTROLS A. With the concurrence of the Project Manager, the DIB Team shall remove temporary utilities, equipment, facilities, and materials, after Final Acceptance. B. Remove underground installations to a minimum depth of three (3) feet. Grade and restore the site. C. Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary work. D. Restore existing facilities used during construction to original condition. Restore permanent facilities used during construction to specified condition. END OF SECTION 01500-6 Temporary Facilities And eontrols SECTION 01541 SECURITY AND SAFETY PROCEDURES FOR WATER TREATMENT PLANT PROJECTS 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Responsibility for Work Security. B. Protection of Work in Progress, Materials and Equipment. C. Protection of Existing Property. D. Security Program. E. Entry Control. F. Personnel Identification. G. Security Service. H. Restrictions. 1. Safety Program. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01100 - Summary. B. Section 01500 - Temporary Facilities and Controls. 1.3 RESPONSIBILITY FOR ,YORK SECURITY A. D/B Team shall, at its expense, at all times conduct all operations under the eontract in a manner to avoid the risk of loss, theft or damage by vandalism, sabotage or other means to any property. D/B Team shall promptly take all reasonable precautions that are necessary and adequate against any conditions that involve a risk of loss, theft or damage to its property, at a minimum. D/B Team shall continuously inspect all its work, materials, equipment and facilities to discover and detennine any such conditions and shall be solely responsible for discovery. detennination and correction of any such condition. 01541-1 Security and Safety Procedures For Water Treatment Plant Projects B. DIB Team shall prepare and maintain accurate reports of incidents of loss, theft or vandalism and shall furnish these reports to Project Manager within three (3) days of each incident. 1.4. PROTECTION OF WORK IN PROGRESS, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT DIB Team shall be responsible for and shall bear any and all risk of loss or damage to work in progress, all materials delivered to the site, and all materials and equipment involved in the work until completion and final acceptance of work under this Contract. Excluded from DIB Team's responsibility is any loss or damage that results from the sole active negligence of the Owner or its representatives. 1.5 PROTECTION OF EXISTING PROPERTY A. D/B Team shall so conduct its operations as not to damage, close, or obstruct any utility installation, highway, road or other property until permits therefor have been obtained. If facilities are closed, obstructed, damaged or rendered unsafe by D/B Team's operations, DIB Team shall, at its expense, make such repairs and provide temporary guards, lights and other signals as necessary or required for safety and as will be acceptable to the Project Manager. B. DIB Team shall conduct its operation so as not to damage any existing buildings or structures. The D/B Team shall verify that means and methods of construction used inside, adjacent to, under or over existing buildings will not cause damage. The D/B Team shall provide protection methods that are acceptable to the Project Manager. C. Unless otherwise specifically provided in the Contract, D/B Team shall not do any work that would disrupt or otherwise interfere with the operation of any pipeline, telephone, electric, radio, gas, transmission line, ditch or other structure, nor enter upon lands in their natural state until approved by Project Manager. Thereafter, and before it begins such work, D/B Team shall give due notice to Project Manager of its intention to start such work. D/B Team shall not be entitled to any extension of time or any extra compensation on account of any postponement, interference or delay caused by any such line, ditch or structure on or adjacent to the site of work. D. D/B Team shall preserve and protect all cultivated and planted areas and vegetation such as trees, plants, shrubs and grass on or adjacent to the premises, which, as determined by Project Manager, do not reasonably interfere with the performance of this eontract. E. D/B Team shall be responsible for damage to any such areas and vegetation and for unauthorized cutting of trees and vegetation, including, without limitation, damage arising from the perfonnance of its work through operation of equipment 01541 - 2 Security and Safety Procedures For Water Treatment Plant Projects or stockpiling of materials. All cost in connection with any repairs or restoration necessary or required by reason of any such damage or unauthorized cutting shall be borne by DIB Team. 1.6 SECURITY PROGRAM A. Initiate program at project mobilization. B. Protect Work existing premises and Owner's operations from theft, vandalism, and unauthorized entry. C. Maintain program throughout construction period until Final Acceptance. D: Refer to the CITY's Contract Documents, specifically the General eonditions for Construction, GC-38 SAFETY & PROTECTION OF PERSONS, PROPERTY, RESPONSIBILITY FOR SAFETY AND HEALTH for additional details, conditions and requirements. 1. 7 ENTRY CONTROL A. Restrict entrance of persons and vehicles into Project site and existing facilities. B. Allow entrance only to authorized persons with proper identification. C. Maintain log of workers and visitors; make available to Owner on request. D. Maintain only one point of ingress / egress with a check-in point manned by a security service. E. DIB Team will provide. monitor, and maintain lunch and break areas, restroom facilities, vehicle parking areas, material storage / staging areas, and equipment storage areas. DIB Team will provide a site plan for approval prior to mobilization. 1.8 PERSONNEL IDENTIFICATION A. D/B Team will perform or provide certification that they have performed criminal background checks on their personnel working on site, including all subcontractors. B. Provide identification nD) hadge to each person authorized to enter premises. Badge will be worn in a highly visible location. C. Badge to Include: Personal photograph, name and assigned number and employer. 01541-3 Security and Safety Procedures For Water Treatment Plant Projects D. Maintain a list of authorized persons, submit copy to Owner on request. E. Require return of badges at expiration or termination of their employment. F. DIB Team employees will wear common brightly solid colored "company" shirts for easy recognition. Visitors, sales people, suppliers, inspectors, and other similar personnel will wear similar brightly colored vests for easy identification. 1.9 SECURITY SERVICE Employ a licensed, uniformed, bonded patrol service equipped with radios or cell phones to provide surveillance of site on a yet to be determined hour basis. Security will be present at all times when D/B Team personnel are present, including deliveries, inspections, or when site work is being performed. ill's will be checked, license plates will be recorded, people will be logged in and out, and contents of delivery vehicles and delivered items will be verified. 1.10 RESTRICTIONS Do not allow cameras on site or photographs to be taken except by prior written approval of the Project Manager. 1.11 SAFETY PROGRAM D/B Team will submit their safety program to demonstrate compliance with all applicable safety (OSHA) regulations. A. D/B Team will protect workers, inspectors and other related site personnel from mJury. B. Initiate program at project mobilization. e. Maintain program throughout construction period until Owner acceptance precludes the need for D/B Team safety program. D. Refer to the CITY's Contract Documents, specifically the General Conditions for Construction, GC-44 RESPONSIBILITY FOR WORK SECURITY and GC-49 SAFETY & PROTECTION OF PERSONS, PROPERTY, RESPONSIBILITY FOR SAFETY AND HEALTH for additional details and conditions. END OF SECTION 01541 - 4 Security and Safety Procedures For Water Treatment Plant Projects SECTION 01700 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Delivery, Unloading and Storage B. D/B Team's Work Area C. D/B Team's Equipment and Facilities D. Field Layout of Work E. Project Schedule F. Closeout Procedures. G. Final Cleaning. H. Starting Systems. I. Demonstration and Instructions. J. Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing. K. In-Process Project Record Documents. L. Spare Parts and Maintenance Products. M. Maintenance Service. N. Record Drawings. o. Closeout Documentation. P. Record Document Submittal Requirements. 1.2 RELA TED SECTIONS All Sections as they relate to project closeout and As-Built record requirements. 01700-1 Execution Requirements 1.3 DELIVERY, UNLOADING AND STORAGE DIB Team shall, at its expense, receive, unload, store in a secure place, and deliver from storage to the construction site all materials, and equipment required for the performance of the Contract. The storage facilities, methods of storing and security provisions shall meet Project Manager's approval and manufacturer's recommendations. Materials and equipment subject to degradation by outside exposure shall be stored in a weather tight enclosure provided by D/B Team at its expense. 1.4 D/B TEAM'S WORK AREA All D/B Teams' work areas on the jobsite will be assigned by Project Manager. D/B Team shall confine its office, shops, storage, assembly and equipment and vehicle parking to the areas so assigned. Should DIB Team find it necessary or advantageous to use any additional land outside the Project site for any purpose whatsoever, D/B Team shall, at its expense, provide and make its own arrangements for the use of such additional land. 1.5 D/B TEAM'S EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES A. D/B Team shall provide and use on any work only such construction equipment as is capable of producing the quality and quantity of work and materials required by the Contract and within the time or times specified in the Contract. Before proceeding with any Contract work or with erection of any facilities, including but not limited to temporary structures, machinery, equipment, offices and warehouses, D/B Team shall furnish Project Manager such information and drawings relative to such equipment and, facilities as Project Manager may request. B. Upon written order of Project Manager, D/B Team shall discontinue operation of unsatisfactory equipment or facilities and shall either modify or remove the unsatisfactory items from the site. D/B Team shall not remove construction equipment from the site before the work is finally accepted without Project Manager's written approval. Such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. 1.6 FIELD LAYOUT OF \VORK A. All Work under this Contract shall be constructed in accordance with the jines and grades shown on the project construction drawings or as approved by the Project Manager in writing. Elevation of existing ground, structures and appurtenances are believed to be reasonably correct but are not guaranteed to be absolute and therefore are presented only as an approximation. B. All survey \vork for construction control purposes shall be made by a land surveyor registered in the State of Florida with demonstrated experience in the 01700 - 2 Execution Requirements project area who shall be employed by the DIB Team at its expense. The D/B Team shall establish all base lines for the location of the principal component parts of the Work together with permanent benchmarks and temporary bench marks adjacent to the Work. Based upon the information provided by the project construction drawings, the D/B Team shall develop and make all detail surveys necessary for construction including establishment or construction of grid coordinates as shown on the project construction drawings, location of property boundaries, stakes for all working points, lines and elevations. DIB Team shall furnish Owner survey necessary for utility easements. C. The DIB Team shall have the responsibility to carefully preserve all benchmarks, reference points and stakes. In case of destruction thereof by the DIB Team resulting from its negligence, or for any other reason, D/B Team shall be held liable for any expense and damage resulting there from and shall be responsible for any mistakes that may be caused by the unnecessary loss or disturbance of such bench marks, reference points and stakes. Existing or new control points, property markers, and monuments that will be established or are destroyed during the normal course of construction shall be re-established by the DIB Team, and all reference ties recorded therefore shall be furnished to the Project Manager. All computations necessary to establish the exact position of the Work shall be made and preserved by the DIB Team. 1.7 PROJECT SCHEDULE A. The D/B Team shall prepare a project schedule in the form of a computer generated, horizontal bar chart identifying each major work activity for the design, procurement, fabrication and/or construction segments (as applicable). The start and finish dates, duration and percentage complete for each activity must be identified. Project Manager acceptance of the project schedule is required prior to the D/B Team's initial Application for Payment. B. The sequencing of the major work activities shall be chronological and developed in a logical progression. The project schedule shall be complete in all aspects,. covering, in addition to activities and interfaces with other contractors, offsite activities such as design, fabrication, an allowance for weather delays, submittals, procurement andjobsite delivery ofD/B Team furnished material and equipment. C. The DIB Team shall maintain the project schedule by updating it to indicate percentage completion, for each major work activity, and total percentage of work performed. D. The project schedule shall generally adhere to the following: 1. Project schedule should include all submittals, samples, approvals, fabrications and deliveries for equipment and materials. Allow no more 01700 - 3 Execution Requirements than twenty (20) days float between submittal approval and beginning of fabrication. 2. Activities showing scheduled start and finish. 3. Brief description of each activity 4. Relations between activities 5. Indication and duration of activities 6. Contractual and other major milestones including phasing 7. Schedule activities to include labor and material 8. An allowance for delays due to weather; contract time extensions for weather delays will be granted only when all of the conditions and criteria for evaluation of time extensions have been met pursuant to GC-23 EXTENSION OF TIMEINO DAMAGES fOR DELAY. E. Upon acceptance of the original project schedule, the Early Start and Early Finish dates for all activities shall be fixed as Planned Start and Planned finish dates. Any further revisions to the schedule must be accepted by the Project Manager. F. The detailed project schedule shall be updated monthly and submitted along with the Application for Payment (GC-48 PROGRESS PAYMENT PROCEDURES). DIB Team shall meet with the Project Manager and Engineer to review and verify: 1. Actual start and finish dates for completed activities. 2. Remaining duration required to complete each activity started, scheduled to start, but not completed. 3. Logic and time, for field Change Directives that are to be incorporated into the computer produced schedules. a. Percentage for completed and partially completed activities. 1.8 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. Submit written certification that eontract Documents have been reviewed, Work has been inspected, and that Work is complete in accordance with Contract Documents and ready for the Engineer's review. Refer to the eITY's Contract Documents, specifically the General Conditions for eonstruction, Ge-47 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT FOR WORK, GC-50 SUBST ANTrAL COMPLETION and GC-51 FINAL INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE for specific details and requirements. B. Provide submittals to the Engineer and the Project Manager that are required by governing or pernlitting authorities such as PBC HD, PBe Traffic / Land Development, FDOT, etc. C. Submit final Application for Payment identifying total adjusted eontract Sum, previous payments, and sum remaining due. Refer to the CITY's eontract Documents. specifically the General Conditions for Construction, Ge-48 01700 - 4 Execution Requirements PROGRESS PAYMENT PROCEDURES and GC-51 FINAL INSPEeTION, TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE for additional details and requirements. 1.9 FINAL CLEANING A. Execute final cleaning prior to Final Acceptance. Refer to the CITY's Contract Documents, specifically the General Conditions for Construction, for other details and requirements. B. Clean site; sweep paved areas, rake clean landscaped surfaces. c. Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and construction facilities from the site. 1.10 STARTING SYSTEMS A. Coordinate schedule for start-up of various equipment and systems. B. Notify the Engineer and the Project Manager seven (7) days prior to start-up of each item. e. Verify that each piece of equipment or system has been checked for proper lubrication, drive rotation, belt tension, control sequence, and for conditions that may cause damage. D. Verify tests, meter readings, and specified electrical characteristics agree with those required by the equipment or system manufacturer. E. Verify that wiring and support components for equipment are complete and tested. F. Execute start-up under supervision of applicable manufacturer's representative in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. G. Submit a written report in accordance with Section 01330 that equipment or system has been properly installed and is functioning correctly. 1.11 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTIONS A. Demonstrate operation and maintenance of products to the Owner's personnel two (2) weeks prior to date of Substantial Completion. Coordinate this through the Project Manager. B. Utilize operation and maintenance manuals as basis for instruction. Review contents of manual with the Owner's personnel in detail to explain all aspects of operation and maintenance. 01700 - 5 Execution Requirements C. Prepare and insert additional data in operations and maintenance manuals when need for additional data becomes apparent during instruction. D. The amount of time required for instruction on each item of equipment and system is that specified in individual sections. 1.12 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING OF EQUIPMENT A. The D/B Team shall employ and pay for the services of an independent firm to perform testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Adjust operating Products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation. e. Reports will be submitted by the independent firm to the Engineer and the Owner indicating observations and results of tests and indicating compliance or non- compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 1.13 IN-PROCESS PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Maintain on site one set of the following record documents; record actual revisions to the Work as it progresses: 1. Drawings, including the mapping of all soil density test results (pass AND fail). 2. Specifications. 3. Addenda. 4. Field Change Directives, Change Orders and other modifications to the Contract. 5. Reviewed Shop Drawings / catalog cut sheets, product data, and samples. 6. Manufacturer's instruction for assembly, installation, and adjusting. B. Ensure entries are complete and accurate, enabling current reference by Project Manager and Engineer. C. Store record documents separate from documents used for construction. D. Record information concurrent with construction progress. E. Specifications: Legibly mark and record at each Product section description of actual Products installed, including the following: 1. Manufacturer's name and product model and number. o 1 700 - 6 Execution Requirements 2. Product substitutions or alternates utilized. 3. Changes made by Addenda and modifications. 1.14 SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE PRODUCTS A. Provide spare parts, maintenance, and extra products in quantities specified 111 individual specification sections. B. Deliver to the Owner at location as directed; obtain receipt pnor to Final Acceptance. 1.15 MAINTENANCE SERVICE Furnish service and maintenance of components indicated in specification sections or manufacturer's recommendations for one (1) year from date of Final Acceptance. 1.16 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Legibly mark each item to record actual construction. Refer to the CITY's eontract Documents, specifically the General Conditions for Construction, for additional details and conditions. 1. The Record Drawings shall show, using the strike thru format to the extent possible, all deviations from dimensions, locations, elevations and sizes shown on the approved construction drawings. Each page or sheet of all construction drawings/sketches shall be marked "Record Drawing" and signed by the D/B Team's Design Professional as certification that the drawing/sketch reflects the "as-built" conditions. 2. Record Drawings are required for all Instrument and Control wiring and power wiring. These drawings are to include conduit identification, conduit location, and wires in each conduit, including spares. These drawings to be certified and labeled as described above by Design Professional. Note: The Project Manager shall approve the DIB Team's proposed format prior to submittal. Computer generated as-built drawings shall be submitted; data in tabular form will not be accepted. 3. Initially, n\!o (2) signed and sealed paper prints of all Record Drawings are to be submitted for review. Following review by the Project Engineer and Project Manager, any comments are to be addressed. On final submission, the following items shall be provided: o I 700 - 7 Execution Requirements a) Record drawings on CD. All proposed data must be crossed out and the computer generated as-built data must be easy to be identified as such, using different font (larger size, thickness, pitch, etc.) and line-weight. A sample of record data must be added to the legend and shown on each plan/profile sheet. b) The electronic files submitted must be Autocad 2000 format and SHAPE (.shp) files for GIS data access. Electronic media is CD ROM. All fonts and linetypes shall be from the standard Autocad library or be Autocad compatible. Reference files and blocks are to be bound to drawings prior to submittal. Layers and drawings created by turning on and off layers are to be documented and submitted in MS WORD format. Files that do not fit on disks must be compressed and the compression executable file must be included on submitted disk. As a minimum requirement, electronic files must include all features that were shown on approved construction plans. 1.17 CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTATION A. eontract Documents 1. Warranty of Title, form WT-l B. General Conditions for Construction 1. GC-47 - Measurement of and Payment for Work 2. GC-48 - Progress Payment Procedures 3. Ge-50 - Substantial Completion 4. GC-51 - Final Inspection, Testing and Acceptance C. Pemlits 1. State or other jurisdictional permits (as applicable): a. FDEP b. PBe Building c. SFWMD d. PBe DERM e. PBC Health Department 01700 - 8 Execution Requirements 1.18 RECORD DOCUMENT SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Submit data bound in 8-li2 x II inch (A4) text pages, three D side ring binders (maximum width 3-inches) with durable hard plastic covers. B. Prepare binder cover and binder spine with printed title RECORD DOCUMENT MANUAL, title of project, and subject matter of binder when multiple binders are required. C. Internally subdivide the binder contents with permanent page dividers, logically organized as described below; with tab titling clearly printed under reinforced laminated plastic tabs. D. Contents: Prepare a Table of Contents for each volume, with each system description identified, typed on 24 pound white paper, in three parts as follows: 1. Part 1: Directory, listing names, addresses~ and telephone numbers of Engineer, DIB Team, Subcontractors, and major equipment suppliers. 2. Part 2: Project documents and certificates, including the following: a. Written certification as required by Section 01700, paragraph 1.3. b. Written certification concerning surface restoration and reinstatement / improvement as verified by the pre-construction photographs. c. eertificate of Substantial Completion and an original, signed-off Substantial Completion punchlist. d. Certificate of Final Acceptance. e. WaITanty of Title, form WT -I. f. Record and Shop drawings / catalog cut sheets including submittal log. g. As-Built drawings, in lieu of placing the project Record "As- Builts" in this part, the DIB Team may include a Table of Contents, listing the individual "As-Built" drawings and a CD in accordance. with section 1.11.A.5b (of this Section). Additionally, the D/B Team shall include in this section, red-lined Valve Book data sheets for each water main tie-in. h. NPDES Inspection Reports. 1. Permits. J. Material certifications. k. Soil, concrete, pressure and leak test reports, and Disinfection Reports. 01700-9 Execution Requirements 3. Part 3: Equipment operation and maintenance instructions, arranged by system and subdivided by specification. For each category, identify names, addresses, and telephone numbers of Subcontractors and suppliers. Identify the following: a. Significant design criteria. b. List of equipment. c. Parts list for each component. d. Operating instructions. e. Maintenance instructions for equipment and systems. E. Submit 1 draft copy of completed volumes 15 days prior to Final Inspection, Testing and Acceptance. This copy will be reviewed and returned prior to Final Inspection, Testing and Acceptance, with the Project Manager's comments. Revise content of all document sets as required. F. Submit four (4) sets of revised final volumes, within ten (10) days after Final Inspection, Testing and Acceptance. Final payment and release of retention will NOT be made until these have been received and accepted by the Project Manager. END OF SECTION 01700-10 Execution Reguircments SECTION 01730 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Form of Submittals. B. Content of Manual. C. Submittal Schedule. D. Instruction of Owner's Personnel. 1.2 RELATED INFORMATION A. Compile product data and related information appropriate for Owner's maintenance and operation of products furnished under the Contract. B. Instruct Owner's personnel in the maintenance of products and in the operation of equipment and systems. 1.3 FORM OF SUBMITTALS A. Prepare data in the form of an instructional manual for use by Owner's personnel. B. Format: 1. Size: 8-1/2 in. x 11 in. 2. Text: Manufacturer's printed data, or neatly typewritten. 3. Drawings: a. Provide reinforced punch binder tab, bind in with text. . b. Fold larger drawings to the size of the text pages. -+. Provide fly-leaf for each separate product. or each piece of operating equipment. Provide typed description of product, and major component parts of equipment. 01730 - 1 Operation and Maintenance Manuals 5. eover: Identify each volume with typed or printed title "OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS". List: a. Title of Project. b. Identity of separate structure as applicable. c. Identity of general subject matter covered in the manual. C. Binders: 1. Commercial quality expandable catalog binders with durabl~ and cleanable plastic covers. 2. When multiple binders are used, correlate the data into related consistent groupmgs. 1.4 CONTENT OF MANUAL A. Neatly typewritten table of contents for each volume, arranged in a systematic order. Manuals shall not be composed of merely manufacturer's standard binders, but shall be organized in a consistent, standardized binder format. 1. D/B Team, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number. 2. A list of each product required to be included, indexed to the content of the volume. 3. List, with each product, the name, address and telephone number of: a. Subcontractor or installer. b. Maintenance contractor, as appropriate. c. Identify the area of responsibility of each. d. Local source of supply for parts, replacement and technical assistance. 4. Identify each product by product name and other identifying symbols as set forth in Contract Documents. 01730 - 2 Operation and Maintenance Manuals B. Product Data: 1. Include only those sheets which are pertinent to the specific product installed on this proj ect. 2. Annotate each sheet to: a. Clearly identify the specific product or part installed. b. Clearly identify the data applicable to the installation. c. Delete references to inapplicable information. 3. All operating equipment shall include a record of that equipment's startup data; such as, flow, pressure, speed, volts, amps, calibration points. C. Drawings: 1. Supplement product data with drawings as necessary to clearly illustrate component parts of equipment and systems along with disassembly diagrams. 2. Coordinate drawings with information in Project Record Documents to assure correct illustration of completed installation. 3. Do not use Project Record Documents as maintenance drawings. D. Written text, as required to supplement product data for the particular installation: 1. Organize in a consistent format under separate headings for different procedures. 2. Provide a logical sequence of instructions for each procedure. E. Copy of each warranty issued. Provide information sheet for Owner's personnel, give: 1. Proper procedures in the event of failure. 2. Instances which might affect the validity ofwarranties. F. Content, for each unit of equipment and system, as appropriate: 1. Description of unit and component parts. 01730 - 3 Operation and Maintenance Manuals a. Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. b. Performance curves, engineering data and tests. c. Complete nomenclature and commercial number of all replaceable parts. 2. Operating procedures. a. Start-up, break-in, routine and normal operating instructions. b. Regulation, control, stopping, shut-down and emergency instructions. c. Summer and Winter operating instructions. d. Alignment, adjusting and checking. 3. Servicing and lubrication schedule. List oflubricants required. 4. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions. 5. Original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings and diagrams required for maintenance. 1.5 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE A. Submit one copy of completed data in final form fifteen days prior to final inspection or acceptance. eopy will be returned after final inspection or acceptance, with comments. B. Submit 4 copies of approved data in final form 10 days after final inspection or acceptance. 1.6 INSTRUCTION OF O\VNER'S PERSONNEL A. Prior to final inspection or acceptance. arrange for technical representati\es for all equipment to fully instruct Owner's designated operating and maintenance personnel in the operation, adjustment and maintenance of all products, equipment and systems. 01730-4 Operation and Maintenance Manuals B. Operating and maintenance manual shall constitute the basis of instruction. C. Review contents of manual with personnel in full detail to explain all aspects of operations and maintenance. END OF SECTION 01730 - 5 Operation and Maintenance Manuals SECTION 01741 MEMBRANE ELEMENT PERFORMANCE WARRANTY 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WARRANTY A. Membrane Performance. B. Technical Services. C. Membrane Element Replacement. D. Workmanship and Materials. E. Administration of Warranty. 1.2 RELA TED DOCUMENTS A. Basis of Design Report. 1.3 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Membrane process projections from the Membrane Element Manufacturer (MEM) for membrane ages 0 through 5 years will be submitted as a shop drawing. B. This warranty must be submitted as part of the shop drawing. 1.4 DEFINITIONS A. PROeESS DESIGN. The process design referred to in this Section defines the feed water quality, permeate quality requirements, pressure, recovery, flux, array of elements, and age of the membrane process associated with the membranes supplied in this Contract. B. REeOVERY. The ratio of permeate flow produced divided by the amount of feed water used to produce the permeate. C. PERMEA IE. The purified water which passes through the membranes and exits from the pressure vessels. The combined penneate from all vessels and all stages of one skid. Distinguished from "product water" or "finished water" which may have been blended with raw water or received additional treatment. 01741-1 Membrane Element Perfomlance WaITanty D. MEMBRANE ELEMENT. A standard 8-inch diameter, 40-inch length, spiral wound membrane unit. E. FLUX. The average rate of permeate, in gallons permeated across one square foot of the installed membrane surface in one day, with units of GFD (gallons per square foot per day). A verage flux shall be calculated as the total unit permeate flow divided by the total membrane area installed in all stages of the unit. F. FEED PRESSURE. The pressure measured downstream of the feed inlet valve at the centerline elevation of the bottom-most pressure vessel. G. TRANSMEMBRANE PRESSURE. The pressure calculated as inlet pressure less the permeate back pressure. Inlet and outlet pressure must be measured at the same elevation. H . TOTAL PERMEATE PRESSURE. The pressure of the permeate at the exit of the pressure vessels containing the membranes as measured upstream of the check valve or butterfly at the same elevation as the feed pressure measurement. A function of the individual membrane plant piping arrangement. I. STAGE. A group of pressure vessels in parallel, also referred to as a bank. J. ARRA Y. The arrangement of pressure vessels and membrane elements in a skid described by the number of vessels in the first stage and the number of vessels in the second stage (e.g. 4:2 means 4 vessels in the first stage and 2 vessels in the second stage) and the number of membrane elements in each pressure vessel. K. SKID. An individual control block containing an array of membranes that can be started or stopped individually. L. CAPAeITY. The total flow of permeate produced by anyone of the membrane skids or units in a 24-hour period at the standard conditions specified in this Warranty. The capacity shall be normalized to the standard conditions according to ASTM D4516-85 or similar method submitted by the MEM and approved by the ENGINEER and the OWNER. M. FEED TEMPERATURE. Temperature of feed water measured at the inlet manifold to the membranes. This temperature is to be used for normalization of capacity. ~. FOULING ALLOW ANeE. An allowance added to the transmembrane pressure to allow for fouling of the membrane elements over and above the initial transmembrane pressure when membrane elements are ne\v and operating at design pressure, temperature. and recovery rate. 01741-2 Membrane System Perfomlance Warranty o. TERM OF WARRANTY. The duration of the warranty for each membrane train and its installed membrane elements begins after successful completion of testing for all the membrane trains. The term of this warranty applies to membrane performance. P. MEMBRANE ELEMENT REPLACEMENT. Refers to replacement of the installed membrane elements with new elements. Membrane replacement does not include the addition of membranes to the system (i.e., membrane replacement does not increase the number of elements in a skid). 1.5 MEMBRANE SYSTEM WARRANTIES A. WORKMANSHIP AND MATERIALS The MEM warrants that the membrane elements supplied to the OWNER are free from defects in material and workmanship for a term of warranty of one (1) year. B. MEMBRANE PERFORMANCE AND MEMBRANE ELEMENT REPLACEMENT The MEM warrants that the membrane elements being provided will perform in accordance with the requirements described herein. The MEM further warrants the performance of the membrane elements for a term of five years. The MEM agrees to the membrane element replacement conditions described herein if the membrane elements fail to meet the performance requirements. If the membrane elements fail to meet the performance requirements during the first year of operation after the completion of the 3-day performance test, the MEM shall remove the failed membrane elements and replace them with new elements at no cost to the OWNER. If it is necessary to replace membrane elements with new elements to maintain the performance of any of the membrane skids during the second, third, fourth, and fifth year after completion of the 3-day performance test, the MEM must supply and install new membrane elements at a price which is prorated according to the length of service prior to failure according to the following calculations: The prorated membrane element replacement price is equal to the length of service (in months) multiplied by the membrane element replacement price given below, and this quantity divided by 60. The membrane element replacement price shall be valid for the term of the Warranty and is $510 per element. 01741-3 Membrane System Performance Warrallty 1.6 RA\V WATER The membrane elements furnished by the MEM are warranted to produce the permeate quality shown on Table 3-5 of the Basis of Design Report (BODR) based on the projected raw water quality listed in Tables 2-3 and 2-4 of the BODR. 1.7 MEMBRANE ELEMENT AND SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. The membrane elements furnished by the MEM are warranted to produce 1.52 MGD of permeate per 24-hour day of operation per membrane skid at the specified transmembrane pressure, permeate quality, feed temperature, and with raw water of the specified quality, for the term of the warranty. The exact methodology for normalization of capacity shall be submitted by the MEM and approved by the ENGINEER and made a part of the warranty. B. The membrane elements furnished by the MEM shall be warranted to produce the specified capacity at a recovery rate of 90% for the term of the warranty without exceeding the specified maximum transmembrane operating pressure. C. The membrane elements furnished by the MEM shall be warranted to produce from raw water of the quality specified, permeate water having the minimum quality requirements specified in Table 3-5 of the BODR. D. If the raw water quality changes, the permeate quality requirements will change in direct proportion as the percentage change in raw water for any of the above permeate quality requirements. These permeate quality requirements shall not apply if the raw water TDS increases by more than 25% from the design value. E. Membrane permeate parameters listed above for which there is no value, except pH, shall meet Federal and State regulations for drinking water. F. The membrane elements furnished by the MEM shall be warranted to produce the specified capacity of permeate with a flux rate of 15.1 GFD. This average flux rate shall be calculated on the basis of membrane area per standard 40-inch long, S-inch diameter element. G. The membrane elements furnished by the MEM shall be warranted to produce the specified permeate quantity at the quality specified in Table 3-5 of the BODR at the operating conditions specified in Table 3-5 of the BODR without exceeding the maximum transmembrane pressure as specified below. o 1 74 1 -4 Membrane System Perfomlance Warranty Parameter Startup 3 Years Operation Capacity per Train, mgd 1.52 1.52 Maximum Transmembrane 90 100 Pressure, psi F or operation between "Startup" and "5 Year" operating conditions, quality and transmembrane pressure will be prorated using the approved Membrane Performance Projections specified in Section 01741 "Submittals" and the normalization procedures referenced in paragraph A above. H. The membrane elements shall be warranted to perform as specified with a total permeate back pressure up to 15 psi and a first stage back pressure up to 30 psi during operation (not while idle). Actual permeate back pressure may be less. I. The membrane elements furnished by the MEM shall be warranted to produce the specified capacity of permeate with a three stage array of pressure vessels containing six, 40-inch long, 8-inch diameter elements. The first stage will have 25 vessels, the second stage will have 12 vessels and the third stage will have 5 vessels as specified in Table 3-5 of the BODR. ]. The performance requirements will not apply if excessive or abnormal fouling has occurred on the membrane elements. 1.8 SYSTEM OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE A. The OWNER agrees to operate the membrane system in accordance with the MEM's operating and maintenance instructions. The OWNER further agrees to provide a continuous supply of clean raw water to the system with water quality consistent with historical data and similar to that indicated above and the following additional operating guidelines (to be filled in by the Bidder): Maximum cleaning solution temperature: OF Maximum feed water SDI: (based on 15 minutes) Maximum feed water pH: Minimum feed water pH: Maximum cleaning solution pH: Minimum cleaning solution pH: 01741-5 Membrane System Perfom1ance Warranty Maximum cleaning solution flow pressure drop across the pressure vessel: pSI Maximum flow of cleaning solution: gpm B. The OWNER agrees to clean the membranes in strict conformance with the MEM's instructions regarding methods, cleaning agents, and frequency. C. The OWNER agrees to provide the MEM with monthly performance and water quality analysis reports. The water quality analysis shall be performed in accordance with the MEM's instructions and conducted by a state certified laboratory selected by the OWNER. The scope of analyses to be performed shall be jointly developed by the OWNER, the ENGINEER, and the MEM. D. The OWNER agrees to calculate the normalized system performance on a monthly basis using software and a methodology provided by the MEM and approved by the ENGINEER. The methodology must conform to generally accepted industry methods such as the ASTM method or the MEM's modification of the ASTM method. 1.9 ADMINISTRATION OF WARRANTY A. The OWNER agrees to notify the MEM in writing of a warranty claim for a performance or workmanship deficiency in accordance with the terms of this WARRANTY. The deficiency will be described in detail and supported by operational and water analysis data wherever possible. B. The MEM agrees to acknowledge receipt of the warranty claim within seven (7) calendar days of receiving the claim, and describe what action the MEM is planning to take. C. The MEM agrees to repair or replace membrane elements to restore performance within thirty (30) calendar days of receipt of the warranty claim. D. The MEM shall have the right to request the OWNER to have the flow meters and pressure gauges associated with each membrane skid calibrated on a reasonable frequency. E. Special tests required to determine the performance deficicncy will be done at the MEM's sole expense. F. All efforts, labor, lay expenses, etc., to prove that the membrane elements breach the warranty shall be borne by the MEM. If the elements are determined to have been damaged or fouled in operation, the buyer shall pay reasonable costs for the effort and expenscs. 01741-6 Membrane System Perfomlance Warranty The MEM shall maintain a detailed account of the MEM's labor and other direct expenses for their investigations related to these warranty issues. G. Performance of the system will be normalized and calculated by the OWNER in accordance with the methodology submitted by the MEM as described above. MEMBRANE ELEMENT MANUFACTURER: Signature Typed Name Date Title END OF SECTION 01741-7 Membrane System Perfomlance Warranty City of Boynton Beach West Water Treatment Plant Expansion Phase 4 Basis of Design Report INDEX Section I - Introduction ...........................................................................................1-1 1.1 Project B ackgroun d an d Pu rpose............................................................................1-1 1.2 Existing Water Treatment Process Description .....................................................1-5 1.3 Project Scope .............................................................................................................1-6 1.4 Regulatory Issues ....................................................................................................1-13 1.4.1 United States Environmental Protection Agency................................................... 1-13 1.4.2 Florida Department of Environmental Protection..................................................1-14 1.4.3 South Florida Water Management District ............................................................1-14 1.4.4 Palm Beach County ................................................................................................1-15 Section II - Project and Site-Specific Basis of Design Criteria..................2-1 2.1 Loc a ti on .............................................. ..................... ..... .............................................2-1 2.2 Basis of Design Flo\v .................................................................................................2-1 2.3 Finished Water Quality Requirements ...................................................................2-3 2.4 Raw \Vater Qu antity and Quality ...........................................................................2-5 2.5 Typical NF Membrane Permeate and Concentrate Water Quality .....................2-7 2.6 Site \V ork and Site Work Criteria ..........................................................................2-8 Section III - Treatment and Other Facilities Basis of Design ....................3-1 3.1 Descriptions of Capacity Expansion and Basis of Design Flows ..........................3-1 3.2 Overall Process Description and System Components ..........................................3-2 3.3 Pret re a tmen t S ys te m ............... .... .................. ................. ......... ........ .... ............... ..... ..3-3 3.3.1 General Pretreatment Process Description...............................................................3-3 3.3.2 Raw Water Piping ...................................................................................... ..............3-3 3.3.3 Sand Strainer Description and Design Criteria ........................................................3-3 3.3.4 Acid Addition Description and Design eriteria.......................................................3-4 3.3.5 e artri dge F i I ters .......................................................................................................3- 7 3.3.6 Scale Inhibitor Addition Description and Design Criteria.......................................3-7 3.4 1\1 emb ra neT rea tmen t Process ...... ......... .................................. ............................ ....3-9 3.4.1 General Membrane Process Description..... .... .......... ............................. ................. .3-9 3.4.2 Membrane Element Performance eharacteristics and Design Criteria..................3-11 3.4.3 NF Membrane Feed Pump Description and Design Criteria .................................3-14 BOOR Index (Index Continued) 3.5 Post - Trea tmen t ........ ..... ............................ ........ ............................. .......... ............ ....3-16 3.5.1 General Post Treatment Description and Design Criteria......................................3-16 3.5.2 Degasification and Odor Control Description and Design Criteria .......................3-17 3.5.3 Clearwell, Mixing Vault, and Transfer Pumping Description and Design Cri teri a ...... ...... ......~............. .................................. .......................... ....... ...... ...... ....3-19 3.5.4 Sodium Hypochlorite Solution Addition Description and Design Criteria ...........3-22 3.5.4.1 Existing Facilities and On-Site Generation ........................................................3-22 3.5.4.2 Truck Delivery and Base Bid Criteria ................................................................3-23 3.5.5 Ammonia Addition Description and Design Criteria ............................................3-25 3.5.6 Caustic Soda Addition Description and Design Criteria .......................................3-26 3.5.7 Fluoride Addition Description and Design Criteria...............................................3-28 3.5.8 eorrosion Inhibitor Addition Description and Design Criteria .............................3-29 3.5.9 General Chemical System Requirements.... ........................... ... ...... ............. ...... ....3-30 3.6 G rou n d Storage Tan k .............................. ...............................................................3-31 3 .6. 1 Gen eral Descri pti ons....... ................... ................. ..... ........... ..... ......... ................... ..3-32 3.6.2 Desi gn Cri t eri a ................ ..... .................................... ........... .............. ............... .... ..3- 32 3.7 High Service Pu mpin g ............................................................................................3-3 2 3.7.1 General Descripti on ...............................................................................................3-32 3.7.2 Design Criteria .......................................................................................................3-33 3.8 Raw Water BypasslBlen din g .................................................................................3-34 3.9 Con cen tr a te Dis pos al...... ..... ..................... ........... ..... ..... ............... ..........................3-53 3.9. 1 General Descripti on ...................... ............. ........................................... .................3-53 3.10 PI an t Air System........................................ ..................................... .......................3-53 3.11 Pi P in g ........................................................................... ..... ................................... ..3- 54 3.11.1 Yard Piping ..........................................................................................................3-54 3.11 .2 Process Piping ......................................................................................................3-55 3.11 .3 Chemical Piping ...................................................................................................3-5 7 3.11.4 Backflow Prevention............................................................................................3-58 3.12 Arch itectu ral Design Basis .......................................................................... .........3-58 3.12.1 Introduction ... ....... .... .............. ........... .... .... ........... ......... ... ... .... .... ..... ........ .... ..... ...3-59 3.12.2 Design Standards and Codes................................................................................3-59 3.12.3 Preliminary Design ... ..... ..... ......... .... .............. ..... ..... ...... ...... ... .... ..... .... ............. ...3-60 3.13 S tru ctu ral Design Basis ........................................................................................ 3-63 3.13.1 Introduction..... ..... ..... ...... ...... ........ .... ....... ........... .......... ..... .................... ...... ...... ..3-63 3.13.2 Design Standards and Codes................................................................................3-64 3.13. 3 Preliminary Design ..............................................................................................3-64 3.14 Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning ........................................................3-65 3. 1 4. 1 In trod uct i on .... ......... ............. ......... ...................... .............. ............. .............. ........ 3-66 3.14.2 Design Standards and Codes .................................................................................3-66 3.14.3 Pre Ii 111inary Design ..............................................................................................3-67 3.15 PI urn b in g Des ign ......... ............................... .............. ............ .......... ....... ............. ...3-69 3. 1 5. 1 lntroduct i on ............................... ........ .............. ........ .................... ..................... ....3-69 3.15.2 Design Standards and eodes................................~...............................................3-70 JJ BOOR Index (Index Continued) 3.15.3 Preliminary Design ..............................................................................................3-71 3.16 Electri cal ..... ..... ............ .................... ............. ........ .................. ...... ................ .... .....3- 7 3 3.16.1 Existing Power Distribution.......... .......... .......................................... .... ............. ..3-73 3.16.2 Design Criteria ........ .... .... ......... ......... ..... ..... .... ..... ....................................... .........3-73 3.16.3 Standby Emergency Power ......................... ..... ... .................................................3-74 3.16.4 Lighting Systems.... ....... ............... ......... ..... .......... ........ ................... ............... ..... .3-74 3.16.5 Telephone System .......................................................................................... ......3-75 3.16.6 Lightning Protection and Grounding ...................................................................3-75 3.16.7 Fire Alarm, Security, and CCTV System................ .................... .... .................... .3- 75 3.16.8 Motors.......................................................... ....................................................... .3-75 3.16.9 Raceways.................................................. .......................................................... .3- 75 3.16.10 Wires and Cables .......... ....... ........... ............ .... ...... ....... .............. .................... ....3-76 3.16.11 Miscellaneous .... ................... .................... .......... ...... ................. ......... ........... ... .3-76 3.16.12 Transient Voltage Surge Suppression ................................................................3-77 3.16.13 Testing Existing Breakers ... ....... ..... ........... ....... ..... .... ..... ...... ........ .................... .3-77 Table 2-1 Basis of Design Flows.....................................................................................2-2 Table 2-2 Existing Finished Water Quality ..................................................................2-4 Tab Ie 2-3 Existing Raw Water Quality.........................................................................2-6 Table 2-4 Typical NF Membrane Permeate and Concentrate Water Quality ..........2-7 Table 3-1 Sand Strainer Design Criteria ......................................................................3-4 Table 3-2 Sulfuric Acid Design Criteria .......................................................................3-6 Table 3-3 Cartridge Filtration System Design Criteria...............................................3-7 Table 3-4 Scale Inhibitor System Design Criteria .......................................................3-9 Table 3-5 Membrane Performance Projection Summary.........................................3-13 Table 3-6 NF Membrane Feed Pumps Design Criteria .............................................3-16 Table 3-7 Degasification Design Criteria ....................................................................3-18 Table 3-8 Odor Control Design Criteria.....................................................................3-19 Table 3-9 Transfer Pumping Design Criteria ............................................................3-22 Table 3-10 Sodium Hypochlorite Design Criteria......................................................3-24 Table 3-11 Ammonia Addition Design Criteria .........................................................3-26 Table 3-12 Caustic Soda Addition Design Criteria....................................................3-27 Table 3-13 Fluoride System Design Criteria ...............~..............................................3-29 Table 3-14 Corrosion Inhibitor Addition Design Criteria ........................................3-31 Table 3-15 New Ground Storage Tank - Basis of Design.........................................3-32 Table 3-16 High Service Pump Station -Design Criteria ..........................................3-34 Table 3-17 New High Service Pumps - Design Criteria ............................................3-34 Table 3-18 Yard Pipe Schedule....................................................................................3-55 Tab Ie 3-19 Process Pipe Sched u Ie ................................................................................3-57 Tab Ie 3-20 Chemical Pipe Schedu Ie ............................................................................3-58 III BODR Index (Index Continued) Figure 1-1 Project Location ...........................................................................................1-3 Figu re 3-1 Site Plan ................. ..... ..... ..... ..... ...... ................. .......... ...... ......... ...... ........ ....3-36 Figure 3-2 Process Building 1 st Floor Plan .................................................................3-37 Figure 3-3 Process Building 2nd Floor Plan ................................................................3-38 Figure 3-4 High Service Pump Building Floor Plan ..................................................3-39 Fi gu re 3-5- Process Flow Diagra m ........ ..... ...... .................. ............. .................. .......... ..3-40 Fi gu re 3-6 Process Flow Diagram....... ............ ......... ....... ............. ........ ............... ....... ..3-41 Figure 3-7 P&ID Legend ..............................................................................................3-42 Figure 3-8 P&ID Raw Water & Pre-Treatment ........................................................3-43 Figure 3-9 P&ID Feed Pumps & Trains .....................................................................3-44 Figu re 3-10 P &ID Trains .............................................................................................3-45 Figure 3-11 P&ID Clearwell & Transfer Pumps .......................................................3-46 Figu re 3-12 P &ID Sulfuric Acid System.....................................................................3-47 Figure 3-13 P&ID Scale Inhibitor System & Corrosion Inhibitor System..............3-48 Figu re 3-14 P &ID Chlorine System ............................................................................3-49 Figure 3-15 P&ID Fluoride System & Ammonia System..........................................3-50 Figure 3-16 P&ID Caustic System...............................................................................3-51 Figure 3-17 P&ID Odor Control & High Service Pumps .........................................3-52 Figure 3-18 Building Elevations ..................................................................................3-62 Figure 3-19 Oneline Diagram Sheet 1 .........................................................................3-78 Figure 3-20 Oneline Diagram Sheet 2 .........................................................................3-79 Figure 3-21 Oneline Diagram Sheet 3 .........................................................................3-80 Figure 3-22 Oneline Diagram Sheet 4 .........................................................................3-81 APPENDIX Exhibit 1 - Milestone Project Schedule Exhibit 2 - Palm Beach County Site Plan Approval Forms Exhibit 3 - Existing Clearwell Baffling Scheme Exhibit 4 - On-Site Chlorine Generation Work Sheets Exhibit 5 - Ammonia Applicator Exhibit 6 - Existing HSP Performance Curves Exhibit 7 - Project Integrator Scope of Services lY BOOR Index Section 1 Introduction This section provides project background and purpose, existing facilities information, project scope, and regulatory issues associated with the expansion of treatment capacity at the City of Boynton Beach (City) West Water Treatment Plant (West WTP). 1.1 PROJECT BACKGROUND AND PURPOSE The City owns and operates two separate potable water production facilities, the East Water Treatment Plant (East WTP) and West WTP, as shown on Figure 1-1. The West WTP is located on Boynton Beach Boulevard west of Military Trail in Palm Beach County. The East WTP is located on Woolbright Road, west of US Highway 1. The West WTP was originally constructed with 4.0 mgd of nanofiltration (NF) perrneate capacity in 1994 with the ability to expand the permeate capacity to 8.0 mgd of permeate capacity within the constructed facilities. This initial construction is commonly referenced as Phase 1. In 1997, the West WTP NF permeate capacity was increased from 4.0 mgd to 8.0 mgd within the existing structure by adding new cartridge filter housings, membrane feed pumps, membrane trains. and transfer pumps. This expansion is commonly referenced as Phase 2. A layout of the existing and proposed sIte is provided on Figure 3.1 and a layout of the existing buildings IS proVIded on Figure 3-2. 3-3. and 3-4. A project is cUlTently underway. which is referred to as Phase 3. to replace existing membrane elements in NF Trains 1.2. and 3, at the West WTP. with higher membrane area elements. Specifically the 10+/- year old 365 square feet (ft2) mcmbrane area elements will be replaced by 400 ft2 membrane area elements. In addition. the impellers in the existing degasified water transfer pumps will be replaced by full diameter impellers to increasc the transfer pumping capacity. This membrane replacement project will result 111 an increase in NF permeate production capacity from 8.0 mgd to 8.36 mgd. ]nc]udll1g an allowable pretreated and filtered raw water blendll1g rate of up to 20 percent. the finished water production capacity of the West WTP will be up to 10.03 mgd. It is anticipated that this Phase 3 expansion will conclude by August 2004. BOOR 1-] Sl'cllPn I 1111]( 'd lIC t ] ( 1Il 0....."" ..""'.. .. \o-)4~\E!'(l()Af>l\O(o.;.-Btlt"t\C.OO\C1;JNS1\nGl.R(I.IC''/IIC. ,...,.....TI "''''II T'.]OOolo 9~~ by Sd.S""tO". -_. -- --..--...-..--..- -.. - ..--... -- - --... -" -- -..--- -- -- -- -- --..- -- - -.. --- -... ----- i ~~.\ ~o~\l .~CO I~ I ~~!~I\\~~.},)~ L ~~Ji<( J)I fi 1'0(( fi! IV) J ~{!h't-:},ca,~ ~ ::"I!!I~~J~;~~'~<;;I:~i:'rij'~~IIIJ~~1 ~~!~ ~ :- i~~([' vE-~i~~~(J ~ ["" ~'---'- D D - fc;' ~ ~\] ~G~'~ ~ I tJ1\\~ ~ \) ~jj I U I Jf lL-> .1.:: = c...J -"> 0 t:::: ~ ~\~ ~ L!. '-- ~ II 19 r -r8 ~ I II c:J hJ \\ ~ >- \~I -HI!~. ~'. ~~~ ~ ;:!} ~ ~7l ~ ~ ~ (Ij~ ~rfo:\\ ~LlJ I - II EjE3 ~ ~cz co ~r--. 0 '" M I-fBi Dill [2)-1 J-, ~~ ~ ~\!!l~ V ~ ;'~,., '1 . --'-9 , I!P; _. 6 I' ,. ~..> ~1W*f, "J II [!~~~ ~~ ~ = ~j::s~ I! ;/i} I ~ 'h, It n ~ l~ ~Jllll~~-~~ ;. ',:( . ~~1~~=;~ IJ o~o,. ~';~I-:: 0';~_ \. ':ti '::~ ~. ~~ ~ T = ;tI,: ~~q ilIIii'" [7 (5l ~}f~~ ~~ l-/ b ~!: OJ lIIll~! I~ ~~ r0?r8 0 I 1. : s;~// > ~ yTl~!J' ~~ l:~o l.illl==1 := I~ '-'-'I _ --:.~~ c: J >Ui\~t i.;t -~'0 liD n,' ~ < ~~~. i.,-"J :::\.S::::-::, 3 i > It''~;Lj ~ ~2!~J ~ ' LL ~ 17~~o\ ~ F ~;J W~Ir\- ~ : ~..'~ L I.... =--1. ~ mi~ G.-~ g::ffi. lON~.RE~~:..,-- I~ h ~~~ ~ ?~,~~ ,'Fr 2 ~.? l~) L-Jl cJ , ~ L~ ~~ :::. '~'~"-:C" ,~_<:~-95. ~ '1~f!L~ ~~)I\E III ~~~!I.::: 0" ~ ~ ~ _ ~ '.'.. ~C__ - ";y 111 = I, r, ~ G) I :- '='-:.~ ~ - 1 ~..,~,;- I=- JlI:1:Il I 1 II 1't--l.1 - ~ c- ~> - 1..= -= ':" ~ ~~III RII ~ ~ l~lLr. I '-f-'-- :,- (':!J/=r:I?'""l[ l' t tm:T1111' y:::J ~ r- i'- v lr--~~ II~~ [I _95t: ~ I' 'I\.b~ II T ~,-e;,. fPl -1 ~~ ~ -i~ ~"h 't > I 1111) ~~;- lll,~~ rr~ I l H-1lh '---v ~ . ]I! Ij 11111 [ I:::; J!': ~nl~~;'~~L~ 1,1 I r U]lmM~J,~ i~ !ill II' 11~ ~ I ~ ~~ ~-q I ~.:-!~l8rr1'- _ rj--!:~iU_I_tILl '.~'- ..~~. --~~~.:_. -- :..~.'.~ Ilr let> to ~ leD l::l '0. ~ CD tll 0 '< CD ::l ., 0 -i ::l ., CD CD ~ CD :3 tll () CD ::::r 2- () -0 -< tll 2- r :3 Z -i.- __....c--- ---- (f) . . C~, 0' W,"W" ""'" , :-,c:c I' -.::" , l:: -n <.~ '" 1 ---, ~ -- ,I >![STNTPEXPANSIO.... ipROJECTLOCATION C>,. .~.oc_."_' ___ anal\;soc"."c. . -:..---:-; PHASE <1 I ~.~ . I"J :-":...~""i:r...~:~"'''':.~:~';-.:- L " = ~ -. 1 I ........ '. .....~..~ - _a___ -- .~~ ::':' I. GJI; In order to increase treatment capacity of the West WTP to its buildout capacity, this Phase 4 Expansion project is being undertaken and will increase water treatment capacity to approximately 20.00 mgd. A brief description of the elements of Phase 4 follows. An interim capacity increase will be provided by adding two (2), six-element pressure vessels and one (1), six element pressure vessel to the first and second stages, respectively, of existing Trains 4, 5, and 6. This will result in a 26 by 10 pressure vessel array in these trains, matching the pressure vessel array in Trains 1, 2, and 3 created as part of the Phase 3 project. All membranes in Trains 4, 5, 6 are to be replaced. These improvements will result in a permeate production capacity of 1.45 mgd per train and an overall permeate capacity of 8.70 mgd. Including a maximum allowable 20 percent raw water blending rate, the interim finished water production capacity will be 10.44 mgd. To provide adequate cartridge filtration for the increased raw water flow, one (1) new cartridge filter housing will be installed in an available slot in the existing bank of cartridge filter housings. It is required that this expansion occur in the initial stages of the Phase 4 expansion project. These improvements are currently being permitted by FDEP. Expansion to 20.00 mgd finished water capacity will be provided by the addition of six (6) ne\',. 1.52 mgd NF trains with one train serving as a standby unit and reconfiguration of existing trains 1-6 to operate at 90Q, recovery with permeate capacIty of 1.52 mgd. These 3ctions \vill provide new trains with a permeate capacity of 7.60 mgd, and increased capacity from six existing tr3ins to 9.12 mgd will result in an overall membrane permeate production capacity of 16.72 mgd. When combined with pretreated raw water at the maxImum allowable 20 percent blend rate. the West WTP will have a finished water production capacity of 20.00 mgd. The project delivery method will be by the Design/Build method. This Engineering Report (Report) will serve as the Basis of Design Report (BODR) for the design cliteria package to be issued with the Requests for Bids. The preliminary design concepts and criteria stated in this BODR will serve as a "Base Bid" for the facilities to be constructed usmg thc Design/Build (D/B) proJect delivery method. Unless exceptions or alternates to these criteria are stated by a D/B Team, the Owner assumes all criteria. requirements. and intentions of this RepOJ1. and its referenced documents. will be followed and be a pan of the finished product. /\s with any final dcsign. it is anticipated that cel1am site layout items or design criteria may change from the material presented in thlS Repor1. 1.2 EXISTING WATER TRE.\ T\IENT PROCESS DESCRIPTION The \Vest \VTP currenlly utdl/CS the :\F or mcmbrane softcnll1g process to both soften the \\aler and reduce lotal organIC carbon content. or dlsinfectlon by-product prceure;prs. ae; \\ell ae; epIc)! Thc cunent. Prl(l! tp completIon of Phase 3. mcmbrane lrC~llll1CIlI clpacil> 01111e \\.Cq \VTP IS ~.() mgd. \\ 1111 ~1Il addlllonal Ih mgd (.2()'"(- of pnn)e;IIC llm\ ) PClJ11Ill\.'d 1\)] prL'I!L'~lkd !~l\\ \\ ,IlL'! hkndmg. for ~l tOl;d 111l1'.l1cd \\ alcr BOJ)R I-_~ Secllon I Inl!odlllll\lTl production capacity of 9.6 mgd. The WTP routinely blends 0.8 mgd. or 10% of permeate flow, in order to maintain a low finished water color. At 8.0 mgd of membrane permeate production, the treatment process operates at 85% recovery and produces a concentrate flow of 1.4 mgd with concentrate disposal via a deep injection well located on the site. Overall, the West WTP achieves a raw water use efficiency of 86.3% using the 10% raw water blend rate. Figures 3-5 and 3-6 provide a simplified process flow diagram for the existing plant. Raw water supplied from the local surficial aquifer wells is pretreated using acidification with sulfuric acid and cartridge filtration. This action reduces the potentia] for calcium carbonate precipitation and scaling in the second membrane stage. The raw water pH is currently adjusted to a pH of approximately 5.9. Scale inhibitor is not currently used. Following acid addition, the chemically adjusted raw water is filtered using 5-micron cartridge filters. This cartridge filtration step is designed to remove sand, clay, and corrosion debris particles produced from the supply wells. The cartridge filters serve to reduce the Silt Density Index (SDI) of the pretreated raw water to a value of 3.0 or less. This value is considered necessary for successful operation of the membrane process. There are currently five (5) cartridge filter housings in service with spaces for three (3) additional cartridge filter housings. After cartridge filtration a portion of pretreated raw water, 0% to 20% of permeate production, is bypassed around the membrane trains while the remaining water is sent to the membrane feed pumps. Four (4) feed pumps are currently available to pressurize a common manifold to the membrane trains. However. Membrane Trains 1-3 and Trains 4-6 have different membrane element models that have different feed pressure requirements. Two pumps are currently manifolded to provide flow to Trains 1-3 and the other two pumps are manifolded together to provide flow to Trains 4-6. There arc no available spaces for additional feed pumps. After membrane treatment. the membrane permeate flows to t\VO (2) forced draft degasifiers for the removal of hydrogen sulfide and carbon dioxide gases. Off-gas is treated in one (1) single stage odor control tower. The degasifiers sit on top of a c1earwell which cannot accommodate any additional degasifiers. Permeate from the degasifiers enter the clearwell where chlonne is added for primary disinfection. Disinfected water is subsequently pumped by three (3). :2 on-line and I standby. transfer pumps to the ground storage tank (GST). Post treatment chemicals are added in the transfer line before the GSTs. These chemlcals II1clude ammonia. chlorine solution. fluoride. sodium hydroxide. and corrosion inhibitor. eoncentrate IS dIsposed through deep \\eIIIl1Jection. 1.3 PROJECT SCOPE Phase 4 ExpanSIon will be deli\efed using the Design/Build delivery method. The prU]eLt \\ IlllnL.lulk' lln~t1 c1e~lgJ1. pL'rrnllting_ L\ln...trUL.tll'1l. IL'qing. and q~lJ1-Up senJCes h: till' D/B Cnnlr;IL.lnf l(lf the lolhm Ing nnj()f ('quipment and L-nmpOIlL'nts HODk. I--~ SectIon I 1)]))( )dul.llnn The initial stages of design and construction will include the following elements. l..- \.... ...... Al Addition of three (3) six-element pressure vessels, two first stage and one to each of existing Trains 4, 5, and 6. A2 Replacement of all membrane elements in each of the existing Trains 4, 5, and 6 including all connector sets. A3 Installation of three (3) new pressure vessels to replace leaking vessels. A4 Addition of one (1) new cartridge filter housing into available slot in the existing bank of cartridge filter housings. Cartridge filter housing is to be Parker Hanifen Model MP103-4-8FK1. A5 Modification to existing instrumentation and controls (I&C) system to accommodate increased flows. A6 Removal of existing 15,000 gallon caustic soda bulk storage tank and replacement with 4 - 7,300 gallon tanks in the existing caustic soda containment area. The improvements would result In the following new configuration for Trains 4, 5. and 6. Existing Configuration Modified Configuration 24 x 9 array/train 26 x 10 array/train 6 elements/pressure vessel 6 elements/pressure vessel 198 elements/train 216 elements/trai n NF55 - 400 elements NF90 - 400 elements 79,200 Wof membrane/train 86,400 ft- of membrane/train 1.33 MGD/train 1,45 MGD/train 926 gpm penneate/train 1.008 gpm penncate/train 16.8 gfd average system flux 16.8 gfd avcrage system flux This upgrade would provide an additional 0.36 mgd pcrmeate capacity to the capacity of the faCIlity. Thcse modiflcatlons should. be initiated IInmediately upon notice to proceed so that the eity can utlllZe the addItional capacIty as soon as possible. The Phase 4-Final expansion project \\ill include final deSIgn. perml111llg. construction. testing. and stan-up senin~s by the D/E Team for thc follO\\ ing ne\\ major structures and cquipment BOOR 1-" SectIon I I !1 t n 'd 1I L. t H ) 11 B 1 New 30-inch and 24-inch diameter raw water mains. 2-24" static mixers. relocation of the existing 30-inch raw water flow meter. and one (l) new sand strainer with by-pass piping. B2 Five (5) new feedwater horizontal cartridge filter housings, each holding a minimum of 118, 40-inch long cartridge filters. B3 Four (4), 3 active/1 standby, new stainless steel, horizontal, split case centrifugal feed pumps each with a minimum pumping capacity of 2,400 gpm and boost of 77 psig. All pumps to be equipped with variable speed drives (VFD). B4 Six (6) 1.52 mgd permeate capacity NF membrane trains configured in a three-stage array with 25 pressure vessels in the first stage. 12 pressure vessels in the second stage and 5 pressure vessels in the third stage. Six element pressure vessels will be used for a total of 252 NF membrane elements per new train. Electric motor driven pumps will be used to apply feedwater boost to the third stage. Each train will operate at 90% recovery. B5 Necessary feedwater. permeate, and concentrate piping. valves. and appurtenances within the existing and new process areas, and new pretreated raw water blending line from the new NF feedwater cartridge filter discharge header to the total permeate line. B6 Necessary neVi cleaning system supply lines as \vell as permeate cleaning and concentrate cleaning return lines. from the existing cleaning system to the new NF trains, one new 3.500 gallon cleaning supply tank, replacement of the existing cleaning pump. and installation of a VFD on the new cleaning pump. B7 New concrete block/stucco structure as an extension of the current Membrane Building to house the new cartridge filters, membrane feed pumps, and NF membrane skids. New structure will have approximate dimensions of 38.5 feet by 174 feet for an overall area of 6.700 fr'. New structure height will match existing Membrane Building height. B8 Paint exterior sUlfaces of all existing buildings. B9 New building and existing Membrane Building are to receive noise attenuation treatment on ceiling and IIltenor walls ahove top of wllup door levc I. BIO Two (2) new. 1 I-feet diameter forcedlincluced drafl aeration to\\crs and del':' \\ or;'; \\ nb ,three 1-L(JUU standarJ CUhll' lect per llllnute (Slllll, bl()\\Crs. 2 active/1 standby. each equIpped \\lIh other nccessary accessories.. B] lOne (11 nl'\\. 8-feel tlJameter odor C<1111101 to\\ er \\ Ilh ch)orJne/sndlllm hycln)\Jde <"O)utlOn I"CCII"CuLtllon svstelll. HOUR I-f) Sect I on I I nl )( )d Ul.III lJJ B 12 One (1) new 43,000 gallon (approximate) clearwell with approximate dimensions of 40 feet by 24 feet. The odor control system will be housed on adjacent but separate concrete pad with approximate dimensions of 42 feet by 17 feet. B13 Four (4) new vertical turbine, can mounted, 4,600 gpm product transfer pumps, equipped with a VFD, associated piping from the existing and new c1earwell, new mixing vault including associated piping, and installation of baffles in existing c1earwell. B14 Conversion of existing gas chlorine system to truck delivered liquid sodium hypochlorite. D/B Team is directed to Section 3.5.4.1 which describes a required Alternate Bid for On-Site Generated hypochlorite. B 15 New concrete blockhtucco extension to the existing High Service Pumping Building to house one (1) emergency generator and three (3) air compressors. New emergency generator room will have approximate dimensions of 21 feet by 40 feet for an overall area of about 840 ft2 and. air compressor room will have approximate dimensions of 9 feet by 40 feet for an overall area of about 360 ft2. B 16 New concrete block/stucco Acid Feed Room located south of the existing fuel storage containment area. New Acid Feed Building will have approximate dimensions of 10 feet by 20 feet for an overall area of about 200 fr'. B 17 Removal of one (1) eXlstmg 250 HP high service pump (HSP) and the addition of two 400-HP HSPs. both equipped with VFD's. B 18 Removal of existing sulfuric acid bulk storage tank and replacement with six (6) new 7.400 gallon sulfuric acid bulk storage tanks. B 19 Five (5) new acid metering pumps for feedwater, cleaning system, and scrubber blow-down. B20 Place existing scale inhibitor system into operation and install 2.000 gallon bulk storage tank. B21 Three (3) new polyphosphate corrosion inhibitor metering pumps and bulk storage facilities located in the existing caustic room. 822 New ammonia feed equipment located at the new clearwell. B~~ Rc'~".,\ ,d \'.:' C\;~;;T~~ LulHi( ,oJ,) !l1C!Cllilg pump:, clnJ ii1~idlLii\lli "f (:'1) ne\\ pumps for fj n ] shed \\ a!er. ex i S! IT) g and ne \\ scrubber. c. _ I J \ L 824 Replacement of existing fluoridc bulk stOlage tanks cllld c\Jstmg metenng plllllp~ BODR 1-; SCCIIon ] Int](ldul!lilil B25 New electrical wiring, breakers. and starters to support the additions and modifications included in this expansion project. B26 New site (yard) pipmg for transfer of permeate water/raw water blend line to . new degasifiers including tie-in to existing degasifier influent line, degasified water transfer main to new GST with tie-in to existing degasified water transfer line, necessary lines to allow operation of existing and new GSTs in paralle], tie-in of new concentrate line to existing concentrate line to deep injection well, and new HSP suction line from new GST. B27 Necessary I&C system improvements including additional programmable logic controllers (PLCs), input/output (I/O) modules, instruments, wiring, conduits, transmitters, transition devices, programming, and any other incidentals or services required to provide a completely functional and integrated I&C system. B28 New radio telemetry system to eleven (11) wells including base radio facility with antenna mast, RTU at each well and monitoring devices at each we]1. These improvements will provide an additional 7.60 mgd permeate and post treatment capacity. Completion of these improvements is to be pursued as shown on the Milestone Schedule, Exhibit 1. These improvements and facilities are to be placed into service prior to completing the balance of the work associated with this Project. The following components of the Project Scope constitute the balance of work on this Project. Work on the existing trains 1-6 cannot be started until the new trains 7-12 are on-line. Other items may be completed earlier at the D/B Team's option. e lOne (1) new 1,500 KW diesel fired emergency generator and synchronizing gear to allow parallel operation of existing and new generators. e2 Replacement of existing membrane feed pumps with four H) new. stainless steel. horizontal. split case. centrifugal feed pumps havlIlg a minimum pumping capacity of 2.400 gallons per minute (gpm) and a total boost of 81 pounds per square IIlch (psig). All pumps to be equipped \\Jth variable frequency dJives (VFD's). e3 Modify existing Trains 1-6 from the existing 26 x 10 array to a 2S x 12 x 5 array. including electric motor dmen third stage boost pump. scale inhibitor supply and indi\idual train meteling pumps. thIrd qage cleaning system piping. additional instrumentation/controls. ne\\ and relocated cOIKenlLllC L'(}lllroi \ al\ cs. ~lJ1d ne\\ ~lJld reiocaled first q~lge pcrmc;lle haCK pressure vahes. C-l Re!ll0\a] ofe\IQlng ".000 gallcm die,c] fuel tank and repLilcmcnl \\Jlh t\\(l (.:21 7.)()() g;tll(ln thesel fuel stor~lgc t;mJ...s BODR I-~ SL'ctl(ln I 1])1 roduLll (In C5 Installation of one (1) additional blower for existing degasifier to provide redundancy. Replace packing in both existing degasifiers. C6 Removal of existing chlorine gas scrubber, associated equipment and containment wall. C7 Apply chemical resistant coating to existing odor control containment area. Replace packing in existing scrubber. C8 Removal of two. (2) existing booster water pumps located on the existing clearwell and their associated above ground equipment. C9 Removal of existing buried flow control valve and associated 12" piping on the degasified membrane permeate line located on the north side of the clearwell. ClO Installation of air conditioning in eXlstmg membrane process electrical room and existing high service pump electrical room. Cl I New three (3) million gallon (MG) pre-stressed concrete ground storage tank (GST). e 12 Necessary site improvements including stormwater collection, grading, site work, irrigation system, road relocation/paving, 8' sidewalk along north side of new process room, and other miscellaneous work to maintain traffic and stormwater drainage patterns. Resurface all existing paYed areas. Remove existing single lane road in front of existing building. Replace site fencing and gate, extend fencing. e I 3 Replacement of existing control room flooring and control console cabinets. c14 Installation of sink with counter space for a water testing facility in existing control room. e 15 Complete Operations and Maintenance Manuals for all new installed equipment. C 16 Six (6) months of on-site operations assistance after the Final eompletion of the Phase 4 capacity expansion improvements. e 17 eonduct testing and maintenance on all existing 13.1 KV switches and breakers. 1A REGLL\TORY lSSLES The eily of Boynton Beach West WTP is located on Boynton Beach Boulevard west Ill' \ldll~ir:- Tr:iJ! III Palm BC:ldl COllllt:- A<. -.;uch It 15 not \\Jlhlll Ihe ell:- 01 Bo:-nlon Be:I', h It taIls \\ ithlll the]lIrI<.dIL'J1<\Jl 01 Ihe 10110\\ lIlg elllllle,,: the l1ll1ed Sl:1Ie" 11( )DR I_I) SIYIJOIl I 1111rodllL.llll11 Environmental Protection Agency (USEP A), the Florida Department of Environmental Protection (FDEP), South Florida Water Management District (SFWMD), and Palm Beach eounty (PBe). Construction and operation of the new facilities will require approvals from the various permitting jurisdictions. The permits that may be required and the corresponding issuing agencies are discussed in this section. 1.4.1 United States Environmental Protection Agency The USEP A could require a modification to the Accidental Release Prevention Program (ARPP) due to the increased on-site storage of sulfuric acid and sodium hydroxide. Compliance with conditions of the ARPP will have to be demonstrated. A National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit is not required because the total area of construction does not exceed five acres. 1.4.2 Florida Department of Environmental Protection The FDEP requires permits related to construction activities that will take place at the West WTP. An application for a Public Drinking Water Facility construction permit is required for any new or altered public drinking water facility. The proposed project is reviewed for compliance with standards listed in Chapter 62-555 of the Florida Administrative Code (FAc). The review of the permit is conducted by the Palm Beach County Health Department (PBcHD) which has been delegated this authority by the FDEP. The anticipated permit fee is $7,500. The DIB Team will be responsible for completing the permit application, serving as Engineer of Record, paying the permit fee. and obtaining the permit. The City will sign the application as Owner after review and acceptance of the applicatIon. 1.4.3 South Florida Water Management District The SFWMD is the water management district with regulatory jurisdiction over Palm Beach eounty. There are two pellmts that are needed from the SFWMD for the West WTP: 1.4.3.1 Modification to the Em'ironmental Resource Permit (ERP) The eXisting detention volume provided for water quality treatment is 0.73 acre-ft, as reported in the ERP No. 50-02703-S. This volume represents I" of runoff for the entire drainage area tributary to this project (i.e.. 8.93 acres). With the proposed increase of approximately 0.5 acres in impervious area. the total area of imperviousness will be 3.43 acres. This results in the Impen!Jous areas accounting for 38.4 percent of the total area of 8.93 acres. Since the percentage of impervious areas will be less than the threshold \'alue of 40 percent. the treatment volume required for water quality is the volume from 1.. of runoff from the entire drainage area. Therefore. no additional detention is required for providing water qualily treatment. Due to a small increase in imper\lous arC3S, 311 insignificant Increase in pe:.d\ stages and peak tl(m s are expected. It is :.mticlpated that regardless of an JJlslglllficant incrca,e In pea" <;1ages. adequate freebo:.ml \\ 111 bemall1tall1edlorrn:.ld:.lIld Il.nlSllcJ !loor elc\ allons. The D/B Team \\111 be rcsponslble to obtalll this penlllt. BODR 1- j() Sl'Cllon j Inlrodulllon 1.4.3.2 Dewatering Permit A dewatering permit may be required for the project site based upon construction methods and final design of facilities. The dewatering proposal must include the proposed methods to contain the discharge, the methods for isolating dewatering areas and the period that dewatering structures will be in place. This is considered a minor permit and is issued concurrent with the ERP. The DIB Team will be responsible to obtain this permit, if required. 1.4.4 Palm Beach County Palm Beach County will require that the D/B Team obtain a building permit before construction and project approval based on the specifications and drawings. Various PBC departments, including the Fire Marshall, will review the design and grant building permits. The DIB Team is responsible for preparing all drawings, documents, applications and paying all permit fees. In the event a special inspector is required, the D/B Team is responsible for acquiring and paying the cost of a special inspector. Palm Beach eounty Zoning Division will require processing of an Administrative Amendment application to allow the buildings and other improvements required for this project. This process requires preparation of a site plan showing existing and proposed facilities as well as application forms which are presented in Exhibit 2. The property carries a PO zoning classification which allows water treatment facilities as a use by right. The Palm Beach County Department of Environmental Resource Management (DERM) will require a modification to the chemical inventory for the West WTP. The facility is currently in a Zone 2 and potentially could be in a Zone 1 dependent on wellfield modeling. At a minimum. containment may be required. No chemical or regulatory substance is allowed in Zone 1. The eity will acquire this permit modification. BODR 1-1] ScctJ(m I I nt rndlJl'll \111 SECTION 2 PROJECT AND SITE-SPECIFIC BASIS OF DESIGN CRITERIA This section provides overall project and process specific basis of design criteria for the Phase 4 capacity expansion. Included in this section is a description of the West WTP location, basis of design flow values, required finished water quality, design raw water quality, current NF permeate water quality, current NF concentrate water quality, process requirements, and site work criteria. A detailed Project Scope is provided in Section 1.3. The basis of design for the various unit processes related to the new membrane treatment facilities and associated ancillary support systems is provided in Section 3_ 2.1 LOCATION The West WTP is located at 5469 W. Boynton Beach Boulevard, Boynton Beach, Florida 33437, approximately 0.7 miles west of Military Trail. The plant site is located at Range 42, Township 45, Section 23. 2.2 BASIS OF DESIGN FLOW The basis of design flows are provided in Table 2-1. For the high service pumping (HSP) capacity basis of design. a peak pumping to maximum day finished water production capacity ratio of 1.45 is used. Based upon a total finished water production capacity 20.00 mgd, a firm HSP capacity of 29.00 mgd or 20.000 gallons per minute (gpm) will be provided. BODR 2-1 Sect ](1n .2 PrOjClI ;ll1d Sllc-SpcL"lfic Bd'-l'- (If Ik"'!:211 Cntcn;1 Table 2-1 Basis of Design Flows Total West WTP Flows Phase 3 NF Permeate Raw Water Total Finished Total Raw Total Concentrate Capacity Blend Capacity Water Capacity Water Demand m d m d (2) md 8.36 1.67 10.03 11.50(1) 1.47 8.70 1.74 10.44 11.98 (1) 1.54 15.96 3.19 19.15 21.87 2.37 16.72 3.28 20.00 21.86 1.86 4, Sch. A (3) 4, Sch. B (4) 4, Sch.C Notes 1. Based upon 85% NF membrane permeate water recovery. 2. Based on a maximum of 20% of permeate. 3. Only includes addition of pressure vessels and membrane elements to existing Trains 4. 5. and 6. 4. Includes Note 3 expansion and new facility construction with 11 of the 12 NF membrane trains in service at 90% recovery. BODR 2-:2 Sl'LIIOn :2 Project ;md SllC-Spcl.Jfll f) 1'1' Id ])'>'1"11 ('111"11.1 2.3 FINISHED WATER QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Finished water quality from the Phase 4 capacity expansion project will be required to meet all primary and secondary drinkjng water standards in accordance with the Florida Department of Environmental Protection (FDEP). It is required that finished water produced at the conclusion of this Phase 4 capacity expansion remain relatively the same as current finished water in terms of the key water quality parameters such as total hardness, color, alkalinity, pH, stability, corrosion control chemical residual and fluoride concentration. Table 2-2 provides a summary of finished water quality data from 1998 to 2001. BODR ~-\ SectIon ~ Project and Sltl:-SpellflC Rl,-},- or rk'l~n C.ntnl~l Table 2-2 City of Boynton Beach West \Vater Treatment Plant Existing Finished Water Quality PARAMETERS pH Total Hardness Calcium Hardness Magnesium Hardness Alkalinity Hydrogen Sulfide Ammonia Color Odor Turbidity Total Dissolved Solids Aluminum Chloride Copper Fluoride Iron Manganese Silver Sulfate Zinc Lead Mercury Selenium Total Cyanide Nitrate as N "Nitrite as N Barium Beryllium Cadmium Chromium Nickel Sodium Antimony Arsenic IThallium Asbestos r- I I I Units pH Units mg/L as CaC03 mg/L as CaC03 mg/L as CaC03 mg/L as CaC03 mg/L mg/L Color Units. TON NTU mg/L mg/L mg/L mg/L mg/L mg/L mg/L mg/L mg/L mg/L mg/L mg/L mg/L mg/L mg/L mg/L mg/L mg/L mg/L mg/L mg/L mg/L mg/L mg/L mg/L MFL MCL 6.5-8.5 15 3.0 500 0.2 250 1 2 0.3 0.05 0.1 250 5 0.015 0.002 0.05 0.2 10 1 2 0.004 0.005 0.1 0.1 160 0.006 0.05 0.002 7 Finished Water Quality (Avg) 8.3 94 92 2 73 BDL NA 5 0.9 0.08 139 BDL 31 0.02 0.15 0.011 0.01 BDL 16.6 0.03 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 23 BDL BDL BDL BDL MCL - Maximum Contaminant Level BDL - Below Detection limit NA - No Data Available r:'nJ~hed \\ater.(j~I~_t~,cd....'.~~,aml'le~ uhcn bet\\ct'n J;lnuan 1')l)1"; and \Lnch ~OOJ BODR ~.-l I ~~-...~ Sl'l.t] (lJ1 :2 ProJCL' t ~iJ)d Sit l'. S peL' 111 L' B;I~]~ (d Lk"l~Ji ('IIlL'n;1 2.4 RA'V 'V A TER QUANTITY AND QUALITY The raw water supply for the West WTP is the surficial aquifer. The City is currently implementing a project to upgrade the raw water well field to include additional wells and capacity to supply the raw water capacity required for the proposed expansion. The water from the surficial aquifer exhibits relatively high total hardness and color, but has relatively low chloride and sodium concentrations. A summary of typical raw water quality is provided in Table 2-3. BODR 1-) SL'c110!1 .2 ProlcLI and SltC-Spcut1C B;I'-l'- of DC:--I!:-'n Cnlcn;1 Table 2-3 City of Boynton Beach West Water Treatment Plant Existing Raw Water Quality PARAMETERS PH Total Hardness Calcium Hardness Magnesium Hardness Alkalinity Hydrogen Sulfide Ammonia Color Odor Turbidity Total Dissolved Solids Aluminum Chloride Copper Fluoride Iron Manganese Silver Sulfate Zinc Lead Mercury Selenium Total Cyanide Nitrate as N Nitrite as N Barium Beryllium Cadmium Chromium Nickel Sodium Antimony Arsenic IThallium ~~~SI0S Units pH Units mg/L as CaC03 mg/L as CaC03 mglL as CaC03 mg/L as CaC03 mg/L mg/L Color Units. TON NTU mg/L mg/L mg/L mg/L mg/L mg/L mg/L mg/L mg/L mg/L mg/L mg/L mg/L mg/L mg/L mg/L mg/L mg/L mg/L mg/L mg/L mg/L mg/L mg/L mg/L MFL MCL 6.5-8.5 15 0.3 500 0.2 250 1 2 0.3 0.05 0.1 250 5 0.015 0.002 0.05 0.2 10 1 2 0.004 0.005 0.1 0.1 160 0.006 0.05 0.002 7 Raw Water Qualitv (AvQ) 7.3 253 249 4 237 0.75 0.6 48 3 0.32 338 0.12 38 0.025 0.2 0_04 1.1 0.001 2.4 0.03 0_003 0.0006 0.002 0.01 0.15 0.1 0.040 0.0001 0.001 0.002 0.01 23 0_0011 0_002 BDL NA MCL - Maximum Contaminant Level BDL - Below Detection Limit NA - No Data Available .f2a\,/~.,aterQata~~ed on samples taken between September 1998 and April 2001 .- ~-~-_.-_._._--~---- BODR 2-h - ---I SCL't I 01l 2 Project ;lIld SIlL'-SpeclllL" B;ISIS pj DC'J~1l Cntclld 2.5 TYPICAL NF MEMBRANE PERMEATE \V A TER QUALITY Table 2-4 provides a listing snapshot of NF membrane, raw water, feedwater, and permeate water as quality parameters. The values shown in this table serve as the design raw water quality and required permeate water quality for this project. Table 2-4 City of Boynton Beach West Water Treatment Plant T I NF M b P deW Q lity YPlca em rane ermeate an oncentrate ater ua Sample Description Acidified Feed Total Permeate Cations, mg/L: Aluminum <0.20 <0.20 Barium 0.023 0.003 Calcium 106 12.4 Copper <0.004 <0.004 Iron <0.036 <0.036 Magnesium 2.87 0.29 Manganese 0.004 <0.001 Potassium 0.58 0.21 Sodium 17.3 9.4 Strontium 1.11 0.130 Zinc 0.006 0.001 Total Cations 128 22 Anions, mg/L: Alkanlinity, as CaC03 88.0 37.6 Bromide <5.0 <0.5 Chlonde 31.1 112 Fluoride <1.0 0.16 Nitrate <5.0 <0.5 Sulfate 179 1.9 T olal Anions 317 59 ~- Total ions, mg/L 445 I 82 Other: I pH 63 6.0 I Conductivity. mhos 607 126 TOC. mg/L 13.1 0.19 Silicon, mg/L as Si 6.6 2.9 Phosphorus, mg/L as P <0.03 <0.03 ~..- i i %Anion/Cation 100.9 ---t 104.9 I I I Bala~e n___n_~._u BODI< ~-7 Sl'llJOn :2 Pr0]cc\ ;ll1d Slle- SpclllJc I-Lt';j'- t \1 ))C';I~'!l CriluLI 2.6 SITE \VORK AND SITE WORK CRITERIA The existing single lane driveway located adjacent to the south side of the building is to be removed by excavating all asphalt and rock 8" deep. Replace with clean fill, install an irrigation system, and place sod in this area. The concrete walkway beneath the portico is to remalD . The existing vertical bar style fencing, generally along the south portion of the property, is to be replaced, including gates which are to be replaced with sliding style motorized gates.. New fencing is to be same height and spacing of vertical bars, and be constructed of aluminum with an acrylic paint coating. At the conclusion of the project, all asphalt surfaces are to be overlayed with 1" of asphalt, all existing striping replaced, and wheel stops reinstalled. All existing building exterior surfaces are to be thoroughly cleaned of all mildew, dust and loose paint and then painted with the same paint used on the new building additions. A geotechnical investigation shall be performed by a Geotechnical Engineer licensed in the State of Florida and engaged by the DIB Team, the details of which shall be specified by the Stmctural Engineer of Record. New structures. electrical and mechanical equipment used to treat, pump or store drinking water shall bc protected from physical damage by the IOO-year flood. In addition. such stmctures and equipment shall be designed to remain fully operational and accessible during the 25-year flood. The facilities identified in this Report will increase on-site impervious area by approximately 0.5 acres. If the impervious acreage stays the same or is reduced during final design, it is anticipated that no additional stormwatcr storagc will be required. However. If additional impervious area is added. the D/B Team may have to provide increased storage capacity and drainage facilities at their cost. Any changes in the drainage plan reqUIre approval from the SFWMD. Drainage Improvements as requircd by South Florida Water Managcment District (SFWMDl. Palm Beach County (PBC) or local regulatory agencies \vill be integrated into the existing site drainage system to offset the loss of pervious area due to the addition of structures on the site. The West WTP site lies on 8.93 acres. Water quality treatment is provided within the WTP surface water management system for an additional 1.80 acres of drainage area from S.R. 80-+ which was required by Palm Beach eounty. The topography 111 the area is Ilat. . BODR ::S SectIon 2 PrOWL! ~lJld Sltc-Speclllc B;I:--J:-- ()l D("I~n (.rllCn;1 SECTION 3 TREATMENT AND OTHER FACILITIES BASIS OF DESIGN This section provides the basis of design for all West WTP treatment and other facilities to be procured under the DIB project delivery method. This section includes a description of the overall process and new/modified system components; process descriptions and design criteria for the pretreatment, membrane, and post-treatment systems: process descriptions and design criteria for the new storage and high service pumping systems; design criteria for yard piping; the architectural design basis; structural design basis; heating, ventilation and air conditioning design basis; plumbing design basis; electrical design basis: and instrumentation and controls design basis. 3.1 DESCRIPTIONS OF CAPACITY EXPANSION AND BASIS OF DESIGN FLOWS The Phase 4 capacity expansion will result in an overall membrane permeate capacity expansion from 8.36 mgd to 16.72 mgd and a finished water production capacity expansion from 10.03 mgd to 20.00 mgd. The Phase 4 expansion will be accomplished in three overall steps. GROUP A An intermediate NF membrane permeate capacity increase of 0.34 mgd to an overall membrane permeate capacity of 8.70 mgd with a concurrent expansion in finished water capacity from 10.03 mgd to 10.44 mgd. This expansion will be accomplished by the addition of new pressure vessels and membrane elements to existing Trains 4. 5 and 6. These improvements are to be initiated immediately upon commencement of the D/B eontract and completed in accordance with the Project Schedule. This work requires only an FDEP permit which has been acquired by the City. Nominal engineering and fabrication is needed to accomplish this work. GROUPB A NF membrane permeate capacity increase of 7.60 mgd to an overall membrane permeate capacity of 16_30 mgd with a concurrent expansion in finished water capacity from 10.44 mgd to 19.56 mgd. This expansion will consist of adding six (6) NF trains. fl\e (5) on-line and one (I) standby. each rZlted at 152 mgd. post treatment facilitIes. chellllcal systems. high scn'lCc pumpll1g. and I nq rUlllcntat J on/cont r\)I,. ThIS \\ ork 111\0" es the maJority of IlllprO\ements assoCJatcd \\lth thiS project Progress of the \\or" is to he 111 accordance WIth the Project Schedule. BODR _, I SL'l"lIOll ~ Treatment ;Illd ()tlwr hlcdltlC'" B;ISJ~ ()llk"l~Jl GROUP C Modification to the six (6) eXlstmg trams which will increase NF permeate capacity from 16.30 mgd to 16.72 and overall plant capacity from 19;56 to 20.00 mgd. Also included in this work are site improvements and ground storage tank. This work is to be started after the six (6) new NF trains are on-line, operating, and released for use by FDEP. 3.2 OVERALL PROCESS DESCRIPTION AND SYSTEM COMPONENTS The Phase 4 expansion project entails construction of a new major NF treatment bank including pretreatment and post-treatment. modifications to the existing NF trains, and improvements common to the existing and new membrane treatment processes. The plant improvements are illustrated graphically within this Section of the BODR. Figure 3-1 provides a site plan showing existing and proposed improvements. Figures 3-2, 3-3, and 3-4 provide floor plans showing existing and proposed facilities. Figures 3-5 and 3-6 provide a basic Process Flow Diagram (PFD) of existing and proposed improvements. Section 1.3 contained a comprehensive listing of the new facilities and equipment as well as ancillary services to be provided by the D/B Team. 3.3 PRETREA TMENT SYSTEM This section provides a summary of the proposed membrane pretreatment system. 3.3.1 General Pretreatment Process Description Pretreatment for the NF membrane system consists of a sand strainer, acid addition, caJ1ridge filtration and scale inhibitor. The strainer will remove particulate matter larger than 50 microns from the entire plant flow of approximately 21.86 mgd. Sulfuric acid (H2SO-l) at a 98 percent solution will be used for acidification of the entire raw water flow. Cal1ridge fJltration \vill remove fine sand, silt, and clay (5 microns or larger) to fUl1her protect the membranes against fouling. Scale inhibitor is to be added to the third stage feed on each NF train. 3.3.2 Raw 'Vater Piping A por1ion of the existing raw water main is to be replaced as shown on the Proposed Site Plan. Figure 3-1. This ne\\' piping will connect to the new sand strainer described below. All raw water piping from the sand stramer inlet through the flow meter and statlC mixers is to be above ground. The existing 30" raw water flow meter is to be relocated from its cUlTent bUlled location to the above ground install3tion. 3.3.3 Sand Strainer Description and Design Criteria :\n alllOm~ltlc "elt c!calllng qral11cr 1<'; to he Inq~tllcd 1Il the ra\\ \\ater p1p1l1g prior to acid injectIon The stralller IS 10 remo\.e particulate malleI' above 50 m1crons reduc1l1Q. the loading on micron fIlters and sening as protect1on to the micron fi Iters 111 the event of ~I rn~li('r ';l1ld e\ en! 1n the 1;1\\ \\ ~ltcr s: stem. The strainer is to he Installcd as sho\\.n on the Proposed SIte Pidn. Figure 3-1 ;llld operate \\Ith ~l 1l1;IX1ll1UIl1 pressllIc loss of 6 B()DR~~ SeL.t I on .) Trl'~ltll1ent ;llld Other E1CllJt1C" 13:i~J' pI' ])e"l&,n psi at design flow of 21.86 mgd or 15.083 gpm. The filter is to use 480V power, be self actuating, and transmit its pressure loss to the central control system. The unit is to be standard steel construction with inside steel surfaces having a high grade erosion protection coating suitable for drinking water service. The filter cones are to be 316 stainless steel. Install a magnetic type flow meter on the backwash piping having a local flow indicator and totalizer. Backwash from the strainer is to be directed to the e~isting dry detention area and a receiving structure constructed meeting the following requirements. Collection basin is to be located within the existing dry detention area and have concrete containment wallslbottom with holes to allow the sand to decant and dry. The collection basin is to have two bays and the discharge piping shall be designed such that the discharge can be directed to either bay. The basin is to be located close to the access road such that both bays can be maintained/excavated by a rubber tire backhoe. The strainer is to be a HYDAC Autofilt @ RF3 unit. Basic design criteria are presented in Table 3-1. Table 3-1 Sand Strainer Design Criteria Type Orientation Material of Construction Flow per Strainer (max) Separator Diameter Separator Height i InletJOutlet Flange Diameter Self-Cleaning StrainerIFilter Vertical Epoxy Coated Steel 15.083 gpm 36 inches 85 inches 24 inches 3.3.4 Acid Addition Description and Design Criteria AcidificatIon of the raw water is required to prevent calcium compound precipitation on the membranes under the design recovery rates. The work under this project will include construction of a new eBS building to house the new acid metering pumps and replacing the existing bulk storage/day tanklmeteling pump acid feed system with a system feeding directly from the bulk storage tanks to the metering pumps. The metering pumps will discharge through t\\'o (2) separate feed lines to t\\'o (2) new stainless steel static mixers each designed to produce a maximum headloss of 3 psi at desJgn flow rate and havmg two (2) - )" injector ports. one (1) for sulfuric acid ;md one (1) for future use. The static mixers will be mounted above ground and include a concrete containment area beneath their entire length. The containment area is to be coated with an acid resist::mt materi;.l! and he connected to the existing concrete. below ground trough system with Isolation valves. PrO\ Ide hose hibs at each statIC mixer. The new acid lines arc to he 1Ilstalled in a nelO\\ ground concrete trough connectmg to the C.\15tlng trough ~~~tL'nj. Tr\)u~h~ ~ti-( ~\~ :l~i.\~ ~i~li;JliiiunJ c\J\-cr pJ~ttcs. .-\cJd metering pumps to be mountl'u on 31() 55 oj. FRP hcnches tor ease of operatlon and maintenance. .\ I':;;'::; mg/L dose of l)S percL'nt ~ullurll aud h~IS heen assumed fur thIS Report based llJlllllTl'Jlt ked LIlL''- .lI1d;1 Lilgl't 1;1\\ \\ ;illT pll cd "t). BODR _~-.~ 5l'ction 3 TreatmeJlt ;md (}thcr FaCIlIties I.LISlS of DeSIgn At the proposed acid usage rate, the two existing 10,000-gallon steel storage tanks will be inadequate and will be replaced. These tanks will be replaced with six (6) - 7,300 gallon, vertical, polyethylene storage tanks. The eXlsting containment area will provide a storage volume greater than the required 150 percent volume of one tank consistent with PBC DERM rules. The new acid room will also house two (2) acid feed pumps for lowering pH of scrubber blowdown and one (1) pump for lowering pH of spent cleaning solution. Basic design criteria are tabulated in Table 3-2. The existing acid containment area, floor and interior sides of walls, are to be coated with an acid resistant finish. The new acid feed pump room is to include an open channel connection to the bulk acid containment area to allow any acid spill in this building to flow into the bulk acid containment area. All equipment is to be removed from the existing acid room. All concrete containment walls and equipment foundations are to be removed. The room is to receive paint on the walls, ceiling, and floor. Requirements for the acid system are provided in Figure 3-12, P&ID Sulfuric Acid System. [H H)R ~--l See t Ion -' Treatment ~ll1d Other FacJlllles B~I"JS oj [k"l~n Table 3-2 Sulfuric Acid DesIgn Criteria Chemical Form Strength Density at 66 Baume Delivery Form/Volume Sulfuric Acid Liquid 98%+ 15.35Ib/gal Tank Truck/4.000 gal Application Points Feedwater pH Adjustment at 2 separate locations Cleaning System Scrubber Blowdown Raw water main at static mixer Existing and New Cleaning Tanks Blowdown Collection Tank Process Flow at Application Points Raw Water at each Static Mixer Total Plant at Design Capacity Cleaning System Scrubber BJowdown Chemical Dosage Raw water pH Adjustment Cleaning System Scrubber Blowdown Chemical Feed Rates Raw Water pH Adjustment Total Plant at Design Capacity Cleaning System Scrubber BJowdo\\n. per scrubber ]\letering Pumps Feedwater Type 2 at 12.16 mgd 21.86mgd N/A TBDI 155 mg/L N/A TBDI :2 at 1.024 gals/day. 42.7gallhr 1.841 galldayl76.7 gals/hr N/A TBD1 Number of Units Diaphragm. variable speed drive. manual stroke adjustment 3. ] on-line for reach membrane ban\.;. 1 common spare 45 gallhr CapacHy Cleaning System Type Number (\f Units CapaClt) Diaphragm. manual stroke adjustment J 8 gallhr Scrubber Blowdown Type "lumber of Units . C1P,llltv r Bulk Storage I '\!umrer ,,1 1\)("\\ Bul\'; Tank, \ "illl1le <,t :'<1<'reJ CheInlcal Supph at DeSign CapacI~) ~____ I T(l be delermmcJ bv D/B Team during prllJeL I de'lgn Diaphragm. mantlal slrc'\.;c adjw,tment 2. I f(\r each scrubber 8 galllll 6 ((i 7.300 gal each -1_' .(100 ga I ::'-1 d;l\ '- BODR. " .:; ~cctl()n .) rrc;ltlllcnt ;lI1d Other hlCllJtJCS /.LI'-.JS (rt DC'-.lgn 3.3.5 Cartridge Filters Under the Phase 4 expansion, five (5) new cartridge filter housings will be provided before the membrane feed pumps to remove sand, silt, clay, and other similarly sized particles from the new raw water flow. The cartridge filters will be 40-inches in length and sized at 5-microns pore size. Cartridge filters will be sized for a maximum flux of 4.5 gpm per lO-inch element with one vessel out of service. Fi ve, lIS-element cartridge filter vessels will allow 3.2 gpm per lO-inch element with all vessels in service and 4.0 gpm per lO-inch element with one vessel out of service. The filter housings must be horizontal. Cartridge filters to be manufactured by parker Hannifan, US Filter, or Cuno. The floor beneath the opening end of the filter housings must be open grating and the area below the grating must lead to a floor drain. There must be at least 6 feet of clear space behind the opening end of the filter housings. Basic design criteria are presented in Table 3-3 below. Table 3-3 Cartridge Filtration System Design Criteria NF Cartridge Filters Orientation Shape Housing Material Cartridge Elements Material N umber of Fi Iter Vesse\s Number of Equiyalent IO-inch Cartridge Filters per Vessel Cartridge Housmg Design Feed Rate per Vessel Loadmg Rate per IO-Inch Cartridge at Design Feed Rate Loading Rate per IO-Inch Cartridge Filter WIth One Vessel Out-of-Seryice Horizontal Cylindrical Stainless Steel Spun Polypropylene 5 --l72 --l0 mches 1510 gpm 3.20 gpm --l.00 gpm 3.3.6 Scale Inhibitor Addition Description and Design Criteria Scale inhibitor reduces the potential for scaling of membranes \vith sparingly soluble salts. The existing NF process does not currently require pretreatment using scale inhibitor. Scale inhibitor will be required as an additive to the feedwater pJior to entering the third stage boost pump. Scale inhibitors are sold as a proprietary product. Based on manufacturer input. it is anticipated that scale inhibitor doses in the 3 to 6 mg/L range will be required based on the projected nanofiltration concentrate water quality. Each NF train is to he eqlllpped With a scale mhlhitor metering pump mounted at the tram. . A common suctIon Ime will supply scale mhibllor to each metenng pump. A 11('\\ "\\ q':h 1" T(' he ;~b\.'cd "', !I,:, c!!".~.h:~!.~(' p1!)ing of c:lCh mctenng pump. The meterIng pumps \\ll! he actl\ated \\ hell the tram mterstage booster pump IS actl\ ated The metenng pumps are to use TEFC motors and the units arc to be \\ ateI' resistant to tolerate \\:lshdO\\ Il of the trains. PO\\er supply to he using plug and receptacle. Pump pJplll~ l' tu hL' l.Ulllll'lkd II lIh 1I111(l1l" tu :111(\\\ r:lpld replacemellt (\1 a LIllI!. The rIO\\ BODR"h Sectlllll _~ Trcltmenl :lI1d OthLT FacJl1l1cs B:I'-I" ()I Ik:--l~n switch is to be a thermal mass flow detection device that is capable of adjustment in its rate of flow detection. The existing 500 gallon scale inhibitor bulk storage tank is to be reactivated as a day tank after thepolyphosphate corrosion inhibitor system is relocated. A common line to all trains is to be installed to provide gravity fed supply to the suction of all 12 metering pumps. Isolation valves are required at each pump branch, to each bank of trains and midway between trains in each bank. Provide three (3) shelf spare metering pumps. A 2,000 gallon bulk storage tank is to be installed as shown on the Proposed Site Plan, Figure 3-1. This tank is to be double wall to provide containment and include a transfer pump to fill the day tank. Requirements of the scale inhibitor system are provided on Figure 3-13. P&ID Scale Inhibitor System and Corrosion Inhibitor System. BOOR ~-7 ScCllon :"1 frelllllcnl and Olher LICll111CS FLI~l~ ()I D("'l.~n Table 3-4 S I I hOb' S t D' C "t ca e n J Jtor ys em eSJgn n ena Chemical Proprietary Scale Inhibitor Form Liquid Density 9.0Ib/gal Delivery Form 55 Gallon DrumlTank Truck Bulk Delivery Volume 2000 gal Application Point Each NF Train Third Stage Process Flow at Application Point 12 trains. each at 1.69 mgd Chemical Dosage Design 5.3 mglL Possible Range 3-6 mg/L Chemical Feed Rates Total Plant 100.0 gal/day/4.17 gal/hr Each Train 8.3 gal/day/034 gal/hr Metering Pumps Type PeristoJic. manual speed adjustment Number of Units 12 plus 3 shelf spares Capacity 05 gph Storage Number of New Bulk Tanks 1 @: 2.000 gal Volume of Stored Chemical LOOO gal Supply 3t DeSIgn Cap3city ::>0 3.4 MEMBRANE TREA Tl\lENT PROCESS 3.4.1 General Membrane Process Description The Phase 4 expansion will consist of additional pressure vessels and new membrane elements In eXJsting Trains 4. S. and 6. construction of six new membrane Sklds. and reconfigurJtion of the anay in existing Trains I - 6. Adding new pressure vessels in existing Trains 4. S. 6 is an interim improvement needed to pro\"Jde additional capacity at this water plant while the new treatment facilities are being constructed. T\\o en. 6-element tubes are to be Jdded to eJch first stage and one (1 ). 6-element \essel IS to be added to each second stage. Vessels are to he 'Ilk enll\ 1ll;lkhin~ in Lonfi~ur~ltl\)n the e\lqin!2 \essels. New memhr~tJles are to be - - - ....... JIlst~tIlcd In these nt'\\ \ essels and all membranes 111 the existln!2 tuhes are to be replaced All membranes are to be DO\\' F1Uv1TEC 1'\1 NF 90AOO elements The 0/13 Team 1S to assume that these trains \\ill be reconfigured during a later stage of the prnJL'ct ;111('] tIlL' proposed nl:\\ traJlls ;lre In operatIon and cleared to PWdULT dnnklng \\ aleI' I" TnLP BODRQ.; SectIon .~ Treatment ;lIld ()tlll'r Factlltles B;I~l' of Desl~n The new membrane treatment trains will consist of six, three-stage NF membrane treatment trains. one of which is stand-by. each capable of producing 1.52 mgd of permeate. These trains will include a third stage boost pump which will be electric motor dnven. The trains are to use scale inhibitor dosing in the third stage using a metering pump dedicated to and located at each train. Train instrumentation and control devices are to be as called for on Figure 3-10, P&ID Trains. Each train is to include a "hard piped with spool pieces" connection cleaning system as present on the existing trains.. Feed pumps are to be manifolded which will require each train to have a pressure trimming, modulated feed valve. First stage permeate will have a modulating back pressure valve. The concentrate control valve will be modulating. Each train is to have a sample bank for profiling the train. The existing Trains 1-6 are to be reconfigured and vessels/membranes added to create a 25xl2x5 array from the existing 26x1O array. Vessel supports are not expected to require modification: however, it is the D/B Team's responsibility to design these modifications. Each train is to have a third stage boost pump and scale inhibitor metering pump added, both identical to the units used on the new trains. The feedwater valve, first stage permeate back pressure valve, and concentrate control valve on each train are to be replaced using units idcntical to those used on the new trains. All valves are to be relocated to a position accessible to operators without the need for climbing devices. Instrumentation is to be as called for on Figure 3-10, P&ID Trains. Piping needed to clean the third stage is to be provided using connection components similar to those existing on the existing trains. The intent is to have all 12 trains identical in production. instmmentation and control. On Trains I. 2. and 3. the existing \" piping/tubing connecting the vessel permeate port to the vertical permeate collector is to be rcplaced on each vessel with 11/4" J- Bends. All three (3) existing vel1ical penneate collectors are to be replaced \vlth 6'. Sch. 80 PVc. The existing r vertical feedwater distributors serving the downstream fIrst stage column of vessels and the second stage vessels are to be replaced with 6" Sch. 10 316 SS. All feedwater and tr3in conductlvity. pH, and other on-line sensors must use a sjde stre3m sensor for ease of maintenance. All side streams that are intendcd to flow continuously when train is on-line must discharge into a closed pipe which discharges into the clearwell. The drain line entering the clearwell is to include a standpipc to prC\cnt train piping drain-down and serve as a slphon break. Provlde a total of 13 interstage boost pumps and motor to allow for one (1) shelf spare unit. Inlet and discharge piping on the boost pumps must be \ictaulic connectIons. All nisting ;md new trains arc 10 ha\e manual valves. localcu at opcrator Ic\cl. that ~til()\\ rck~l"e of ~llr from ~t1i hl~h pOlllb ui ,Iii Ird1l1 plplllg 3.....2 l\lembrane Element Performance Characteristics and Design Criterin The PLI111 dlrrcnlh LhC~ rIL\1TECT\11 n~ll)(lf;ltLlll()n DO\\" ChclIlll"al COlllpan: IllclllhL1I)C'- 111. Ihc l'\IQlllg I-IL\HECHI\1 (DOW trL';llmcnl ,-\Sll'lll. Thc. 80DR .,l) SL'L'tlUn ::; Trc;lllllcnl ~l!1d ()!Iwr hll.] hill'S H:I'-l'- t 11 DC'..} gn membrane element models currently in use are the NF55-400 and NF90-400. The use of DOW FlLMTECTM membrane element model NF90-400 has been assumed in preparation of these design criteria. To assist in the development of design criteria and expected operating conditions the ROSA software program developed by DOW FILMTEC TM was used to project membrane performance. The projections were performed using a permeate water recovery rate of 90% and average flux rate of 15.08 gallons per day per square foot of membrane area (gfd). The presented data provide a relatively accurate description of expected design, operation, and water quality conditions. The results of the analyses are summarized in Table 3-5. Modifications to the existing trains must be performed while removing only one (1) train at a time from service. BODR -'-I () Section -' Tre<llrncnl and Other F<lcilJllCS Ib SI', () f Dc S J ~ 11 Table 3-5 M b P f p r s em rane er ormance rOJec Ion ummary Manufacturer Membrane Model NF90-400 Dow Filmtec Nanofiltration Membranes Elements Per Pressure Vessel (#) 6 1.51 Stage Pressure Vessels (#) 25 2nd Stage Pressure Vessels (#) 12 j'd Stage Pressure Vessels (#) 5 I SI Stage E]ements Total (#) 150 (NF 90-400) 2nd Stage E]ements Tota] (#) 72 (NF 270-400) j'd Stage Elements Tota] (#) 30 (NF 90-400) Total Membrane Elements (#) 252 A verage Flux Rate 15.1 gfd Feed Pressure w/Fouling Allowance 81 psi Permeate Recovery Rate 90',i Sulfuric Acid (1009<') Dose 155 mglL IS! Stage Back-Pressure 25 psi 2nd and 3'd Stage Back-Pressure 15 psi j'd Stage Boost 38 psi Permeate I TDS 126 I mglL Calcium 23.6 mglL -- l\1agneslllm o ] m glL Sodlllm 10.8 mg/L Total Hardness 60 mglL as CaCO, Bicarbonate 436 mg/L Sulfate 5.8 mglL Chloride 298 mglL Fluoride 0.1 mg/L Total,\Jkal1nitv )') mg/L as CaCO, PH 56 Carbon Dioxide I-P mg/L I I Concentrate ~ TDS .'-308 mg/L ! LS:~lcillm___ i l\1al!neslllm ~----~~._..- U:i(xlI 1I m __ n .1_.~.. ./ ''- .., , ., ',,,. ,.... ..1__ I 7 S5 mg/L ~ S6 mg/L I I 0 - ..-----; ." J1~~~~_...J (. = I ;;,,,. I I SlIILIIl' I--- -- i Chh'ndc FlIH 'fide I I ..f.'-() mg/L : -----t-----..------..-------i -L--~~ mg/L ..J i ()7 mg.!1 ! C;Ilr.'1l DI\l\llk lr mg.!!. :\'>\L" I II1L Illdl.' I ~ 1'''1 1<>1.tI I'CIJ1ll'.11C 1':1' "1'IL'''IIlL' ,i"Il111I'II\l1l 13()f)R.-:; II Sectio!), T!e~!!~~~CIl1 ;md Other Fal'lJlllc' 1);1\1;, oj DL'sl~]l The Base Bid is to include the use of DOW FILMTEC TM NF90-400 membrane elements in the six (6) new NF trains. Alternate Bids will be accepted for the use of other membranes under the following conditions. 1. The D/B Team will conduct a 2,000 hour pilot test using the proposed membranes. Plant feedwater is to be used in this test and the test unit must be two (2) stage with similar membrane area ratios between the stages as that existing in the 26xlO array. 2. Permeate quality using the proposed membranes must be within 10% of each ion listed in Table 3-5, corrected for any change in feedwater quality. 3. Feed pressure required by the proposed membranes must be within 5% of the feed pressure predicted in Table 3-5. 4. It must be demonstrated to the Owner's Team that there is not more severe fouling of the proposed membranes than the existing membranes in the existing trains. 5. The D/B Team is to pay all costs for setting up the test unit, operating the test unit, compiling data, and producing a report. 6. If performance of the proposed membranes does not meet the requirements set forth, the DOW NF membranes will be used. 3.4.3 NF Membrane Feed Pump Description and Design Criteria The four (4) existing NF membrane feed pumps will be replaced with lower horsepo\\er pumps. The four pumps \vill sen.e Trains 1-6. Four (4) new horizontal split-case membrane feed pumps will boost feed pressure to the required feedv..ater operating pressure for the new NF membrane trams. It is assumed that all six of the new membrane trains in each bank may be in service. New discharge pIping will be manifolded and valved in order to provide maximum flexibility. Normal operation of the feed pumps will be all four in service: however, the pumps must be selected to pro\ide the required flow with one (1) out of service. The D/B Team is responsible for feed pump selectIon which includes the electric motor size. The motor may be overloaded by the pump at produced flow in excess of 2,800 gpm. The membrane feed pllmps are to be equipped with variable frequency drives (VFD). Provide one (1) spare feed pump. motor. and coupling as a spare lImt. Tahle 3-6 slImmarizes the NF membrane feed pump design criteria. BODR ,:;,1.:' Sect IOn ~ Treatment ;ll1d Other racdlllcs 13;1'-1' "I Ik"l~n Table 3-6 NF Membrane ee umps eSlgn n ena Parameter Trains 1-6 Trains 7-12 Number of Pumps 4 (3on-Iine/I standby) 4 (3 on.line!! standby) Flow Rate Each 2,400 gpm 2,400 gpm Boost Pressure 79 psig 79 psig Horsepower TBD2 TBD2 Pump Speed 1,800 rpm 1.800 rpm Pump Type Horizontal Split Case Horizontal Split Case Pump Materials 316 SS 316 SS DfI\e Type Variable Frequency Variable Frequency F d P D' C 't Notes: I. Assumes 12 psi avail"ble at pump suction and I 5 psi total permeate backpressure 2. To be determined by D/B Team 3.5 POST - TREA TMENT This section provides a summary of the proposed membrane post-treatment system. 3.5.1 General Post-Treatment Description and Design Criteria Post-treatment unit processes include two new degasification towers. one new odor control system including chemical solution recircu]at]on. clearwell for chlorine contact. a mixing vault combining flow from both existing and new clearwells where post treatment chemicals are added. and transfer pumping. The new degasifiers remove hydrogen sulfide and carbon dioxide present in the permeate water and raw water blend stream. New odor control equipment wi I] be required for control of sulfide odors. A new clearwell will collect the degasified water and provide contact time for primary disinfection. The post treatment chemical additions are ammonia. caustic soda addition for pH adjustment. hydrotluorosilic acid addition for fluoride, and corrosion inhibitor addition. Transfer pumping will pump the finished water from the mixing vault to the ground storage tanks. 3.5.2 Degasification and Odor Control Description and Design Criteria Pretreated raw water will be combined with membrane penneate prior to degasif]catJon. Degaslfication is required to remove hydrogen sulfide and carbon diOXIde from the combination of permeate and raw hlcnd water. The combined PC1l11CCtte .md blend \\ater must ha\(' a pH of ().o or less for cffectJ\e hydrogen sulfide remov.]!. Lewl of hydrogen sulfide 111 the raw \\ ater vanes. The design value for n~ orogen ~uiflJC' ill the \\'~iiCr CiJ~Cj-i;,; l~l(' ,,-:cg~islficr j~ I.,:) ppnl J\laXlmulll flow to the t\\O (2) new degaslfJers IS 10.9) mgd \\ hich ]s composed of six (6) lr~lIns and ~or-; ra\\ \\ ater hlend The 1l1.LXJll1UIll f10\\ to OIlL' ( I) Ill'\\ lkgasificr JS ~4S Illgd 1_~.7S0 gpll1~. l'smg a deSIgn IllJuld loadmg r~tlL' of 40 gpmltt'. 1\\0 ~'::.)-fo()t Ltll. II. j',ot dl;lnlL'tcr deg.lslflL'r {()\\ L'lS \\ 111 he rl'qllJrcd TIll' ;mflm\ rL'Ljlllrcmcnt oj B()[)R "' I_~ SL'clion .3 Trl'dlll1Cn! :lI1d Other hlcll1tles B~I"J'" oj Dcs!!.'n 14,000 cfm per tower is based on an air (scfm) to water (gpm) ratio of 3.7: 1. The tower must use a weir trough liquid distribution system. Provisions are to be made to split flow equally to the two (2) new degasifiers. The vessels are to be fabricated of National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) approved materials. There are to be three (3) blowers to provide redundancy and blowers are to include gravity operated discharge dampeners. Air entering each degasifier is to be filtered using stainless reusable media to achieve dust and pollen size particle removal. The degasifiers may be induced draft. Each degasifier is to have a distributor around the liquid outlet for application of sodium hypochlorite and a permanently piped chlorine application point in the liquid influent line for periodic cleaning. Each degasifier is to be equipped with 4" outlets as shown on Figure 3-11, P&ID Clearwell and Transfer Pumps for cleaning. Each degasifier is to be equipped with aluminum ladders and platforms to provide access to the top of the structure and to the space between the distribution troughs and top of packing. Ducting between the degasifiers and scrubber is to include a manually operated louver that will allow venting of offgas at an elevation of at least 25 feet above grade to allow degasification to operate in the event scrubbers are out of service. Degasifier effluent pipe is to include valving as shown on the PFD to allow bypassing the c1earwell. All degasifier manholes are to have clear plates and opaque canvass coverings. The degasification system design criteria are summarized in Table 3-7. Packing in both existing degasifiers is to be replaced with a type and size similar to that existing. Valves are to be installed on existing degasifier outlet piping inside of clearwell as shown on P&ID. Valves to be operated from degasifier top slab. Table 3-7 Degasification Design Criteria Number of New Degasifiers I ~ Flow Rate. per Dega~ifier :USO gpm Maximum Loading Rate 40 gpm/ft: Vessel Diameter ) ) feet Blower. Flow Rate )..\.000 scfm Blower MaleTlal FRP f------.. H:S Concentration water ~Ide 1.5 ppm I -. I CO: Concentration water side I 60 ppm I - I Degasifted permeate/ra\\ w3ter blend waters \\111 110\\ Iw gra\ity into the new multi- channt'l ckan\cll Oil-gas from the degasiflCation towers \\111 be collected and treated III one S.O.foot diameter hydrogen sulfide reductIon scrubber. slInJlar to the e\istJn~ unIt. Each . ~ scruhher is to Include t\\ 0 (.:::) ltqllld reCirculatIon pumps and IIlstnlmt'lltatlOll ;IS called for (In Figure 3-]7. P&ID Odor Control ~Illd IlIgh Scnlce Pumps BJ()\\(!()\\n from HOUR .,-I-f Sect ion .' Treatment dlld Other F;lt.,lJtles ILI"I" (\1 DeSIgn the scrubber is to be treated with acid to lower its pH to 7.5. Blowdown piping must be configured to flow either to the on-site sanitary system or to the injection well. A new pumping system may be installed to place blowdown into the injection well system or the existing system may be modified to handle blowdown from both scrubbers. Make-up water to the new and existing scrubber is to be membrane permeate. The scrubber is to be equipped with aluminum ladders and platforms to provide access to the distributor. The existing odor control area slab and containment walls are to be recoated with a chemical resistant material. The containment area surrounding the new odor control system is to be coated in an identical fashion. The scrubber vessel must have PVC or HDPE in contact with the recirculation fluid. The odor control system design criteria are presented in Table 3-8. Packing in the existing scrubber is to be replaced. The degasifiers and scrubber are to be supplied by a manufacturer having representatives for operation and maintenance located in Florida. Table 3-8 Odor Control Design Criteria Purpose Reduction of hydrogen sulfide in degasifier offgas. Process Air scrubbing using counter flow caustic soda/hypochlorite solution. Design Conditions Carbnn Dioxide maximum concentration 5200 ppm Hydrogen sulfide maximum concentration 50 ppm Total Offgas Flow ~8.()OO sdrn Reduction Efficiency 95 - 98';; Scrubbing Tower Configuration Number of Towers I To\\er Diameter S.O ft Packing Depth 150 It 3.5.3 C1earwell. :l\1ixing Vault, and Transfer Pumping Description and Design Criteria Degasified water from each degasifier \\ill be directed into a new clearwelL partially located bclow grade and placed 3S shown on the Proposed Site Plan. Figure 3-1. Suitable dctention time is to he pnwldcd to allow pnmary dlslI1fectJon uSJIlg free chlonne prior to ammonia additIon. It IS to bc assumed that the Ground\\ater Rule will reqllllT -f-l()~ \irus ITmoYJJ/lI1acti\atlon f()r utiIJties using surftclal aqUIfer \\ ells. The lIse of ra\\ \\ atcr blendlllg could result 111 the need to prO\ Ide full -f-log \ Irus JIlactlyatlon uSJIlg a disJllfectant. ThIS prohahle situatIon has been assumed for this Rep011. I30DR .~-I:c, SeL'tlon ~ I re;l1lllent ;lIld Other F~ICJIJtles B;ISI" (ll Desl~n The United States Environmental Protection Agency (USEP A) has established a product value for free chlorine residual and detention time, CT value, of 3.0 milligram- minute per liter (mg-min/L) to achieve 4-log virus inactivation at an assumed water temperature of 200 C and a pH between 6.0 - 9.0. The new c1earwell is to be designed to maximize, to the extent possible, chlorine contact time. The CT value is to be met with a safety factor of 1.4 assuming a minimum free chlorine residual of 2.0 mg/l. Effluent from the new cJearwell is to be directed by a rectangular weir equipped with a removable seal-off plate to a mixing vault as shown on the Proposed Site Plan, Figure 3-1, the PFD, Figure 3-6, and the P&ID, Figure 3-11. The mixing vault is to receive flow from the existing c1earwell, the new clearwell, and direct discharge from all four (4) degasifiers. The mixing vault is to have an aluminum cover with access hatches. Post treatment chemicals consisting of caustic soda, ammonia, fluoride, and polyphosphate are to be injected into the degasified permeate/raw blend flow in the mixing vault. Effluent from the mixing vault is to be directed into a pipe serving as the suction header for the transfer pumps. The mixing vault is to be constructed of concrete and equipped with a 316 stainless steel liner having welded seams. Pipe joints in vault walls are to be mechanically compressed against the vault liner and sealed by gasket material resistant to a pH range of 4.5 to 9.0. The existing cJearwell is to be modified to receive baffling in the general configuration shown on Exhibit 3. Baffling is to achieve the same CT value required for the new cIearwelL Baffles may be constructed of stainless supports and pipe walls as shown on Exhibit 3. or equal. The new transfer pumps \vill be vertIcal turbine, can style pumps. pumping from a common suction line and discharging to either of the t\VO ground storage tanks. Pump cans arc to be fablicated of 304 stamless stceL Four pumps, three 3ctlve/one stand-by, will be required each with the capacity to pump 4.700 gpm at a head to be determined during final design. Each pump will be eqUIpped \\ith Variable Frequency Drives. Table 3-9 summarizes the transfer pumpmg design criteria. Discharge from the transfer pumps will be directed to both the ncw and existing degasified membrane pemleate water transfer lines. Requirements for the transfer pumps are shown on Figure 3-1 L Clearwell & Transfcr Pumps. After the new transfer pumps and site pipmg to the GST are in place, the existing flow control vahc 3nd associated] r piping are to be removed. Rcplace this scgment of piping with .:::r MJ pipe. The sound wall located adjacent to this pIpe is to be removed and dIsposed. B( >DR, I () S'C'l'tl on ~ Trc;llmcnt and Other hKtlllles B~iSl" ,.j De"lgn Table 3-9 T ~ Pu D . C.t rans er mpmg eSI gn n ena Parameter Criteria Number of Pumps 4 (3 on-linell standby) Flow Rate per pump 4,700 gpm TDH TBD during Final Design Horsepower 100 hp. Maximum Pump Speed 1750 rpm Pump Type Vertical Turbine. can style Pump Materials Cast Iron Bowls, Bronze Impeller Drive Type Variable Frequency 3.5.4 Sodium Hypochlorite Solution Addition Description and Design Criteria 3.5.4.1 Existing Facilities and On-Site Generation The West WTP currently uses gaseous chlorine for disinfection and scrubber solution. Ton cylinders are stored in the chlorine storage room located in the High Service Pump Building. Plant service water drives eductors which produce a chlorine solution. This solutIon is fed into the degasifier inl1uent lines. transfer pipe mixing vaults. and the scrubbcr recirculation piping. Under the Phase 4 Expansion this plant is to convert to liquid sodium hypochlorite for all chlorine uses. The Base Bid is to include sodium hypochlorite (bleach) facilities based on truck delivery of 10%-]2% solution. Design criteria for these facilities will be provided in thlS Section. D/B Teams 3re required to submit an Additive Alternate to provide all facilitIes and improvements needed to install on-site generation (OSG) of 8(k, or greater. bleach. Exhibit'" to this Report provides work sheets that MUST be completed as a part of the OSG Additi\e Alternate. These worksheets provide a ulllform hasis for evaluating the life cycle costs of OSG at thIS facility. They WIll also allow comparison of this option from various suppliers of the eqUIpment. 3.5.4.2 Truck Delivery and Base Bid Criteria The e\lsting chlorine storage room IS to house bulk storage of bleach and all new metering pumps. The truck drJ\e through portlon of thIS room IS to remain as IS and ~1I1r)\\ \.'ontlnucd lIse as a dJl\c through. The \\alls. tlCl(lr and u'lltng (ll the c.xiqing room ~Ire to be painted foil 0\\ ITlg completIon of all modlf1catJons. Contalllment IS to be pro\Jded by ITlstallation of containment \\alls/ramps_ Contalnmcnt is reqUIred for IlOr( of the l:1rgest storage tank. J\1etenng pumps will take slIctlOn dIrectly from the bull,. LIllK:- b: ;1 comlllon suctIon hcader \lcterJng pumps arc to be lllounted on BODR _~-17 Se\.llon 3 .1 rC;ltmcnl ;Illd OthtT Llulltles B~I"IS llj D(,'-Ign concrete. FRP or PVC benches for ease of operation and maintenance. Table 3-10 presents the sodium hypochlorite design criteria. Requirements of the sodium hypochlorite system are shown on Figure 3-14, P&ID Chlorine System. !30DR ,,- ] fj Section ~ T'c;ltmenl ;II1Ll Other L1CIIJllCS 13;1'-1" ()1 Design Table 3-10 Sodium Hypochlorite Desl~n Criteria Chemical Form Strength Density Delivery Form/Volume A pplication Points Degasifier Outlet Scrubber Recirculation . Emergency Post Chlorination Process Flow at Application Points Degasifier Outlet Scrubber Recirculation Emergency Post Chlorination Chemical Dosage Degasifier Outlet. Each of 4 Scrubber Recirculation. Each of 2 Emergency Post Chlorination Chemical Feed Rate Dega~ifier Outlet. E.1ch of..\ Scrubber ReCIrculation Emergency Post Chlorination Total Feed Rate Metering Pumps Dega~ifier Outlet Type Number of Units Capaclly Scrubher ReCirculatIOn Type Bulk Storage Number of ne\~ bulk tanks Volume of <,lored cherlllcal Supply at De~]gn Capact!\ ; T,. r,c ckicrmlncJ b\ D'B T,'.lIli ,jlil 1l1~ final l)e'I)'11 BODR .'_11) Sodium Hypochlorite Liquid 10%-12% 9.8 lb/gal Truck Bulk/4.000 gal 4 2 1 existing, 1 new 5.47 mgdJ 3.780 gpm TBD1 N/A 10.0 mg/L TBD] N/A 456 gpd /19.0 gph TBD'. 250 gpd Estimated N/A 2.325 gpd Diaphragm. Variable Speed Drive. Manual Stroke AdJustment 5.4 on-line and 1 standby n gal/hr Diaphragm. VaTlable Speed Drive. Manual Stroke Adjustment -' <'.' 6.200 gal J ~Jlf)(J gal /-; lb~~ Sectlun 3 ) reatment ;Illd Other FacilItIes B;lsi" (II Ikst~n 3.5.5 Ammonia Addition Description and Design Criteria An ammonia solution made from anhydrous ammonia is to be added in the mixing vault for conversion of free chlorine to monochloramine. Dosing is based on a free chlorine to ammonia ratio of 4:]. AssunUng that the maximum monochloramine residual would be 4 mglL as per the Stage 1 DisinfectantsfDisinfection By-Products Rule, then the maximum free chlorine residual would be approximately 5.51 mglL as Cb. Using an assumed Cb:NH3 ratio of 4: 1, the maximum ammonia dose would be approximately 1.38 mgIL. Based on a total finished water flow of 20.00 mgd, the total maximum daily ammonia demand would be 230 Ibs/day. Table 3-11 presents the ammonia design criteria. The existing two ammoniators are to be removed as well as the existing ion exchange softening unit. A new ammonia feed and application system is to be constructed. The principle of operation for this system is to flow gaseous ammonia into a stream of permeate water and the resulting stream to enter the mixing vault above the water level. This system is shown schematically on Figure 3-15, P&ID Fluoride System & Ammonia System. The ammonia applicator is shown graphically in Exhibit 5 to this Report. BODR ~-~o Section .3 Treatment ;lI1d ()thn FacilitIes 13d'I'- (lj DC'lgn Table 3-11 A . Add'r D' C't' mmoma lIOn eSlgn fJ efJa Chemical Anhydrous Ammonia Form Liquid Strength 100% Density 5.17Ibs/gal Delivery Form/Volume Truck! As Required A pplication Point New mixing vault Process Flow at A pplication Point 20.00 mgd Chemical Dosage 1.38 mg/L Chemical Feed Rate 230 ppd Ammonia Feed Equipment Number 6 Capacity 38 Ibs/day Bulk Storage Number I Tank. Existing CapaClly 1.000 gals.. 5.170 Ibs. Supply at DeSign Capacity 22 Days 3.5.6 Caustic Soda Addition Description and Design Criteria CaustIc soda. or sodium hydroxide. is used to raise pH of the degasified membrane penneate after degasification and to raise pH of the off-gas scrubber recirculation water. A 50% solution is used exccpt during colder months when 25% is used. Design dosage for pH adjustment of the degasified penneate is 38 mgJL using 50% and 80 mgJL using 2Yk. The cxisting bulk caustic storage tanK is to be replaced with 4 - 7.300 gallon storage tanKs. This work is to be completed in the early stages of this Project as described in Section ] .3. Project Scope. Thc cxisting caustic transfcr pump and piping are to rcmain. The existing caustic contalllmcnt area. floor and walls are to be coated with a caustIc rcsistant c03ting. The existlllg ':::.000 gallon caustic day tanK IS to rcmalll There are four (4) existing ,-'~!l!~,I": metcling pumps to be remo\ cd ;md ~t t(lt~d of f)\ e (:)) nl'\\ pumps I1lstalled. ReqUIrements of the caustIc system ~lIT ,hO\\ il on Figure 3-]6. P&ID CaustIc System. Table 3-]2 prO\ldcs the caustIc system design cnteri~l. RODR 3-~ I Sect]()J1 3 Trc;llll1cnt and Other FacIlJtlcs B~lsl:-' III rkslgn Table 3-12 Caustic Soda Addition Design Criteria Chemical Form Strength Weight Delivery Form/Volume Liquid 50 Percent & 25 Percent 12.76Ib/gal, 10.59 Ib/gal Tank Truck 4,000 gal Application Point pH Adjustment of degasified permeate Offgas Scrubbate Mixing Vault Offgas Scrubbate Recirculation, 2 each Process Flow at A pplication Points Mixing Vault Offgas Scrubbate 20.0 mgd N/A Chemical Dosage Mixing Vault Offgas Scrubbate NeutralizatIon 38 mg/I 50 lfC, 85 mg/J 25 '7c TBD1 Chemical Feed Rates Mixing Vault Scruhbate 496 gpd 50SL 13..\0 gpd 25c} TBD' Metering Pumps Mixing Vault Type Numher of Units Capacity Diaphragm. VaTlable Speed Drive, Manual Stroke Adjustment 3.2 on-line. I ~tandby 60 gph Scrubbate Tvpe Number of UT1Its Capacity Same as Above ..., TBD1 Bulk Storage Number of Bulk Tanks ReqUired to be Pf(l\ided Volume of SIPred Chemical Supply at De~ign Conditions 4 @ 7.300 ~9.300 60 @ 50<:c. 22 (fl' ~5r; To he delerIl1Int'J ,,' D/B Te~1Il1 JllT1n~ tinal JC'I~n 3.5.7 Fluoride Addition Description and Design Criteria HydrorJuoros1llc aCId is cUITcntl: u,cd at the treatmcnt plant 3nd \\111 contl11ue to be used for fluoridation of the flllishcd \\ atcr. Thc CU1Tcnt dosagc of 0.8 to 1.0 mg./L is the assumed critcrla 13()ljR _~-~~ Sect J on 3 Trcatrncnt and Other FacJiJtJes IL1Sl:--' oj [)L':--'I.~J) The existing pumps and storage tank are to be replaced. The existing day tank and transfer pumps are to remain in use. The existing containment area is to be recoated with an acid resistant material. Piping is to be installed to direct the discharge of fluoride to the mixing vault. The two existing fluoride metering pumps are to be removed and a total of three (3) new pumps installed. Table 3-13 presents the fluoride system design criteria. Requirements of the fluoride system are shown on Figure 3-15, P&ID Fluoride System & Ammonia System. Table 3.13 FI 'd S D' C"t uon e ystem eSI~n n ena Chemical Hydrofluorosilic Acid Form Percent Fluoride in Solution Liquid Weight 23o/c 10 Ibs/gal Delivery Form/Volume Bulk truck A pplication Point Mixing Vault Process Flow at Application Point !vlixing Vault 20.00 mgd Chemical Dosage 0.9 mgJL Chemical Feed Rate MIXing Vault 65.3 gpd Metering Pumps Type Diaphragm. Variable Speed DTlve. T\lanual Stroke AdJu~tment Number of Ul1lt~ 3,2 on-line. I ~tanclbv Cap3clty ..\ gph I Bulk Storage Number of New Bulk Tanks ReqlllTecl I \-{llume of Bulk Tank 6000 gals I Number of Day~ Supply at De~lgn Flow 9~ ~. --- ._-_."----~_.__._-- ._- 3.5.8 Corrosion Inhibitor Addition Description and Design Criteria A corrosion inhibitor is currently bemg utilized at the plant for corrosion control in the distJibution system. The existing day tank and metering pumps arc located in the former scale inhibitor space and these facilitIes are to be returned to scale inhibitor senlce_ :\c\\ corrosIon inhlbJlor Liulitles ~lrc tu bl' lIl:-,t~dlcd 111 the l-hemicll room loc;Jted In the j-!Jgh Sen JCe Pump Bullcitng. This Includes clay tank. urum storage. three (3) meteling pumps on a bench, feed pIping to the mixing \;llIlt, and controls Table 3-1.t pro\ ides the corrosIon inhd'lt(lr deSIgn LTJtena BODR ' -'", Sel'tlOll :1 Tre~ltment ;l1ld Other Facillllcs B;ISI~ of De~l~n Requirements of the corrosion inhibitor system are shown on Figure 3-13, P&ID Scale Inhibitor System & Conosion Inhibitor System. 3.5.9 General Chemical System Requirements All new and existing eyewash showers are to include a flow switch connected to the central control system. Activation of the flow switch is to alarm in the HMI including a location of the eyewash shower in use. The drench shower shall exceed a minimum w3ter flow of 20 gpm at 30 psi. Interior combination units may be PVc. The units shall be manufactured by HAWS, Bradley. or equal. The combination eye wash/shower wash station shall be floor mounted with 11/4" IPS supply lines. The combination models shall be certified by CSA to meet the ANSI Z358.1 - 1998 Standard for Emergency Eyewash and Shower Equipment. The eye wash minimum flow shall be 0.4 gpm at 20 psi. All metering pump benches/groupings, except fluoride, are to receive personnel protection using segmented clear vertical slot curtains similar to those existing in. the caustic area. All metering pumps provided by this project are to be of the same manufacturer. Provide one (1) spare unit for all sizes furnished. If there are more than ten (10) units of the same size, provide two (2) spare units. Metering pumps shall be manufactured by Prominent or Pulsafeeder. # BODRl,-~-l SectIOn .3 Treatment ;ll1d Other Facll1tJcS B~I"I' lIf De"lgn Table 3-14 Corrosion Inhibitor ItlOn eSlgn n ena Chemical Type Sodium Hexametaphosphate Form Liquid Weight 8.4 lb/gal Delivery Form 55 gallon drums or bulk delivery Application Point Mixing Vault Process Flow at Application Point Mixing Vault 20.00 mgd Chemical Dosage 1.5 mg/L Chemical Feed Rates Mixing Vault 30 gal/day Metering Pumps Type Diaphragm. Variable Speed Drive. Manual Stroke Adjustment Number of Units 3. "2 on-line. 1 standby Capacity 1.4 gph Bulk Storage Number of New Bulk Tanks Required None Number of New Day Tanks Required 1 Volume of New Day Tank 500 gal Number of Davs Supply at DesIgn Flovi 16 days Add"" D' C't 3.6 GROUND STORAGE TANK 3.6.1 General Description There are currently 10 million gallons (MG) of finished w3ter storage t3nk capacity available to the City in the finished water distribution system. This Phase 4 Expansion will add a 3 MG ground storage tank as shown on the Proposed Site Plan. Figure 3-1. The tank will increase the filllshed water storage capacity for the City's distribution svstem to 13 MG. 3.6.2 Design Criteria Because the City's East and West WTPs haV(? auxiliary power to provide treatment and finished w3ter pumpmg. emergency storage reqUirements arc met under the current FDEP rule. The FDEP currently reqUIres that utilitIes provide auxiliary power and/or \\ater qorage tanks to supply water at a rate equal to the system's awrage dati)' flow to meet emergencv storage reqUIrements The ne\\ 3 \1(; ground stor;lge tank IS to be a post-tensIOned. hydraultcally applied concrete lank slmtlar to the eXlstlllg 3 \1G Crom tank as IIldicated 11l Tahle 3-]5. The tank IS to be equipped with a 2..f" influent riser pIpe. '+2"" effluent pipe on the tank floor. and ;1 dLIII1. The t;lllk should he loclted sllL'h th;lt ;1 1 ~ foot mll1lmUm setback dlqance BODR .'-=~ Sl?ctJon 3 Treatment ~Illd Othn F;tcll1tles B;IS1S of DeSIgn is available to allow for construction. Reduction of the ]5 foot setback distance is possible but should be confirmed by the tank constructor. Table 3-15 New Ground Stora~e Tank - Basis 0 esi2n Design Parameters V o!ume 3.0MG Inside Diameter 120 ft Shell Height 35.5 ft CD . 3.7 HIGH SERVICE PUMPING 3.7.1 General Description The existing high service pump station is to be modified to increase pumping capacity. The existing high service pump station includes three 250 hp pumps each rated at 5,000 gpm, and one ]25 hp pump rated at 2000 gpm. Space is currently available for one additional pump in the existing pump line-up. The current high service pump capacity is approximately 24.5 mgd with all pumps in service or 17.3 mgd with the largest pump out of service. To provide the additional high service pump capacity, two 400 hp pumps will be added. One of the 400 hp pump will replace existing 250 hp Pump No. ]. The second 400 hp pump will be installed in the empty space on the high service pump discharge header at location of Pump No.4. Both new 400 hp pumps will be split case centrifugal pumps rated at 8.000 gpm at 71 psi (165 ft) discharge pressure. The new pumps are to have performance curves \vith a shape and slope SImilar to the existing units' curves, copies of which are provided as Exhibit 6. Both new 400 hp pumps will be equipped with variable frequency drives. The existing variable frequency drive in service on existing Membr~me Feed Pump NO.4 is to be relocated and replace the staJ1er on eXIsting High Sen'lce Pump No 2. 3.7.2 Design Criteria The high service pump station capacity will be designed for 29.0 mgd based on a plant design cap3city of 20.0 mgd and a maximum day 110w (plant design capacity) to peak hour 110w ratio of 1.45. Table 3-16 provides the basis of design for the new hlgh service pump capacity anangement for this expansion. With the largest pump out of service. the high service pump station firm capacity will be 20.000 gpm or 29.0 mgd. Table 3-17 provides the basis of design for the ncw ~OO hp pumps. Instrumentation requirements for the new high ser\icc pumps are sho\\ n on Fi~ure 3-17. P& TO Odor Control & High Scrvice Pum ps. BODR'-:26 Scct IOn ::I Treatment and Other FacilItIes B~'ISI" oj De-Ign Table 3-16 . h S Pu S D' C't' HI21 ervlce mp tahon- eSI~D rt erta Current Phase 4 Pump No. HP Pump Rate Pump Speed HP Pump Rate Pump Speed P-5-1-2-1 250 5000 gpm @ 1780 400 8000 gpm @ 1780 165 ft TDH 165 ft TDH P-5-1-2-2 250 5000 gpm @ 1780 250 5000 gpm @ 1780 165 ft TDH 165 ft TDH P-5-1-2-3 250 5000 gpm @ 1780 250 5.000 gpm @ 1190/1780 165 ft TDH 165 ft TDH P-5-1-2-4 - - - 400 8,000 gpm @ 1190/1780 165 ft TDH P-5-1-2-5 125 2000 gpm @ 1760 125 2.000 gpm @ 1780 165 ft TDH 165 ft TDH Firm Capacity 17.3 mgd with one 250 hp pump out of 29.0 mgd with one 400 hp pump out. of service servIce Pumps shown in bold are new. Table 3-17 N H' hS Pu D' C't' ew 121 ervlce mps- eSI2D rt ena Design Parameters Value Flow 8,000 gpm Discharge Head Required 71 psi . 165 ft Motor 400HP Pump Efficiency, Percent 85lff min Motor Speed 1190/1780 rpm Minimum Suction Pressure Available 2ft 3.8 RAW WATER BYPASSIBLENDING A raw water bypass will be provided similar to the one currently in use at the West WTP. The bypass will blend raw water that has been pretreated by cartridge filtration and pH adjusted by sulfuric acid addition with membrane permeate from the new NF membrane processes. The purpose of the blend is to raise the finished water hardness leaving the West WTP and reduce overall operating cost of the plant based on total finished water production. The raw water bypassed will range from 0 to 20 percent of the membrane permeate from the new NF membrane process. A maximum raw water bypass flow of 3.28 mgd is anticipated. A 12-inch pipe will servc as the pretreated raw water bypass as shown on Figure 3-5, Process Flow Diagram (PFD). and place raw water into the membrane permeate piping header. A flow meter and modulated control valve will be provided in the bypass line to accurately regulate the amount of pretreated raw water that is blended with the membrane permeate. A cushioned. or slow closing check valve will also be installed in the bypass line to prevent back flow of the permeate into the raw BODR 3-27 Section 3 Treatment and Other Facilities Basis of Design water line. The amount of desired raw water flow will be set remotely by the operator through the control system. The existing membrane permeate blend line is to be extended and tie to the membrane permeate line outside of the new process room as shown on the Proposed Site Plan, PFD, and P&ID. BOOR 3-28 Section 3 Treatment and Other Facilities Basis of Design to /':;101--; -")f""'~ H \'}It.j49::;<i'.~CC,::(~--:'"\~,,t, g::-:JP\CAOD\CONST\SlTE-PLAN-01.dwg SITE-PLAN Aug 19, 2004 9:03om by: SoLSantore .~".,,,,,,. ..'~ t...~ ~"~'~pl, ""<1 "....q"! ~....""I..<1 ~""."'_ "w 0'" ,..,t',,"""l Of ,.,....c.. :, ;'>I'''d." 0"1)' lor Ih, 'O.cifiC O,,'PO" Of'd ch,"l fO~ "'"'ell t _0. O"IIO,.d. R.u.. of 0"" ''''proo.' r"io"c. 0" 11'1,. docum.nt .;'''out ..jH." ol"lthori~otio" o"d odoptolion by Kiml.y_Ho.... atld ",.ociot... Inc. 11'11111 b. ..,thoul lit;lbi1ity 10 Kiml.y-folOl''' o"d "'1'<J~'at... 1l'"C. :1 ...----- . It-' ~[l1 _~.__ u .<. . . ~.__~__~,.. J. T: "~ 1,1/: ( ~ - A Ie .~. G) r:: t: z ... 'c..v~5 I -Il:':: ~~ 1.. -' ~ ! /" I I, -l!J \ : I~ " '" 0, '" ~ A / H 1/ u / / ---Q i2J ,-, <;~ -1 L.J I "I. ~_ ... _.._->L-- '"' _ '" " :=a m r- - s: - z ~ =a -< I \ -< ~\ ;:j g~ ~=Jt/ ~ ===! I ~I,u ~ ==:! II ===J ' ~ I II l YL (ij "'QZ ~ :;l"'''' ~ ~~~ /. '" ~~O I ,\~~ C)- ~ = :i,=1 ~= ~=~ I ~= II ~= ~= = = ::'.= i II ! u I ~ T.-Ii-- =~ i~. -1--1- ! I '- I . ~ / y >- H " I II ~22~ ~"~~ I I B~ ill~ ~~ II ~k " "- ~ "~ \1 '" ~ p '" lz ~ ~ :. ::j ~ 8 ~ ~ ~ x o i \:l '" E: :;l '" ~ ;;I ~ '" i'~U-l .' Ii .~ / :.z ~~'" ~::jlS ~~ Z ~r o o '( ), \ / o~~ ~~~ z:' "';;I ." RW - - :;In ~~ [;;1Il "',.. '" '" '" ~:.lS :.O~ ~o~ ), III '" ~ ~ :. ::j ~ ~ "';l'" ~clS :.~~ ~l'l~ >- "';:j:.z i8g~ D !::l2g ~"'~ ~....~ I I, ~- ), '\ ~~ '\~I r---< 1>-, ~E:~g I ~~~~ r- ""' I D( -<~ig ~:.~~ ~ '-- /"tr-' ~~~ !JJ~1i J - /~ / '" / ~ r; n '" 8 C;; ... ;:j Z ~ ~ o " ~ ./ ~\ ~ -II-Irll-Irll-Irll-II . Ii, ~ UUUUUUUU %/ \ ~ I~ I 2."OlAP ,e::-::: ~~. ~ 1/ V:;:< \1 I "~ [I -~- ~~~ ~~I i ", // III ../ I! . " M l:j"l;lz c:'.;j'" !'lCllI~=f::Jo o ":i: l"; '" I : .' I ~I\ aaaa l'l e", ~~~~ lQo~::j :!l z \:l " Ir--,I -............ illN~ E:"!1;j 0"'> ;liN,~ 8:!!~ ~~~ ~~< F~~ ";Ii ." ;g~ ~ I ~ '" )( Vi ::j z " E: '" E: '" '" ~ '" ." '" ~ !:l rI:> ~i r,' sa z .~ l'l~ 'j I ~C>>. '::j . ~ !i< ~ '~1" E: l'l-' I' ." ~: r- ~ ;;! ~h ~~. ct. I - ~ ~~~;!; gE:S" ~.,,~% .---' .Ji. E: ~ '" '" ~ '" ~~ ~~ i", '" '" c 5 z " \ \ l!t i ~ i :v~~ ." r~ /' ~ r- fJ o '" E: " 5l , -<~z h~ '" ~ :. ~ ~ /' .. "\ . III I I 1 " "J~ r - ,q. I I I I :""'...1 I Y I I I I I I I ----------------------------------------------------------------------------______________J ~ C~ c.' ,. ;~ ~ C) "' CITY OF BOYNTON BEACH WEST WTP EXPANSION PHASE 4 PAlU BEACH COUNr~ FLORIDA .I Y . PROPOSED SITE PLAN I y SC'&'l( DESIGN ENGI"4EER" AS NOTEO . DESlONED BY JOHN E. POTTS JEP FlORIDA R[QS~A nON NUMBER; ~11.~~~m~ i umm; ~~~~~~ !ill!>!'" ~ ~:;l~ E: "':. i!; ~;;I E: r; ;;I DRAWN B'f ~_n Kimley-Hom ~_U and Associates, Inc. @ 2004 KIML(Y-HORN AND ASSOCIA Its. INC. 4431 EIM5AACADERO DRIVE, WEST PALM BEACH. f'L 33407 PHONE (.561) 1545-0&65 FAX (561) 863-8175 WWWJCIMLEY-HORN.COW CA 000006" SS 22881 CHECKED BY JEP " '" ~'" -<ZlS :.0", z",::j ,,-<z ~" :. ~ u No I I I _ r C--<!o.- iN I; I /~I I I q I I 1 '1;;>~ ~i'- H' II 11'-/ ~ ~: ~ i: 1.1 L ,I I' 61 "IT rnrr8r l r: /" -. , I: H I ~Lrl b. <1 ~ , I I I;-It' .......--.- I 1 ; p i>- ~~2 ~_2 '" c...~ ~ I I ..';; /' Y '" n ~ :s o -?l.--. :s ~ -< '" o REVISIONS DATE I BY ~ ~'~r;....''''~ r,::;rr-e: H:\i')44349G'J4\BODRPT\KhA F30JR\CADD\COf\lST\PROCESS-~LR-PLN.dwg Loyout1-1st floor Aug 19, 2004 9:03am by. Sol.Sontore ..~.. ~,,(,,"""~'. '''Q'''''.< ..',,, t"ot c;""c.ot, ,,"'d 1::1"'9"' C'.........." "....,... III an ,...1'.........\ 01 ,...vie.. i. ....'."d.d only lor tl'l. 'O.clr'l; OU"PO'. ll"d c;1..." Ill' ."ie" ;( Will O',po..d. A"".. Of lI..d ""prop... ..Hone. On 11'01, allCY"'."! without .riHen oul"odlOlio" and lIdoptolion by Klmlly-l-lQrT\ ond "..ociol... 1"1:. '''1111 b. wittlCli,jt liob~i1y \0 Kiml.y-HO"ft and "..oe.ot... I"c 'Ji ;''J J Z ~ '::: ~ 0 0 )> Cl ~ 0 .,.., lJ ."] 0 .,.., 0 CD -.; ;:0 .,.., CD :;1J IT! < l';:OlJZ~~~OO -TJ J> rrl :;r> fT1 rr: rrJ I I """'~;:OZ~s:::~r'lr'l Z ~OmCJm)>)> )> -":2''''''=,;:O;V;:o~~ --J )> > ~ > )> :J> Z Z ice:; :J-I ri .-. Z :~ Z CJ G") IZ ;; ;; ,r-, ~; ~-., ~'i i'l 'J}""'" ill"') Z ~6~~~,Q~C z '>'?'M~ZC5 z ~ C) c--; ~ " =a m r- - 3: - Z J:- =a -< ." '. G) ::W , N o " ;: C \~ ::J~ ~ ,::; r-~ :;: IS: i irf ~ I @~~ ~l\iV ~ IL ~ - :g ~ ~ ~I ia ~0jM:O '-- I-- P~.~ ~;'I(~ - ~ 1-'" .......- r---......... ZZ::: /J > ':J ,..,.., w -V ""l I I II ~ ! I ! H ; ~,'i I lill [r~ ~ ==- i-- ~ i !' t= ;=: " Z -0 ;0 o o fTl (J) (J) rn c r o Z C) r, I ~ o t:::_ I '1 "Tl o i= ,., ::(]-1 ~~ f"'l C'l .:u , ") X r> t2j 0 '3 :v ~~I] 1 ~) -...j )> I Tl ;:00 ~o Zrrl 'Ji C] =- Z( === -->. (J) ~ .,., r o o ;0 > -0 Vl r 6 )> M Z o U1 n }> o .;-,. :'li ::xl '1 '"" ~~ ...., m CITY OF BOYNTON BEACH WEST WTP EXPANSION PHASE 4 h~11 ib ClJ _ 0 'Ji r'l :-(1\.) ;:o~rfTl -0' r'l =i r'l X II C;~ 8g~t2j ex; ~ i7 D)V1 ;';; ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ e-- ~ r> f1 ~ A) Ir l .,.., /1 T lIT I I '\fi~ ~~~ :;;:~~~ f ~nID\ ~ ?;lO ~ 11 atr ~ iT lUJ \ 0 :T t-H+t 11 I ITT ,ITI I~ iCJ in, 1& IClJ :-< o o 0 o o 0 " o mT IT lilT III \ l\j 1 'Jir'l -<x ':::lli1 r'l=' ~~ -.; 0'Ji C mr fTl"'" c ;:0 A) f"Tln ~ 0.,.., <fTl fT1 fT1 00 ~ 11\ ~ i\-o ..., . Z-o GJc:: Z s:: . "'lJi ~~ ~~ 'JiClJ ~~ <: -.;n, I ;:0-0 c::tJ a enC) r,., -.;V1 OV1 me::: fT1~ ~ ---; . o o I~ r--- ~;:2 ::>:;~ o ~ ~ c::<: l:)CJ V1V1 ~~ = - r;::e::: s::~ <: . 1 PROCESS BUILDING 1st FLOOR PLAN PALV BEACH COUNr~ "LORIDA fl '--J L ~j \JI~J ~. ,,--.J.,, ~~\ Cl~~ ClJn,~ r,.,C)~ :::::!---; ::tJClCl ~<:::tJ Cll:! Q~ r;::l:! CJV1 c==~+ I I ~ :~ I I I I W Lm I ""I 1'11I ~~ ~ ~ R> ~lJ 020 -= 0 d1 .,.., ~ z:r II !! III;; ~ t,lll ~ /L ~lQ II r~~~ I~l ~/ - .... - III I. I " I I t,. t '--J I a~~~ ClJ8Cl(Jj r,., ~:::::! ::tJ 25~ ~ ~a~ as::<: Q ;!; ---; ~ 8 a ::tJ i I\.) I\.) Cl s::' s::' C) l:! I oz r rl t;;~ ~< z"'l C)O lJ"'" cO s::A) lJ SCALE AS NOTED DESIGN ENGlNEER DESIGNED BY JOHN E. POTTS QJ ~ ""'l OJ en o .,.., Z fTl ~ N .j>. ;:0 o ~ o I.- O"'l;:oz )>rOfTl ;:oOO~ ...,O~ ~A) fTl gp;:q::;:; fTlmOO 00"" "'l<Z~ FrloO ..., )> fTl r A) 'Ji ) / 7 o ~ .,..,OZ F)>fTl M~:2' ;:0;:0 'Ji- o C) fTl o ~ '-yY ~ c.= ~m ..., o ~ r'l N N )> Z Z C'l ~ --- I~ '" v/1 ~V - = ~ m In IIII IIII IITT ORA'At4 BY 11II"'1_ n Kimley-Hom ~_U and Associates, Inc. @ 2004 I(IWLEY-HORN AND ASSOCIATES. INC. 4431 Et.eSARCAOERO DRIVE. WEST PAL'" BEACH. Ft )3407 PHONE (~61) 8450-0665 F'AX (~61) a6J-e17~ WWW.KlYLEY-HORN.COIl CA 00000696 No JEP "LORIO'" REOSTRA nON NUlrllSER: 55 22881 ~n ) l::::!::: f-+- I !:::f::: ~ H-Hffi iJ ILJ IC) L ,Cl r:== z I~ fTl Cl I ~ r- I V1::tJ I ~ g L- s:: M~~ L-Jr:=11 ~ ( "to- :i8 I 8 e :"_1 J ' (I ~ I Xl J~ro.cl CJ L- ~III>~ =e 25 I~ V ~ f il~, ~8 .~~~ I I I . r-------r-- \:) v) r,.., "to-C::X: i~ ." ~ ':2l ;:: ~l I - :;; c::;:: ~ c; I <: 3;J CJ C) -, .1 ::>:; C) ---; 0 "to- C3 c) C) <:} I I G l:lC") 1 c:: - ~~) h r ]I[ "Jlr 'ir: -, ~T _~ -0 ~rt :::tl "Ir -t:U' I~~ t nl ~ II1I ~ I1I1 II !! ~) lllir II ii 'I II I]IT I ~*IIIIII Iii I n I1II ~f~ "11"11 IIII' 0 !! II ~ ~ II!I L I ~ --- r'l I - TI~ X III !I :: :: 1111:1 1\.), ED~ ~ ~~IIII ';:~ ~ ~~ II 'I II II ~ ~ ~ I III1 <: c 1111?t.tt \:)"D ili II, ~~ g (j II Ii/11m!';. ~ Bi I1III ~ / I I II II II 0 ~~ III ~ - ;;:: II ~~ "1111 tirei I ~ I1II ~ ~M:I ~ , I i I I ! I 1IIIi - " .. t'lll ~ I11I IL' ~;M I~ 0- .~: CHECKED BY JEP - w ~ ~ ~ -1 --.j;:oz ~.,.., z ..., OJA)z ~"'l Z ..., LO;:oZ ~"'l z ~ ..., ~A)z o~.,.., z ..., ~;:oz ~~.,.., z -.; ~;:oz N~"'l Z 'JiZ OfTl c:2' ='0 Or zfTl p ...,Z :J>- ZZ ^C) VI OJ (J1 n ~ ~ --- lJ ~ ...,- -<lJ lJfTl ~ OA) . tOO '--"..., or A) ;:or fTl 'Jil Z c o lJ I ~ ~ E~ 1: m ~ [ I -?Z~ REVISIONS ~..., lJFTi ..., o C'l X 'Ji -.; -.; r'l r'l z N .,..,~ ~ 5~ ON A))> Z Z fTl ) / 'Ji r'l o o Z o , --.j .j>. r'Ji r'l..., <)> fTlA) ''Ji r DATE BY ... "~~ '"r; '"8'"'1<;'" H ::'-:4.349C:>~\'30DPP""\.(hA'80DR\CADD\CONST\PROCESS-FLR-PLN.dwg Layout2-2nd flool'" Aug '9, 2004 9:03am by Sol.Sontore '''.. '')r",.,....~. !~'l8~~.e. ..!~ '~e (')"'teet, o"!:l d....<<'" p'ue""d """". 0. 0" ''''I."......' 01 .,.vict. i, int,"cI.d 0..1'( 'IV It'll 'Otcille 0"'(:10" o"'d Cli,nl for ."ie" ,t _0' Or.oor.d. R...... 01 ono ;....o.~.r r,lio"c. 0<'1 'kl, dOcu....."1 .,t"out .rilt." outt\ori,otion and adaptation ~y l(im1ly-HO'" ond "'..oeiol... I"c;. .i'loll b. wilhout liobility to 1(;"'1.'(-1010'" o"d "'"ociot". I",c VlrTJ :::i:' - rTJ """0 0....., IAI 0- rTJO )>)> AI' r---- rTJZ XrTJ Ui:::i: ....., ZO 00 0 Vl)> :::i:AI :::i:0 ....." )>....., '--..0 ~C :=I IZ AI~ AI )>0 Vl- 0 ZAI Z OrTJ C C AI""" ~ 0 ~fTl I , , )> Z -0 0 Z :::0 0 0 0 fTl (f) (f) OJ C - r 0 - Z GJ N :J 0.. " r 0 0 :::0 )> -0 IJl r Z 01 0 )> -; Z rT'! 0 0 C AI OJ :::i: '--.. I )> Z 0 V1 0 AI ~ n , > .l:> r r I'l CD I'l I'l I'l -'-1 m ;;:: fTl N N )> Z Z fTl ." ::a m r- - 3: - z ~ .=a -< fTlZ XfTl Ui:::i: ....., 2'0 00 o :::i:AI )>....., :=I AI o C o I - II --{ " CITY OF BOYNTON BEACH SC"'LE DESIGN ENGINEER: ~=~ Kimley-Hom o -n }> AS NO TED -:2 c JOHN E. POTTS ~" G) WEST WTP EXPANSION PROCESS BUILDING DESIGNED BY and Associates, Inc. l......;;" Gl 0 JEP h ~ " FlORIDA REQsnu, nON NUlMJ[R; W 'D.' N-' PHASE 4 2nd FLOOR PLAN ORA~ BY @ 2004 KIMlEY-HORN AND ASSOCI... TES. INC. , 0- c,.., 22881 OZ 0 SS 4"31 [WBARCAOERO DRIVE, WEST PAUlI BEACH. Fl 3J407 I ",0 '" PHONE (581) 845-0615 FAX (561) aeJ-1I175 W CHECKED BY PALM BEACH COUN lY. FLORIDA JEP WWW,KfYLEY-HORN.COM CA OOOCJOIII No REVISIONS OA TE BY F= ",....'" -:; "':"T'1e: >--1' \:.GG..349CC4\80DRPT\Kr-It..-BOD'I\CADD\CONST\HSP-FLR-PLN.dw9 layoutl Aug 19, 2004 9:03am by: Sat.Sontore ~. "oc'.J~~~' '''q''~~'' .,'" .". 'O"'c.pt, o"d d"'Q'" P"""~'.<l' ........., ,,. 0" ''''1'','''''''1 Of ,...vic;.. '. ;"II"d.d o..ly tor U'l' '11'<;"" purpo.. lI"cI (:j;.", lor ."'i,,,, 'I '0' p..por.o, It..... of o"d .....O.op.. ,,1011"'" on II'" docu",...t .it"'lXil .dll." oo.otl'lorilOtiO" Ol"Id odoptQtlo" by IO...I'y-HQm 01'10 ......ocial... Inc. '1'1011 b. .iV'oul liabWily to I<j",l.y ,",or.. ol'ld "'..ociol... I"c. "T1 G) xW I ~ " =a m ... - 3: - z ~ =a -< o A A l. A ~ 25 .. ,. C 00 > ,,~ ..... O~ o A CITY OF BOYNTON BEACH WEST WTP EXPANSION PHASE 4 PALM BEACH COUNT~ FLORIDA -IP ~I~ II. .(Vl ;.. ~ :I.J'::l'.:Ji;. .r.r,(\fl ~- .,.,., fYi...: ~,',J.:J...J.:~l r:: .., I ~l1ri >- / I ~- I II e.~~" \--- <>.:~,..... J :a\J~ ~) . '.~ .... :'::.r--J ~ II.CI fir ~ S UIEr, I - -II IUI.I f .1 J I 'Ie II f III -liE SCA.LE AS NOTED DESIGN ENGINEER: H.S. PUMP BUILDING FLOOR PLAN JOHN E. POTTS DESIGNED BY JEP FLORIDA RECifsmA TlON NUWBER: ORAWN BY 22881 55 CHECKED BY JEP (ll.1I)T,. :1:.)'.)<.1. =~I ::lJLfILq AJ.'I." ~ L/ ~ - = I r 1_ \ .....--J \ - Ir 11I""'1_ n Kimlay-Hom -.J_U and Associates, Inc. @ 2004 I(IWLE'f-HOAN ANO ASSOCIA TtS. INC. ""31 EIiIBARCA[)ERO DRIVE. WEST PAlW eEA~. F1. 33"07 PHONE (58') 845-0885 'AX (581) SlIJ-8175 WWW.KllllEY-HOAN.CClI CA OClOOOSH No REVISIONS ~ I 71. DATE 8Y ~ "")... '0'1 ....\,'......~. ....: j44J49:>:>~\aO:)R;::lT\K~'^~ ;,ODR\CADD\CONST\PFD.dwg PFD-Q1 Auq 19, 2004 9: 04cm by Scl.Sontore ',- ~ ',,"," '"'e~' 'o~..'''''' ..". '''. ca~~'C>l. o"d ""'q'" P'~""'''d """'''. 01 0" ."'Iru.........' 01 ......0::.. '. ;"I'''dld ""Iy 'or I". 'PIC'';C: DU"PO" 0"<::1 eli,,,t 'or _"Ie;' it wel P'IOll'IO. A...... 0' 0"0 Imp'D"'" .,lio..c. on It'li. doc:ument wil"OI,lI .riUI" C1U!,,"O.;zotiOI'l ond Odoplol;o,", by Ki...fty-l-Io.n 0.'0(1 ".teciot.., I"c. '"011 b, .ithout lIobillty to Kimley Ho.n o"d Anoe'ell... 1"0:: -a :a m ... - 3: - z ~ ;a -< 11'20 l> ~~ G) :: ~ ~ 0 Z'" ,. ~ eN ~ ~ ~~ I cr 020 01 r;:; .:.,0 ~ ~ ~~ : ~ ~i I ~ I '" ., '~- , " ~ ~ ~ ." ,"" ~ ~ I ~ ~,'@ , t2,,,-~ '.J": ---., I "I'.. !. }-i'I.. f- , t ,~, I ,"- i ,"- ,"'- ., ", ~, :'h" ',7 ,~ L.._ " " ~ _>_ ,~ " , ..... .~ ,<, .. --.-2..:.; '--< ..,~/~ J..J. - "', -7' ~~ ,.. g ~ ~ z '" III ~ ~ ." 'jj Z '" z 0 -i ~ 0 ~ CITY OF BOYNTON BEACH WEST WTP EXPANSION PHASE 4 PALV BEACH COUNTY, FLORIDA 24" RW '7 \7 / I i 1- '~ ~ 1., I L I: :-', I 1. I I T T ~ C "" "' ~ gj n III ",0 z8~ "C~ , / To ..- . lie I 7"" , T ~I t 7 / T ,J.., 1 7 >-7', >-cJ ~ / L_ Ir-i~ I T h ~ .l. / ~- '0 r~ .r", II'" I T ~-,J 1.( I la" MF %--1 1'f-i'"'.7.','~ I ~c! ~ ,c.!J ~ J, l ~ f i 10" lotP I~ 1-11 I ! II ~I~~ r- I".~ i:r~I.!"J l~ I I , , , ~ ~: I I ,IO"lot~~l I I~~ ~ i,']7 I ~ ,10" lotP>-! ';;; I 2]" "a" ~ ,I r-;- i · I , V ~ !~ :m I 10" lotP~e', I~ 'i7~ ~~ I ' ~ L I 7 la" lotF T - .. - '" .. ~ ~ ~ >ll"- 24" lotF 24" RW 1 111 1 ~~~~~ I I I I I ~. ~ ~ ~ I I I I lot. "', ~ 4" ISO lotP ! n :z: c z I" III '" '" ." ? o '" i ~ I I Vi i I I'" ,.. Ie' I'" I I a '1 i t ~ -! lotP BLEND 20" lotP ~ H'.J ~ ~$ i ~ 1- '", I' 115 ~ PROCESS FLOW DIAGRAM (PFD-01) SCALEAS NOTED DESIGN ENGINEER. DESIGNED BY JOHN E. POTTS JEP rUJRIOIt REGISTRATION NUMBER: DRAWN BY SS CHECKED BY JEP 22881 ........,_ n Kimley-Hom -.J_U and Associates, Inc. @ 2004 KIWL.[V -HORN ANO ASSOCI'" TES. INC. 4431 EWSARCADERO DRIVE. M;ST PAL" BEAOf. F'l JJ4()7 PHONE (~1) 8'~-0fl6~ 'AX (~1) 116J-817, WWW.KIMlEY-HOIIN.COlI CA 0000081. No ~I' ~ 1 ~ l19iil~~~'6~~~ ~, ." i!~~I~~~~~! "'~~ a~~~~~ c ~ . a '" '" "'::d ~~~;~~m ~~ i~~ ,;;,;; ~;;1 ~ c z ~ REVISIONS DA TE BY ~ >:-::...'~ 'I ... :Jr'T".e ....: \:,44J49C::4\GClDRP T\;'<I-iA - BODR\CADD\CONST\PFO.dwg PF"D-02 Aug 19. 2004 9: Q40m by: Sal.Sontore '-. ""~~''''''''~'. 'Q(j~t...., ..'~ '.,. CQ"'~D+' ':J"d dtl"(j"" o'n""'lIo ....'.,... 0' Q" ,..,t'u"'....1 01 ,...vic.. ;. ""."dtld o"ly lo~ tll. Ill_colic plJ'po" o...c:l eli...' lor whie!', ,t 1101 p'.oO'.el, FlI"'.. 01 end ,mp'oD" ..liolle. 0" I";, docum."1 without .....it!... O."I<IO';IOliOl" lInd Odoptotion by Ki....l.y_l-lor... ond A"ociol.s, I"C. sholl b. .i'hout hotH1ily to l(i"'l.y_I-I~.. o"d 'nociot... :"c " =a m r- - 3: - Z J> =a -< 'TI& G): X w ~ I r.;:; 0')';; > Cl~ "J- S2r'""1 ;;: CITY OF BOYNTON BEACH WEST WTP EXPANSION PHASE 4 PALM BEACH COUNT~ FLORIDA ., ~ 1e" IolP 1e" IolP "~ '" , 40; '" 0 40; I: ." C>ll0lllH[ 'f- 16" DIotP T T 1-. ~ ~ ~ V ., ., Z 1 I ~ ": I 0 ! I: " I i 40; I 'f- II 1e" DIotP I ~ I~ I W:' I I I I I L ' 1 T I 1 ",I iil 0 I: ;} " 30" IotP .J... !~I " . 4" IolP 1 ~ I I 3e" FW I T 3e" FW 2 i Y Y y y c: ~ I 1 1 1 1 III 30" IotP J:l I 1 1 1 1 a I", I '40; ~ I~ I 1 T 24" IolP 1 1 1 1 'l~ , ~ 11 Cl<lllIllNt: 1/2" IS 1e" FW 1y 3O"FW 11 1 1 Y 1 7 1 1 1 J J J J J ~ 1 1 I 1 1 ~ ~ <J! ! <J~ ! . 1e" FW 3O"FW 42" FW 3e" FW I I ~ I I '" ., . "', . 24" FW I' ,I I I-! 42" FW I I I 7 ! T I \ I r ~I \ ~I \ , I I I I I I 1 ; I I fJ ) / " I ) I I , I 1 -< --i'~ ~11--"'ol:l:l:;Q~ ~ gjlll~l:n"..,~ 0: " i:!!~zz::Jlill:l:l:~ Ogj~~~~~~~: ~151:1:85~~~~ o ~~.8,.,,.,,.,:o ~~~I:~~M !f!f ~n1:8 ~~ i~~ ~~ ~;;1 o I: ~ t; Z ;;1 ~ . 1 ~ 1 -< --I' PROCESS FLOW DIAGRAM (PFD-02) SCALE AS NOTED DESIGN ENGINEER: DE"GNEO BY JOHN E. PO rTS ~_n Kimley-Hom ~_U and Associates, Inc. @ 2004 K'WLEY-HORN AND ASSOOA TES. INC. "431 EWBARCAOERO DRIVE, WEST PAUl BEACH, F1. 3J407 ""ONE (~el) s'~-oee~ 'AX (~el) S.J-S17~ WWW.KlMLEY-HORN.COM CA oooooe,. DA TE BY JEP FLORIDA REGlSTRA TlON NuY8ER: ORA'M04 BY 22881 55 CHECKED BY JEP No REVISIONS ... '>':....,) ..--:~" ~;4,1~"9C~,4\50DRPT\..(li,\ f~'XR\:ADD\CCNST\D:O-O'dwg )-07 Aug 19, 2004 9;01am by Soi.Santore .~., 'l~c ,~.~! '...1..1..... .'i" '~. r,,"cepi, ""d d'~'Q"~ ,,"'.........'1 "er.',". 0'1 C" ,"~l"~"""" Of ..,""=.. ;, .",."".d O"'y fo~ 11", ,".c:ir,c PU't10" o"d <:Ii...l 'or ~ie~ :t .0. pr.por.d, J;l.v.. 01 0"0 ;....p'oP.. '.I;O,",C, 0" lI'>i, doeu"",..l .it,",out ....itt... oull'loriralion Olld odoptation by 1('....I.y-I-lO<"1'l ll"d ...eciat... I,,,;. ''''011 b. .itl'loul liobi1ily to 1(;....I.y-...O'.. and A~'oc;"t.!. I"C " =a m r- - ~ - z ~ =a -< "T1 -G}- ?c 'f~ ""'-J", ~] > C~ ~o "'":>.n :> lO -0 dr=;.i :5 Z 0 b. ::J i.A !: o -< o '" o " ~ ,., o '" c ~ ,., '" ;:J -< ~ ;ii ~ ~ X-D~ pp An bAnQB~~~ o E X j; n C c '" ~ ~ ~ ;;; o C' () C' :> ;; o ;:li Z '" <; ~ j;? -< ,., ,., X " :> z Vl (5 z 6 ~ C' Z o 9 I ~ ~ '" p ~ ~ ':( o 0 " ,., Z !: o o c ~ Z " (") o z :;; ;2 ~ < ,., ~ :> -~ .:> '-:0 ~o "'" Vl~ c-< ",., ;!!o -<n ~o O~ '" ,,0 or- !!!< -<:> ~~ ,., '" ~ < ~ s a; ~ -< (5 z n ;2 c '" z Vl", -<,., :>", "", ,.,~ ~ -< '" ~ ~ ~ z n o 52 15- I o IV) I: S?;2~ S z go ~ "',., Z '" :iE Vl c 6~ ~ .- z Vla C1 ~Q r- n Ci "'-< I 0'" -< Z~ ::l.., ~~ "'~ I ;2 o ,., '" -< o ~ '" o Vl " I ,., ;:: Vl " X ~ ::l I: ,., ~ ~ ,., c '" ,., -< ,., Vl -< n n o 0 z z z z ,., ,., ~.g .~ Z CITY OF BOYNTON BEACH WEST WTP EXPANSION PHASE 4 PALM BEACH COUNT~ z o '" '" ~ -,0 ",r- ~g ~~ z~ Vl-< -< "'I c:> !:< ,.,,,, ~:> Vl'" ~~ ~S2 r-:::l C,., Vl'" Z~ ~~ II: ,.,~ Cz ~Z ~fh VlO 'iiZ 8> ....." g~ ,.,'" ",n .-< ~ ,., I: ~ Z " Vl ~ r- '" ,., "'Q ~c ,.,z ",0 C',., r-'" -< o ;;'" ~~ "'~ o z o " ~ -< ,., o (Bq ." C ~ o z ~ '" ." ,., Z ,., '" '" "'I: "'>, VlZ ~~ So ,.,.., o :> Z, :;:,Vi ,.,~ ~~ :EQ ~q 89 ~~ 'Vl ! ~ >: 9tii Zc "Vl ~8 ,.,C' 2~ ~,> ;:;~ ~~ Vi~ Vl I< ~~ z~ s~ Vl 0'" "'~ -<I: I" ,.,r- ,., Z~ ~." "'I ~~ ~5 ~O ~b rf) ,.,:> ~!Q ,,!: F,;~ m~ ~:tJ ~ ~ n '" ~ (5 Z !: 9 o '" o " ~ ;;1 '" " 5 '" ,., ~ < ,., ~ Vl " :J Vl ~ Z ,., '" ~@)> :!jz -<r- IZ -'" ~.., ,., r- ,,0 ~~ Z ~Q z~ c-< :>0 r-", ;:~ r-o <-< "'0 I: ~ ,., ~ tv ~cE~OO~~~8~ z I ~ !: 9 o '" o " ~ ,., o Vi o ~ (5 Z !: o -< o '" o " ~ ,., o n o z -< '" o r- p~ ..,,, n" 0", z,., ~t,i zc ,.,'" 0,., '" ,., " C ~ o .'" Vl" ,.,'" r-,., "'Vl 8~ z'" -<'" ~'" Z,., "'0 Oc n z " '" ,., " C S o .'" ." Z n I ~ ;;1 '" , ~ '" I :iE ~ '" ,., r- r;; .., ~u Vl, ~~ 0-< ~Vl ~O r-r- '" :>Z ~O o Vl ;2 ,., Z o o z ,., ,., o r- ,., " r- C " o 1G I S? " I: n I ,., n " n o z -< '" o r- '" ~ ,., '" ;:J -< Vi o ~ o z " 5 '" ,., 2 ,., '" ,., n o z Vl iZj ~ - ." '" e ,., n .... :> z o Vl ~ r- .... ~ o '- o '" ~ r- ~ ~ ~ r- r- ;; ~ ~ 9 ~ ~ r- r- ;; ~ ~ ;ii ~I ~ ~ ~ efj -{J @ ~ c{] c:=:[] o g~tJ @ -< ~ \] D -< I Vl ~ Z '" '" '" C ." -< C '" ,., o Vi n .., r- o o '" o S? Z o c n " o iii n o z ~ n -< ~ r- ,., o c ~ o '" '" '" o c " ,., '" ~ ,., n -< (5 z Vl ." ~ " ,., '" Vl Ci :s no ~~ I:I ~~ Vl!: ~~ ;:J o :E Vl c; I -< I;> ~ Vl Vl -< ~ n '" x ,., '" I: X ,., '" o '" e; =< ~ o '" l:: X Z " -< ,., ,., ~ ~ ~ 0'" "'0 > ~~ n o !: " '" ,., Vl Vl o '" ~" :Eo '-Vl ~=< ~~ j!:Q Vl Vl" ~~ ",., ,.,!: ,., ~~ c" VlC -<I: 1:" ] '" r- o :E ,., '" n ,., z -< '" 2 " :> r- ." C I: " I;> ~ Vl j;? c " ,., .... c '" '" z ,., " c !: " ~-0 ~ ~ ~@-= ~l3J0 ~ n o z -< '" o r- Z r- Z ,., .., 5 :E Z '" g o '" < ,., ~ c i!! ~ " z ~ n ;:J o :iE !: ~ ,., '" Z Vl ,., :s (5 z ;:J o :iE ~;:J ~o al:IE z-< "'9 !::> ~~ B~ c z o g o '" .., 5 :iE ,., r- ,., !: ~ "0 '" ~ n ,., ffiEBffiffi8 p ,., I: ~ >- Z Z C ~ ~ I: o c ~ ,., o '" ." 0 I , , ~ ~ g; Vl ,., n ~ ~ ~ ~ n ~ "' z f;; ~ ~ n '" t ,., ~n ~ ~~ ~ ~~ I;> .... ,., "'Vl ~c; .,,~ ~'" ~~ T I n I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ := n ~ r- ,., ;:J o :IE I: ~ ,., '" 2 c ~ ,., g ~ ~ Vl o c ~ ,., '" 8 -< ~ ." ,., i: ~ -< " ;; o -< r- =< ,., n o I: " S ,., '" n o ~ '" o r- ." ~ ,., r- r- o n :> r- r- -< I: o C ~ o ~ o " ~ ;:J o :E I: ~ ,., '" >- c x i " ~ '" r- " '" ~ ~ ~ (5 ~ 2 z !:l (5 z o '" Vl o z n 5 E o ~ V1 o f;; z ;! o ' " . ~ o ~ n~ ~.~ T ,.,~ "O~ ~9 ~:s ,., z z :iE~ ,." ::I:~ Z ,., '" z '" " N ,., S I ~ ,., .c ~0<p0 )> :0 ::! '" ,., '" o ~ " g; !:l '" ~ r- " '" g ,., Vl Vl o Vi n '" ~ ,., o S ." S ~ c '" a ~ '" >' I: o '" " z ,., c ~ n Vl Ci ~ Z " S :> z j!: o " o S " S :> ~ 8 ,., z ,., '" I;> N ,., .s o Vi n '" ~ ;:J i Z " c -< Vl Ci ~ " 'ij Z I;> "0 '" ,. N -< x :iE < c -< Vl '" 0 " 0 z I: r- " '- - I " .., ,., 0 n '" :> c 0 z I: -< "'Vl ~ ." I: -< 1;;;" 10 h n ~.~ ,., 0 '" Ii IQ ~ ." :> I: ." n ~ S c I: "''' 0 c ,., ~~ lIJ~ r- ~~ ,., ~ ~~~ ~~ r- ~~ ~~ c~ r-c ~~ 0 r- .., 0 Vl -< ." ~8 ~ ~ " "'", ,., Vl Vl n ~ ,., Q,., !;c :r i !:l'" ~~ :E ~;;! n ~~~ ;0 =l 0 ~ CC n", "'0 -< ~ 0 :5 Vl '" s~ c'" ~Vl 0'" 0'" ",'" VlZ ~ Cg '" 5'" ,., ~ ;; zo .... !:,., ~,., r- ~;:; ,., 8~ 01;> n Vi ~za z ~ .!2. 0 Q~ ~ ~c ~ '" f:..- g r- '" '" '" 0 0 n 0 3 '" ,.,,, r- '" '" ~ 9 ~ ,., '" '" :-< 0 '" m ;0 "0 Z ;0 ~ c ~~ 0 !: "U :::0 z ~~ ~ 0 ~ n Vl 0 ~ C ~ ~ n ~5 '" 'ii ~ ,., r;; s: Vl 9 ~ J!!. 'ii /T1 r;; C Z 0 ~ -i - c " c 0 C I: Vl "0 I Vl /T1 z := '" '" r- ,., '" n ~ '" Ci :0 '" 2.,,~ Z -< ~~ ~o Vl Z Vl ~ 'ii ."n :s 0 ,.,,, :> -i :E f.,~ n !:l~ n ~ z~g ,., c ~~ ",'" "'0 g Vl z _C' I I ~VlS ""Tl r- ~.~ nl) ,., 'ii r- n 0 ;; Sv 0 I: r;; ;:; ;:;,., I) 0 ,., r- n ~~o (") 0 g ,., 0 0 ~ i3 '" .::! I: ,., ~ Z ~ ,., ~ '" ~ z -< '" 0 0 c c Z '" c ~): J:: n C ~ z Vl 0 Vl n ~~ n ~~ ,., z ,., n ~ -< '" -< n '" m r- 1'; ~i 2 ~ Vl Vl '" 0 Vl 20 m -< :E n 0 ~ n ~~ 0 9 Vl =< r- C 'ii ? z Vl n I '" I Z ~ ~~ r;; ~~ ~ I: I 0 Vl 0 0 5S C"l =< n -< r- n ,., .!2. ~ z /T1 b '" ,., r- ~ ~ 0 ~ 3 :::0 " z en m ;0 '" c I: c c z Vl Vl n := ,., ,., ~ '" '" -< Vl Vl !: Vl 2 n I n 0 0 'ii z I Ci I 'ii r;; n 0 I 0 r;; .!2. .... n n 0 '" ~ z ~ ,., ~ ~ c.-'''''> ,~ ?i C'I: Q"tI:::! ",r-", "'Vl J:~-i ~"lJr- ;:;09 Q~~ ~~" Vl",O Q,.,I: z~!!! z'!;~ zF-o !'"''':E ~'- ~:c co "'0 ~~ 0", . -<'" 0,., ~;g -,., NVl 8~ OVl "':> Zz ~~ "~ ~o ,., OVl 5i :E.... ,., ,., x!: e~ -<c 0'" z'" o Vi< :> 1:'" 0;; 0", 5M ,.,. '" SCALE DESIGN ENCINEER: AS NOTED DESIGNED BY ~-n Kimley.Hom ~_U and Associates, Inc. @ 2004 I(lWL(Y -HORN AND ASSOCIA TES. INC. 4431 EMBARCAOERO DRIVE. 'llIt:ST PALM BEACW. ~ JJ4()7 PHONE <",) 8'~-06es FAX (~61) 883-8175 WWW.KIWLEY-IofORN.COW CA 00000I96 BY PROCESS AND INSTRUMENTATION (P & 10) LEGEND ORA'NN BY fLORIDA REGlSTRA TlON NUMBER: FLORIDA JOHN E. POTTS 22881 CHECKEO BY No REVISIONS DATE \J. :"':"""j ",;"..~: .... \J44349CC:'4\::300~;:::T\,O(~A-HODR\CADD\CONST\PIO_Ol.dwg ,3-08 Aug 19, 2004 9; 01am by: SOl. Santore .~,~ <1n. ."~~,,, '.oqe~"" .,,,, to." co"cell" (I~d dl""'" 0'......1..<1 """'''. 01 at" "'.t."......! pI ur",;C:I. ;. ;"1'''0'0 01"1)' '0' It,. sPle,fic p",,,OO.. (I"d clil"'l 'or .h'el'l il _0. pretlO"O. Ill...... of o...cl ;.....prop.. ..iane. on t"i. docum...' .,thovt .rlHen out"orl(otion Il"d Cldoototion by I(im'.y_~or" ond "..oeiot... I"c. -"011 b, .ittloul Iiobility to l(i",l.y_~or" and Anoeioll,. ""e VI VI ;;! c:: c:: I;; 2 8 c:: ~ '" '" n n ;;l ~ ~ '" n n ." S S ~ f:! I I ~ n ~ VI :;jVl ~~ ~~ '" I -< -< " =a m r- - 3: - z ):II :a -< .... 0 .., .., .., 0 ~ ;;l " ' I '" ": ." ~ c:: :'" I: ." VI '" I '" ." QI .., '" I: ~ 0 ;;j 0 ~ 0 ;;! .., '" ~ ;;l '" ." ~ Z ~ .".c CITY OF BOYNTON BEACH SCALE DESIGN ENGINEER: ~=~ Kimley-Hom Cl 2: P&ID AS NOTED -~ A JOHN E. POTTS G")~ "" DESIGNED BY and Associates, Inc. - - Cl'i2 WEST WTP EXPANSION c- RAW WATER AND fLORIOA It(QSTRA T10~ NU"'BER: Z A " W~ CD N -. PHASE 4 DRAWN BY' @ 200. I(IWLEY-HQRN AND ASSOCIATES. INC. " Oz o~ 22881 I T 0 PRETREATMENT ".J1 E"'BARCAOERO DRIVE, WEST PALM BEAC~, F1. J).07 co;; ~O A CHECKED BY PMONE (551) 545-0555 ... (561) 56J-5175 PA.LM BEACH COUN [Y. FLORIDA wn.K''''LEY-HORN.COW CA ooooolle No REVISIONS DA TE BY r A8 3no SNOISIA3!l ON 91900000 VO "O:rWttOM-A3"1"I>t'MMM ~llg-rgg (L9~) XVj ~990-<.g (19<) JNOH" LOtft ~ '.0...38 "'Vd 153M 'It\ltiO Oti3OYOtiVB,,3 ~['... 'ON! 'SlL VOOSSV ONY N~H-A31"I)I ioOOZ @ '::JU/ 'S9jepOSSV pue n_~ WOH-A9/W!)t U_L.....IIII SHOd ") NHQ(' AS 03)103H:) LBBZZ AS NMVl:tO :l:t3BI'U'lN HOu YWS~3l:t YOIlfO'J AS Q]N~lS30 0310N S\' :~3Nf)NJ NDlS30 31Y:JS It: ::I ... r;: ~ Vi It: -< -< '" ~ ... Q U It: Q Q ... iJoj iJoj '" '" 0 0 ::> is is ~ It: It: <l. <l. 0 0 0 '" '" '" 5---5 H S 2 ~ ~ III '" Z Z -< ... ...J U o '" .. SNI'vC:Il ON'v' Sdl^Jnd 033=1 Ol~d " z -< '" '" z Z -< ~ u o '" S HS r I :~ !!! ~ 0 oil !!! .. z '. .. ;;: I!: .... e:: \lOI<iOl~ ~.NnOJ HJV38 n'Vd ~ o ~D ~ '" "" 0," ::J <: o~ zS;; .--~ u" ~I'") o~ OC" 0.0 ~O') X I ~ M ~ ~ c.9 ~-, ~u.. V 3SV'Hd NOISNV'dX3 diM lS3M H:::>V'38 N01NA08 .::jO All8 f"-J- ... '" o t- III ~ ;l > III III -< <l. I >- "'vi ",<l. z::> Bi-< 5(>- ...'" ~f3 :1"\ ~ -~ o ...0 Z za. o ; ~ ! ~ ... <l. Q: I \:. "', "-' , " >- a= c( z - :E - .... w a= D. ~ ... z "" <l. Q: i:' '" ~ ~ ::I o Q: ... ~~W>t~~j I "-I n -6 S!l3.1 11J 3~OU.!l\'O t'lOllJ z ;;: I!: N Z ;;: I!: .... z ;;: I!: z ;;: I!: <0 Z ;;: I!: ~ o z > FROM CARTIOGE FILTERS 1-6 > '''I '''10!:lOIlV P,,1l IUOH-"<'IWl)t 01 Al!l!qo'l lnol(1!- Iq 1101/1 ':1"1 "'lO"OII", PUll "'JOH-JI'\U))I ..I:q lIO!lOIGDpo plIO WIIDJ!~O\jlno ....U!.. 1"0'+11_ lu'wl'I:lO~ I!'ll UO ':luotl" Aao.a..., puP JIl ..n'tlP',o~,~(1 .0. I' l,j~'l,j. ~ol I"'!I) puo "oO~nll :ltJ!:lllla 'l,jl ~Ol ~IUO P'Pu.\.., a, ':I!^~" jO I"'UJ"~II.., ..0 10 ........, p.I......(I a..b,np p"o allll;)..,,;) ...1 "I'. ....,..r'''1 1......."~O:. '". liJOjUDS.IOS J<q WOLQ:6 vOOl '6L 5n\f 60-( bMp.~O-Old\lSNOJ\OO'9'J\(:jOQe+?'H)!\ldtl008\t>006~[tt>C\:'"1 ."....c.... Lc. yr..... ~ -':".'....'1 ....:rre. ...' " r .~, 1()(.,,.,..,q I 1\..i44J49:::04\Q('.D--' '">\jf/,..... .',,, I~. 1:"",'"1':............., i"';......~\K~,\-80JR CA o"d du,'l"" ::>' \ DD\CONST\P ",,"I..., .....,... <::I, 0" ""t'I.I"'."" ID-Q1.dwg J 10 of '.''''1:' 'I '''''''0'0 Aug 19, 2004 0..1, lor t". .ne,fie: I).. 9: 020m by' rpOIl 0"0 1;10."1 '0' ..tucl'o I: SOl. Son tore _01 P"OO"O "...., of o"d "'p'oo... ,~lo"C . 0'1 t"'t 40e...,.....1 .,tllOl,lI wrlUen o"tl'lOl'lzol,on a"o adopto!lo" by l(,ml'r-"orn 0"0 ""oclotll I"e. ''''011 b, wit" out loob;lit, 10 I(iml.,'"'o'" o"d "..oe'ol.',I<'Ic ~ ~ l ~~ ~~ ~~~ ~ ~ "''\" ~ ~ ~ ~w ,~. ~ N Vl ~ ~11: ~ ~~ ~t~N (N \-< t- !!l c '" > Z ~ r ~~ I I ~ ~ ~ ~w ~ ~ 0."'.','\ ~~ .,C" ""~, .'\>; ~. "'~" ""'" ~ r11 ffi r I" CITY OF BO WEST WT:~TON BEACH PHASXEPANSION " 4 ALM BEACH COU~ ,Y, REVISIONS P& 10 TRAINS ~=~ Kimley-Hom 44J' <r1o<82OO4 KIWUV_HORNand Associates Inc PHON~RC(:DERD DRIIIE. WE~~D ASSOCIA TES. I~C . ",51) 845-OS P.t.lW BEA. . WWW.KI..LEY-HOR=~ FA.X (~6') IJC.HJ' Fl. 3J.07 .cow CA -1J17~ 00D006t. ffi ....ffi ~ =a m ... - i: - Z J> ;a -< >;/ ~ ~:gg~ o ~ III ~ 0 ! ~ n tr- ------=~..~."- - ":^'~~ ~'l.......,,: H \.'>14J49:'04\80DRPT\<"-<A-:WDR\CADD\CONST\PfD_01,dwg J-', Auq 19,2004 9:02am by: Sol.Santore -.. -.- .-". ."m'.... '" "',,", ,., 'u'", ,......., '''''' " " ..""m". " .",.'". " ,..",,, "', '" ", ".d, ,"'".. ,,' ".", '" ..". .. ." ,.."'" "m " ,,' .m,,,,,,, """," " '''' ',,,m,,. .,,,'", ..".,. '"""""'" ,,' """"" by KOm",...".," .., A..."..". '''. ,... " .;,,'" , """"y ,. KOm',,...".'" .., A.."."... '" il ~ !1 In '" Z " >l ,. Z In I .. "I:r t J ~ ~ "I "'1. I ~ I Q ~ Z ,.., d.......... .'. Z ~ ~ ~ "tr L r- I I "I "'1. l ~ I I I " .., =a z " ~ m ,.., 0 U ~ r- I ~ '" ." - T ,. z ~ ~ .1 .1 .1 .1 - I I I I Z >l >- 3> z ~ '" " =a c " " ~ -< >- oj ~ I ~I ~ ~ '" :ll \:j In.... ~ !il In ....0 ~ ~ ~ !6" ,.'" ~g ....z ~o " II CITY OF BOYNTON BEACH 0 ~ P&ID G') A A WEST WTP EXPANSION :. Ci~ CLEARWELL AND A :..v '0 "'- PHASE 4 o~ I g 0 TRANSFER PUMPS ....l. ..:0- A ....l. PAU,I aE AC'-i COUN ry. FLORIDA DESICNED BY SCALE AS NOTED DE51GN ENGINEER: JOHN E. POTTS ORA'ItN BY rLORIOA REGSmA nON PIlU"'SER; 22881 ~-n Kimley-Hom ~_U and Associates. Inc. @ 2004 KIWlEY-HORN AND .\SSOCJ" 1[S, INC. 4431 EIr.lBARCAOERO ORIVE. WEST PAll,", BEACH, F1. 33407 PHONE (~e') S4S-0&6~ rAX (~1) 563-8175 WWW.KIWLEY-HORN.COM CA OOOOOIH No REVISIONS DATE BY CHECKEO 8Y r-- ~"':"""'l "'c'"""e i-':\C4434?C'J4\aODRP:\l(H:\~rWJR\CADD\COI.,jST\PIO_O'.dwg 3-12 Aug 19, 2004 9:02am by: Sol.Sontore ~'-,. ~O~'J"'~"', ,,,~.t~.' .,'~ .". cO"O:'II"!' 'l"'d d."9'" D'.'."~.,l "".'''. ", "'" .".try.......t 01 ,..~;t,. " ....1...<:1.0 only fo. I". .pec;i',( llU'llO., ""d cl~..t 'or w"'iel1 il _0. ll',po"d. A....... o' o"d i""lIrop,' ,.liO"(. 01" 'hil ClOtu~...t w;ll'lOUI .,.tlen G<lll'lorizotlol'l Ot'Id odaototion by Klmlty-Ho... CI"d "".oclot... Inc. ....011 b. without !;gbilily to l(i....I.y-...Off'l end "'''Ot;OI... 1,,( C? ~ Z o ;;l i > Z i > Z ~~ -< ....:0 !:;:J Zo ~. Z.... ....0 -< -< ~ S? ." =a m r- - i: - z )> =a -< ~~~~ ...>~r.l ~;:J~ ilir:i ~~~ ~2!2 %0 Z~ ~i~ ~I ~~ ~~ ~g "'VI . ~ ~ :::!. :::!. '-n ~ 0:0 !f. !f. ;;lz ~a ~d .,,> .,,> C:z 0'" all: Q;;l Q;;l " I;) ~:o z:o d'" ... ~ ;lI g .. '!!! ~~ ~ VI '" 0 :::! ~ ~ z " "T1 CITY OF BOYNTON BEACH SCALE DESIGN ENGINEER: ~=~ Kimley-Hom 0-0 1> P&ID AS NOTED ,-,-, G) "':0 C JOHN E. POTTS ..0 WEST WTP EXPANSION DESIGNED BY and Associates, Inc. :..,..,':;; 00 "'n >- SULFURIC ACID rLOR10A REGlS""A nON NUWBER: x W ':..0 ~ N~ PHASE 4 DRA'lW-4 BY @ 200< K""LEY-HORN AND ASSOOAltS. INC. x I 0_ o~ 22881 0.. 0 SYSTEM 4".31 (WBAAC4DERO CRtVE. YltST PALM BEACH. n. JJo4()7 ~ ...0 '" CHECKED BY PHONE (~e') B.~-oe" r.. (~1) BlJ-Bn~ N PALM BEACH COUNTY, FLORIDA WWW.KIlII..EY-HOflN.C()Iot CA DDODDeIB No REVISIONS DATE BY. to. :>0'.01 -a~" ~. \044J49004\BODRPT\KHA- 'lOOR\CAOO\CON5T\PI0-01.dwg 3-13 Aug '9. 2004 9,020m by: 501.50nlo'. .~,~ 1y,,-..~I. !"~1I1t... .'!" I'" C"~~.pt, Clnd IlU'9'" 1l''''''''''11 """". fll 0" .".t.,.....,,,1 01 "'".;u. '. int,,,,,,,, Of'ly for ltl, 'Olci'1e ou~o.. Otld elient for ....lek it "01 O'loo"d. R.....I. 01 o"d ;"'OrOOI' .,1101\<:1 on 1M, doeum...t .,1"'0\,11 ,riU." authorizotiOl'l and odoplolion by Kimley-Hom and ....ociol... 11'11:. ~oll b, wilhol,/t Ilob~ity to Kiml.y-Hom 01'0 .....odot... Ifle: ." ~ m r- - 3: - z ~ ~ -< ... 0 ;;j > Z .., ~ ~ ~I ~ ~ ~ ~ :B g ~ ~ i () o ::0 ::0 ~-- <5 "' Z... :;!O ~;;j ....> aZ ;;j'r' >- -'" z '" '" '" ~ ~ [[]] :a > Z 'TI CITY OF BOYNTON BEACH SeAI.I: DESlCN ENGINEER; ~=~ Kimley-Hom 0." p P&ID AS NOTED '-~ G) t~ ~o JOHN E. PO TTS WEST WTP EXPANSION DESIGNED BY and Associates, Inc. A~ ".J':: SCALE INHIBITOR SYSTEM & 'LORIOA RE(;tsmA nON HUlllSER: " VJ ~~ or""' PHASE 4 DRAWN BY 22881 @ 2004 I(IULE'f-HORN AND ASSOCIATES. INC. I OZ 0 CORROSION INHIBITOR SYSTEM 44J1 EMBARCADERO DRIVE. WEST PALM BEACH. F'L JJ407 ....,\, A 0 .t:>. C"'ECKEO BY PHONE (>e'l S'~-06S~ 'AX (5e1) 1!!16J-I!!I175 VJ PAL\A BEACH COUN [Y, FLORIDA WWW.KIMl..EY-HOflN.COlI CA 00000fi16 No " " c " '" ~ . ~ [[]] ? s::: SCALE INHIBITOR SUCTION UNE) s::: REVlSlpNS OA TE BY ~ >'1""'''':-; ~''J'''''~' >-<, \'~".4349:: j4\,80DRPT\VHA. flJOR\CAOD\CONST\PID-01.dwg 3-14 Aug 19, 2004 9:02am by: Sol.Santore ------------===- -------=-~~-- ,,-,. 1oc"...~,,! "";.'"'' .,1" ,.., CO"C_ll" (l"d O""Q'" :;l.........d ".'..... o. 0" ,..I'I.u.......I 0' ......ie., i, iflt'''dlel 0"'.,. '0' 1"_ 1I0lcif'ic pu~o.. o"d c;li,..! lor wkicl'l it WOI prlpor'd. IleY" of Of'd ;"'P'O"" '.lionCI 0" Il'Ii. doc".......t wil"oul .,ilt"" aUIl'lor;rGlion ond oelootolioro by 1(;..<11.,.-1-10'" and .....oelal... I...c. .1'1011 b. .ill'lout liability to Kimlty-HOtn and Ano(:lCltl.. InC 1111111111 SUCTION HEAOER '2 -a =a m r- - i: - z ):. =a -< ~ SUCTION HEADER 11 \: :;; i .., .., .., .., <) .... .., .... 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ,," ~ g ... g ,., g ... g '" :IE " ~ " Vi " ~ " ~ ,. .., ,. ,.. ,. ,. ill ~ g Ia n Ia ~ Ia Q Ia " ~ l/1 c: ~ N ~ ~ ~ N ~ 0 :j '" '" '" '" '" ;li ~ Z ~ 1: 't '" ... ~ " '" '" ,., '" '" "'T1 " CITY OF BOYNTON BEACH SC....LE DESIGN ENGINEER: ~=~ Kimley.Hom - T 0-" J> AS NOTED JOHN E. POrTS G) '" ",'l C :-.c P& 10 DESIGNED 9Y and Associates, Inc. e.. ::.:-, C;u WEST WTP EXPANSION ~ FlORIDA REGlsmATIQH NUMBER: W2 "n ....)~ @ 2004 KIWl[Y-HORN AND ASSOCI'" TES. INC. x lO ~ PHASE 4 CHLORINE SYSTEM ORA,WN BY I <: 0.. ~~ 22881 4431 EMBARCAOERO DRIVE. WEST PALlA BEACH, n. 33.07 .......~ ~ () l;: CHECKED BY PHONE (~61) B45-0515~ FAX (561) 863-817:5 ~" P4LM BE 4CH COlON; Y. FLORIDA WWW.KIWLEY-HOA:N.COM CA oooooe!ll No REVlSIQNS BY ~ >--:"'''9 ,.-:......./:'!. H: \ C44349004 \BODRPT\KHA- 80DR\CADD\CONST\PiQ-01 .dwg 3-15 Aug 19, 2004 9: 020m by. Sol.SOl1tore ',,-, ~"}CU"""~!. :"~..,,,... ..'!~ ,". ~O"c.pt, ,,"d d"'ll'" p'.'....I..d t....'''. o. ':I" ."'I.lI....."l 0' ....vlC.. it '''',"d'd only 10' tll. Ultcifie pu~po.. and eli,"1 for _nie" it wal >,'.por'd, ''-..... 0' o"d i....p"OO.. "llo,,<;t on t"i. document .ithl)l,jt ..ill.-" out"otllllltion o"d Qdoplgtio" by 1(1,.,I.y-~Of"P\ ll"d ""ociot... Inc_ '''glt b, without liability to lCitTll.y-Hor.. Qnd "'noc.ot.!!. I~C }> ~ ~ o z }> -a cb =a m ... - 3: - Z J:- .... 0 "' =a is z Cl < -< > ~ ~L 8 ~ !;j ~ ~ ;$i ~ ~ " "'Tl^ CITY OF BOYNTON BEACH SCA.LE DESIGN ENGINEER: - ~ ;::ii! ~ P&ID AS NOTED ~=~ Kimley-Hom G): t>. 0 I "- WEST WTP EXPANSION OESlGNEO BY JOHNE. POTTS and Associates, Inc. ~~;~~ FLUORIDE SYSTEM & F"LOR10A RECilSTRA 110N NU..-&ER: " W co ....10 ~ PHASE 4 ORA~ BY @ 200' KIWLEY ~Hl)ftN ANO ASSOCIA TES. INC. I ::J Z 0 AMMONIA SYSTEM 22881 4431 E"'8A.~CADERO CRIVE. WEST "'''LilII SEACM, F1. 3J407 ~ c; 9 I A PHONE (~e') e's-oee~ 'AX ('61) aIlJ-e'7~ CI-lECKEO BY CJ1 I PALM BEACH COUN ry. FLORIDA WWW.KIWLEY-Hl)ftN.COIol CA coooone No REVISIONS OA TE BY F-- >r:N~::; ..,crre: k\J44.349C04\80DR?'\K:~A-f3DDR\CADD\CONST\PIO-01.dwg ,3-16 Aug 19. 2004 9:02am by: Sat.Santore '~11 dl)~:,"'.~'. '0".'....' ._In l"or CO"'C.D~. 0"(1 <1"'\1"1 D'..."'"d .......... ell 0" ....I.y........1 0' ,...,,;Ct. ;1 ;,.,I...d.d O..ly 'or ,,,_ .plc;ne pu.po.. and (I;...t lor ....iC" it _Cl' p..por'd_ R..... of 0"0:1 ;....Clrop.. ''';01'(' on 11'1;, dOCu........l .itl'lOIolI .rIU.,. oulhorltotion and adaptation by Kl",l.r-~or.. OO'ld .....01;;01... Inc. ...011 b' without UObijjty to Kimley-I-to'" C1t1d "...oo::iot... Inc. -a =a m r- - s: ~ - z ~I ~ ~ ~ ~ ,., =a 0 " ~ :ll \2 I: V; . X ;- C C"lo ,. "-, - o~ o " CITY OF BOYNTON BEACH WEST WTP EXPANSION PHASE 4 SCALE oeSICN ENGINEER: AS NOTED JOHN E. POTTS ~-n Kimley-Hom ~_U and Associates, Inc. @ 2004 KIWLEY-HQRH AND ASSOCI. YES. INC. 4431 EWBARCAOERO DRIVE. WEST PALM BEACH. Ft JJ407 PHONE (""') 8OS-OlIas .... (""') lHJ-a17S WWW.KIlIl.EY-HORN.COll CA 00000I" No REVISIONS DATE BY P& 10 CAUSTIC SYSTEM DESIGNED BY DRA~ BY rLORIOA RCGlSTRA nON NUWBER: 22881 PALM 8EACH COUN TY. FLORIDA CHECKED BY' t> _. ~~.- -- . -_.._._--=~~". .'";''''_;c~.--a,.,"".",~.~_ -~'-" -"--'-'--~- -~~._-~..,,-_.__._-.- ,--.-..----.---.---------------- ---.---- ~'O~'"'J co~e ~. \J44349004\800RPT\~HA-'l()DR\CAOD\CONST\PID-01.dw9 3-17 Aug '9. 2004 9:02am by: Sal.Santar. ~,. ~ -"" "......~t, !oq.l~.' ..I~ '''. (0",.!'1. o"d d'"'9''' p......l.." ".r"". 1:1' "" ....1.........."1 a' ..~.,.;c;.. ;. i..t....d.d Of'Ily for 11'1, It9lciric: purpoI' gnd ell,"t for ."h;h It WOI lIr.par,cl, ~N" 01 OfIcl w"llrOll'" ,-';g"C;' on I"il docum....t without ...ltt.... oulhorilation ond adaptation byl(lml'r-Hom and "..oe-lol.., Inc:. Iholl tll wm.oul Ijob~lty to Kimlly-Ho... ond "'..oc1ol... I"c;. I I ~~ I 0 0 0 ;:u () 0 Z -i ;:u 0 r ~ > ~i1 " ,----<J y , .-<J y ] \~7 Y ? =a I 1 J.- m G) I I I I I I S S -r r- Ul ~ 0 ", 2 ;:u VI - ::S; d-nG p: ~ ;i! ~ i: () :;; ", ~ ~ "U - C Z s:: FaG "U Ul ...L I I I I I :a=- t ] ^ <J~ :6 -<J~ ~ I :\1 =a 'T ~ ~ "- -< .~ ! ~ ~ ~ g "T1 0 CITY OF BOYNTON BEACH SCALE AS NOTED DESIGN ENOlNEER. "" P& 10 ~G) "" C DES]GNEO BY JOHN E. POTTS ,.. WEST WTP EXPANSION (. Go " ,. ODOR CONTROL AND FUlRlDA R(QSTrlA nON NUMBER: W '0 .....l -~ PHASE 4 ORA'M04 BY I () ,o~ 22881 -" () is: HIGH SERVICE PUMPS ,.. CHECKED BY ~ PALM BEACH COUN lY. FLORIDA ~-n Kimley-Hom ~_U and Associates, Inc. @ 2004 I(IWLEv-HORN AND ASSOCIATES. INC. 4431 EUBARCADERO DRIVE. WEST PALM BEACH. F'l 33401 PHONE (561) 605-0665 ,~x (561) 66J-6175 WWW.KllotlEY-HOftN.COll C~ 0??oo6116 No REVISIONS DA TE BY 3.9 CON CENTRA TE DISPOSAL 3.9.1 General Description The primary method of concentrate disposal is an existing Class I deep injection well. The existing deep injection well also will be used to provide disposal for the additional membrane concentrate generated from the Phase 4 expansion. Currently, the membrane concentrate flow is approximately 1.4 mgd. With the planned Phase 4 Expansion, the NF treatment system will generate approximately 1.8 mgd of membrane concentrate. The injection will also serve as the disposal method for plant start-up train bypassing and pressure relief during emergency shut-down of the plant. A secondary means of membrane concentrate disposal is allowed by permit through the sanitary sewer during injection well mechanical integrity testing (MIT). Mechanical integrity testing is conducted once every three years and will occur during the construction of this Phase 4 Expansion. The existing deep injection well is sized for up to 4.89 mgd membrane concentrate injection based upon a maximum injection flow velocity of 10.0 feet per second (fps) and an 11.78-inch inner diameter well casing. For the anticipated membrane concentrate flows and raw water by-pass flows during membrane skid startup, the 10.0 fps maximum injection velocity criteria will not be exceeded. Piping connections are required to tie-in the new trains' concentrate header to the existing concentrate disposal. No physical modification to the deep injection well is planned. The D/B Team must anticipate cooperating with the Owner during the performance of a mechanical integrity test during construction of this Phase 4 expansion. The MIT will be contracted by the Owner. 3.10 PLANT AIR SYSTEM There are three (3) existing air compressors on site, located in each electrical room and one in the shop area. One compressor is not connected electrically or air side. All three (3) are to be placed in the new room for air compressors and provided proper electrical power. All three (3) are to be connected by a common I" manifold to the existing air distribution system located in the shop area. Each compressor is to have an isolation valve. 3.11 PIPING Piping for the Phase 4 expansion is described in three subsections: yard piping (large diameter buried), process piping (aboveground and in trenches). and chemical piping. A fourth subsection describes the backflow prevention devices that will be included in the project. All piping in contact with the raw water. cartridge filter influent. cartridge filter effluent. membrane feed. membrane feed bypass, membrane permeate, degasified membrane permeate. process water. and fimshed/potable water will be NSF 6] approved for potable water use. BODR 3-46 Section 3 Treatment and Other Facilities Basis of Design Pipe velocities shall not exceed 8 fps in any flow conditions. Other requirements of this Report or the Technical Requirements may impose a more restrictive criteria. Gravity drain piping shall have a minimum pipe velocity of 2 fps for the removal of sediments. However, certain pipes are sized by this Report. Those proposed pipes shown on the Proposed Site Plan and PFD drawings with a size are to be constructed of that size. 3.11.1 Yard Piping Table 3-18 provides a schedule for the underground yard piping. Buried push-on (PO), mechanical, and restrained joint (RJ) pipe shall have a wall thickness class equal to or greater than the specified working pressure or class. Fitting shall have a rated pressure equal to or greater than the specified working pressure for nOnllnal pipe size. Ductile iron is to be cement lined unless in contact with aggressive water where it is to be non-cement lined and epoxy lined (EL). BODR3-47 Section 3 Treatment and Other Facilities Basis of Design Table 3-18 d p. S h d I Yar ipe c e u e Description Schedule/Class Test Pressure Maximum Type Fittings (psi) Operating Pressure (psi) Raw Water (RW) P.c. 200 150 100 D I/PO/RJ DI Post Acid Raw Water C905 150 100 PYC/PO/RJ DIJEL Membrane Permeate (MP) C905/900 100 60 PYC/PO/RJ DIJEL Membrane Concentrate (MC) C905/9oo 100 80 PYC/PO/RJ DIJEL Degasified Membrane C905/9oo 60 40 PYC/PO/RJ DIJEL Permeate (DMP) Plant Potable Water C900 150 80 PYC/PO/RJ DI Process Water (W2) C900 150 80 PYC/PO/RJ DI Finished Water (FW) 24" P.c. 200 150 80 DI/PO/RJ DI 14"-18" P.c. 150 150 80 DI/PO/RJ DI 4" - 12" P.c. 350 150 80 DI/PO/RJ DI Storm water Drain Drain N/A N/A HDPE ( corrugated) 3.11.2 Process Piping Table 3-19 provides a schedule for the process piping that connects one unit process or piece of equipment to another hydraulically. All process piping is above ground. All aboveground piping greater than or equal to 4 inch in pipe diameter shall be flanged where connections are to be made, unless otherwise noted in the BOD or Technical Requirements. All aboveground piping less than 4 inch in pipe diameter shall be welded, solvent welded (SW) , threaded, or compression fitted unless otherwise noted. All exposed piping shall have pipe labels and flow arrows. Except for stainless steel pipe, all pipes shall be painted and color coded to match the existing plant pipe color scheme. All above ground piping shall be supported as recommended by the respective material's standards and adequately to prevent pipe movement or reaction to thrust conditions. All pipe supports, and attachments or components, shall be concrete and/or non-ferrous material. BODR 3-48 Section 3 Treatment and Other Facilities Basis of Design Table 3-19 p. S h d I Process ipe c e ue Description Schedule! Test Maximum Type Fittings Class Pressure Operating (psi) Pressure (psi) Raw Water (RW) P.c. 200 150 100 DI DIJR..G Post Acid Raw Water Sch 10 150 100 316 SS 316 SS/FLG Membrane Feed (MF) Sch 10 250 150 316 SS 316 SS/FLG Membrane Feed Sch 10 250 150 316 SS 316 SS/FLG Bypass (MF/B) Membrane Feed to Sch 10 250 150 316 SS 316 SS/FLG Waste (MF/W)l Membrane Permeate (MP), <=12"" Sch 80 100 60 PVC PVCIFLGNIC >12" Sch 10 100 60 316 SS 316 SS/FLG Membrane Concentrate Post CCV Sch 80 150 100 PVC PVCIFLG Train Feed. Interstage. Concentrate Sch 10 250 150 316 SS VIC Membrane Cleaning Lines Sch 80 100 50 CPVC CPVC/GLUENIC Degasified Membrane Permeate (DMP) Sch 80 60 40 PVC PVC/FLG BJowdown Solution Sch 80 60 40 CPVC CPVC/GLUE Process Water (W2) Sch 80 150 80 PVC PVC/PO Finished Water P.c. 200 150 80 DI DIJR..G Process Drain (D) Sch 40 N/A N/A CPVC CPVC/GLUE Sample Supply Lines - 150 150 PE Tubing SS/COMP (IS) Plant Air Type K 80 140 Copper Copper/Solder Sample Drain Lines Sch 40 60 40 PVC PVc/GLUE (lSD) 3.11.3 Chemical Piping Table 3-20 provides a schedule for the chemical piping. All chemical piping outside of chemical containment areas shall be constructed of double wall carrier/containment pIpe. The below ground concrete trough is considered a containment area. The process room pipe troughs are NOT considered a containment area. BODR 3-49 Section 3 Treatment and Other Facilities Basis of Design Table 3-20 Ch I p' S h d I emlca Ipe c e u e Description Schedule! Test Maximum Type Class Pressure Operating Carrier/Containment (psi) Pressure (psi) Sulfuric Acid Sch 80 150 100 CPVC/CPVC Scale Inhibitor Sch 80 150 80 PVC/PVC Ammonia Gas Sch 1 0 150 40 316 SS Sodium Hypochlorite Sch 80 150 20 CPVC/CPVC Fluoride Sch 80 150 20 CPVC/CPVC Sodium Hydroxide (Caustic) Sch 80 150 20 CPVC/CPVC Corrosion Inhibitor Sch 80 150 20 PVC/PVC 3.11.4 Backflow Prevention New service water piping will be provided to the new facilities by connecting downstream of the existing backflow prevention devices. Air gaps will also be provided as backflow prevention on the potable water piping for the membrane cleaning system and degasifier/odor control cleaning system to isolate this water from the remainder of the plant's potable water system. 3.12 ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN BASIS This section presents the basis of design criteria and goals for the architectural work. The following architectural description is intended to establish a level of design expectation, quality and materials, and is not intended to restrict architectural design altemati ves. 3.12.1 Introduction The proposed facility design will match the aesthetic style, materials and appearance of the existing buildings on the site. The development of the membrane process building addition layout is based on input from the City and review of the West Water Treatment Plant. The designs must meet the applicable building codes; see Design Standards and Codes below. The overall facility architectural goals are as follows: · Select building systems that provide a balance between affordability and functional efficiency. · Design the exterior to match the existing structures and be acceptable to the City of Boynton Beach and adjacent neighborhoods. BODR 3-50 Section 3 Treatment and Other Facilities Basis of Design . All applicable codes and permit requirements will be incorporated in the design as discussed below. 3.12.2 Design Codes and Standards The occupancy classifications of the Facility shall be established in accordance with the latest edition of the Florida Building Code, as well as any applicable local requirements. Building construction shall comply with the latest edition of the Florida Building Code for protection of structure, openings in walls, fire resistive construction of exterior and interior walls, allowable floor areas, and other requirements based on building heights, location of building on property and occupancy classification. The following is a list, including but not limited to, codes and design standards that shall be followed. · Florida Building Code 2001 with latest revisions · Florida Energy Efficiency for Building Construction · Florida Fire Prevention Code with latest revisions · Florida Accessibility Code for Building Construction · Palm Beach County Amendments to the Florida Building Code 200] Edition, effecti ve date 3/01/02 · The Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibilities Guidelines (ADAAG) · Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 3.12.3 Preliminary Design The membrane process building addition will be an attached weather-tight structure, protecting the process equipment and work areas. The membrane building addition will be divided into four areas, the membrane process area, mezzanine area, cleaning system area, and new electrical equipment room. Within the membrane process area a traveling bridge crane is to be provided over the new membrane feed pumps identical in function to the existing crane system. The membrane process building layout and architectural elevations are provided in Figures 3-2, 3-3, 3-4 and 3-18. All materials selected shall be chosen for their compatibility with existing exterior materials, durability, weather resistance and ease of maintenance. High quality materials and methods of construction will be employed complying with the requirements of the appropriate materials standard organizations. Construction systems shall be of a "commercial" grade, with custom or premium level of finishes. · Floors - Concrete floors with hardeners/sealers in general work areas. · Building Frame - Reinforced concrete or reinforced concrete masonry. · Roof System - Steel bar joist framing with 1 W' galvanized steel roof deck. · Exterior Doors, Windows, and Louvers - Match existing doors. window. louvers and frames to the extent possible. Overhead, roll-up doors shall be galvanized steel. Exterior components shall be designed to meet the applicable positive and negative pressures associated with the wind load requirements of the building code. Exterior openings shall be designed to meet hurricane wind and impact loads as required by the building code. BODR 3-51 Section 3 Treatment and Other Facilities Bas'js of Design · Interior Walls - Nominal 8 inch thick concrete masonry. · Interior Doors - Match existing to the extent possible. Hollow metal doors and frames, conforming to the Hollow Metal Door Manufacturer's Association will be used in all areas. Fire rated doors shall be provided where the fire rating requires such usage and shall conform to National Fire Protection Association Standards. · The new membrane process area and existing process area are to receive noise abatement treatment intended to reduce noise levels within these rooms by reducing reflected sound. The ceilings and walls, generally above the top of the roll up door levels, are to be treated with materials which do not reflect the predominant sound wave lengths generated by the process equipment. The membrane process area will be exposed to the structure above. The NF feed pump and cartridge filter areas will be designed with a structural deck. The electrical equipment area will be provided with a suspended acoustical tile ceiling. BODR 3-52 Section 3 Treatment and Other Facilities Basis of Design ~ Drawing nome: H: \0443490D4 \BODRPT\KHA-BODR\CAOO\CONST\PROCESS_ELEVA nONS.dwg Layout! Aug t 9. 2004 g: 080m by Sol. Santore n". '.,om~'. ''''''v .." '" '"""... ~. .....". ....."... "..... .. ." '''~m~1 .1 .v.". " ..."... ~" lv'" "'''11< .0..... .". "..", ... .",," .1 ... "...... RM. .1 .". ,m...... ..,,,",, ." '"" ,,,om.", ..,"", ."..." .,,,.,,,,,,." .", 00''''',," ., ',m..,_""," OM '"'''''' ,," '"'"'' ."M"' "0''''', " ',m.., "0'_ ,.., ;,.."",., ." =a m r- - B - z ~ =a -< "Vl - I 0"0 >- VJ G) 5 t~ ~o [ z ~ri > X We tD_ ~M x I ~ Oz 0 ~g:; ~O.P- CO'" c=>-z--c:::- r z ~ ~ o 3 o z ~ ~ m x ~ Z " '" c 5 z " ." ~ EXISTING BUILDING NEW ADDITION ~..~ ~o~ ~o~ ~S~ ,,0 ~ ~o h ~~~ z 2~ ii :< ~ \:1n \:11 ~n n 0 ~~ z ~! Vl 1i 1i 1i Z -< '" 0 c !2 n ~ :j 0 z f'T1 ~ ::J 0 z z ~ n 0 z ~ c g 0 z ~ ~ f'T1 .~ ?; o z \:! gj z " '" c 6 z " CITY OF BOYNTON BEACH WEST WTP EXPANSION PHASE 4 PALM BEACH COUNTY, BUILDING ELEVATIONS SCALE DESICN ENGINEER: AS NOTED OESlGNEO BY JOHN E. pons JEP FLORIDA REGlSTRA nON NUMBER: DRAYI?-l BY 22881 SS FLORIDA CHECKED BY JEP ~ . I ~ !I II I I I Ii ~~ ,., I ~ II IIllillllllll ~~ II, i i= I C ~ i ,. TI r4-' II, , I' I i I III I rllll I, I' III I i i I I , I[ I I III I 'II II II : I ! II, I I ! I :m: i ME " I II '11111111111 I 1101-, I '" " '-. " ." ~\ I I I I I ~ ~ou ~f!!l ""C ~~" ~o~ nn :<n 0 ~z~ f ~'" ~Vl", Q~ ~~ -~ !:l<:i .., z ~n ..; " ~~ 0 z " I ~ ~ n n p ~ o ~-n Kimley.Horn ~_U and Associates, Inc. @ 2004 KIMlEY-HORN A.ND ASSOCIAfe:S. INC 44.3t EMBARCADERO DRrVE, WEST PALM BEACH. f"L JJ4Q7 PHONE "51) 845-066' fAX (561) 66.)-6175 WWW.KtMlEY-HORN.COIo4 CA 00000696 No. Q 8 f'i ?i ~ ~ ~ 8 OJ z " -----+---..--1-- REVISIONS JA 7[ :j"' 3.13 STRUCTURAL DESIGN BASIS 3.13.1 Introduction All structural design work shall be prepared under the direct supervision of a structural engineer licensed in the State of Florida. The Structural Engineer of Record (SEaR) shall design all structures for a service life of not less than 50 years, in accordance with the most current applicable codes and standards. The specifications in this structural section define the general quality of the facility; variation from any standards shall be identified by the Contractor and provided to the City. The expansion will include the following major buildings/structures and associated process areas: . Membrane Building Addition: Membrane process area, NF feed pumps and cartridge filter area, mezzanine, and new electrical equipment room. . An Additional Clearwell. . Acid Feed Building. . New Electrical Generator/Air Compressor Rooms. . New Ground Storage Tank. It is anticipated that the foundation of the new construction will be shallow, spread footings similar to that of the existing structures. The new structures will be designed with sufficient dead weight to resist uplift forces with a factor of safety of 1.5. A review has been conducted relative to the existing buildings and provisions of the Building Codes that have changed since the existing buildings were permitted. There are no structural modifications anticipated. New building construction will require modification to the ingress/egress signage and provisions which are the responsibility of the D/B Team. It is the responsibility of the D/B Team to provide demonstration required by the Palm Beach County Building Department that current code provisions are met by the existing building. 3.13.2 Design Codes and Standards Facilities will be designed on the basis of the criteria set forth in the standards and codes, including, but not limited to: . Florida Building Code 2001 with latest revisions. . Palm Beach County Amendments to Florida Building Code 2001 Edition, effective date 3/01/02. . American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). . Code Requirements for Environmental Engineering Concrete Structures and Commentary ACI 350-01 and ACI 350R-OI. . Manual of Steel Construction. ASD. Ninth Edition. . Minimum Design Load for Building and Other Structures(ASCE 7-98). BODR ]-54 Section 3 Treatment and Other Facilities Basis of Design . Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete, ACI 318-02, and Commentary, 318R. . Detailing Manual, ACI 315 (latest editions). . Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA). 3.13.3 Preliminary Design The Contractor shall design facilities to safely support all imposed dead, live, wind, impact, dynamic, and fluid loads required by the Florida Building Code, and as dictated by equipment and/or processes. The most severe distribution, concentration, and combination of design loads and forces shall be used in the design. Loading combinations and live load reductions shall meet the Florida Building Code and satisfy all combinations regardless of allowable stresses. The SEOR shall use minimum live loads for structures that will allow equipment to be moved to other locations, maintenance of equipment to be performed, or additional equipment to be added. Live load reductions shall be in accordance with the building code. Live load reductions shall not be applied to fixed equipment loads. Concrete floors and steel supports for grating shall be designed for a minimum uniform live load of 200 psf or a concentrated load of 2,000 lbs on a 2.5 sf area. Minimum flow live load at all other locations shall be 100 psf. A geotechnical investigation shall be performed by a geotechnical engineer licensed in the State of Florida, the details of which shall be specified by the SEaR. The SEaR will base the foundation design on this information. Structural design of reinforced concrete structures will utilize the ultimate strength method for analysis in general conformance with the American Concrete Institute, ACI 318-95, and ACI 350 requirements. All structural steel will be designed in conformance with the design requirements specified in the AISC Manual of Steel Construction, Ninth Edition. Masonry block will conform to ASTM C90, normal weight, hollow load bearing units (8-in by l6-in) nominal. Control joints shall be placed to isolate old and new construction and accommodate differential settlements. It is specifically stated that tilt-up style construction is allowable for walls of the new process building, provided the exterior architectural features required by these documents are provided. Prestressed concrete style construction is allowed for roof construction on all building additions. BOOR 3-55 Section 3 Treatment and Other Facilities BaSIS of Design 3.14 HEA TING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING This section presents the basis of design criteria for the HV AC work. The following HV AC engineering design description is intended to establish a level of design expectation, quality and materials, and is not intended to restrict engineering design alternatives. 3.14.1 Introduction The DIB Team shall design cooling and ventilating systems in accordance with all applicable codes and regulations; see Design Standards and Codes below. The DIB Team shall provide adequate air conditioning and ventilating as necessary to provide adequate temperature and humidity control as needed to meet functional requirements. The general HV AC requirements shall, at a minimum, include: . Electrical room air conditioning systems shall be split system, packaged, or central air at the discretion of the DIB Team. . Process area ventilation systems. Process areas shall be ventilated to maintain a minimum of 10 air changes per hour, or as required by code, whichever ventilation rate is greater. Areas containing chemical storage or processing systems may require higher minimum ventilation rates, see Preliminary Design below. . DIB Team shall consider existing facility design and impact of new construction on existing facility design and impact of new construction on existing HV AC systems. Scope of work includes new facility design and any necessary rehab to existing facilities for a complete and useable facility. The D/B Team shall phase work and plan work to minimize plant downtime. Any downtime must be agreed to by the Owner. 3.14.2 Design Standards and Codes The applicable design codes for the HV AC portions of this project shall include the following: . FBC - Florida Building Code with latest revisions. . Florida Mechanical Code with latest revisions. . Florida Energy Efficiency Code for Building Construction with latest revisions. . Florida Fire Prevention Code with latest revisions. . Florida Accessibility Code for Building Construction. . March], 2002 Palm Beach County Amendments to the Florida Building Code. . The Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibilities Guidelines (ADAAG). . Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). . NFPA 90A Standard for the Installation of Air-Conditioning and Ventilating Systems 2002 Edition. . All other applicable National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Standards. . Amelican Society of Heating, Refrigeration. and Air Conditioning (ASHRAE) Handbooks. BODR 3-56 Section 3 Treatment and Other Facilities Basis of Design . Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association (SMACNA). . 10 State Association Standard for Water Treatment Plants. The Florida Building Codes, NFP A standards and the Florida Energy Code are the applicable codes of the local jurisdiction. AJI requirements of these codes will be met or exceeded during the final design. The design shall conform to the latest revision of all applicable codes in effect at the time of permit review. 3.14.3 Preliminary Design Membrane Process Building Addition: The membrane process building addition will receive ventilation using roof mounted ventilation fans and intake louvers at floor level. The new electrical equipment room, existing membrane electrical room, and existing high service pump electrical room shall be cooled to maintain operation of the electrical equipment and reduce the heat and humidity effects on all the mechanical and electrical equipment. The cooling design condition shall be a maximum temperature of 90oF. The system shall be sized considering the ambient site conditions, the dimensions of the space, the building envelope heat gains, and the heat generated by the equipment in the space. The system shall be sized such that the sensible cooling capacity, NOT the total cooling capacity, will maintain the design temperature. No heating systems are anticipat~d for this area. The HV AC system shall be 40% redundant; i.e., each system to provide 70% of the required capacity. This will maintain the operation of electrical equipment critical to plant operations in the event of an HV AC system failure. Ventilation systems in the two eXlstmg electrical rooms shall be removed. A suspended acoustical tile ceiling is to be installed in the high service pump electrical room and the existing overhead lights converted to units mounted in the suspended ceiling. Design criteria for the existing electrical room shall be the same as described for the new electrical equipment area above. Acid Feed Room: The acid feed room will be a separate structure. It shall have a separate ventilation. system and shall be ventilated with outside air as required to maintain a minimum ventilation rate of 18 air changes per hour. No heating systems are anticipated for this area. Ventilation rates may be changed due to characteristics of contaminant gases expected in the building as verified during final design. High Service Pump Building Addition: The high service pump building addition will include a new generator room and an air compressor room. Both rooms shall be ventilated with outside air as required to maintain a minimum ventilation rate of 10 air changes per hour. No heating systems are anticipated for this area. BOOR :'-57 Section 3 Treatment and Other FaCIlities Basls of Design Sodium Hypochlorite Area: The existing chlorine storage room being converted to store sodium hypochlorite and house the metering pumps is required to be ventilated with outside air at minimum design rate of 18 air changes per hour. No heating is anticipated for this area. Materials and Equipment: . Supply, return, and outside air ductwork shall be constructed of galvanized steel meeting SMACNA standards with external fiberglass insulation. . Hangers and supports shall be galvanized steel. . Air distribution devices shall be aluminum construction with anodized mill finish. . Refrigerant piping shall be Type K copper with closed cell foam type insulation. . Condensate piping shall be Type K copper with closed cell foam type insulation for above grade applications, and Type K copper or PVC for below grade applications. All HV AC systems equipment shall be high quality industrial equipment with corrosion resistant coatings suitable for the intended application. Control systems shall be standard electric/electronic self-contained modular control systems. 3.15 PLUMBING DESIGN This section presents the basis of design criteria for the plumbing work. The following plumbing engineering design description is intended to establish a level of design expectation, quality and materials, and is not intended to restrict engineering design alternatives. 3.15.1 Introduction The D/B Team shall design plumbing systems in accordance with all applicable codes and regulations; see Design Standards and Codes below. The D/B Team shall provide reduced pressure principle backflow prevention to protect water supplies as required by code. The D/B Team shall submit potable water loads for review prior to construction. The general plumbing requirements shall, at a minimum, include: · Potable, non-potable, and protected water systems. Sanitary, waste, and vent systems. . Storm water systems. · Plumbing fixtures and equipment. · Fuel oil storage and piping systems for emergency generators. · The D/B Team shall consider existing facility design and impact of new construction on existing facility design and impact of new construction on existing Plumbing systems. Scope of work includes new facility design and any necessary rehab to existing facilities for a complete and useable facility. The D/B Team shall phase work and plan work to minimize plant downtime. Any dO\vntime must be agreed to by the Owner. BODR 3-58 Section 3 Treatment and Other Facilities Basis of Design 3.15.2 Design Standards and Codes The applicable design codes for the plumbing portions of this project shall include the following: . Florida Building Code with latest revisions. . Florida Plumbing Code with latest revisions. . Florida Fire Prevention Code with latest revisions. . Florida Fuel Gas Code with latest revisions. . Florida Accessibility Code for Building Construction. . NFPA 30, NFPA 37, and all other applicable National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Standards. . March 1,2002 Palm Beach County Amendments to the Florida Building Code. . Florida Energy Efficiency Code for Building Construction. . The Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibilities Guidelines (ADAAG). . Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). . 10 State Association Standard for Water Treatment Plants. The Florida Building Code, NFP A standards and the Energy Code are the applicable codes of the local jurisdiction. All requirements of these codes will be met or exceeded during the final design. The design shall conform to the latest revision of all applicable codes in effect at the time of permit review. 3.15.3 Preliminary Design Membrane Process Building Addition: The membrane process building addition will be divided into two areas: process area and new electrical equipment area. The process area shall be provided with process water drainage systems, roof drainage systems, and potable, non-potable, and protected water systems as required by final design. Roof drainage will be provided with primary and secondary roof drains and a storm water piping system extending to the site drainage system. Plumbing fixtures and equipment will include a new sink in the existing control room, hose bibbs on a 50 foot spacing, and emergency eye wash fixtures. Required fixtures and equipment shall be determined by final design. Existing systems shall be modified as required to accommodate the new building expansion. No plumbing work is anticipated for the new electrical equipment area. Acid Feed Room: The acid feed room will be a separate structure. It will be provided with an acid resistant sanitary drain system, roof drainage systems. and potable. non-potable, and protected water systems as reqUIred by fmal deSIgn. Roof drainage will be provided with primary and secondary roof drains and a storm water piping system extending to the site drainage system, if required by final design. Plumbing fixtures and equipment will include t\\'o (2) hose bibbs. and one (1) emergency eye wash fixture. Required fixtures and equipment shall be determined by final design. BODR 3-59 Section 3 Treatment and Other Facilities Basis of Design High Service Pump Building Addition: The high service pump building addition will include a new generator room. The existing fuel tank will be replaced and a second tank installed to provide fuel for the new emergency generator. A new day tank will be installed in the new generator room. Contained fuel piping shall be provided between the new emergency generator day tank and the existing fuel lines. Three (3) existing air compressors are to be relocated into the new air compressor room. Materials and Equipment: . Sanitary drain, waste, and vent piping shall be PVC or HDPE pipe with glued joints. . Acid resistant drainage systems shall be made up of DWV pattern, flame retardant, polypropylene fittings and Schedule 40 flame retardant polypropylene pipe. Joining of all pipe and fittings shall be of the fusion method. . Storm water piping shall be PVC pipe with glued gasketed joints. . Potable, non-potable, and protected water piping and non-corrosive miscellaneous process drainage piping shall be type K copper pipe with cast copper or brass fittings. Fittings shall be constructed with flanged, threaded and lead-free soldered joints. . Piping hangers and supports shall be stainless steel. . Exposed piping and hangers shall be painted to match the surrounding structure. . Hose stations shall be 50-foot industrial hoses with stainless steel hangers and chrome plated brass hose bibb fixtures. Provide with integral vacuum breaker assemblies. . Sinks shall be type 304 stainless steel with chrome plate brass fixtures. . Emergency fixtures shall be commercial grade stainless steel with hold open brass control valves and stainless steel dust covers. . Above ground fuel piping shall be schedule 80 black iron. Below ground fuel piping shall be schedule 80 black iron with FRP secondary containment. 3.16 ELECTRI CAL This section presents the basis of design criteria for the electrical work. The following electrical engineering design description is intended to establish a level of design expectation, quality and materials, and is not intended to restrict engineering design alternatives. 3.16.1 Existing Power Distribution The existing 13.2 KV distribution is radial and comprised of a single utility main, a generator circuit breaker, and branch circuit breakers. The plant is served by Main Switchgear SWGR-M located in the High Service Pump Building. Two feeders serve Unit Substations SWGR-HSPl and SWGR-HSP2 also located in the High Service Pump Building. The third feeder serves Unit Substation SWGR-MPI located at the Membrane Process Building. The step-down unit substations are used to provide BODR 3-60 Section 3 Treatment and Other Facilities Bllsis of Design 480V, 3-phase distribution within the plant. There is one standby generator rated at 1500 KW 11765 KV A located in the High Service Pump Building. 3.16.2 Design Criteria The existing Main Switchgear SWGR-M will be expanded as indicated by this Figure 3-19. A feeder breaker in SWGR-M shall be used to serve a new Unit Substation SWGR-MP2 located at the Membrane Process Building expansion. SWGR-MP2 will distribute power to the new membrane feed pumps and associated loads. The unit substations and transformers shall be indoor dry-type construction. Single line power diagrams are provided in Figures 3-19, 3-20, 3-21, and 3-22. A generator breaker paralleling system shall be provided. A generator main shall be provided and interlocked with the utility main. Protective relaying shall be provided per code and industry standards. Hardwired interlocks shall be provided to prohibit adverse actions. Digital multi-metering shall be provided. Hardwired signals or communications shall be provided to the plant wide SCADA system. Parameters shall minimally include, Volts, Amps, PF, KWD, KW, KV ARS, Circuit Breaker positions for new and existing circuit breakers. 3.16.3 Standby Emergency Power A new 1500 KWI1765 KV A diesel engine driven generator will be added in the High Service Pump Building addition. The existing and new generators will not parallel with the utility company but must automatically operate in parallel with each other. Generator and circuit breaker controls will be provided to allow automatic transfer from normal power to emergency power in the event of losing normal power. 3.16.4 Lighting Systems Only exterior egress lighting for door entrances and exits shall be provided on the exterior of new buildings. Additional site lighting will be provided and shall match existing. The lighting plans developed for the new buildings will locate lighting fixtures, receptacles, telephone jacks and any other 120 volt circuits. Interior emergency and egress lighting, exit signs, etc., will be provided with battery back-ups. Lighting fixtures mounted more than 15 feet above floor level may be High Pressure Sodium (with quartz lamp backups and standby system when initially energized). Lighting fixtures in small areas or mounted ] 5 feet or less shall be fluorescent type either surface or pendent mounted. Fixtures shall be rated ]20V. Illumination levels will be approximately 75 foot candles in office areas, 50 foot candles in process areas, 1 to 10 foot candles for exterior areas. A 480- I 20/208 volt wye dry type transformer and panelboards will be used to operate the 120/208 volt loads such as lighting and receptacles, unless other voltages are required. BODR 3-61 Section 3 Treatment and Other Facilities Basis of Design 3.16.5 Telephone System A telephone conduit system shall be provided in the new buildings with the minimum requirements such as empty wall boxes (telephone jacks) set up for push-button stations for wall and desk top sets and a telephone terminal cabinet for service location. 3.16.6 Lightning Protection and Grounding Lightning protection system shall be provided only for new buildings and for modifications to existing buildings. Grounding systems shall be provided for all new facilities in accordance with the National Electrical Code. 3.16.7 Fire Alarm, Security, and CCTV System Fire alarm systems will be provided as required to meet local codes. Security and CCTV systems will be provided for new facilities by expanding existing systems. 3.16.8 Motors All motors will be of the premium efficiency, high power factor, squirrel cage induction type. Across-the-Iine starting will be utilized for all motors unless reduced voltage starters are required to meet restrictions by the power company. The high service pumps and membrane feed pumps will utilize variable frequency drives. Unless otherwise noted, all motors V2 horsepower through 100 horsepower shall be rated 230/460 volt, 3-phase, 60 Hertz A.e.; motors 125 horsepower and above shall be rated 460 volts, 3-phase, 60 Hertz A.e., and motors below V2 horsepower shall be 1- phase, 60 Hertz A.e. All motors used with variable frequency drives shall be rated for inverter duty and shall be in accordance with NEMA MG] -1993 REV 1, Part 31. Motors 20 horsepower and larger shall have a 120 volt space heater and over temperature switches. 3.16.9 Raceways A raceway system shall be provided for air conductors per the NEe. 3.16.10 Wires and Cables 600 volt or less wires and cables shall be as follows: · Wires and cables shall be annealed copper stranded. 3.16.11 Miscellaneous NEMA enclosure, area and equipment classifications shall be as follows: · Use NEMA 1 for clean and dry areas such as electrical or non-process rooms. · Use NEMA 4X for weL hose-down, watertight areas which will be interior and/or exterior areas. Enclosures shall be 316 stainless steel. · Use NEMA 7 for classified hazardous areas as per National Electrical Code. Class, Division and Group shall be determined during detailed design. BODR 3-62 Section 3 Treatment and Other Facilities Basis of Design Concrete-encased ductbanks shall be provided for the 15 KV feeders. Marking tape shall be used above concfete-encased ductbanks and difect buried conduits. Underground electrical conduits shall be placed at least 24 inches below grade. Working clearances between underground electrical utilities and othef non-electric underground utilities shall be 12 inches (minimum) in addition to other specific equipment requifements. Instrumentation signals shall be separated from other circuits a minimum of 12". Communication systems such as Ethernet and PROFI-BUS shall be utilized. Where systems extend from building to building fibef optics systems shall be provided. All electrical equipment and materials shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., and shall beaf the appropriate UL listing mark or classification marking. Equipment, materials, etc. utilized not bearing a UL certification shall be field Of factory UL certified priOf to equipment acceptance and use. All electrical work shall be designed in accOl;:dance with the latest editions of the National Electrical Code and Local Electrical Codes. 3.16.12 Transient Voltage Surge Suppression Transient voltage surge suppression shall be provided for all switchgear, motor control centers, panel guards, instrumentation signals and the like. 3.16.13 Testing Existing Breakers The D/B Team shall arrange for, oversee, and pay all costs associated with functional testing and performance of maintenance operations on all existing 13.2 KV switches and breakers. This work shall be conducted by technicians certified or authorized by the manufacturer of the equipment. This work may not be conducted until the new trains are in service. An allowance is established to cover the cost of any repairs deemed necessary by the testing. The D/B Team is responsible to arrange, oversee, and pay all costs of the repairs using funds from the allowance. A 12% mark-up is allowed. BODR 3-63 Section 3 Treatment and Other Facilities Basis of Design If :.>-:... -q ~-;"""'e: .~- \~44J49GC4\30DRPT\~~A- BODR\CAOD\CONST\66256_E-1 -- E-4.dwg E-l AlJg 19. 2004 9: 260m by: SOl. Santore '. . -'M.,,,,,..'" '''1..1.... ..j" "'. conCeplS ""0 de"lI'" tl.....~..d "er"". ~. Q" "'"tr"......,1 of ....,;C.. i, ...1...",,, -'y for II'. -cl,c:ine purOO" ond eli'"1 for .";0:1'1 il *os o"oor'd. Fl..,.. 01 0"11 ......0'09... '.Ilonce on Ihi, docu,......l .It"out wrltt... out"Ol"lZGtion 01'11 OcllJl)lotio,", by Kiml'y-Horrl end "',,'oc:lot,.. Inc. "'011 b, .it"'out liability 10 K;mI.y-H()I"l" 0"11 "noclol".. 1"0: H;:U iii I ,.,::a:II'" 0 J~~ z ~~ ~ ~ r'1 ~:~ 01 ~.... :j~~ ..'" "Tl", ~ G) ~ W2 I <: ~~ (0" WELL NO. 7 " '" ( ~ -x "'''' ~ "'~ 81 ~:!j ) :~ ell ... 0 ~ ell ....... 0 '" I " ~ ..... 0 '" " ~O ,~ 0 < '" ell io~ ::E ~. 0 ~F= " '" I 0 0'" ~ ::E ..... o '" ::E o " I c:J~ WELL NO. 8 " '" ; ! ( ~ ~ -x "'''' ~~ 81 ~~ ell o ....... '" ..... " < ..... ~O :"2 :iC! " '" ) ! ... ell o 1 '" o ell ~ '" o ~ ~ r- r- '" ..... o '" ~ " I cJ~ WELL NO. 1 " '" ; I I ~ -x "'''' . !!:: ~ ~" 01 j.=: ) ell ... 0 ~ CD ....... 0 '" I " ! "'..... '" " ::EO 0 < ~2 CD ~ '" "'C! 0 .::E " "'''' ~~ Or- ::Er- Vl ,'ili I : !?~ i ~ 11:. . !~i!!.. ~ , : I ::J ~ ~i;j 0." "'"'" ".0 (H ~ "'"n "'~ Oz ~o '" '" ,.. G") "'" ." :::J fTl ",x ~ G z ~gj fTl ~z <:> ;!ij :::0 ...." '" ~~ n '" )> ~~ ~ ::! r ." '" z~ 6 x fTl .... !!l 0 '" r '" z fTl '" :s " - ,., () ell-X '" ~ 0 ;;:8~ ~ z -i 0 '" :::0 ~~~ '" C '" n z .... '" () > Z ~ ~ )> '" r '" J: c Z 111 0 '" <:> -i ..., 0 fTl '" (/) 66256 }> C 00 l> ,,~ O~ o A CITY OF BOYNTON BEACH WEST WTP EXPANSION PHASE 4 ORA'lllN BY :I:", !\l~ '" "," !!::"'~ 1'~ · .,,,, :I:", !\l~ -'" !!.'" ,,::E 10 -" "'..... cO ~:;J ~R- ::Ir- o z ~ ):> Z (j) :E -j o :r: G) fTl ):> :::0 (j) :E G) :::0 I ~ z I ~ I '" I L_____, I I ~------------~-I : i ,-- --~: i-I -~~ ~ : m I ::E ::E I -<00 I aJnS I "'00 r-- __--1 ~~; I gf2~ ~~,~ ~5~ I """"'" g;:o L_____ ~~_______~~ i "'J:: "'> 1- _z o z o aJ C '" "'''' "'x IV; "'..... ~ "'''' "'x IV; "'..... '" o o ~ '" " o o < '" .. ::E "'''' "'x IV; ........ "'''' "'x Iv; en..... '" "',., "'x IV; "'..... !!:: > Z '" n~~ aJZ..... o z o aJ C '" ONELlNE DIAGRAM SHEET 1 SCALE DESIGN ENGINEER: AS NOTED DESIGNED BY CD FlORIDA REClSTRA nON NUMBER: PALM BEACH COUNr~ FLORIDA CI-lECKED BY DGW CH4RLES DERI GH 17774 ~-n Kimley-Hom ~_U and Associates, Inc. @ 200< KI"LEY-NORN AND ASSOQA YES. INC. "J' E"BARCADERO DRIVE. "EST PALM BEACH. Fl JJ407 PHONE (581) B<~-oe5~ FAX (581) 56J-517~ OWW.KIIllEY-HORN.COIl CA 00000518 No REVISIONS D4TE BY ~ -=~-;...'''-; ~:""""e: H, \':4434'9:':,4\BOJ~;:n\.o::'-1^- gIJD~\CADD\CONS7\66256_E-' -- E-4.dwg [-2 Aug '9, 2004 9:27am by: Sal.Santore '". "lO{,,'"'8" '. !O~'I~.' .,'" '''' (:O"~'CI!I 0"0 a"'q"!I P'","I.11 """", '" 0" "'"ru_.~! 0' ....".;C.. i, i"t,"O'd 0...1)' 'or ttl, IIlICif'iC P"'IIO" o"d Cli,..t '0' .,,"ien il wo. O'lpor,d lI.u.. 01 0"(1 ;"''''00'_ .elionc. 0" Itli, doeu......1 .iltll)lJ1 ..dtt.... lJI.llhOf';zotion 0"0 od~totio" by I(iml.y-~or" ond ...ociot... I"c, Plall b. .;thout liobility 10 l(iml.y-1ol0'" gnd Anoe'ot,., I".. MEMBRANE CLEANING PUMP. P-6-1-4 CLEANING MIXER M-6-1-2 EXHAUST FAN EF-l-1 EXHAUST FAN EF-1-2 EXHAUST FAN EF-I-3 EXHAUST FAN EF-l-10 INHIBITOR TRANSFER PUMP NO. P-7-2-3 POWER PANEL PP1-MP ACC-1-1 PP3-MP INTER STAGE BOOSTER PUMP IN TER STAGE BOOSTER PUMP INTER STAGE BOOSTER PUMP INTER STAGE BOOSTER PUMP H~ 8 n~~f ~ Ei". -I~r~ ~ ~.~! ~ ~d~ ~ ~~l\ z _?~I:; ill'; ~~.: ~ ~ ~ !:;~~,. ::1 ..~ ~ ,- ~ ::~ ~ ~ ~ .....~ ;! :;: I; 66256 INTER STAGE BOOSTER PUMP INTER STAGE BOOSTER PUMP MEMBRANE FEED PUMP P-3-1-2-1 ~ @-{IJ :IE 0 '" ..."'X (Xlo-" oo!!:: <0" '" <!!:: >] '" " I '" o o o > '~ '" o o o }> ... (Xl o < '" c:;; .:IE Vi () II '" (Xl "0 o o V>IT1 ~~ "Ul k-l " -c Z -I Ul C III Ul -I > =l o z G') ..., rr1 ro; Z r '" rr1 ;;i ~ " ~ r .., x rr1 Vi .... r z rr1 " 0 () z -f .., ;;0 r Z .., () l> r Z 0 -f rr1 (f) " ,0 CITY OF BOYNTON BEACH SCALE DESIGN ENGINEER: ~=~ -:;: o ~Ip AS NOTED Kimley-Hom ~, G): ~ 2j c WEST WTP EXPANSION ONELlNE DIAGRAM DESIGNED BY CHARLES DERI and Associates, Inc. c.,..CIOO CD x <..)2 -"'~I"J .:: rllJRIOA R(G1STRAnQN NUllISER: @ 2004 KIIllLEY-HORN AND ASSOCI" TtS. INC. 8;lg~ PHASE 4 SHEET 2 ORA~ BY x I <: GH 17774 44J. EWB.ACAOEAO DAIVE. ""'Sf P'1.ll BEACH. Fl JJ407 1\.):;; ~o ~ CHECKED BY PHONE (5lI') .<:I-0l5.~ FA.X (551) S8J-8175 0'" PALM BEACH COUN [Y. FLORIDA DGW WWW.KIML[Y-HQRN.COW CA 00000611I No REVISIONS DATE BY MEMBRANE FEED PUMP P-3-1-2-2 z @-{IJ ~ g 0 MEMBRANE FEED PUMP P-3-1-2-3 z @-{IJ ~ g; 0 MEMBRANE FEED PUMP P-3-1-2-4 z ... :IE '~ a> o o }> ... (Xl o < b '" .:IE Vi () II '" '" "0 o o !!::IT1 gx ~U; ]-1 ~ o -I- o ::0 (") o z 3d o r (") IT1 Z M ::0 "x ".., ",,, I!!:: !::" "tJ --~ ~QI ~MI ~ S II Q~ 6(") ~() ~) 1--,-" ~I--,-,,- --- I 8 ~I--,-,,- g ~~~- i I ~ '" ~~-I ~r-. : ~ L--_~~__J !:: () () \lr >-;... -j .....:;.....,~ ~- \:;44J49:::'>:'\9C()q;>~\'(HA-fH")OR\CADD\CON5T\66256_E_' -- E-4.dwg E-J Aug 19, 2004 9: 270m by SOl. Santore ..., <1n' ~"'l!"t. 'cq\!"~or' ...,. !". co"c\!'oU Q"d Cl"'9'" P,.~..q..<l .....'''. O. 0" ;".1.\.1.......1 0' I,.vle.. '11 ,"1'''0'(1 0"'1)' lor t... fll'Cir.t P....llO.. 0"0 th,..! 10' ."ie'" 'I .<111 Dr.oor~. !;leu.. 0' O"CI 1"'11'09'" .,llolle, (lI'l lhi, docu"''''' wilhout .tilt." out"'or;IOliOl'l ond adoptolio" by KI".,I,)'-I-Io", Of'ld "nociot... II'IC. .1'1011 b. ..t"out Ilob;!;!y to Kimlly_l-Io,.. 0"0 Anoc;;ol.,1. Inc; " ~~ G) xW ~ I I\) ..... o .. A c.. .. to o o '" EXHAUST FAN EF-l-1 EXHAUST FAN EF-1-2 EXHAUST I.AN EF -1-,3 EXHAUST I'AN EF-l-10 POWER PAN E L PP1-MP ACC-l-1 PP,3-MP INTER STAGE BOOSTER PUMP INTER STAGE BOOSTER PUMP IN TER STAGE BOOSTER PUMP INTER STAGE BOOSTER PUMP INTER STAGE BOOSTER PUMP IN TER STAGE BOOSTER PUMP 66256 I '--------l ! I I I I MEMBRANE CD [!] FEED PUMP MEMBRANE CD IT] FEED PUMP MEMBRANE CD [!] FEED PUMP MEMBRANE FEED PUMP CD [!] I I ~~~ I ~~ ~~~ ~~ I I I I o--r--~ I I -V--, D-J~ ~ "X "." u'" 13: 3:'" " ~) ~~ 1--------, ~ ~~;:l 00> <~~ <." >!ij !: ,., '" !: -0 " V 16 I U 8 > ~v ~ 0 :C ~ '" ,:IIi ~v ~ l- ID c: VI <E-v-; ~ " Z 0 <~v ~ en o o > '" ." o < 1; (... ,:IIi iii '"' II u !'J g I VlOZ JIi"'''' I ~~:IIi L_____~__~ 3:Z '"'1"1 ?~ 3: ~s::: '0 "--I 250 ~:;o m(') i;o !2Z 5;ti ~o .-, ~('") '"'1"1 ,.,z ~~ ~;u m Z -I > '" 3: > -< <II m '" ,., o c: :;; ,., o I ~~" ~~~ ~~" I ~~~ I I I ~h I ~ L-__~___J E C1~ "'0~ o~ o A CITY OF BOYNTON BEACH WEST WTP EXPANSION PHASE 4 ONELlNE DIAGRAM SHEET 3 PAL ~ BEACH COUN [Y, FLORIDA SCALE DESIGN ENGINEER: AS NOTED CHARLES DERI CD rUJRIO.... REGlSTRATlON NUMBER: CIlZ ~~ Ie I::~ ,,~ ....,~ lD VI ~ > :::l ~ g~~~ i !~ ~ ~ ; ~~ ~ ~ ~~}!3~ ~ ~ -< ~~ ~o ~ ~ ~~ ~ I 0'" i c: '" ~ U\ '" !~; ~ 8~ ~ ~ !:loe ;~ i ~ ,.,:1; ~... ill::) a i ~ ~ [;l ~ ~ . ~s~~ F;; ~ ~ ~ '" c ~/;;~~ ~ "'.... ~~~I ~I:~ ~~~ gO! =>", gill e' i'"~ ~~ ~~ i'" c: '" Z ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ i ~ 8 Q Q Q i ~ ~ ~ ~ i i o 0 0 0 0 :2 IE :2 :2 :2 (") -0 ;e III ~ :r: c: '" ,., '" R '" ." i '" ~ 8 ~ .~ !" ~ I ~ ~ ,., :::l VI E 0 0 z ~ ~ s; g ." '" '" 8 ,., ;; ,., 0 !l '" 8 ~ ,~ i ~ ~ ~ ;;l !:l ,~ ~ f' ~ !:l ~ 0 ~ ~ ~ !i ~ ~ ~ c: c: ~ '" '" III III III :! :2 III c: c: ~ ~ ili '" '" ~ 8 0 '" ~ .. g =l '" 0 .... ~ ~ ~ .... '" ~ a: a: a: ~ '" ~ ~ ~ ~ II ;;l 0 0 ~ *l *l > .. Z Z - .. l!S ,- z~ x ~ ~ >< >1 ~ i'l ir- 0 '" I~ ill ;;l ~ 0 ;::; ~ ~ ~ ~ '" '" ~ ~~ '" '" a: a: ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ a ;~ ~. ~j i ORA'Ml4 BY ~-n Kimley-Hom ~_U and Associates, Inc. @ 2004 KIWUY-HOR:" AND ASSOCI A ltS. INC. 4431 EW9ARCADERO DRiVE. WEST PALM BEACH. F1.. 3J407 PHONE (581) 8"-06" 'AX (~61) 86J-817~ WWW.KIWLEY-HORN.COW CA 00000I" DESIGNED BY GH 17774 CHECKED BY DGW No REVISIONS s:: ~ r'1 :::0 :t> r- (f) (') I r'1 o C r- fTl DArE BY ~ >0."" "o~e: H: \044J49004\aOORPT\KHA-BOOR\CAOO\CONST\65255_E_1 -- E-4.dwg E-4 Aug 19. 2004 9: 27em by: Sel.Sentere .~ 11 1"...",..,.,,~ !09.t~.. .'~.. l"l (O"'clpl, o"d <1"'9"11 1)"U""<l ".r....., O' 0" ;"".\1........, 0' ....-.Ic.. i, "'t...ded 0...1)' for 11'1, ~'Cirt(: (l1I'POII Of'<l cl~t 101' .....i-ch it 10. P'IPo'ld, Rill" 01 O"d if'I'lp'ODer '!Ilio"cI 0" I"i, docum'"t .itnoul WTiU... olllhO,ltollo" QPld adaptation by KimllY-"'om o"d ""oclot... il'lc. '''011 b. .ilhout liobi.ity to I(iml'y-Hom O"oJ A.ncu;iotu, I"t ~ Z () ~ " '" '" ~ HIGH SERVICE PUMP NO.2 P-5-1-2 '" '" o n !:: (/) I '" I I '" '" X Vi .... HIGH SERVICE PUMP NO.4 P-5-1-4 '0 JiJI I ... z PRODUCT ~'" TR ANSFER PUMP N02 8) ~ 1--\".1 P-4-3-2-2 PRODUCT TRANSFER PUMP PRODUCT TRANSFER PUMP NO.6 P-4-.:l-2-6 z ~I--\".I DEGASSIF"IER BLOWER DEGASSIF"lER BLOWER SPEN T CLEANING TRANSfER PUMP NO.2 P-6-2-.:l-2 z DEGASSIF"IER 0 ~ BLOWER \::.JI ~ 1--\".1 SULFURIC ACID TRANSFER PUMP NO.2 P-7-1-3-2 WET SCRUBBER WASTE TRANSFER PUMP NO.2 P-4-2-3-2 WET SCRUBBER CIRCULA TION PUMP NO.2 P-4-2-2-2 WET SCRUBBER CIRCULA TION PUMP NO.4 P-4-2-2-4 AIR COMPRESSOR 1.4-9-1-3 o ~" ~~~~~~ '\~ DELETE AIR COMPRESSOR '" M-5-2 H~ ~ ~!~~i ~ ;:~ ~ I~!i : ~h ~ pSm :s ~~~ z !?~~ i ~~ ~ !~i;i ~ ~~ CD T -:;jCQ ::~ ~ ~ ~ :j.... . . ~ 56255 ...X- "'..,'" ~~~ '" :1:< " (/) > I " ~ '" o o > ~ \ 8 o > .... '" o .< '" t;; .~ Vi n II '" '" u. 8 (E--\".I z ,.., ~ ~ '" o o > .... '" o < 1; '" .~ Vi o II '" '" u. o o 3:: '" HIGH SERVICE ~ PUMP NO.1 0 0 P-5-1-1 '" X Vi .... HIGH SERVICE PUMP NO.3 P-5-1-.:l '" '" 0.0 !:: (/) I '" I I '" '" "'X- ~~g; <;O~ I< (/)> ~ '" " I '" o o o > ) (E---: '" o o o J> ... '" o < '" t;; .~ Vi o II '" o o o o " ,.., C- O o > .... ,.., o HIGH SERVICE PUMP NO.5 P-5-1-5 . '" . \,^,.~,':~-h . 31:: (/) I '" .!. I '" ,.., X Vi .... ~ '" 0 0 > ~ '" 0 < 1; '" .~ Vi 0 II '" '" u. 0 0 C) :J IT! ~ Z 0 IT! ;;l ::u '" ~ ~ r m X IT! ~ r z IT! '" 0 (") z -f 3:: ~ ::u z '" (") ~ ~ :::0 r Z 0 -f IT! (/) "TI, CITY OF BOYNTON BEACH SCALE DESIGN ENGINEER: - ~ O"'IJi> AS NOTEO ~=~ Kimley-Hom G)= ~2 30 WEST WTP EXPANSION ONELlNE DIAGRAM DESIGNED BY CHARLES DERI and Associates, Inc. ~ ~ ,,:: CD FLORIDA REGlSTRA no"! NVlr.l8ER; " W lD __ Q ~ PHASE 4 SHEET 4 DRA~ BY @ 2004 KIWUY-HORN ANO ASSOCI A TES. INC. x I Oz 0 GH 17774 .4,]1 (WeARCAOERO DRIVE. WEST PALlr.l BEACH. F'l JJ407 N :20 -b C).lECI(ED 8'1' PHONE (5It) 8<5-0115 'AX (511) 8IJ-817' N PALM BEACH COUN fY. FLORIDA DGW WWW.KIWLEY-HOllN.COIl CA 000006" No z ~~Z~flR ~_.. _ I ~~~~3~~~1 ~---,I--\".I PRODUCT TRANSfER PUMP NO.J P-4-3-2-J PRODUCT TRANSFER PUMP z ,.., ~I--\".I DEGASSIF"lER 0---- '~ _ BLOWER ~---, \".I DEGASSIF"IER ~_._ I L....- . BLOWER ~---'r-\".I SPENT CLEANING TRANSFER PUMP NO.1 P-6-2-J-l z ,.., DEGASSIF"IER ~.. _ IL....- BLOWER ~---'r-\".I ~~~~ ~~ DELETE SODIUM HYDROXIDE TRANSfER PUMP NO.1 P-8-1-3-1 ~~':" ~~~~~ WET SCRUBBER WASTE TRANSFER PUMP NO.1 P-4-2-J-l WET SCRUBBER ~ CIRCULA TlON - '\ L....- PUMP NO.1 "'I. r-\".I P-4-2-2-1 WET SCRUBBER ~ CIRCULA TlON - '\ . L....- PUMP NO.J "'I. r-\".I P-4-2-2-3 PP1-HSP REVISIONS DA TE BY 3.17 INSTRUMENT A TION AND CONTROLS 3.17.1 Introduction and Existing System The West WTP's existing Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA) system consists of two I/O Servers and one View Workstation, all running Intellution FIX, version 7.0 operating on Windows NT. All workstations are interconnected on the same subnet network, along with two (2) Siemens 505 series PLC's, PLC-l located in the control room with the workstations, and PLC-2 located in the MCC room. There is an additional separate workstation running VTScada, version 6.5, operating on Windows NT, communicating via network connection to a two VTScada I/O servers for water and wastewater, both located at the East Plant communicating via fixed frequency radio to the existing 7 west plant wells, remote storage sites and wastewater RTU's. Under this plant expansion, the DIE Team shall provide an instrumentation and control (I&C) system which matches in model and type, integrated with the existing control system to duplicate operator interface functionality and provide seamless control with minimum downtime. Preliminary process and instrumentation diagrams have been developed for the major processes and are provided in Figures 3-8 through 3-17. The West Water Treatment Plant utilizes an automatic control system resident in the existing PLCs and HMI computers. This control system has been customized over the past years to be specifically tailored for use at this plant. In order to maintain this control system philosophy and personality, it is required that all control programming be performed by Control Systems Design (CSD). All D/B Teams will be required to utilize CSD as the Project Integrator. CSD will not be allowed to provide instrumentation, wiring, or hardware required for this project. Duties and responsibilities of CSD will be limited to programming of the PLCs, HMls, and Remote Telemetry equipment. The successful respondent will be required to engage CSD as a Sub-Contractor to perform project integration services on this project. In order to eliminate commercial interests from this arrangement, the Schedule of Values includes a preset value for these services. This preset value is assumed to be an allowance which will be drawn upon as the D/B Team makes payments to CSD for services rendered. The D/B Team will not be permitted to markup payments made to CSD on this line item. The scope of services to be provided by CSD on this project is included as Exhibit 7 to this report. The D/B Team shall provide a new radio telemetry system for the existing seven (7) plus four (4) new raw water wells which serve the West Plant. A complete onsite radio survey shall be conducted and following that survey a fixed frequency license shall be obtained. The system radios shall be implemented with the maximum throughput allowed bv this license. The new telemetry system shall utilize a CTI Modbus master - - - located in existmg PLC-l, communicating over radio via a new base station tower on the roof of the existing main building, to 11 new complete well site RTU's. utilizing Siemens S7-226 PLC's and off the shelf. latest technology radios. BODR 3-68 Section 3 Treatment and Other Facilities Basis of Design Within the plant, a new Siemens 505 PLC platform, utilizing a 545 CPU, PLC-3, shall be provided to monitor and control the six (6) new membrane trains and associated equipment inside the building. Existing PLC-1 will be modified for changes to the existing trains, and existing PLC-2 will be modified for additions/changes to all of the ancillary post treatment equipment, to create a logical separation of control, PLC-1 for trains 1-6, PLC-3 for trains 7-]2 and PLC-2 for all post treatment systems. The new PLC, PLC-3 will be connected to the plant subnet network in the same manner as the other PLC's. Use of remote I/O is a possible solution to the additions/changes to PLC- 2. In all cases for network or data highway connectivity, whenever this connection crosses from one building to another the media must be fiber optic to maintain isolation. The D/B Team shall have full responsibility for system design, configuration, implementation, installation, and testing of the new and modified portions of the control system provided under the plant upgrade including coordination, and communication with the existing control system. The I&C system provided by the D/B Team shall be composed of hardware and software that is at least equal in quality and fully compatible with the City of Boynton Beach's existing system. The I&C system shall include user-friendly, logically-structured operator interface for comprehensive monitoring and control of plant processes and shall be configured to support the ability to operate the WTP from the existing control room, and monitor various parameters from designated local control panels. The I&C control system shall maintain the configuration of a fully open system architecture, which shall, with minimal changes, allow for future expansion, upgrades, and additions of new applications. The I&C system shall maintain the functionality to assist plant staff with maintenance management tasks, provide management information, and provide collection and storage of historical data. The operator interface to the control system will be implemented through the existing two SCADA and one View node running the existing version of lntellution FIX HMI software. The HMI will provide the control screens, alarm functions, and trend functions necessary to monitor and control the plant. The existing overview screens shall be modified to include the new equipment being provided, and new screens shall be provided for the new independent systems. The existing report package shall be updated and expanded to include the new and modified portions of the plant, and match current reporting requirements for Monthly Operating Reports (MOR) type reports. The overall plant control shall follow the guidelines of the existing system including the new equipment and processes being furnished under this project such as: booster pumps. NF trains, finished water, concentrate disposal. cleaning system. degasifier system. transfer pump station, ground storage. high service pumps. and chemical systems will be fully automated capable of "hands-off' operation. The system will be designed to allow individual trains to start and stop to maintain maximum storage capacity. Remote manual override by operations will be provided through the HMl interface. BODR 3-69 Section 3 Treatment and Other Facilities Basis of Design Local control is to be provided for all valves and pumps to allow local operation of these devices. All field devices and instrumentation as shown on the drawings shall be furnished; these shall be of the same manufacturers as the existing equipment. The proposed PLC-3 control panel will be located in the new train building. All remote I/O associated with the non-train systems plant upgrade will be connected to the existing PLC, PLC-2, via redundant fiber optic cable. The I/O will not be redundant. The following spare components shall be provided. . 1 - CTI Ethernet module. . 1 - CTI Modbus module. · 1 - 100BaseT fiber to RJ-45 converter. · 1 - lOOBaseT fiber I RJ-45 fast Ethernet switch. · 1 - Siemens 545-1106 CPU. · 1 - Siemens 505 power supply. · 2 - 32 point digital input module. · 2 - 8 point analog input module. · 2 - 8 point relay output module. · 2 - 8 point analog output module. 3.17.2 Process Control and Operations Sequence The membrane control system will be designed to have the capability for automated train start/stop with minimal operator interaction, however all equipment other than the train system proper will have both automatic and remote manual operation capability. The control system will be open system architecture complying with International standards, utilizing standard operating and communication systems and system software. The system will be designed to provide a high degree of reliability, flexibility, and future expansion. The system will be designed to be fault-tolerant with no single point of failure. Wherever possibly, multiple equipment with the same or backup process function will be distributed across unique, separate I/O cards. The I&C system shall provide control, monitoring, interlocking, data acquisition and conditioning, trending, data logging, and report generation. Data storage shall be provided for regulatory compliance, plant operation information, and engineering analysis. The D/B Team shall provide additional or upgraded hardware as needed to meet the functional requirements of the facility, with the exception of the existing SCADA system which is to be modified, but not upgraded. BODR 3-70 Section 3 Treatment and Other Facilities Basis of Design EXHIBIT 1 MILESTONE PROJECT SCHEDULE EVENT CALENDAR DAYS TO COMPLETE FROM NTP Notice to Proceed (NTP) 0 Building Permit Application Accepted by County (Milestone) 75 FDEP Permit Application Accepted as Complete by PBCHD 110 (Milestone) Group A Work Items Complete (Milestone) 120 Basic Design 90% Complete (Milestone) 140 Trench and Yard Piping Complete and Tested (Milestone) 330 Drinking Water Produced from Trains 7-12 (Milestone) 480 Modifications to Trains 1-6 Complete (Milestone) 600 Substantial Completion 660 Exhibit I Project Schedule EXHIBIT 2 Palm Beach County Site Plan Approval Forms An Introduction to Administrative Amendments to DRO Approved Site Plans ~J.>Qlic;l!iO!l~ You must submit the following glJl}J.>leteg documents Administrative Amendment General Application Application Fee ($75) Justification Statement (may be part of the request) . AffidaVit of Consent. signed by agent and notanzed Call for AQPoi.fltment: Administrative amendments are done by appointment only (no same- day appointments) Call the DRO secretary at 233-5042 to make an appointment YOU MUST CALL THE FILE ROOM (233-5039) AT LEAST 72 HOURS IN ADVANCE OF YOUR APPOINTMENT, OR YOUR APPLICATION WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. (Order the latest DRO file and the mylar by petition number) Processinq the Amendment: At the appointment you will meet with a DRO site planner The appointment Will take less than 30 minutes. The change to the plan should be drawn by you In some cases a sticky-back to the plan will be allowed The planner will sign and date the plan and note the changes made Staff will keep the application matenals You Will receive up to three courtesy caples of the amended plan BuildingPerl1}jt You must submit the follOWing informalion to the BUilding DIvISion With your permit application 2 caples of the approved site plan including any conditions and 2 caples of the latest DRO result letler Lil1}itsQUtliS PL()(;~~?: The amendment can be made without significantly altenng the approved site plan The amendment does not require the approval of agenCies other than ZOning The amendment is limited to those described In Art 2 D 1 G 2 U\dmlnlstrative Amendments) which states In part Minor corrections Include but are not limited to a change In sign location. minor modifications to parking areas (such as the relocation of handicapped pClrking spaces), relocation of terminal islands to accommodate trees or utility lines. additIon of phase lines. reduction In bUilding size. addition of canopies. removal of excess parking for additional open space (Ie. not required by this Code) minor revIsions to lot lines to be consistent With a plat. temporary sales trailers and other minor structures . Further Examples Satellite dish location commerCial ground mounted Minor square foofage increase in recreation facilities Unmanned equipment buildings for towers A TM machine location ModificatJons required by ADA Fences and walls Sales models Billboards With SpeCial Permit New Sidewalks 8umpster/recycling Propane tanks used for restaurants to prOVide gas heat for cooking facilities when locatr>d In required landscaping or parking . . . . Zoning DIVISion may require Sign-off from other agencies. as applicable If you <'He not sure whether the ch;mge you want qU311fles 3S an 3dmlnlstr3tlve 3mendment call ,~ [lRO ~Ite ,:!;mner at 233.5200 for adVice /"~:~'I'n ;.rT~I';~(; "i',;f .j',ll~-~:', i 11: r,.~ Pf~trJ PF"CH COU~JTY 70~~ING DIVISION FORM II _2:3 I ADMINISlRA TlVE AMENDMENT GENERAL APPLlCA liON THRESHOLD: Change can be made to the approved plan without Slgn.f,cant modification Amendment does not require review or Sign oH by;,JOY other DRO member Amendments are limited to those descobed .n Artlde 2 0 1 G (MlOor Deviations) of the ULDC tNSTRUCTlONS: Complete ail questions Indicate N!A If not appltcaDle Attach Consent Form and copy of last recorded warranty deed Attach additional pages If necessary I. APPLICANT INFORMATION Property Owner(s): Address: Phone l_~__~____ ---@y- ~~~_SIjl!L___Zip __u_~__.__~ FAX: 1 Agent:.._______ ____ Address: Phone: 1.__...J___ Name of Firm: <::ity____ FAX: 1. _ ____~.__ State _ZlI> II. PROPERTY INFORMATION ~ L. A Project Name: B Exhibit#: Petition#: Project#: ___~ Site Plan Approval Date: C Property Control Number (PCN): L 1St additional PCN's on separate sheet and attach to application D Zoning Designation land Use Designation. L--- II III. REQUEST A Summarize proposed amendment. Address any applicable standards in the UlDC, proposed uses (primary and accessory). existing and proposed site conditions, proposed internal and ex1ernal improvements. etc.. IL IV. COMPLIANCE A. Is property in compliance with all previous conditions of approval and applicable Code requirements? I ] yes I ] no If no please explain f3 Is property currently the subject of code enforcement ac110n? I ] yes [ ) no If yes. Code Enforcement Casp No L J STAFF ONl Y C-(;t'IE 2: L ~~r:c u(''w'elnflrrlPili T r ;, ~f : ( ~- i f- __m~J=-___u_=i_ ~ I CODE FEE l --1 ".~=J 1 CUnr!1rrf'r~r:y 1 Fl,lr"llf1(] BuddlOq ICPICI",I) P\J:I(~!n~; (SO\ :th l r ,Ie ) LWOO ] PC"",, ] LClnCC,( ;1[1" I >,fof r..1 ':, .," i~ '.; 1 Hp;1:th ! ~ r~J. ~ ( . I" :, ::' \~. i , Int,ll-f' hy n:ltr APflfO"/f'd (lfl Hv I' ! - . , I 11 ~.: ".'1'.1 BEACH CCtnHY. ZONING DIVISION FORM ti ..1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE AMENDMENT AFFIDAVIT OF CONSENT INSTRUCTIONS A nota<lzed affidavit that consent has been obtained from the property owner(s) IS required The affidavit of consent IS valid for the attached Administrative Amendment application and request only Project Name Petition No Submittal Date . do hereby swear [ ] I am the sole owner (Name. type. stamp or print clear!y) of the property which IS the subject of the attached application and agree to all terms and conditions which may be mposed as part of the approval of the request OR [] I have the consent 01 the owner(s) of the property which IS the subject of the attached application and have the" permisSion to act on the" behalf. to submit the attached applica110n and all reqUired matenal and documents. to attend and represent them at all meetings pertaining to the appllcalion. and to agree to all terms and condllions which may be Imposed as part of the approval 01 the request (/ one) I hereby certify all owner(s) of record of the subject property have full knowledge of the attached application and approve of the request to (briefly desc<lbe request) I funner certify the slatements or Inforcn3t:on mace on any paper or plans submitted herewith are true and correct I IInrjprs1and that any false. Inaccurate or "'uY'1plete 'nformatlon provided by me wrll result In the denial. revocation or "(~cnlnl"tratlve Withdrawal of the appl,ca.,on. reql"",. apprO'Jal or permits I understand the applicatIon. related material and all at1aU.,mpnts become offlclat records of the Planr'lng Zoning and BUIlding Department of Palm Beach County. Flonda. and will not be returned I further acknowledge that I have prOVided the owner(s) a complete copy of thiS appllcalion. all attachments, submittals "nd relevant correspondence or documents I acknowledge that additional informalion may be reqUired to process thiS application I further consent to allow Palm Beach County to publish. copy or reproduce any cOPYflghted document sllbml!led as a part of 1hls apptlcatlon for any .h:cd par1y APPLICANT INFORMATION: I am the I ) PfOpPrty o.'mer I ] agent I I olher _ ___. (f one) I Name type. stamp or prrnt clearly) I S,gnalure) (Address) (City, State. ZIp) NOTARY PUBLIC INFORMATION: STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF PALM BEACH The foregOing Instrument was acknowledcjPd before me thiS ____ day of ___.__....._ 20 bv ._ I name of person acknowledglOg) He/she IS personally known to me or has ;:;rodUCEcd I tvpe nf loenl IlcatlOn) as Identltlcatlon ano did/dId not take an oath (c"e1e (n~rf!( ~ respon~E:') I Name tvpP. stamp or print clearly) (S'gnature .\ U'.: C'--irrrrw:~.I(Jn [){[)I,PS (In NOTARY'S SEAL OR STAMP '", . ,.'. r-,' F':'LM BEliCH COUfHY ZONiNG ['IViSION FORM II _j)_~ II CONSENT FORM INSTRUCTiONS Consent IS 'eC;lll'e<: from the property owner(s) and contract purchaser. If applicable to an agent If the property owner{ s) or contract purchaser does not In1end to attend all meetlrlgs and public heaflngs and submit In person al matenal pertaining to the application A separate form IS requlfed from each owner/contract purchaser Consent 10 a firm shall be deemed consent for the entire firm unless othervJlse speCified Consent IS valid for one year from dale of notary unless otherwise specified Attach copy of lasl recorded warranly deed for subject property Project Name __.__.______._.________ TillS form shall ser'Je as CONSENT for the agent Identified below to prepare or have prepared and submit all documents for the followlrlg applicat,on{s) affectlrlg property I nave an ownership Irlterestlrl Submittal Date ZC/BCC ( lRezonlng ( }Condltlonal Use ( )OOA ORC Applications ( ) ORC I ) SItlna1ure Only Concurrency Board of Adjustment Special Permll. Type Article 2 E Ttrne Extension Other Ilf1dlcate request) )POO ( )Olher (please specify) ) Administrative Amendment I hereby 9,ve CONSENT to ____ ____._ ________.._______~_~__ (type, stamp or print clearly full name of agent) to aci on my behalf to submit or have sutlmllted thiS application and all reqUired malenal and doruments. and to ;Jlte'ld and represent Ine at all meetings and publiC hearings pertalrllng to the appllcallon(s) Indicated above Furthermore. I hereby ~)Ive consen1 to the party deslgnaled above to <lgree to ail terms and conditions which mClY aose as parI of the approval of thIS ~=1D~llcatlnn for the proposed use of I hereby (f-rtlly I have full knowledge tt,e property I have an ownership IOteresllO IS the subject of thiS applrcatlon I further certify the statements or mformatlon made In any paper m plans submitted hereWith are true and correct 10 the best of my knowledge I Iinderstan(J thiS application related matenal and all attachme"ts become offiCial records of the PlannlOg Zoning and Building Dep,,'tmp'lt of PCllm Beach County. Flooda. and will not be returned I understand that any false. Inaccurate or Incanplete .nformahon fJrovlde~ fly rne or mv agen1 wtll result In the denial reVOC<ltlon or a~""nlstratlve wlthdrewal of thiS application, request, approval or [)I?'T.:L, I z-:( k,~-I()':/!(~C~1e t~at adcltlon;)l Information rldY t)e rE~q\Jlred to process tt"ol5 api=)IIcation I further consent to Palnl Beach CO~l~'>. fe': ~,':_;~!I~h ccp',' or reproduce a~lY cn;.;]'rlghfe(~ dOCUrlenl ~LJbmllted as a part of this aflphcat!on for ;:tliY third party I further ;)Clrp" to ,,:1 tpr'T'S amj conditions. which may be Imoo~.p(j as part at the approval of thiS apphc;-,tlon OWNER/CONTRACT PURCHASER INFORMATION I ;J1n 1I1e [ ] owner I ] contract purchaser I/one) ii-J~fn(" h'pe ~)iarnp or print clearly} ISlgnature) IClty. Slate. Zip) 1A.(j(~reS~1 AGENT INFORMATION: iNamt' - tVile slamp or pftnt clearly) IName of firm) (A,(~c1res~'J ) (Clly State, ZiP) NOTARY PUBLIC INFORMATION: ST A TE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF PALM BEACH Thp foreg()ln~ In:~trlJrnent was ar~no\\.'lpdqprl r!F~fo~.~ r."P thiS ~a\' ()f 70 ~y _n (name of person clCkncw.leOOI'lC) He/she IS personally kno'.vn 10 me, or hClS produced IIYDe of It~p';~,f,:-,:~: :()r',! ~<- (:,,-,::~~ ;:~:(jr~ ar~d dld'cld not takt:.-' dr; o;-1t11 (,crrcle correct respoRse) (rJ(--'nl~' - tiP" '~t;"Hnr> or prInt clearly) ISlgna!ure) r,1-~ CCf;ir"II: Inn r :':1I~r.s c'n NOT ARY!jS SE Al OR 5 TAMP P;'LH BE;'CH COUNTY - lOtJING DIVISIOt4 FORM # Q.1 BO<lrd of County Commissioners Karen T Harcus. Ch,mman 1 any Masilottl Vice Chairman Jeff Koons Warren H Newell Mary McCi'Jr1y Burt Aaronson Addle L Greene County Administrator Robert Weisman /.'~ .f~~~\. !~"Ij: \. ~,.! '~~"// Palm Beach County Zoning Division 100 Australian Avenue West Palm Beach. Florida 33406 Phone (561}233.5200 FAX (561)233-5165 ZONING DIVISION GENERAL APPLICATION Check (I) type of application (one only): ] ZCfBCC ( ] DRO ( ) Concurrency ] Other I. PROPERTY LOCATION A. Petition No. _ Project Name: B Property Control Number (PCN): LI~,t add!llonal PCN.s on separate sheet and atlach 10 application PCN C Section'Township/Range: _._ -'_ Gross Acreage of Subject Property: D. Location of Subject Property (proXimity 1'1 rl()~esl maiO' rnlersectloll or rn3d) Gross Acreage of aHected area:_ Address - Project No. E Subdivision Name: Plat Name: F Is subject property located in the future annexation area of a municipality(s} or within one (1) mile of a municipality or "dlacent County? If yes, list municipality(s} or County BCC District: G 1raHic Analysis Zone (T AZ) H. Water. Concurrency Case No.: Expiration Date: __!.._~!_ Sewer Provider: Drainage District. Tier J. Overlay D,stricts: AI tile lime oj appllcilllon d letter from the oyerlay dlstrrcts n. IS recurred sliltrng the prOject hilS been revIewed ;lnd 1ISIIng ilny comments concerns or coneltlow, of approval Check (I) all overlay dlstrrcls ane neighborhood plans In which tile ~"Jt'If:cl pn:)pcrty Ires ) M;>cAnhurlDlcklnson State Park Greenhne ] Native Ecosystem Overlay (NEO) ] Conditional Overlay Zone (COZ) ] Glades ,c.,rea EconomiC Overlay (GAO) ] Turnpike AqUifer Protection (1 APO) ) Reseilrch & Technology Overlay (RTO} ] Nonhlake Boulevard Overlay Zone (NBOZ) ) Other _u__ _ _ .______ _ ] , Allport Zoning Ordlnarrce (AZO) (233-7423) ] . Westgate/Belvedere Homes (WCRA) (233-3633) I' Agricultural Reserve (AGR) (233-5300) J' Palm Beach Internallonal Arrport (PBIAO) (233.7423) jlndlantown Road Overlay Zone (I0Z) I Neighborhood Plan I Lake Wonh Road CommerCial Corrrdor Overlay (LWRCCO) ~ II. LAND USE AND ZONING A. Current Zoning Designation: B. Proposed zoning designation '--. Loning Quad Map il: ______ Current Land Use Designation: Proposed land use designation: _ Land Use Alias Map #: REDI Aerial Page #: Proposed Use(s) D. Existing Use(s) on Property. E Official Zoning Map Amendment i J Yf~~~ l j n~. Ii /er::. ?~Ll(t~ j',:S!I!:cal:0n ~.t~tt'r':"lf'r.l ~~(~c!rf~~)~,lng e,:t.tsllng and proposed ~lre (ond,l'ons proposed Internal and E'>lernal rrnprovementc, and each sland.:Jrd as Indlcilted III Article 2.B.1.B of Ihe ULDC RpzorW1S; to S12ndard DI~J!~ I( I l Z ,I or+..' Rp.7nn,nc \,.,,'t. C(:0rj!!:on;il U">E> (Z"CA or Z:CBj Rpzor Iln(~ '!. 'lh \/r "lJqt:-lr--~' De~-Islty Bonus tlJVDB) F':1?zcrlif)~_J '....'th Cnnd,t;{~r.;)i ()'..'c~J;;;." ZC)r-,~> (.~ 'CO? I 1 F"~~i """_: ':.,n. ((;'~:-~;~r'_-'~~ ~,--; :-~(,j~I-; ,(' '<)r,:_'~ "II~ " ;~r-:l!-'nf;:;;f..'l (:7',::\rJ~) F'-'.7, "l,r,r;..;~p' (!~~'I" PAU,' BEACH COUNTY ZONING DIVISION FORM ti 01 III. PROJECT HISTORY List pnor zoning action in sequence from first to most recent Include vanances approved by the Board of Adjustment Atlach additional pages If necessary Petition No. Request Action Date Resolution No. A. Has property been pla"ed? I ] yes I I no If yes. OR Book & page number B. Will existing plat be affected by request? I I yes I ] no If yes. explain In Justification Statement C. Is subject property an existing legal lot of record? I I yes I I no If no. explain how/when created In Justification Statement D. Do proposed improvements exceed 35% of appraised value of parcel on which renovations will occur? I ] yes r 1 no E. Does the site have a concurrency reservation? I ) yes I I no If no. has concurrency been applied tor? I ] yes I I no ~ IV. ADJACENT PROPERTY Identify surrounding land uses anc zon,no Incle,,-je ""sting/approved square footage or numbe, of c'.',elllng units. type of units and Cf"-rlS'ty Adjacent Land Use Property Designation De NORTH -, SOUTH EAST WEST ----- _..- Zonin signa ;iJ 1..... .~-- Existing Approved Petition Resolution Use Use No No. =~ ----- V. ENVIRONMENTAL ANALYSIS A. General Vegetation Statement: 8 Rern0v21 of v~getation required? I ) ,.Co I I nQ :~ yes Sdbm': S:andard 'iegeiat,o', ,;ppltC;lilon 10 t: F<.M Appilca\lons avaIlable from the ERM Permit Center loealed within PZ&B C Is site in a Weltfiefd protection zone? I 1 >pr, ~ ! nn If ',1c.< \".'..t:f,t.t~ P~f:-..r_- 'r--- r.U ,~-.,.." ,"-.~'''r.>~ '::':2~13~i!:; ~~~:":'~ ER~.~} D. Health Department. In Justification Statement. lJr1der headIng "Hazardous MatPIl;1!.. address lype and amount of all Industrial. manufactUllng. speCial or haz;1rGol1S wa~,le that l1l;1y be yer1erated 2) arrborne pollutants Ih;1t may be generated (I e dust or other \Jnconfln'?'d partIculates such a5 r-J()) SOOt CO \IOC':, ~'C(l""Y rnf'tal~- etc ), di~(!_ 3.) any ~,~;(~(_~l;~! h~lncllnq of solid \\'2ste that may be 'f'q:JIfeC I: PALM BEACH COUNTY. ZONING DI\!ISIO~J F ORM# ....Ql [ VI. REQUIRED DOCUMENTS -~ A Check (I) all items that apply and attach two (2) copies of each item Unity of Title Unity of Conlrol Cross Access Agreement Base Building Line Waiver Cross Parking Agreement Removal Agreement Shared Parking Study Restflcilve Covenats Tree Survey Easement/deed restrictions Internal Traffic Study I ] Settlement Agreement Developer/Development Agreement I ] BUilding Eleva110n/conslstent architecture (, e MUPD) lake Worth Drainage District - Signed & Sealed Canal Cross Sections (on surveyor In separate document) Il VII. COMPLIANCE A. Is property In compliance with all prevIous conditions of Clpprov:>1 and applicable Code reqUirements 7 If no. please explain B. Indicate sta1us of all prevlOu:, ~ondlllons of aO;1Ioval C. Is property currently 1he sublect of code en10rcemenl actlon7 ___. If yes. Code Enforcement Case No o Does request result In a significant change 10 the developmenf7 _ n__ If yes. please explain E VWI request result In a condition ,;f appro'..;;~ te' extend the t:me for cor>mencement of de'!plopment or recording a plat because the retltlon IS being reViewed under the same requlIpments as a petition for a new project (Article 2.E.1) ___ If yes, please explain F '~'\!;ij reGuest reqUire nlod!frC;11'nr. Ie) d rf?CnrCf':~ DI;1! or p!;1! wil!-. T C ') If yes pro'. lee book acod oage no [ VIII. APPLICANT INFORMATION Current Property Owner(s): Address: _c:.ity_ _ ._S .!iJt~ _ZiJ> Phone: ..L__.....J___ __ FAX:_( Petitioner, if other than owner(s): Address: City_ StaJ~ _ Zip Phone :~--1____ .._ FAX L_ I ] Check (I) here If petitioner IS Cl contract purchaser Consent IS reqUired from the con1rac! purchaser If a conlract IS pending to purchase the subject proper1y HOA or POA consen1 Will be reqUired If subject property IS under common ownership or request IS to modify any aspect of the project which ;,pplres 10 the enl're developmellt (I e condlllon of approval. Internal roadway etc) Agent:. _______.__ Name of Firm: ;~;,:;::~;;;~, :'~~2 "C'~ :~'~I~'~~~~:'-~__~~__:"_ ~__:"~"~_~ I Petition No. STt,FF use ONLY Int"ke Date: Initial ORO 0' BofA Date Request. Sl:>!f Int"k" by ^flrJlII.JtiO[l NOl Suf1IClf'nt 'Aprlic.ltlon SuffiCIent 1<1,'1"1 CLEAR WELL _ EFFLUENT ~ ~NEW BAFfLE (TYP.) ~EX15nNG ~ ~ ... /EXISTlNG EXTEND DEGASIFIER EFFLUENT PIPING AS ILLUSTRATED EXISTING CLEARWELL PLAN SCH 40 PVC PIPE FILLED WITH 85-115 pet CONCRETE AND PVC CAPS SOLVENT WELDED TO THE BAFFLE DET AI LENDS 316 STAINLESS STEEL PLATE BOLTED TO FLOOR W/316 SS WEDGE ANCHORS 316 STAINLESS STEEL CHANNEL WELDED TO PLATE EXHIBIT 3 EXISTING CLEARWELL BAFFLING SCHEME EXHIBIT 4 Additive Alternate No.1 On-site Generation of Liquid Chlorine (OSG) System Description and Required Worksheet 1. System Description and Requirements The on-site generation system (OSG) for liquid chlorine shall be sized to meet demand for the water treatment plant capacity of 20 mgd with installed standby electrolytic generator and brine pump. The system shall produce a minimum of 8 % sodium hypochlorite solution acceptable for potable water systems and be delivered to bulk storage tanks (provided under Base Bid). System component sizing and design shall meet FDEP regulations (FAC 62-555, August 2003, or later version). The complete OSG system shall be enclosed within a structure that matches the existing building systems and shall be a stand alone facility. The area available for the OSG facility is located adjacent to the southwest comer of the existing membrane process building and is shown on the Proposed Site Plan. The facility shall fit within the available space. Brine tank(s) are to be FRP with salt fill, water fill and level monitoring/control, accept full size load deliveries with 30% remaining storage, distributor to insure consistent brine saturation, salt air vent system, access ladder, sump for sludge removal. Tank(s) shall have containment for spills. Water Softener is to be automatic type sized to meet electrolytic cell demands and brine tank fill demands. Brine Pumps are to be sized to meet demands with one installed standby unit. Electrolytic Cells are to be sized to meet demands with standby capacity and 480 V power supply/rectifier. System must be designed to convert brine solution to dilute sodium hypochlorite of at least 8%. Electrode sizing to be less than 1.2 amp/sq in. Provide fully automated control system for NaOCl generation on demand and automatic with tank level. Interface with other PLC panels to be provided. Provide UPS power backup on control system. Provide spare pal1s for mechanical equipment and equipment typically requiring replacement. Spare parts shall be provided as recommended by the system supplier and shall include system components which are not readily available locally. EXHIBIT 4 On-Site Chlorine Generation Work Sheets Provide support system improvements for OSG, including but not limited to electrical service, make-up water supply, supply piping to bulk chlorine storage tanks, drains, and all components needed for a complete system. With installation of OSG, a blower system must be installed to remove buildup of hydrogen gas in the tanks. Provide hydrogen dilution blowers, ducting, electrical, controls, etc and modifications to bulk storage tanks (tanks included under base bid) to allow air dilution supply and exhaust of hydrogen gas buildup in the tanks. DIE Teams must submit sufficient drawings to demonstrate location of all OSG facilities as well as the size and nature of these facilities. Process Flow Diagrams and system component descriptions, including size/capacities of each component, must accompany these work sheets. EXHIBIT 4 On-Site Chlorine Generation Work Sheets 2. Work Sheets Provide the costs for each of the following line items, for owners review by City Team and consideration of OSG system as an alternate to bulk liquid sodium hypochlorite deliveries. For the purpose of evaluating life cycle costs of OSG and track delivery, the following cost of truck delivery is assumed to apply. Bulk delivery of 11.0% sodium hypochlorite $0.45/gallon This option shall include furnishing and installing the complete OSG system, assumed operations and maintenance effort for a duration of 20-years, and system operating costs. The system shall be warranted for 2-years with a lO-year electrode warranty. Life cycle costs will be based on 20-year life of building. Construct building and site related improvements for equipment $ Furnish and install OSG system $ Maintenance! $ /month System Operating Costs2 $ /gal _ % NaOCL I Provide the anticipated operations staff effort required to operate the system, including system maintenance, routine checking of equipment, instrument calibration, cleaning of the brine tank of sludge, receiving salt deliveries, and routine operator tasks for these type systems. Operations staff $25/hr hrs/day 2 System Operating Costs shall include the following items in determining the system operating costs and be based on cost per gallon of NaOCL (8%) produced. Make-up water for softener Salt (solar granular type) Elec power for rectifier, blowers $2 / kgal $ $_/lb $ $0.075/kwhr $ gal N aOCL gal N aOCL gal NaOCL EXHIBIT 4 On-Site Chlorine Generation Work Sheets Qualifications Provide a list of at least three (3) similarly sized systems for municipalities in the state of Florida which are installed and fully operational as follows: Facility Size (Ib/day C12) years of operation year installed EXHIBIT 4 On-Site Chlorine Generation Work Sheets %" SS TUBE AMMONIA PIPE 1 ~" PVC SOLUTION PIPE MIXING VAULT WA TER SURFACE EXHIBIT 5 AMMONIA APPLICATOR PLANT SERVICE WATER EXHIBIT 6 Information for this exhibit to be provided by the City of Boynton Beach EXHIBIT 7 PROJECT INTEGRATOR SCOPE OF SERVICES ] 20, 60, 90 percent, and final design implementation participation, assistance, review and comment, with attendance of design and review meetings. Provide follow-up modifications as needed to complete each phase of the design while acting as representative for the City and the Contractor to provide the desired control system - 10 days. 2 After final design and during the project, meetings with the DB Contractor and/or Engineer and/or City to evaluate the implementation of the design to maximize the integration effort. - 5 days 3 Review and comment for all design submittals containing control interface with the PLC's new or existing. such as: The revisions to the existing control room PLC (PLC-l), the new train building PLC (PLC-3) control panel, feed water and train monitoring panels, the MCC PLC (PLC-2) modifications and remote I/O control panel, YFD's, Degasification / ClearwelI control, Odor control system, Hypochlorite storage and feed systems, Generator, Acid storage and feed systems, MCC pump modifications. Caustic storage and feed systems, Scale inhibitor pumps and the new 3MG storage tank. 4 Review and comment for all design submittals for the new telemetry system for eleven existing wells. including the radio system licensing, RTU PLC and radio design. and I/O layout to provide a standard layout / program for all well systems. 5 After receipt of the approved submittal for the new train building control panel, create a PLC program for control of the 6 new trains as a separate bank from the existing 6 trains, blend flow control. add new sulfuric acid storage and feed system with dual bank control and feed to the scrubber and cleaning systems. add storage and feed systems for scale inhibitor and corrosion inhibitor feed systems, all associated equipment to generate permeate and interface into the existing and new product clearwell interlocks. Provide programming for CTI Ethernet module auto configuration from the PLC and Ethernet communications with the existing train control PLC panels (PLC-l and PLC-2) to provide any interface logic for chemical selections. product clearwell. post treatment and control of the number of traifls / feed pumps by the HMI interface. EXHIBIT 7 Project Integrator Scope (If Services After receipt of the approved submittal for any modifications to the existing MCC PLC (PLC-2) control panel and addition of a remote I/O panel, modify this PLC program to move all post treatment control logic from PLC-l to this PLC, add control of the additional degasification / c1earwell controls. transfer pump station addition and removal of old c1earweIl controls, odor control systems, new fluoride storage and feed 6 systems, new ammonia feed systems, new caustic bulk storage and feed systems, new hypochlorite and feed systems, new generator, MCC modifications, diesel storage tank, 3 MG storage tank and all other supporting equipment. Provide programming for CTI Ethemet module auto configuration from the PLC and Ethernet communications with PLC-3 to provide any interface logic for product c1earweII, post treatment and high service pumps. After receipt of the approved submittals for all new PLC panels, modify the existing PLC-2 program to remove all post treatment control logic that wiII be relocated to PLC-2, modify the control of the 6 existing trains as a separate bank from the 6 new trains, add new sulfuric acid storage and feed system with dual bank control and feed to the scrubber and cleaning systems, add storage and feed systems for scale inhibitor and corrosion inhibitor feed systems, all associated equipment to generate permeate and interface 7 with the existing and new product c1earwell interlocks. Provide programming for cn Ethernet module auto configuration and communications with PLC-3 and PLC-l, to provide any interface logic for chemical selections and control of the number of trains / feed pumps by the HMI interface. Remove all logic associated with the normalization routine on the VIEW node and modify the existing MCC interface via PLC-2 to provide direct control from the HMI, wherever possible. Make any further modifications to clean up unused or old logic to streamline operation, and interface with new VFD's for the feed pumps. Provide programming and startup assistance for the membrane changeout for trains 4 - 6. Assistance will 8 be two days per train, one train completed at a time every other week. with two days additional after the final train for over all systems evaluation/modification. Utilizing the current version of VTScada and lntellution FIX. create new VTScada HMI displays, matching 9 the existing format. for the 3 new wells that are being added, and interface this control with the InteIlution FIX HMI to allow operation from the FIX displays through this VTScada node. Modify the existing database to incorporate all new and relocated I/O. Modify the existing post treatment displays to associate these displays with the relocated I/O. Create new HMI database displays, matching the existing format. for the additions/modifications for 6 existing trains. 6 new trains, all with valve and instrument modifications, stage control modifications. dual bank chemical and feed pump control. storage and feed systems for scale inhibitor and corrosion inhibitor. the additional degasification / clearwelI, 10 transfer pump station addition and removal of old c1earwell. odor control systems. new fluoride storage and feed systems. new ammonia feed systems. new caustic bulk storage and feed systems. new hypochlorite and feed systems. new generator. MCC modifications. diesel storage tank. 3 MG storage and all associated equipment. Also included \\'ould be associated popup displays for control. interface or modified existing displays to integrate the existing and new systems. trend and tuning displays. historical trends and so forth. The nomulization macro currently running on the VIEW node will be removed. EXHlBIT 7 Project Integrator Scope of Services 11 Factory test the new train building PLC (PLC-3), and the existing MCC PLC (PLC-2), remote VO control panels at the panel fabricator's shop to verify completeness and demonstrate operability prior to shipment to the job site. 12 Utilizing the presently installed version of Intellution FIX and VO drivers, load the driver, database and display modifications into the two SCADA nodes and one View node, to relocate all post treatment control to the existing MCC PLC, (PLC-2). 13 Utilizing the presently installed version of Intellution FIX and VO drivers, load the existing PLC-l with the modified program that removes all post treatment control and the normalization data interface. Load the existing PLC-2 with the modified program that adds all post treatment control. Restore HMI - PLC communications, test, verify functionality and restore normal operation of the existing systems, HMI communications and control, prior to addition of the new systems. 14 Load all remaining driver, database and display modifications to the existing two SCADA servers and the View node for the new systems including 6 trains. associated valves, VFD's and instrumentation. Degasification / Clearwell control, Odor control system, Hypochlorite storage and feed systems, Caustic storage and feed systems, Generator, Acid storage and feed systems, HSP pump modifications, Diesel storage tank, Scale inhibitor pumps and 3MG storage tank. Verify operation of all points from the two PLC's. 15 Once the RTU panels are installed, wired, the radio system communication is established and system checked out and tested by the electrical contractor. load the RTU PLC program. test and verify all HMI and PLC connectivity. Test and verify functionality of all modified and new wells and both modified re-pump stations (total of 12 sites). and verify all available systems for communication and control prior to startup while keeping the existing system in operation to maintain plant operation. 16 Once the new trains PLC (PLC-3), is powered up and completely wired from the field devices to the control panel and all equipment is checked out by the electrical contractor, load the PLC program and test and verify all HMI and PLC network and hardwired VO connectivity. Test and verify functionality of all new systems UO to / from the HMI and verify all available systems for communications and control prior to startup. 17 Once the MCC PLC (PLC-2), and all remote UO are powered up and completely wired from the field devices to the PLC or Remote I/O and all equipment is checked out by the electrical contractor. Test and verify the previously loaded PLC-2 for all HMI and PLC network and remote UO connectivity. Test and verify functionality of modified and all new systems UO to / from the HMI and verify all available systems for communications and control prior to startup. EXHIBIT 7 Project Integrator Scope of Services 18 Utilizing the presently installed version of Intellution FIX and VTScada, load all driver, database and display modifications to the VTScada and lntellution FIX HMI for the well data monitoring and control. Test and verify operation of the new wells, status and control to/from the Intellution FIX displays for all wells and the remote storage sites, 1 million and 3 million storage/re-pump. 19 Commission and startup the entire system, with weekly reports of progress to City, including any operator feedback for requested changes or modifications - 12 weeks. 20 Modify the existing HMI security layout system for the HMI to allocate and define security areas for all added systems, both plants and seven levels of operation, such as operator, lead operator, chief operator, supervisor, maintenance, temporary, administrator. Implement this scenario at the west plant and provide system files for implementation at the east plant at a later date. 21 Provide assistance and support for copying west plant files to the east plant and establishing communication, control and security to allow cross plant monitoring and control initiation. 22 Create all required historical data configuration and setup on the WScadal node for the new and existing control and supporting systems, test and verify. Modify the automated MOR reports to include the new systems and verify report operations. 23 Assist in the configuration and setup of the WScada 1 node and a separate city computer running MP2. to allow interface with the historical database in the WScadal node, to allow creation and use of maintenance reports derived from historical data. 24 Operator training utilizing color copies of all of the HMI displays for each person to keep and make notes: Maintenance training consisting of hands on troubleshooting during commission. startup and after operation - 9 days total (3 days per week x 3 weeks). 25 Provide up to 6 weeks of onsite programming and support to make any modifications to the system during the six month initial operation period. 26 Provide one year warranty on all work and two CD's including the following: all PLC programs and configurations: all HMI configurations, databases and displays. Create modifications to PLC-l and the HMI database and displays to duplicate the 3 stage train operation with booster pump for trains I - 6. identical to the trains 7 - 12. 27 28 Implement the PLC and HMI changes one train at a time. one train every other week with three days per train and two additional days after all trains are complete for any final modifications or changes. EXHIBIT 7 Project Integrator Scope of Services SECTION 02604 EXISTING UTILITIES AND UNDERGROUND STRUCTURES 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Work Included. B. Responsibilities. C. Obstacles. 1.2 RELA TED SECTIONS Applicable sections of the Technical Requirements. 1.3 WORK INCLUDED This specification is provided as a supplement to the system descriptions to address responsibilities of the D/B Team in reference to existing utilities and underground structures. The drawings depict the approximate location of existing subsurface utilities. The locations of those facilities (horizontal and vertical) were obtained from survey information, plans, and record drawings. 1.4 RESPONSIBILITIES A. It shall be the sole responsibility of the D/B Team to verify the location of all utilities, cables, ducts, conduit, pipeline, structures, etc., by hand excavation or other appropriate measures before performing any work that could result in the damage or injury to persons, utilities, structures or property. B. The D/B Team shall not willfully disrupt or disconnect any type of existing utility whatsoever without first obtaining the permission of the City. C. The D/B Team shall repair any damage done to existing utilities or underground structures at no additional expense to the City. 1.5 OBSTACLES Obstacles encountered not s:,own on drawings which may cause revision to the recommended design approach are the responsibility of the D/B Team. END OF SECTION 02604 - I Existing Utilities and Underground Structures SECTION 02745 PA VING AND SURFACING 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED This specification is provided as a supplement to the system descriptions to provide general guidelines for project work. This section includes performing all operations for the construction of project pavement. 1.2 RELATED SPECIFICATION SECTIONS None 1.3 REFERENCES It is the intent of these Specifications that the Florida State Department of Transportation "Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction", latest edition, referred to herein and on the drawings as "DOT Standard Specifications", be used where applicable for the various items of work, and that where such wording therein refers to the State of Florida and its Department of Transportation and personnel such wording is intended to be replaced with that wording which would provide proper terminology; thereby making such "Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction" the standard specifications for this project unless otherwise noted. Said "DOT Standard Specifications" shall include current Supplemental Specifications issued by the Florida DOT. 2 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 BASE MATERIAL A. Base material shall be Limerock or Shellrock. The D/B Team shall use only one base material throughout the project. B. Limerock material shall meet the requirements of Section 911 of the DOT Standard Specification. C. Coquina material shall meet the requirements of section 915 DOT Standard Specifications, including an average LBR of not less than 100. 02745 - I Paving and Surfacing 2.2 PRIME AND TACK COATS The materials used for prime and tack coats shall meet the requirements of Section 300 of the DOT Standard Specifications. 2.3 ASPHAL TIC CONCRETE The material used for Type S-3 (Type S-1 modified) Asphaltic Concrete shall meet the requirements of the DOT Standard Specifications. 2.4 EQUIPMENT All equipment associated with the operations of pavement placement and related work shall be entirely suitable for the applicable operations performed and shall be maintained in good condition. 3 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION A. The pavement sub grade and roadway shoulders shall be prepared, graded, stabilized and compacted in accordance with Type C Stabilization in Section 160 of the DOT Standard Specifications. Subgrade shall be compacted according to geotechnical engineer's recommendation. B. Density tests on the compacted subgrade and base shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory. C. Shell or limerock shall be prepared, graded and compacted in accordance with Section 200 of the DOT Standard Specifications. Base shall be compacted according to geotechnical engineer's recommendation. D. Base shall receive a prime coat with cover material in accordance with Section 300 of the DOT Standard Specifications. E. Pavement overlays shall receive a tack coat in accordance with Section 300 ofthe DOT Standard Specifications. F. Asphaltic concrete surface course shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 320 and 330 of the DOT Standard Specifications. END OF SECTION 02745 - 2 Paving and Surfacing A AIO AIOIO AI020 AI030 SECTION 02995 BUILDING AND STRUCTURAL SUBSTRUCTURE FOUNDATIONS STANDARD FOUNDATIONS A. Wall Foundations: Continuous spread footings B. Column Foundations: Isolated spread footings or integral with wall foundations. C. Foundation Walls: Cast-in-place or fully grouted reinforced masonry . SPECIAL FOUNDATIONS A. Dewatering: 1. Water table maintained below the bottom of all excavations until work is completed and inspected. 2. Treat and dispose of water discharged. B. Foundation for Ground Storage Tank: Site preparation to include densification or stabilization of soil to a depth sufficient to limit long term vertical settlement to 3 inches. SLAB ON GRADE A. Concrete Reinforcement: Deformed bar reinforcement or welded wire fabric. B. Control Joints: Comply with ACI 302 Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction. C. Trenches: 1. Bearing angles to support all grating. 2. Slope bottom to drain or sump. D. Avoid concealed spaces below concrete floors. Backfill with clean fill and compact. 02995-1 BUIlding and Structural B BI0 BI0I0 SHELL SUPERSTRUCTURE FLOOR CONSTRUCTION A. Floor System: Reinforced concrete or grating. Provide concrete floor at north and south ends of bridge crane travel so that loads may be picked up or set down. B. Floor Elevation: set all finish floors above the computed 100 year, 3 day storm event elevation of 22.86 NGYD. C. Control joints: Provide crack control joints in accordance with ACI 224. D. Floors, Decks, Slabs and Toppings: Reinforced concrete slab on grade to be designed for superimposed live load of 200 PSF or two 5,200 LB concentrated wheel loads. E. Mezzanine Construction: Reinforced concrete floor, designed for 200 PSF. Minimize use of pipe columns. F. Exterior Stairs: Aluminum stringers, treads and handrail. G. Grating: Fiber Reinforced Plastic (FRP), limit deflection to 1.4 inch under 200 LB concentrated load. BI020 ROOF CONSTRUCTION A. Roof Structural Frame: Steel bar joists. B. Structural Interior Walls Supporting Roofs: Reinforced concrete or reinforced masonry. C. Roof Decks, Slabs and Sheathing: Galvanized steel, 1.5 inch deep, 20 gauge, wide rib, Type B. D. Drainage: Conduct roof drainage to the ground. Prevent discharge on to lower roofs. B20 EXTERIOR ENCLOSURE B2010 EXTERIOR WALLS A. Exterior Wall Exterior Skin: Split faced concrete masonry units or similar pre-cast concrete panels. B. Exterior Wall Construction: Reinforced masonry, reinforced concrete or prestressed concrete. C. Wind Loads: Design lateral stability to resist wind loads on the addition without support from the existing process building. D. Exterior Louvers, Grilles and Screens: Replicate in the north wall of the buildinQ addition similar to the louvers in the existinQ south ~ ~ wall of the process room. E. Control Joints: Provide crack control joints in accordance with ACI 224. 02995-2 Building and Structural B2020 B30 B3010 B3020 C C10 C1010 C1020 C20 C2010 F. Provide pipe sleeves for above ground wall penetrations. G. Meet requirements ofFBC 2001, Section 1205. EXTERIOR DOORS A. Exterior Entrance Doors: Flush, hollow metal door, galvanized face sheets, painted to match building trim. B. Overhead Doors: Protect the jambs from vehicle impact via 6 inch concrete curb or 6 inch diameter guard post. ROOFING ROOF COVERINGS A. Shingles and Roofing Tiles: Concrete roofing tiles to match existing sloped roofs. B. Membrane Roofing: Hypalon elastic sheet over tapered em, minimum 45 mils thick. Protect with walkway pads for access to roof top equipment. ROOF OPENINGS A. Other Roof Openings: Roof Hatches to provide permanent access to roof top equipment via ladders, scuttles or stairs. INTERIORS INTERIOR CONSTRUCTION PARTITIONS A. Interior Fixed Partitions: Concrete Masonry Units (CMU), nominal 8 inch thickness. Extend 6 inches above ceiling height or to underside of floor or roof above. INTERIOR DOORS A. Interior Swinging Doors: 1 V2 PR Butt Hinges, Steel, 1 V2 Rated, with wife glass, handset dead bolt hydraulic closer. B. Existing Interior Doors: Add "panic" hafdware to east and west egress doors. ST AIRWAYS STAIR CONSTRUCTION A. Metal Stair Construction: Fabricate from aluminum with welded connections Of stainless steel bolts. Three rail handrail, toeboard at landings. 02995-3 Building and Structufal C30 INTERIOR FINISHES C3010 WALL FINISHES A. Acceptable wall finishes include steel formed concrete, struck joint concrete masonry or stucco over concrete masonry. C3020 FLOOR FINISHES A. . Concrete Floor Finishes: Surface sealer. C3030 CEILING FINISHES A. Acoustical Ceiling Treatment: Suspended acoustical ceiling, 2' -0" x 2' -O"grid (white/white), throughout Process Room and Electrical Room. B. Interior Ceiling Painting: Paint ceilings not concealed by acoustical ceiling. D SERVICES DIO CONVEYING SYSTEMS DIOIO OTHER CONVEYING SYSTEMS A. Cranes: Bridge crane above pumps, capacity 3 tons under slung, single beam crane. Range of operation sufficient to removelinstall pumps and to exchange loads with existing crane. Chain operated hoist, trolley and bridge. D20 PLUMBING SYSTEMS D2010 SUPPORTS A. Space pipe supports and hangers to limit deflections in pipe systems to pipe material industry recommendations. D2020 UNIONS A. Provide unions necessary to facilitate convenient removal of valves and mechanical equipment. D30 DOMESTIC WATER DISTRIBUTION D3010 HOSE BIBS A. Surface mounted hose bibs, 24 inches above finish floor, with anti- siphon device. D40 RAIN WATER DRAINAGE D4010 ROOF DRAINS A. Roof drains and overflow drains, piped to ground level. 02995-4 Building and Structural E EIO EIOIO OTHER BUILDING CONSTRUCTION SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION SYSTEMS A. Liquid and Gas: Prestressed concrete ground storage tank, circular walls, domed roof, 3 million gallon capacity. 1. Influent: 42 inch at 270 degrees. 2. Effluent: 42 inch at 315 degrees. 3. Overflow: 12 inch at 90 degrees. 4. Drain: 12 inch at 135 degrees. 5. Overflow Outlet: At six locations. 6. Wall Access: Manhole at two locations, 180 degrees apart. 7. Roof Access: Exterior aluminum ladder with safety climb device (match existing type), FRP cover, aluminum handrails around hatch, interior aluminum or FRP ladder with safety climb device. 8. Gravity Ventilator: Locate at roof center point. END OF SECTION 02995-5 Building and Structural SECTION 05510 MISCELLANEOUS METALS 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED This specification is provided as a supplement to the system descriptions to provide general guidelines for project work. This section includes the furnishing and installation of fabricated metal work unless otherwise noted. 1.2 RELA TED SECTIONS Section 15108 - Piping and Valves 1.3 REFERENCES A. The Aluminum Association AA B. American Institute of Steel Construction AISC c. American National Standards Institute ANSI D. American Society for Testing and Materials ASTM E. American Welding Society AWS F. National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers NAAMM G. Steel Structures Painting Council SSPC 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All fabrications shall have approved drawings priorto fabrication for all components. B. Responsibility for all errors in fabrication and correct fitting of structures isthe sole responsibility of the D/B Team. 1.5 REGULA TORY REQUIREMENTS A. Metal fabrication materials shall meet, but not be limited to, the requirements of the following ASTM Standards and Specifications: 05510.1 Miscellaneous Metals 1. Aluminum Alloy, extruded trim B308-6063- T5 & T6, structure shapes B308- 6061-T6, structural pipe and tube B429, castings B214. All aluminum shall be anodized. 2. Structural steel, plates and shapes A36, plate and steel for forming A283 Grade C. 3. Bolting, A-307, A-325. 4. Steel stud anchors for embedded plates, A-108, grade 1020. 5. Galvanizing, A123. B. Comply with the provisions of the following standards unless otherwise noted: 1. AA Specifications for aluminum structures. 2. AISC Specifications for design, fabrication and erection of structural steel for buildings. 3. A WS code for welding in building construction. 2 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MISCELLANEOUS METALS A. All fasteners, nuts, bolts, washers, back up rings, etc. shall be 316 SS unless otherwise noted in all process areas and all corrosive environment locations. B. All miscellaneous metal fabrications in process and corrosive environment locations such as pipe supports shall be 316 SS unless otherwise noted. 3 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION A. Verify critical dimensions of work prior to construction. Form items to accurate sizes and shapes, with sharp lines and angles. Punch and shear to leave smooth surfaces. Weld permanent connections, grind exposed welds smooth. A void screws and bolts where possible unless otherwise noted. When used and where exposed, countersink he:lds :lnd draw up tight. Provide holes and connections for work of other trades. B. Refer to Painting specification section for shop painting of ferrous items. 05510-2 MIscellaneous Metals C. Perform cutting, drilling, flashing and fitting required for installation of metal fabrications. Set the work accurately, provide temporary bracing and anchors in formwork for items to be built into masonry and concrete. END OF SECTION 05510-3 Miscellancous Mctals SECTION 06700 FIBERGLASS FABRICATION 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED This specification is provided as a supplement to the system descriptions to provide general guidelines for project work. This section includes fabricated fiberglass work, including, but not limited to: A. Fiberglass Doors B. Chemical Pump Benches C. Louvers and Operators D. Process Panels E. Miscellaneous Fabrications. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE All fabrications shall have approved drawings prior to fabrication for all components. 2 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 FIBERGLASS STRUCTURAL SHAPES A. Polyester resin FRP characteristics: 1. Ultimate tensile strength 30,000 psi (longitudinal) 2. Ultimate compressive strength 30,000 psi (longitudinal) 3. Modules of Elasticity 2.5 X 106 psi (bending) 4. Density (ASTM-D792) D065 Iblin3 5. Water AbsorptIOn (ASTM-D57U) U.6W'lo Max. B. Structural and miscellaneous FRP members shall be comprised of isophtolic polyester resin combined with fiberglass reinforcement utilizing longitudinal glass 06700 - J Fiberglass Fabrication roving and continuous strand mat. FRP grade shall be compatible with the environment and potential exposure to chemical spills to which it is exposed. 2.2 LOUVERS A. Fixed FRP louvers shall have a fiberglass insect screen and be contained within a removable frame. Louver design shall incorporate structural supports required to withstand a wind load from 140 mph wind. B. Adjustable fiberglass louvers shall have adjustable blades including operators with rods, linkages, connectors, and mounting brackets. Louvers shall be energized to open with a low-input for holding feature. Louvers shall be equipped with an actuator spring that closes louvers during loss of power. Operator unit shall be rated for use in hazardous locations. END OF SECTION 06700 - 2 Fiberglass Fabrication SECTION 06705 PROCESS TANKS 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED This specification is provided to generally describe the materials, fabrication, testing, and installation of aboveground process bulk and day tanks fabricated from polyethylene (PE), or fiberglass-reinforced plastic (FRP), for chemical service. 1.2. RELA TED SECTIONS A. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures. B. Section 01730 - Operating and Maintenance Manuals. C. Section 01595 - Instrumentation and Control Valves. D. Section 15108 - Piping and Valves 1.3. REFERENCES 1. ASTM D 3299 2. ASTM D 2534 3. ASTM D 2584 1.4 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS Submit tank layout drawings showing dimensions, wall thickness, mounting brackets, knuckle radii, nozzle location and orientation, and nozzle construction. 2 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1. TANKS TO BE SUPPLIED The following tanks are to be provided by the D/B Team 111 connection with the nanofiltratJon system and chemical systems. A. All chemical storage tanks shall be polyethylene construction. 06705 - I Process Tanks B. The membrane Cleaning System Solution Tank shall be laminated FRP construction and have a capacity of 3,500 gallons. 2.2 FRP LAMINATE CONSTRUCTION A. Provide at least three inner laminated layers as a corrosion barrier on the tank interior and an exterior filament-wound layer for structural strength. The inner layer shall be resin rich, shall consist of polyester organic fiber, and shall be a minimum of 20 mils thick. Glass content in the inner layer shall be 20% :t5% by weight. B. The exterior layer shall be filament wound. Minimum glass content in the filament-wound layers shall be 65%. Resin rich layer shall be minimum 10 mils thick. 2.3. CHEMICAL TANKS A. Tanks shall be manufactured of rotationally molded polyethylene, of a type suitable for the contained fluid. Tank construction shall be cross-linked high density polyethylene type. Tanks storing sulfuric acid, caustic, and hypochlorite, shall have an interior lining of anti-oxidant material. The bulk tanks shall be vertical with an integral domed top. The tank shall have bolted bulkhead type nozzles made of PVc. Gaskets on fluoride and acid tanks to be Viton, EPDM on others. Bolts on acid and caustic to be 316 SS, fluoride to be C-276 and hypochlorite to be titanium. B. Design tanks to withstand the maximum internal pressure created by a full tank of stored chemical at the specific gravity of the stored chemical. 3 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 ANCHORING A. Provide anchoring of all tanks per manufacturer's recommendation to withstand loads produced by 140 mph winds when tank is empty. END OF SECTION 06705 - 2 Process Tanks SECTION 09905 PAINTING AND COATINGS 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE A. The DIB Team shall select the paint system, furnish all labor and material to perform surface preparation and coating application, including providing tools, rigging, lighting, ventilation, and other related items of equipment and materials necessary to clean, prepare, coat, cure and cleanup a complete coating system on all new construction of interior and exterior exposed items and surfaces throughout the project. B. The DIB Team shall also include coating of the existing structures as outlined herein, including surfaces which are modified by this project, in order to provide a consistent coating system for the entire treatment plant. The existing structures to be painted generally include the following: 1. Existing 3.0 mg concrete ground storage tank exterior 2. Existing chemical containment walls exterior 3. Existing process building exterior 4. Existing high service pump building exterior 5. Acid bulk storage containment interior 6. Caustic bulk storage containment interior 7. Fluoride bulk storage containment interior 8. Existing acid meter pump room 9. Chlorine storage room C. The work includes field painting of exposed bare pipes and ducts, hangers, exposed steel and iron work, tanks, vessels, and primed metal surfaces of equipment installed, except as otherwise indicated. D. Paint all exposed surfaces normally painted in the execution of a new project. Where items or surfaces are not specifically mentioned or excluded, or are not specifically excluded from the painting work, paint these the same as adjacent similar materials or areas. E. Clean, prepare, coat, and cure all surfaces in strict accordance with the manufacturer's published recommendations and specifications. F. Perform all work by the use of skilled workman in a safe and productive manner using equipment and procedures consistent with good coating practices. 09905 - J Paintmg and Coatings G. Color selection shall be provided by the City and may be any standard or non- standard color available by the paint manufacturer system. H. All paint shall be by the same manufacturer for the entire project. All coatings shall be by the same manufacturer. 1.2 RELA TED SECTIONS A. Section 02995 - Building and Structural B. Section 05510 - Miscellaneous Metals C. Section 06700 - Fiberglass Fabrications D. Section 15821 - Ductwork and Dampers E. Section 11250 - Pump~ - General F. Section 15108 - Piping and Valves G. Section 16690 - Electric Motors 1.3 REFERENCES Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC) 1.4 PAINTING NOT INCLUDED A. The following categories of work are not included as part of the field-applied finish work, or are included in other sections of these specifications. B. Shop Priming: Unless otherwise specified, shop priming of ferrous metal items is included under the various sections for structural steel, miscellaneous metal, metal. fabrications, hollow metal work, and similar items. Also, for fabricated components such as shop-fabricated or factory-built mechanical and electrical equipment or accessones. C. Pre-Finished Items: Unless unit is part of an assembly to be painted to match, i.e., motor, or otherwise shown or specified, do not include painting when factory finishing or installer finishing is provided. D. Concealed Surfaces: Unless otherwise shown or specified, painting is not required on surfaces such as walls or ceilings in concealed areas and generally inaccessible areas, foundation spaces, furred areas, utility tunnels. pipe spaces, and duct shafts. Painting of galvanized work that will be concealed In the completed work is not 09905 - 2 Painting and Coatings required. Except for touch-up as specified in Part 3, painting of shop primed structural steel and ferrous metals that will be concealed in the completed work is not required. E. Finished Metal Surfaces: Metal surfaces of anodized aluminum, stainless steel, chromium plate, copper, bronze and similar finished materials will not require finish painting, unless otherwise specified. F. Operating Parts and Labels: Moving parts of operating units, mechanical and electrical parts such as valve and damper operators, linkages, sinkages, sensing devices, motor and fan shafts will not require finish painting unless otherwise specified. Do not paint over any code-required labels, such as Underwriters' Laboratories and Factory Mutual, or any equipment identification, performance rating, name, or nomenclature plates. G. Other Surfaces: Do not paint sprinkler heads, fire detection heads, integrally colored stucco, brick masonry, cast stone, stone masonry, or architectural precast concrete, unless otherwise specified. 1.5 DEFINITIONS Conform to ANSI/ ASTM D 16 for interpretation of terms used in this section. 1.6 REGULA TORY REQUIREMENTS Comply with all federal, state, and local health and fire regulations when handling and applying paint and coating products. 1.7 SCHEDULE A. Paint all piping in accordance with OSHA color requirements. Colors not scheduled shall match the existing plant piping color scheme of similar process. B. FRP ducting and/or piping shall be gel coated. C. All PVC shall be fully coated. D. The exterior of water holding structures shall be painted. Interior of clearwell shall be coated with NSF coating. E. Buildings shall be painted in accordance with finish schedule provided on drawings, or specified herein. F. All coatings in contact with "potable water", as defined by FDEP. shall be NSF. or equal. rated. 09905 - 3 Painting and Coatings G. Chemical resistant coatings shall be used in all areas where chemical storage and containment exists. 2 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 SCHEDULE OF FINISHES A. Concrete and Masonry 1. Interior System: First Coat D.F.T. (mils): Second Coat D.F.T. (mils): Total Coats: Total D.F.T. (mils): 2. Exterior System: First Coat: D.F.T. (mls): Second Coat: D.F.T. (mls): Total Coats: Total D.F.T. (mls): B. Plastic Pipe and Fiberglass Fabrications 1. Interior System: First Coat: D.F.T. (mls): Total Coats: Total D.F.T. (mls): C. Clearwell Interior System: First Coat: D.F.T. (Mils): Second Coat: Third Coat: D.F.T. (Mils): Total Coats: Min. D.F.T. (Mils): 09905 - 4 Alkyd Enamel 4.0 - 6.0 4.0 - 6.0 2.0 8.0 - 12.0 Waterborne Acrylate Elastomeric Enviro-Crete, Series 156 4.0 - 8.0 Enviro-Crete, Series 156 4.0 - 8.0 2.0 8.0 - 16.0 Epoxy High-Build Epoxoline, Series 66 4.0 - 6.0 1.0 4.0 - 6.0 Epoxy Series 20, Pot a-Pox 4.0 - 6.0 Series 63- I 500 (filler for bug holes) Series 20, Pota-Pox 4.0-6.0 3.0 10.0 Painting and Coatings 2.2 CHEMICAL ROOMS RESISTANT COATINGS A. Coating shan be high build, two component epoxy coating system. B. Material shan be resistant to regular contact with sulfuric acid (93% - 98%) and sodium hydroxide (25% - 50%). C. Provide material appropriate for horizontal and vertical application. D. Trowel-applied resin base coating shan be 2 part (plus filler) resin-based chemical resistant coating with the following properties. Liquid-applied coating may be used if they meet physical chemical resistance requirements. E. Acid room and neutralization tank interior chemical coating shan utilize a novaloc base, two-component resin binder with graded aggregate, 1;4" thick towel applied with an epoxy glaze coat. Vertical formulation shan be 1/8" trowel applied. Coating shan be Perma Tee 5000 as manufactured by Chemproof Polymers, Inc., or equal. F. Caustic, scale inhibitor, chlorine, fluoride and chemical room coatings shall be a two component resin binder and graded aggregate, 1;4" thick trowel applied in one coat, silica broadcast, with epoxy glaze coat. Vertical formulation shall be 1/8" thick trowel applied. Coating shall be Perma Tec 3000 as manufactured by Chemproof Polymers, Inc., or equal. G. Provide epoxy-type caulking in comers of wall-floor joint to act as sealant prior to placement of coating. Caulk material shall be compatible with coating, resist temperatures up to 4500 F and be flexible to shrinkage/expansion of concrete. H. Application Schedule: Location Exposure Application Area Acid Feed Room Sulfuric Acid All floor surfaces, an surfaces up to 12" (93%-98% ) above finish floor Bulk Caustic Sodium Hydroxide All floor, walls, top of wall, sump areas. Containment (25%-50%) Chlorine Feed Room Sodium Hypochlorite All floor surfaces, all surfaces up to 20" & Bulk Storage (12%-15%) above floor including top of curb. Fl uori de Feed Hydrofluorosilic All floor, walls, top of wall, sump areas. Containment Acid (23%) END OF SECTION 09905 - 5 Painting and Coatings SECTION 11250 PUMPS - GENERAL 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED This specification is provided as a supplement to the pump requirements stated in the BODR. This section consists of general information and guidelines for high service, feedwater, transfer, 3rd stage booster, and scrubber recirculation pumps. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ANSI/ A WW A E 1 01 - Standards for Vertical Turbine Pumps - Line shaft and Submersible Types. B. ANSI/Hydraulic Institute (HI) l.1 - 1.5 - Centrifugal Pumps for Nomenclature, Definitions, Applications and Operations. C. ANSI/HI 1.6 - Centrifugal Pump Tests. D. ANSI/HI 2.1 - 2.5 - Vertical Pumps for Nomenclature, Definitions, Applications and Operations. E. ANSI/HI 2.6 - Vertical Pump Tests. F. ANSI/HI 9.1 - 9.5 - Pumps/General Guidelines for Types, Definitions, Applications and Sound Measurement. 1.3 PUMP PERFORMANCE A. Pump performance must meet the requirements provided in the relevant sections of the BODR. No requirement has been stated relative to minimum pump efficiency at this project is boring procured by the DesignlBeveled method. However, all pumps covered by this section are constant duty units and pump efficiency. directly influences operating costs. The DIE Team is expected to select and utilize on this project pumps having the highest available efficiency of the brands allowed. B. Pumps shall be manufactured in accordance with the Hydraulic Institute Standards and referenced standards. 11250 - 1 Pumps-General 1.4 SPARE PARTS Spare parts as follows shall be provided. A. High Services Pumps - 2 shaft seals, 1 complete gasket set, 2 shaft sleeves, 1 set bearings, 1 coupling bushing. B. Feedwater Pumps - 4 shaft seals, 3 complete gasket sets, 4 shaft sleeves, 2 sets bearings, 2 coupling bushings. C. Transfer Pumps - 2 shaft seals, 1 complete gasket set, 4 shaft bearings. D. 3rd Stage Booster - 4 shaft seals, 4 complete gasket sets. E. Scrubber recirculation Pumps - 1 impeller, 2 shaft seals, 2 complete gasket sets. 1.5 TESTING A. Factory testing in accordance with the Hydraulic Institute Standards must be conducted on the high service pumps, feed pumps, and transfer pumps. Certified test date must be submitted to the City prior to the unit leaving the factory or test facility. These tests may be conducted using a test facility's driver. The City is to be notified of the testing at least 21 calendar days before the tests are conducted and have the right to be present during the testing. Certification from the foundry shall be required confirming all materials comply with the requirements ofthis Section. B. Each pump must be tested in-place and under operating conditions for vibrations and noise emissions. If any vibration exceeds the pumps supplier's or Hydraulic Institute requirements, whichever is more restrictive, repairs are to be made before pump is placed into service. 2 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 HIGH SERVICE PUMPS A. The pumps shall be of the horizontal, centrifugal, axially split case, double suction, double volute type. B. The pump case shall be of cast iron construction, ASTM A-48, Class 30 material having a minimum tensile strength of 30,000 psi. Casings to be free of all imperfections. C. The impeller shall be aluminum bronze, ASTM B-148, Grade C-954. Wearing rings to be 18-8 stainless and be replaceable. I 1250 - 2 Pumps-General D. Shaft bearings shall be grease lubricated double roller tapered type rated for 20 years of life. E. Shaft to be alloy steel SAE-I045 or better. Shaft at seal boxes to be protected by replaceable sleeves of 316 stainless steel. F. Mechanical seals to be John Crane Type 1. G. Shaft coupling to be spacer type flexible coupling as manufactured by T. B. Woods, or equal. Coupling to be protected by removable sheet metal guard constructed of 1/8" thick aluminum. H. Motors to be horizontal WP-l design and suitable for VFD duty. Refer to Electric . Motor Section of Technical Requirements. Motors to be supplied by pump manufacturer. 1. Pumps to be manufactured by Gould Pumps, Flow-Serve Pump Company, Aurora Pump Company, or Peerless Pump Company. 2.2 FEEDW A TER PUMPS A. The pumps shall be of the horizontal, centrifugal, axially split case, double suction, double volute type. B. The pump case shall be constructed of 316 stainless steel having a minimum tensile strength of 85,000 psi. Casing to be free of all imperfections. C. The impeller shall be constructed of 316 stainless steel. Wearing rings to be babitted carbon construction. D. Shaft bearings shall be grease lubricated double roller tapered type rated for 20 years of life. E. Shaft to be alloy steel SAE-l 045 or better. Shaft at seal boxes to be protected by replaceable sleeves of 316 stainless steel. F. Mechanical seals to be John Crane Type 1. G. Shaft coupling to be spacer type flexible coupling as manufactured by T. B. Woods, or equal. Coupling to be protected by removable sheet metal guard constructed of 1/8" thick aluminum. H. Motors to be horizontal WP-l design and suitable for VFD duty. Refer to Electric Motor Section of Technical Requirements. Motors to be supplied by pump manufacturer. 11250-3 Pumps-General I. Pumps to be manufactured by Gould Pumps, Flow-Serve Pump Company, Durora Pump Company, or Peerless Pump Company. 2.3 TRANSFER PUMPS A. The pump shall be of the vertical turbine, can type. B. Pump case and column pipe shall be ASTM A-48 class 30 cast iron material having a minimum tensile strength of 30,000 psi. C. The impeller shall be 836 bronze or ASTM A-584 alloy 932. D. Shaft to be ASTM A-276 stainless. E. Shaft seal to be water lubricated packing style. F. Pump head to be fabricated of A-36 steel, minimum 3/8" thick. All internal portions of the pump head are to be coated with an epoxy suitable for potable water service. Pump column exterior to be coated also. G. Pump motor to be vertical, non-reversing, TEFC style. H. Pump to be manufactured by Gould Pumps, Flow-Serve Pump Company, Peerless Pump Company. 2.4 THIRD STAGE BOOST PUMP 2.5 SCRUBBER RECIRCULATION PUMPS Pumps to be FRP construction. Motors to be TEFC type. Pumps to be manufactured by Van ton Pumps and Equipment Company. END OF SECTION 11250-4 Pumps-General SECTION 15108 PIPING AND VALVES 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. This specification is provided as a supplement to the system descriptions to provide general guidelines for project work. This section consists of general information and guidelines for project piping, fittings, and valves. B. Although not specifically shown on drawings, all fittings, piping supports, and miscellaneous appurtenances needed to provide a secure, workable pipe and valve systems are required. 1.2 RELA TED SECTIONS A. Section 05510 - Miscellaneous Metals B. Section 15952 - Flushing, Testing and Disinfection 1.3 REFERENCES A. ANSVAWWA C104/A21.4 - Cement-Mortar Lining for Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water. B. ANSVAWWA CIIO/A21.1O - Ductile-Iron And Gray- Iron Fittings, 3 Inch Through 48 Inch for Water and Other Liquids. C. ANSVAWWA CllllA21.1l - Rubber-Gasket Joints For Ductile- Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. D. ANSVA WWA Cl15/A21.15 - Flanged Ductile-Iron Pipe with Ductile-Iron or Gray-Iron Threaded Flanges. E. ANSVAWWA C150/A21.51 - Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast For Water or Other Liquids. F. ANSVAWWA C153/A21.53 - Ductile-IronCompact Fittings, 3 Inch Through 24 Inch and 54 Inch Through 64 Inch for Water Service. G. ANSVAWWA C600 - Installation of Ductile-Iron Water Mains and Their Appurtenances. 15108 - 1 Piping and Valves H. ANSVA WW A C602 - Installation of Cement-Mortar Lining of Water Pipelines- 4 Inch and Larger-In Place. I. ANSVA WW A C605 - Installation of Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure and Fittings for Water. J. ANSV A WW A C220 - Stainless-Steel Pipe, 4 Inch and Larger. K. ANSV A WW A C900 - Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe, 4 Inch Through 12 Inch, for Water Distribution (Includes Addendum C900a-92.). L. ANSVA WW A C905 - Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Water Transmission Pipe, Nominal Diameters 14 Inch through 36 Inch. M. ANSVA WW A C906 - Polyethylene Pressure Pipe and Fittings, 4 Inch through 63 Inch, for Water Distribution. N. ASTM D1785 - Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80, and 120. O. ASTM D2855 - Solvent Cements for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe and Fittings. P. ASTM F437-82 - Threaded Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80. Q. ANSV A WW A C509 - Resilient-Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service. R. ASTM F439-87 - Standard Specification for Socket - Type Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80. S. ASTM 493-85 - Solvent Cements for Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) Pipe and Fittings. T. ANSVAWWA C504 - Rubber Seated Butterfly Valves. U. ANSVA WW A C508 - Swing-Check Valves for Waterworks Service. V. ANSVAWWA C509 - Resilient Seated Swing-Check Valves for Waterworks Service. W. ANSV A WW A C51l - Standard for Reduced-Pressure Principle Backflo\\' _ Prevention Assembly. X. ASMEI ANSI B 16.5 - 1996 - Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings. 15108 - 2 Piping and Valves Y. ASME/ANSI B31.3 - 1996 - ASME Code for Pressure Piping. Z. ASME/ANSI B16.9 - Pipe Fittings. 2 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPING A. Ductile Iron Pipe: Ductile iron pipe and fittings shall conform to A WW A C 151 and ClIO. 1. Buried pipe joints shall be A WW A approved push-on or mechanical joint pipe (A WW AlANSI C1l1/C21.1l). Exposed joints shall be A WW A approved flanged joint pipe. 2. Buried fittings shall be A WW A approved mechanical joint fittings. Exposed fittings shall be flanged fitting. Conform to A WW A ClIO and Cll1. 3. Cement-mortar lining shall conform to A WW A C104. 4. Pipe, joints, and fittings shall be receive an exterior asphaltic coating and shall be cement mortar lined and bituminous sealed in accordance with ANSVA WW A C1511A21.51. 5. Restrained joint pipe shall be ductile iron Class 51. B. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe: PVC pipe shall meet A WW A C-900 and A WW A C-905 Standards and NSF requirements for potable water application. Fittings used shall be epoxy coated ductile iron. C. Small Diameter PVC Pipe: PVC pipe smaller than 4-inch shall be schedule 80 PVC plastic pipe with solvent weld fittings in accordance with ASTM D-1785. D. PVC Drain Pipe: Gravity drain pipe shall be SDR 35, Type 1, Grade 1 as identified in ASTM D-1784. Plain end SDR shall meet the requirements of ASTM standard D-2241 for physical dimensions and tolerances. Belled-end SDR pipe shall meet the requirements of ASTM Standard D-2672 for physical dimensions and tolerances. E. Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) Pipe: CPVC pipe and fittings shall be schedule 40 or 80 pipe as indicated with threaded or solvent weld fittings in accordance with ASTM F441 and F-437. F. High Density Polyethylene Pipe and Fittings: Polyethylene Pipe shall conform to A WW A C906 standards. 15108 - 3 Piping and Valves I. Polyethylene pipe shaH meet NSF requirements for potable water applications. 2. Polyethylene pipe and fittings shall be joined by the heat butt fusion process in accordance with ASTM D-3261. G. Steel Tubing: Steel tubing for sizes 112-inch and smaller shall be seamless austenitic stainless, grade TP 316L conforming to ASTM MA-632. H. Black Iron Pipe: Extra heavy, schedule 80 black iron pipe with screwed joints and fittings. I. Stainless Steel Pipe: ANSI!ASTM A312: 1. Stainless steel pipe shall conform to ASTM A312, Austenitic steel pipe, welded, seamed, grade TP 316L. 2. Pipe flanges and fittings to meet ASME B16.5-1996. 3. Flanges to be Class 150, raised face, serrated finish, forged A182 Grade F316, slip on type. Class 300 flanges shall be weld neck type. 4. Flange bolts and nuts shall be ASTM A193 and ASTM A194, Type 316, respectively. Gaskets shall be full faced, eIastomeric type rubber (neoprene), and meet the requirements of ANSI! A WW A C207. 5. Pipe threads shall conform to ANSVASME B1.20.1, NPT, and shall be full and cleanly cut with sharp dies. 6. All welding shall be in accordance with the Process Piping Code", ANSI B31.3-1996. 7. After shop fabrication, all stainless steel pipe shall be pickled and passivated using full bath immersion technique. No field passivation is permitted. 8. Never seize shall be used on all threaded connections, including flange bolts and nuts. 2.2 DIP FITTINGS All fittings shall be cement mortar lined and bituminous sealed in accordance with ANSI! A WW A C 1511 A21.51 except those in contact with raw water after acid addition or membrane permeate. These fittings must not have cement mortar lining and must be coated with epoxy meeting FDEP approval or minimum of 20 mils thick. All mechanical 15108 - 4 Piping and Valves joint fittings shall incorporate Joint restraint. The restraint mechanism shall consist of a plurality of individually activated gripping surfaces to maximize restraint capability. 2.3 VALVES A. Butterfly valves in shall be in conformance with A WW A C504 and rated for 150 psi working pressure. Materials of construction and body style must be suitable for the valve service. B. Gate valves shall be resilient seated, rising stem (NRS) type, conforming to the latest revision of A WW A Standard C-509. C. Plastic Ball Valves shall be double true UnIon type, CPVC, or PVC (same material as pipe) fitted for intended service. D. Process butterfly valves shall be lug style, 316 stainless steel discs, EPDM seats and gaskets, stainless steel body or epoxy coated ductile bodies. E. Metal Valves for regulating/throttling gases, and shut off cocks for water services shall be 316 stainless steel. F. Check valves for proces~ flows shall be 316 ss, Duo-checks, or equal, and shall have Inconel springs. Other check valves for product water or finished water shall be ductilelcast iron body, EPDM gasket/seat materials, non-slamming type. G. Motorized valve operators are to be manufactured by AUMA. 3 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION A. Piping: 1. Construction of plpmg systems shall comply with FDEP mInImum. requirements for standard waterlsewer separation. 2. Take all precautions necessary to insure that pipe, fittings, and other accessories are not damaged in unloading, handling, and installation. 3. Provide reaction anchors of concrete blocking, metal harness, retainer gland type or restrained joint type at all changes in direction of pressure pipelines. Restraining systems shall be in accordance with ANSI!A WWA standards. 4. Concrete reaction anchors shall bear against undisturbed earth and shall be of the size and shape necessary to resist service conditions of the pipe. 15 108 - 5 Piping and Valves B. Valves: 1. Install valves with operator stems in the vertical plane through the pipe axis and perpendicular to the pipe axis. Thoroughly clean before installation. Check valves for satisfactory operation. 2. Equip all underground valves without gearing or operator switch valve boxes. Set the box cover flush with the finished ground surface or pavement. C. Flushing, testing and Disinfection: 1. All system flushing, testing and disinfection shall be in accordance with any and all current ANSI! A WW A and FDEP regulations. 2. Refer to Section 15952 - Flushing, Testing and Disinfection for additional guidelines. END OF SECTION 15108 - 6 Piping and Valves SECTION 15821 DUCTWORK AND DAMPERS 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED This specification is provided as a supplement to the system descriptions to provide general guidelines for project work. This section includes furnishing and testing off gas ductwork. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM D 17784-S1: Standard Specifications for Rigid Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) compounds and CPVC compounds. B. NBS PS 15-69: Custom-Contact-Molded Reinforced Polyester Chemical Resistant Process Equipment. 2 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 INLET AIR DAMPER (PRIOR TO BLOWER) A. Damper shall be flanged, butterfly type made of PVC material, ASTM D 1784. The damper housing shall be fabricated PVC pipe coupling, with adapter flanges for attachment to FRP flanged ductwork. B. Dampers shall be rated for 1400F max, proper operating pressure, and have less than 5% leakage. C. The damper operator shall be made of stainless steel with indexing capability of acceptable size to provide torque to open and close damper. Internal travel stops with adjustments shall be provided. 2.2 DISCHARGE AIR DAMPER A. Damper shall be flanged, butterfly type made of 316 stainless steel. The shaft shall be 3] 6 stainless steel with ball bearing mounting assembly. B. Dampers shall be rated for 140cF max, proper operating pressure, and have less than 5% leakage. 15821 - I Ductwork and Dampers C. The damper operator shall be made of stainless steel with indexing capability of acceptable size to provide torque to open and close damper. Internal travel stops with adjustments shall be provided. 3 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 DUCTWORK CONSTRUCTION A. All ductwork to be supplied/installed shall be fabricated from fiberglass reinforced thermoset resin material. B. The construction shall be contact molded FRP which shall meet applicable requirements for vacuum service ofNBS_PS15-69 and ASTM 03299-81. C. A final resin gel coat shall be applied to cover all exposed fibers. The fiberglass overlay must contain an ultraviolet degradation. D. All field connections shall be flanged with gaskets and butt jointed to meet specifications NBS PS 15-69. E. Ductwork shall have a 5: 1 safety factor. F. The ductwork shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's technical data and printed instructions. G. The FRP ductwork shall be coated with a polyester gel coat on all exterior surfaces at the factory. 3.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The ductwork quality control shall include a final inspection by the manufacturer and written record of this final inspection. The objective of manufacturer's quality control and inspection procedure shall be to ensure that all vessels are fabrication correctly prior to shipment to minimize the amount of rework by the manufacturer at the site. B. The following parameters, as a mInImUm, shall be included as part. of the Manufacturer's Report: 1. Hardness readings. 2. Thickness measurements. 15821 - 2 Ductwork and Dampers 3. Measurements showing compliance with dimensions and tolerance in diameters, lengths, squareness of ends, angles of fittings and flanges, and flatness of flanges. 4. Laminate quality to include presence of pits, foreign inclusions, dry spots, air bubbles, pinhole pimples, delamination, etc. C. If the factory inspection and tests show that any of the ductwork does not meet the specifications, corrective measures shall be taken or the defective vessel shall be replaced with new ductwork which satisfies project requirements prior to shipment. D. The City reserves the right to reject acceptance of delivery of any or all pieces of ductwork found, upon inspection, to have any or all of the following: blisters, chips, crazing, exposed glass, cracks, burned areas, dry spots, foreign matter, surface porosity, shop discontinuity or entrapped air at the surface of the laminate. E. After field inspection and installation is complete, the ductwork must be vacuum tested and held for a minimum of one hour with no visible signs of excessive wall deflection. No drop in vacuum pressure shall occur over the test period. END OF SECTION 15821-3 Ductwork and Dampers SECTION 15915 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL VALVES 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1.1. WORK INCLUDED This specification is provided to generally describe the type, materials, function, fabrication and testing of process parameter measuring, analyzing display and hydraulic control devices used in the monitoring and control of the water treatment system and subsystems. 1.2. RELA TED SECTIONS A. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures. B. Section 01730 - Operation and Maintenance Manuals. C. Section 16000 - Electrical General Requirements D. Section 15108 - Piping and Valves 2 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MISCELLANEOUS INSTRUMENT A TION REQUIREMENTS A. All electrical enclosures shall be NEMA IV. B. All mounting hardware shall be Type 316 Stainless steel, plastic, or FRP, including Unistrut and clamps. C. As far as possible, all exterior fasteners on transmitters, etc, shall be Type 316 stainless steel, or if not available, cadmium plated carbon steel. Do not use zinc plated fasteners. D. Flexible PVC conduit and conduit fittings shall be used to make all final connections to devices. Conduit shall be neatly arranged, and properly supported. 2.2. MEASURING INSTRUMENTS )\. Pressure 1. Pressure Indicators: Pressure indicators shall be factory liquid-filled Bourdon tube devices. provided with snubbers. and with gauge guards as dictated by the intended service. The Bourdon tube and connector material 15915 - 1 Instrumentation and Control Valves shall be stainless steel, Type 316, without exception. Both line mounted and panel mounted devices shall be 4-112" diameter, with black markings on a white background. The range for each application shall be selected so that the needle is approximately midway between zero and full scale during normal operation. 2. Pressure Switches: Pressure switches shall be diaphragm or Bourdon tube type. The sensing element and connector material shall be stainless steel, Type 316, without exception. Housing shall be NEMA IV. The assembly shall be provided with an indicating scale to show the trip setting of each switch, and trip settings shall be field adjustable. 3. Smart Differential Pressure Transmitters: The transmitter shall provide a true 2-wire 4 to 20-mA d-c current signal proportional to pressure differential applied across the unit's high and low diaphragm sensing elements. Differential transmitters used for flow measurement shall include an integral square root extractor to linearize the d-c current output signal. Provide the differential pressure transmitter with the following features: a. Independent digital zero and span adjustments. b. Indicating display, in measured units. c. Three-valve manifold fabricated of 316 SS. d. 316 stainless-steel mounting adapters. e. Smart electronics capable of digital calibration, configuration, diagnostics, and communication. f. Accuracy of the differential pressure transmitter shall be 0.10% of calibrated span. g. Provide two hand-held smart transmitter interface units for calibration, configuration, diagnostics, and communications, suitable for both dP and P transmitters, from the same manufacturer as the transmitter. h. The units shall be as manufactured by Y okogawa. 4. Smart Pressure Transmitter:The transmitter shall provide a true 2-wire 4 to 20-mA d-c current signal proportional to pressure applied to the unit's diaphragm sensing element. The pressure sensing element shall be silicone oil filled. The calibrated range of the transmitter shall be compatible with 15915 - 2 Instrumentation and Control Valves the operating range of the process conditions. Provide the pressure transmitter with the following features: a. Independent digital zero and span adjustments. b. Indicating display, in measured units. c. 316 stainless-steel mounting adapters. d. Smart electronics capable of digital calibration, configuration, diagnostics, and communication. e. Accuracy of the pressure transmitter shall be 0.10% of calibrated span. f. The units shall be as manufactured by Yokogawa. B. Flow Water Flow Measurement: Water flow shall be measured using a differential pressure producing insert orifice plate fitting between two flanges. The orifice plate shall be fabricated of 316 stainless steel. The flow tube shall located and installed so that no air is trapped above the three-way manifold on the transmitter, and that the industry minimum requirement for upstream and downstream straight piping is satisfied. C. Level 1. Bulk Tank Day Tank and Clearwell Level: The level measuring and transmitting devices for the chemical tanks, and the product clearwell shall be use temperature compensated non-contact ultrasonic technology. The sensing devices shall be flange-mounted. 2. Chemical Tank Level Indicators. The chemical tank level indicators shall be a pressure gage as described in this section. The gage is to be mounted on the tank effluent pipe. Dial face increments are to be feet of water and the glass front is to be permanently marked at 1/4, 1/2, % and full for the storage tank size as well as stored fluid. D. Analyzers 1. pH Analyzers: pH analyzers shall consist of a pH sensor and a separate analyzer-transmitter, with indicating display. The sensor shall be insertion type. The measuring electrode shall use the three-element technology, incorporating temperature compensation. The sensor must be removable without twisting Its connecting cord by use of an electrical plug or a pipe 15915 - 3 Instrumentation and Control Valves coupling to attach the sensor into the sidestream piping. The sensor must be in the flow of the stream being measured, not in a dead flow area. The analyzer-transmitter shall be a four-wire device, with the ability to display pH, temperature and mA output. The units shall be as manufactured by Y okogawa. 2. Conductivity Analyzers: The conductivity analyzers shall consist of a four-electrode conductivity sensor with thermal compensation. The sensor shall include circuitry to detect the buildup of deposits, scale, and corrosion products. The sensor shall automatically compensate for the effects of the buildup. The sensor must be removable without twisting its connecting cord by use of an electrical plug or a pipe coupling to attach the sensor into the sidestream piping. The sensor must be in the flow of the stream being measured, not in a dead flow area. The units shall be as manufactured by Y okogawa. 3. Turbidity Analyzers: Provide a low-range turbidity monitoring system consisting of a flow-through sensor and an indicating transmitter for the continuous measurement and indication of process turbidity. The sensor shall be of the light-scattering type utilizing single or dual light sources to detect 90-degree scattered light. The sensor shall be housed in a turbidimeter body with a built-in bubble trap to purge the sample of entrapped air. The turbidimeter body shall be constructed from corrosion- resistant structural plastic. Provide a local continuous direct reading of turbidity in Nephelometric Turbidity Unit (NTU). Range selection shall be from 0-0.1 to 0-100 NTU. The indicating transmitter shall output a 4 to 20 mA signal to the control system. Turbidity calibration shall be based on formazin. A formazin calibration kit shall be provided for turbidimeter calibration. 4. Chlorine Analyzer: The chlorine analyzerltransmitter shall operate with a continuous sample flow through the analyzer. The analyzer shall have a detection range from 0-5 mg/l of either free or total residual chlorine with an accuracy of ::t5% and have a sample period of 2.5 minutes. The analyzer shall have a six-character, 3-1/2" digit LCD readout. The sample temperature range shall be 410 to 1040 F. The enclosure shall be IP-62 rated with a 1atchable gasketed door The '-' . analyzer shall be powered by 120 V AC, 60 Hz with a 2.5 amp fuse. The analyzer shall have an output signal and two SPDT relays rated at 5A resistive load at 240 V AC. J )91 5 - 4 Instrumentation and Control Valves The chlorine analyzer shall be furnished with two bottles of each free chlorine reagent as spares. The analyzer shall be manufactured by the HACH Company, CL-17 model. E. Temperature The temperature measuring device shall be a bimetallic thermocouple inserted into a pipe mounted thermowell, and a transmitting device. The thermocouple shall be a spring-loaded device mounted in a 316 stainless-steel thermowell. The thermoweIl process insertion length shall be suitable for the specified line size. The temperature transmitter shall provide a linear 4- to 20-mA d-c output signal over the specified calibrated range to the Master PLC. The unit shall incorporate solid-state electronics, and be encapsulated in an FRP case. The temperature indicator shall be a digital loop-powered indicator, panel mounted. F. Process Analog Indicator The process analog indicator shall be a solid-state electronic four-digit panel meter utilizing a LED display, with a range of 0 to 9,999 in engineering units. Standard input signal range shall be 4- to 20-mA d-c. The indicator shall be capable of being configured and scaled in the field. The units shall be as manufactured by Y okogawa. 2.3. CONTROL VALVES A. Provide data on control valve performance (CV curves), sizes, complete material breakdown of components, type and noise levels at various flows for all valves, and complete electrical schematics which depict specific field wiring requirements. B. All control valves are to be selected to operate at the design fluid flow and to minimize noise as well as cavitation. C. Feed Water Control Valve 1. The membrane feedwater control valves shall be lug or flange style ball valves designed to fit between 300 PSI ANSI rated flanges. The valves will be operated by an electric actuator, and the valve shall be constructed of 316 stainless steel. 15915 - 5 Instrumentation and Control Valves 2. Actuators shall contain motor, gearing, manual over-ride, limit switches, torque switches, drive coupling, integral motor controls, mechanical dial position indicator, and position feedback to the control system. Motor enclosure will be totally enclosed, non- ventilated. 3. All gearing shall be grease lubricated and designed to withstand the full stall torque of the motor. 4. Manual over-ride shall be by handwheel. Manual operation will be via power gearing to minimize required rimpull and facilitate easy change-over from motor to manual operation when actuator is under load. Return from manual to electric mode of operation will be automatic upon motor operation. A seized or inoperable motor shall not prevent manual operation. Valve operators to be manufactured by AUMA. D. Permeate Throttling 1. The permeate throttling control valve shall be a flanged ball valve rated at 150 psi that will mate with ANSI Class 150 flanges. The valves will be operated by an electric actuator and constructed of 316 stainless steel. 2. The actuator shall be as described for feedwater valves. E. Concentrate Control Valve 1. The concentrate control valve shall be a flanged ball valve constructed of 316 stainless steel. 2. Valve actuators shall be as described for feedwater valves. F. Permeate Pressure Relief Valve The pressure relief valve shall be a 4", single seat globe-style valve, with cage guiding, and push-down-to-open plug action. The valve shall be designed as a pressure relief valve. The valve body and spring chamber shall be constructed of cast iron with 150 lb. rated ANSI flanges. The pressure relief spring shall be adjustable from 100 psi to 300 psi and be constructed of stainless steel. G. Raw Water Blend and Bypass Valves 1. The raw water blend and bypass control valves shall be lug or flange style ball valve designed to fit between 150 PSI ANSI rated 15915 - 6 Instrumentation and Control Valves flanges. The valves shall be operated by an electric actuator and the valve constructed of 316 stainless steel. 2. The valve shall mount between ANSI Class 150 flanges. The valve sha1l be as manufactured by Keystone, Model K-Lock, Flow Seal or equal. Valve shall be bubble tight, rated for 150 psi on both sides of valve. 3. Valve actuators shall be as described for feedwater valves. END OF SECTION 15915 - 7 Instrumentation and Control Valves SECTION 15951 SYSTEM TESTING AND TRAINING 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. The D/B Team shan field test and calibrate an equipment to insure the system operates in accordance with design intent, these documents, and the satisfaction of the City. The D/B Team shall make adjustments required to place the system in proper operating condition. B. . The D/B Team shall instruct the City's designated personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products, equipment, and systems, and provide the services of factory-trained operating specialists as required for the instruction of the City's operating personnel. 1.2 RELA TED SECTIONS A. Section 01730 - Operation and Maintenance Manuals B. Section 15952 - Flushing, Testing and Disinfection 1.3 SYSTEM TESTING A. The DIB Team shall prepare a description of testing procedures for each test to be performed which must be approved by the City and which shall demonstrate conformance of the system to the Contract requirements. The testing shall be performed by the D/B Team and witnessed by the City. As a minimum, the Design Professional and MSS must be present during testing. B. The D/B Team shall notify the City's representative and City in writing at least 7 days prior to the proposed date for commencing any tests. C. After system installation and checkout of all individual devices by the D/B Team, the system performance test shall be performed. D. A system performance test must be conducted on all separable portions of the facilities constructed under this Project: for example, individual trains, degasifiers. chemical systems. Each separable portion shall be operated for a minimum of eight (8) hours under actual operating conditions to demonstrate the system operation is in accordance with the Contract Requirements. Failure of the separable portion to operate continuously and properly for eight (8) hours may be calise to repeat the test. The City will be solely responsible for the decision to repeat the test. 15951 - 1 System Testing and Training E. Once all separable portions of the project have successfully completed the systems performance test, a software/hardware test is to be conducted. This test must demonstrate all analog and discrete inputs and outputs from all portions of the project. Each alarm condition must be simulated/encountered by sensors and the control system's proper reaction/action demonstrated. F. The Acceptance test shall consist of a continuous two day operation of the new trains and related facilities during which the system shaH run continuously without loss of basic functions. Failure of a component and use of its redundant equipment shall not be considered as downtime provided automatic failure occurs as specified herein and, in the opinion of the City, the failure was not caused by deficiency in design or installation. Repeated failure of any component shall cause the Acceptance Test to be terminated and re-started. A similar test must be conducted on the modified trains individually when modifications to each train are completed. G. During the Acceptance Test water quality data shaH be collected to demonstrate performance of all systems. There follows data required for each system. Additional data may be required for each system to satisfy PBCHD/FDEP Permit Conditions. 1. Membrane Trains: Raw and permeate specifies ions listed in Table 2-4 for each train. 2. Degassifier: Inlet and outlet pH, H2S, CO2, and free chlorine. 3. Scrubber - Inlet and outlet air, H2S, and CO2. H. During the Acceptance Test operating data shaH be recorded to demonstrate proper operation of the membrane trains and serve as baseline data for future normalization of operating data. This data shall include all pressures, flows and conductivities associated with each train. I. Data identifying the location, by serial number, of each membrane. 1.4 TRAINING A. The D/B Team shall conduct training courses at two levels for personnel selected by the City. Training shall be provided at maintenance as well as operator levels and shall be conducted by personnel employed by the DIB Team familiar with the system supplied that have experience and training in development and implementing instructional courses. In addition, manufacturer's training pcrsonnel shall be utilized. 1. Maintenance Training - Training shall be provided for the Owner's personnel at the Owner's facility on routine, preventive and emergency maintenance of all 15951-2 System Testing and Training system components. The training program shall cover at least the following topics. a. Preventive, scheduled maintenance for all equipment. b. Diagnosis of hardware failures. c. Removal and replacement of all spare parts. d. Emergency maintenance and restoration procedures. 2. Operator Training - Training shall be provided for City's personnel at the water plant on the operation of system hardware and software. The training program shall cover at least the following topics. a. Power-up, bootstrapping and shutdown of all hardware devices. b. Interpretation of all standard displays. c. Appropriate actions for software and hardware error occurrences. d. Use of operator interface displays. e. Manual data entries. f. Enabling and disabling individual inputs and outputs. 3. Operating training program shall be conducted using equipment and software furnished by this Project. B. Coordinate training for PLC with training for computer system. C. The D/B Team shall provide a minimum 40 hours of maintenance training and 40 hours of operator training. A minimum of 10 hours of classroom training shall be provided for each group, whereas the remaining time may be used in the field and treatment process areas. D. Use operation and maintenance manuals as basis for instruction. Review contents of manual with personnel in detail to explain all aspects of operation and maintenance. E. Prepare and insert additional data in Operation and Maintenance Manual when need for such data becomes apparent during instruction. END OF SECTION 15951 - 3 System Testing and Trainmg SECTION 15952 FLUSHING, TESTING AND DISINFECTION 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED This specification is provided as a supplement to the system descriptions to provide general guidelines for project work. This section addresses flushing, testing, and disinfection of all treatment plant components, tanks, and piping including, but not limited to, raw water, permeate, concentrate, transferlsupply, process, drains, cleaning, sample and appurtenances. 1.2 RELA TED SECTIONS A. Section 1510S - Piping and Valves B. Section 11250 - Pumps - General C. Section 06705 - Process Tanks 1.3 REFERENCES A. A WW A C651 - Standards for Disinfecting Water Mains. B. A WW A C652 - Standards for Disinfection of Water Storage Facilities. C. A WW A C653 - Standards for Disinfection of Water Treatment Plants. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform all work in accordance with above referenced ANSI!A WW A standards. B. The DIB Team is responsible for preparation of itemized plans for all testing procedures which must be reviewed by the City prior to starting the testing. 1.5 REGULA TORY REQUIREMENTS Final approval of the bacterial samples shall be received from the Florida Department of EnVIronmental Protection (FDEP) prior to the time that the system is allowed to produce. or contribute to production, of drinking water. Sampling procedures shall be done in accordance with FDEP requirements. 15952-1 Flushin2:. Testin2: and Disinfection ~ ~ 2 PART 2 PRODUCTS Not used. 3 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 DISINFECTION A. . The disinfecting agent shall be sodium hypochlorite solution ANSI!A WW A B303, liquid chlorine ANSI! A WW A B30 1 or dry hypochlorite, similar to "HTH". Bleach or Clorox is not acceptable. B. Furnish and install suitable temporary connections to the piping, all necessary pressure pumps, hose, pipe connections, meters, gauges and other similar equipment, and all labor required, for the disinfection of all required piping systems. C. Maintain disinfectant concentration and contact time in accordance with A WW A standards. D. After completion of disinfection contact periods, all systems shall be thoroughly flushed with water until the residual chlorine tests are less than 2 PPM in each instance. 3.2 FLUSHING AND PRESSURE TESTING A. The DIB Team shall furnish and install suitable temporary testing plugs or caps for system piping, all necessary pressure pumps, hose, pipe connections, meters, gauges and other similar equipment for conducting pressure and leakage tests, and flushing of all project systems. B. After all piping has been installed and before pressure testing and final connections to equipment, piping shall be thoroughly flushed or pigged so as to remove all debris and foreign matter from the piping and equipment. Clean and flush all piping using potable water, or media suitable for flushing. The DIB Team is responsible to provide means of discharging water to areas authorized by the City. C. The test pressure for all piping systems shall be as called for in the Basis of Design Report and this pressure shall be maintained for a period of not less than two hours. Allowable leakage shall be computed on the basis of all applicable A WW A standards. D. All leaks evident at the surface shall be uncovered and repaired regardless of the total leakage as indicated by the test. and all pipes, valves and fittings and other materials found defective under the test shall be removed and replaced at the DIB Team's 15952 ~ 2 Flushing. Testing and Disinfection expense. Tests shall be repeated until leakage has been reduced below the allowable amount. 3.3 BACTERIOLOGICAL SAMPLING A. It shall be the responsibility of the D/B Team to perform the bacteriological testing required by the FDEP and local regulatory agencies to obtain clearance of all piping. The D/B Team shall be responsible to disinfect and repeat testing as needed until clearance is obtained for all required systems. B. The D/B Team is responsible for all costs needed to provide all bacteriological clearance testing. 3.4 QUALITY CONTROL The laboratory and personnel collecting bacteriological samples shall be Florida State certified. END OF SECTION 15952 - 3 Flushing. Testing and DIsinfection SECTION 16000 ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1 PART I-GENERAL 1.1 RELA TED DOCUMENTS The general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions, apply to all the work specified in the Electrical 16000 Sections. 1.2 LA WS, PERMITS, FEES AND NOTICES Secure and pay all permits, fees and licenses necessary for the proper execution of the work. Submit all notices and comply with all laws, ordinances, rules and regulations of any public agency bearing on the work. DIB Team shall include licensed Electrical Contractor in the county of construction. 1.3 DEPARTURES If any departures from the Contract Drawings or Technical Requirements are deemed necessary, details of such departures and the reasons therefor shall be submitted to the Engineer for advance written approval, prior to departure. 1.4 GUARANTEES A. Furnish written guarantee covering all materials, workmanship, labor and equipment for a period of one (1) year from the date of acceptance as described in the Contract General Conditions. B. The City reserves the ri,ght to operate and use all materials and equipment failing to meet the requirements of the Contract Documents until such unacceptable materials and equipment are replaced or repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 1.5 AS-BUILT INFORMATION A set of "red-lined" electrical drawings shall be carefully maintained ill the job site. Actual conditions are to be put on the drawings in red on a daily basis so the drawings will continuously show locations and routes of cable trays, conduits, pull-boxes, circuit numbers. and other information required by the Engineer. 16000-1 Electrical General Req ui rements 1.6 JOB SITE VISIT Visit the project site before submitting a bid. Verify all dimensions shown and determine the characteristics of existing facilities which will affect performance of the work, but which may not be shown on drawings or described within these Technical Requirements. 1.7 CLEANUP Maintain a continuous cleanup during the progress of the work and use appointed storage areas for supplies. The premises shall be kept free from accumulations of waste materials and rubbish. 1.8 CUTTING AND PATCHING Cut and prepare all openings, chases and trenches required for the installation of equipment and materials. Repair, remodel and finish in strict conformance with the quality of workmanship and materials in the surroundings. Obtain written permission from the Engineer for any alterations to structural members before proceeding. 1.9 MAINTENANCE Render all necessary measures to ensure complete protection and maintenance of all systems, materials and equipment prior to final acceptance. Any materials or equipment not properly maintained or protected to assure a factory new condition at the time of final acceptance shall be replaced immediately at no additional cost to the City. 1.10 WATERPROOFING Whenever any work penetrates any waterproofing, seal and render the work waterproof. All work shall be accomplished so as not to void or diminish any waterproofing bond or guarantee. 1.11 TESTS Conduct an operating test of equipment prior to the Engineer's approval. The equipment shall be demonstrated to operate in accordance with the requirements of these Technical Requirements. The tests shall be performed in the presence of the Engineer or an authorized representative. The D/B Team shall furnish all instruments, electricity and personnel required for the tests. 1.12 SUMMARY OF ELECTRICAL WORK A. Provide all labor, materials, tools, supplies, equipment and temporary utilities to complete the work shown on the drawings and specified herein. All systems are to be completely installed and fully operational. Specifically the work includes, but is not necessarily limited to: 16000- 2 Electrical General Requirements 1. Power and control raceways and wire. 2. Power distribution including panel, transformers, grounding and surge protecti on. 3. Provide short circuit and coordination study for all the existing and new systems. 4. Power Distribution Equipment, raceways and wire. 5. Testing and maintenance of 15kV circuit breakers. 6. New variable frequency drives 7. Modify switch gears; M; HSP 1; HSP 2; MPl and provide new MP2. 8. Extend existing MCC-MPl and provide new MCC-MP2. 9. Temporary power and telephone service as required. 10. Grounding 11. Lightning Protection 12. Standby generation system and paralleling switchgear 13. Lighting 14. Security System 15. Start-up testing and documentation 16. Sequence of work shall be performed such that existing facilities remain operational and water production is maintained. 17. Site visit before bid is required to verify existing conditions. 1.13 CODES AND STANDARDS A. General Applicable provisions of the following codes and standards and other codes and standards required by the State of Florida and local jurisdictions are hereby imposed on a general basis for electrical work (in addition to specific 16000- 3 Electrical General Requirements applications specified by individual work sections of these Technical Requirements ): 1. D.L.: Electrical materials shall be approved by Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. This applies to materials which are covered by U.L. standards. Factory applied labels are required. 2. National Electrical Code. 3. OSHA: Standards of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration are to be complied with. 4. NEMA: National Electrical Manufacturers Association Standards are to be met wherever standards have been established by that agency and proof is specifically required with material submittals for switchboards, motor control centers, panelboards, cable trays, motors, switches, circuit breakers and fuses. 5. ANSI: America National Standards Institute 6. NESC: National Electrical Safety Code 1.14 ELECTRICAL TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. The DIB Team shall include in his bid the cost of furnishing, installing, maintaining and removing all materials and equipment required to provide temporary light and power to perform his work during construction and until work is completed. B. Safety 1. All reasonable safety requirements shall be observed to protect workers and the public from shock and fire hazards. Ground fault interrupters shall be employed in accordance with codes. 2. Ground wires are required in all circuits. Ground poles are required on all outlets. All metallic cases shall be grounded. 3. Raintight cabinets shall be used for all equipment employed in wet areas. 1.15 EXCA V A TING FOR ELECTRICAL WORK A. General 1. Excavation or drilling, backfill and repair of paving and grassing is to be in the bid of the DIB Team. The actual \vorl\. need not be performed by 16000-4 Electrical General Requirements electrical trades. However, the D/B Team is responsible for all excavation, drilling, dewatering, backfilling, tamping and repair of pavements and grassing required in support of electrical work. All areas disturbed by electrical work shall be repaired to their original condition, or as indicated on the drawings. B. Coordination 1. The D/B Team must check for existing utilities before commencing any excavation or drilling. 2. Contract drawings and other trades are to be consulted to avoid interferences with other utilities on this project. 3. In the event of damage to existing utilities, the Engineer shall be immediately notified, and damage shall be immediately repaired. 4. The City is to be consulted to ascertain locations of existing interferences by referring to "As Built" drawings and City's experience. The excavations are to be scheduled at the City's convenience. C. Precautions 1. The D/B Team must take every reasonable precaution to avoid interferences. In the vicinity of a suspected interference, excavations shall be dug by hand. 1.16 ELECTRICAL SUBMITTALS A. Submittals for Approval 1. Refer to General Conditions of the Contract for additional instructions on the General Conditions and this Section, the more stringent requirements shall apply. 2. Shop Drawings and manufacturer's data sheets are required for all electrical materials. 3. Submittals will not be accepted for partial systems. Submit all materials for each specification section at one time. Submittals must be arranged, correlated, indexed and bound in orderly sets for ease of review. 4. Samples are to be supplied for any substitute as requested by the Engineer. 16000- :) Electncal General Requirements 5. The following numbers of copies are required: Shop drawings Samples Manufacturer's data Certifications Test reports Warranties/Guarantees 6 sets 1 each 6 sets 6 sets 6 sets 6 sets 6. Submit shop drawings, manufacturer's data and certifications on all items of electrical work prior to the time such equipment and materials are to be ordered. Order no equipment or materials without approval from the Engineer. Submittals will not be accepted for partial system submittals; submit all data at one time. Submittals will be promptly returned, approved, approved as noted, or not approved. Items "approved as noted" must be changed to comply with the Engineer's comments and need not be resubmitted for "approved" status. Items "not approved" are not suitable, requiring complete new submittals. 7. Time delays caused by rejection of submittals are not cause for extra charges to City or time extensions. D/B Team shall be responsible for investigating existing systems or shop drawings in order to fully integrate the new equipment into the system. Adequate shop drawings mayor may not exist for all existing systems. B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals 1. Submit to the Engineer five (5) copies of all manufacturer's service installation and operation manuals, instructions and bulletins. These manuals shall be subject to review of the Engineer. If acceptable they shall be forwarded to the City. If not acceptable they shall be returned to the D/B Team for revision and resubmittal. Manuals shall contain, but not be limited to, the following: a. Brief description of system and basic features. b. Manufacturer's name and model number for all components in the system. c. List of local factory authorized service companies. d. Operating instructions. e. Maintenance instructions f Trouble shooting instructions 16000-6 Electrical General Requirements g. Manufacturer's literature describing each piece of equipment. h. Power and control wiring diagrams I. Parts lists 1.17 ELECTRICAL PRODUCTS A. Standards Products 1. Unless otherwise indicated in writing by the Engineer, the products to be furnished under this Section shall be the manufacturer's latest design. Units of equipment and components of the same purpose and rating shall be interchangeable throughout the project. All products shall be newly manufactured. Defective equipment or equipment damaged in the course of installation or test, shall be replaced or repaired in a manner meeting with the approval of the Engineer at no additional expense to the City. B. Delivery, Storage and Handling 1. Deliver products to project properly identified with names, model numbers, types, grades, compliance labels and similar information needed for distinct identification: adequately packaged or protected to prevent deterioration during shipment, storage and handling. Store in a dry, well ventilated, indoor space, except where prepared and protected by the manufacturer specifically for exterior instructions for storage locations. C. Substitutions 1. Comply with instructions in the Contract Requirements and Supplemental Conditions and obtain pre-approval of the Engineer regarding substitutions. 1.18 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION A. Color Coding Conductor colors shall be in accordance with the N.E.C. and NFPA requirements. Refer also to applicable sections of these Technical Requirements. Three phase feeder and branch circuits shall be identified as follows: B. 120/240 A - Black B - Red N - White G - Green 480-3P A - Black B - Red C - Blue G - Green 120/208-3P A - Black B - Red C - Blue N - White G - Grcen 120/240- 3 P A - Bwwn B - Orange C - Yellow N - White G - Green 16000- 7 Electrical General Req ui rcments C. Nameplates 1. The following items shall be equipped with nameplates: . All motors, motor starters, motor control centers, pushbutton stations, control panels, time switches, disconnect or relays in separate enclosures, receptacles, wall switches, high voltage boxes and cabinets. All light switches and outlets shall carry a phenolic plate with the supply identified. Special Electrical systems shall be identified at junction and pull boxes, terminal cabinets and equipment racks. 2. Nameplates shall adequately describe the function of the particular equipment involved. Nameplates for panel boards and switchboards shall include the panel designation, voltage and phase of the supply. For example, "Panel A, 277/480V, 3-phawe, 4-wire". The name of the machine on the motor nameplates for a particular machine shall be the same as the one used on all motor starters, disconnect and P.B. station nameplates for that machine. Normal power nameplates shall be laminated phenolic plastic, white front and back with black core, with lettering etched through the outer covering; black engraved letters on white background. Lettering shall be 3/16 inch high at pushbutton stations, thermal overload switches, receptacles, wall switches and similar devices, where the nameplate is attached to the device plate. At all other locations, lettering shall be 1.4 inch high, unless otherwise detailed on the Drawings. Nameplates shall be securely fastened to the equipment with No. 4 Phillips, round-head, cadmium plated, steel self-tapping screws or nickel- plated brass bolts. Motor nameplates may be non-ferrous metal not less than 0.003 inch thick, die stamped. In lieu of separate plastic nameplates, engraving directly on device plates is acceptable. Engraved lettering shall be filled with contrasting enamel. Equipment nameplate schedule for all equipment shall be submitted with shop drawing submittal for Engineer's approval. 1.19 SKILLED ELECTRICAL CRAFTSMEN A. DIB Team shall employ and staff the project with skilled Craftsmen experienced in the project requirements. B. As a minimum, a Licensed Journeyman Electrician shall be present on the project at all times. C. Other skilled persons shall be present as the project requirements dictate including manufacturers representatives, start-up technicians, Engineers, etc. END OF SECTION 16000-8 Electrical General Requirements SECTION 16001 ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION 1 PART I-GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. D/B Team shall take precautionary and safety measures to assure the safety of his personnel. All wires shall be identified and disconnected from power sources before removal. B. D/B Team shall coordinate with the City and Engineer. C. The general demolition scope shall also include the following minimum requirements whether indicated on plans or not. 1. Before demolition, DIB Team shall verify that the equipment is no longer needed or that the demolition will not adversely effect plant operation. 2. Removal of all exposed unused conduit. Removal of all abandoned wire within raceways, cabinets, outlet boxes, trenches and the like associated with equipment. 3. Removal of all hangers and support systems which are not needed as a result of the demolition. 4. DIB Team shall cover all openings as a result of demolition and removals including but not limited to the following: a. Cabinets and enclosures b. Wall and masonry openings. c. Cut conduit, instrumentation line, etc. flush with slab, fill with concrete. D. Operational Systems 1. To the fullest extent possible, all required systems shall remain operational. DIB Team shall replace and/or repair existing facilities which may be damaged due to equipment removals. 16001-1 Electrical Demolition 2. Where required wmng passes through or uses enclosures or raceways shown for demolition. D/B Team shall provide raceways and wire as required to keep those systems operational. 3. D/B Team shall remove existing equipment in an orderly, planned and coordinated fashion. All replacement equipment shall be on site and ready to install immediately after the removal of existing equipment. 4. Where demolition interrupts the normal automatic control of the station, D/B Team shall provide full time manual control until automatic control is restored. D/B Team shall obtain permission of the City before removing automatic control. 1.2 SPECIFIC EQUIPMENT REMOVALS A. The following include but do not limit the specific pieces of equipment for the removal and disposition. 1. Swing type synchronizing panel 2. Variable frequency drives for existing high service pumps 3. Chlorine scrubber motors 4. Membrane feed pumps and motors 5. Review other plans especially civil and mechanical and provide demolition as may be required in support of those efforts. 1.3 DISPOSITION OF EQUIPMENT A. Except as otherwise indicated, all removed or demolished electrical equipment shall become the property of the D/B Team. All rubble shall be disposed of by the D/B Team. B. DIB Team shall load, transport, and dispose of all or demolished equipment including all enclosed gear, cabinets, raceways, wire and cable, supports, MCC sections, starters, circuit breakers, buckets, panel covers, light fixtures, rigid galvanized steel conduit and the like. END OF SECTIO~ 16001-2 Electrical Demolition SECTION 16050 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUBMITTALS Submit data sheets on all items per Section 16000. 1.2 CODES AND STANDARDS General applicable provisions of the following codes and standards and other codes and standards required by the State of Florida and local jurisdictions are hereby imposed on a general basis for electrical work (in addition to specific applications specified by individual work sections of these Technical Requirements): A. U.L.: Electrical materials shall be approved by the Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. This applies to materials which are covered by U.L. standards. Factory applied labels are required. B. National Electrical Code C. OSHA: Standard of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration are to be complied with. D. NEMA: National Electrical Manufacturers Association Standards are to be met wherever standards have been established by that agency, and proof is specifically required with material submittals for switchboards, motor control centers, panelboards, cable trays, motors, switches, circuit breakers, and fuses. E. ANSI: American National Standards Institute F. NESC: National Electrical Safety Code 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GROUNDING MATERIALS A. All ground rods shall be 20 foot 5/8" coppercJad, unless otherwise indicated. B. Around wires shall be soft drawn copper sized per National Electrical Code, unless otherwise indicated. 16050-1 Basic Materials and Methods 2.2 CONDUIT A. Galvanized Rigid Conduit (ANSI C80.1) Rigid galvanized steel conduit "RGS" shall be u.L. approved, Schedule 40, mild steel pipe, zinc-coated on the inside and outside. Fittings shall be zinc-coated, U.L. approved. Comply with ANSI Spec CSO.l and Federal Spec WW-C-581. B. PVC Coated Rigid Steel Conduit PVC coated Rigid steel conduit shall be coated inside and outside, provided by Permacoat, Robroy or equal. C. Electrical Metal Tubing (ANSI CSO.3) Tubing "EMT" shall only be used within finished walls or in ceiling for lighting and receptacle circuits only. D. PVC Conduit PVC conduit shall be Schedule 80 unless otherwise noted and shall be u.L. approved. Comply with Federal Spec WC-19\094 and NEMA TC-1. E. Flexible Conduit All flexible conduits shall be liquidtight, made of corrosion resistant plated steel with extruded polyvinyl covering and watertight connectors. F. Aluminum Conduit Aluminum conduits shall be Rigid and shall be manufactured in conformance to standards established by ANSI and U.L. 6A. 2.3 CABLE, WIRE AND. CONNECTORS A. 600 Volt Power Wiring 1. Individual conductors shall be rated for 600 volts and shall meet the requirements below: a. Conductors shall be stranded. b. All wire shall be brought to the job in unbroken packages and shall bear the date of manufacturing; not older than 12 months. c. Type of wire shall be THWN except where required otherwise by the contract draWIngs. 16050-2 Basic Materials and Methods d. No wire smaller than No. 12 gauge shall be used unless specifically indicated. e. Conductor metal shall be copper. f. All conductors shall be meggered after installation. Megger testing shall exceed 50 mega ohms. 2. Multi-conductor cables shall be type TC UL 1277 THWN, PVC jacketed 600V with conductor and quantities as indicated. B. Instrumentation and Control Cable 1. Process instrumentation wire shall be 16 gauge twisted pair, 600 V., aluminum tape shielded, polyvinyl chloride jacketed, as manufactured by the American Insulated Wire Co., Eaton Corp., or equal. Multiconductor cables with individually shielded twisted pairs shall be installed where indicated. 2. Multiconductor control cable shall be stranded 14 gauge, 600 V. THWN insulated overall shielded with PVC jacket, as manufactured by the American Insulatej Wire Co., Eaton Corp., or equal. C. 15kV Power Cable Cable shall be single conductor, shielded, 133% insulation level, EPR-MV90, sunlight resistant. 2.4 TERMINATIONS AND SPLICES (600 VOLTS AND LESS) A. Terminations of power cable shall be by means of u.L. approved connectors. All connectors shall meet U.L. 486B and shall be compatible with the conductor material. B. Terminate all control and instrumentation cable with fork type compression lugs. C. Splicing of power, control, or instrumentation wiring will not be allowed except by written approval of the Engineer. Where splicing is allowed, splices shall be made with approved compression connectors, and splices shall be made waterproof regardless of location. 2.5 TER:\n~A TIO~ FOR ~lEDIVM VOLTAGE CABLES Shall be stress cone type. 16050-3 Basic Materials and Methods 2.6 BOXES Boxes for WInng devices, switches and receptacles installed outdoors shall be weatherproof fiberglass with polycarbonate cover plates. 2.7 PULL BOXES AND SPLICE BOXES A. Location 1. Units used outdoor or in a damp or corrosive environment shall be 316 ss. 2. Units used indoors in dry and clean environments shall be NEMA 1. B. Size Units shall be sized per NEC as minimum. 2.8 MOUNTING AND SUPPORTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT A. Furnish and install all supports, hangers, and inserts required to mount fixtures, conduits, cables, pull boxes, and other equipment. B. Support system used indoors in clean, dry and air conditioned areas shall be galvanized steel. C. Perforated straps and wires are not permitted for supporting electrical devices. Anchors shall be of approved types. D. All supports, hangers, hardware, etc. used outdoors or in in non-air conditioned indoor areas or in hazardous areas shall be non-ferrous, corrosion resistant or 316 stainless steel. Supports shall be selected to avoid galvanic reactions. Support devices shall be submitted for approval. E. Provide trapeze, bridge systems or wall bracketed cantilevered system to support the raceway system. F. Spacing of support systems shall be per NEC. Provide spacing of conduits according to the NEC and the materials used. For PVC conduit, refer to NEC table 347-8. G. Plans depict mInImum requirements. Provide additional units as required to complete raceway system. H. Refer to material schedule on plans. These specified requirements shall apply to all requirements not included in the material schedule. 16050-4 Basic Materials and Methods 2.9 SAFETY DISCONNECT SWITCH A. Fusible and non-fusible disconnect switches shall be heavy-duty, NEMA type H, quick-make, quick-break, visible blades, 600 volt, 3 pole with full cover interlock. Switches shall have copper lugs. B. Unless otherwise indicated, disconnects shall be 3-pole, nonfusible switch in a NEMA 4x, stainless steel enclosure. C. Switches shall be horsepower rated, heavy duty as manufactured by the Square D Co., or equal. D. Units provided as main service disconnects, shall be fused and labeled for service equipment. E. Provide auxiliary contracts as may be required by plans. F. Units shall be padlockable. G. For small motor loads less than 2HP, such as motor operated valves and the like. U.L. listed motor rated manual switches shall be used; unless otherwise indicated, provide NEMA 4 enclosures, padlockable. 2.10 CONTROL STATIONS A. Units installed indoors in clean dry rooms shall be NEMA 1; all others shall be NEMA 4X. B. 30mm switches and pilot devices shall be provided as required. C. Selectors shall have operators and contact blocks as may be required. 2.11 LIGHTING CONT ACTORS A. Units installed indoors in clean dry rooms shall be NEMA 1; all others shall be NEMA 4X. B. Square D, Type L, Class 8903 or equal elect held, with hand-off-auto selector, 30mm. 16050-5 Basic Materials and Methods 3 PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 GROUNDING A. Provide ground system as indicated on the drawings and as required by the National Electrical Code. B. All raceways require grounding conductors. Metallic raceways are not adequate grounding paths. Bonding conductors through the raceway systems shall be continuous from main switch ground buses to panel ground bars of the panelboards, and from panel grounding bars of panelboards and motor control centers to branch circuit outlets, motors, lights, etc. THESE GROUND CONDUCTORS ARE REQUIRED THROUGHOUT THE PROJECT REGARDLESS OF WHETHER CONDUIT RUNS SHOW GROUND CONDUCTORS ON THE DRAWINGS. C. All connections made below grade shall be of the exothermic type and shall be accessible. D. The grounding system test shall not exceed a 48 hour span dry resistance of 10 ohms. Additional grounding to meet this requirement shall be installed at no extra cost. Grounding and bonding connections shall not be painted. 3.2 CONDUIT A. Locations: Conduits shall be used as follows: Refer to schedule on plans. B. Installation 1. Conduits subjected to rough handling or usage shall be removed from the premIses. 2. Conduits must be kept dry and free of water or debris with approved pipe plugs or caps. Care shall be given that plugs or caps be installed before pouring of concrete. 3. Where conduits pass through exterior concrete walls or fittings below grade, the entrances shall be made watertight. 4. Inftirred ceilings, conduit runs shall be supported from structure, not furring. 16050-6 Basic Materials and Methods 5. Conduits entering panelboards, pull boxes, or outlet boxes shall be secured in place by galvanized locknuts and bushings, one (1) locknut outside and one (1) locknut inside of box with bushing on conduit end. The locknuts shall be tightened against the box without deforming the box. Bushings shall be of the insulating type. 6. Field conduit bends shall be made with standard tools and equipment manufactured especiaIly for conduit bending. 7. Where embedded conduits cross expansion joints, furnish and instaIl offset expansion joints or sliding expansion joints. Sliding expansion joints shall be made with straps and clamps. 8. Exposed runs of conduits shall be installed with runs parallel or perpendicular to waIls, structural members or intersections of vertical planes and ceilings, with right angle turns consisting of symmetrical bends. No attempts are made in plans to show required pull boxes, gutters, etc. necessary for the construction of the raceway system but the D/B Team shall provide these raceways as may be required. 9. Conduits in structural slabs shall be placed between the upper and the lower layers of reinforcing steel, requiring careful bending of conduits. Conduits embedded in concrete slabs shall be spaced not less than eight (8) inches on centers or as widely spaced as possible where they converge at panels or junction boxes. Conduits running parallel to slab supports, such as beams, columns and structural walls shall be installed not less than 12 inches from such supporting elements. To prevent displacement during concrete pour, saddle supports for conduit, outlet boxes, junction boxes, inserts, etc., shall be secured. 10. Conduit runs shall always be concealed except where indicated on plans. 11. Pull lines shall be installed in all empty conduits. All pull wires shall be identified with conduit number at each end. 12. Where conduits are run individually, they shall be supported by approved pipe straps secured by means of toggle bolts or tapcons on hollow masonry; tapcons on concrete or solid masonry; machine screws or bolts on metal surfaces and wood screws on wood construction. The use of perforated straps or wires will not be permitted. 13. Wire shall not be installed until all work of any nature that may cause damage is completed, including pouring of concrete. Mechanical means shall not be used in pulling in wires NO.8 or smaller. 16050- 7 Basic Materials and Methods 14. Underground conduits not under concrete slabs are to be buried at least two (2) feet below finished grade for circuits rated 600 volts or less, except under traffic areas where motor vehicles may cross. Under traffic areas, conduits are to be buried at least three (3) feet below finished grade. 15. All conduits shall be cleaned by pulling a brush swab through before installing cables. 16. All conduits shall be sealed at each end with electrical putty. Special care shall be taken at all equipment where entrance of moisture could be detrimental to equipment. Approved backing gauze is required prior to the installation of conduit putty. 17. At least two (2) feet of flexible conduit shall be used at connections of all motors, transformers, motor operated valve and gates, instruments and other items of equipment where vibration is present. It shall be supported where required with stainless steel bands. 20. PVC conduit shall be supported to walls and slabs using carlon snap strap conduit wall hangers. Two hole PVC conduit clamps shall not be permitted. 3.3 WIRES, CABLES AND CONNECTIONS A. Cables pulled into conduits shall be pulled USIng pulling eyes attached to conductors. B. Shields shall be grounded at only one termination point. 3.4 BOXES A. Installation of boxes shall be in accordance with the National Electrical Code requirements. B. Boxes shall be mounted plumb and level in accessible locations and mounting shall be secure, vibration resistant and galvanically compatible. Hardware shall be used that is specifically intended for the purpose. When mounted in corrosive, damp or wet locations, stainless steel hardware shall be utilized. 3.5 WIRING DEVICES A. Wiring devices shall be installed in device boxes approved for the application. All connections shall be made with screw terminals. Wiring devices shall be Leviton or approved equal. B. Wire devices on UPS systems shall be isolated ground. colored orange. 16050-8 Basic Materials and Methods C. Cover plates sha]] be provided as fo]]ows except as otherwise noted. 1. Interior finished area - brush alum. 2. Wet areas - gasketed plastic with flip cover. D. Receptacles insta]]ed outdoors, below grade, or in areas other than clean and dry environments shall be GFI and weatherproof. Receptacles shall be weatherproof with cords plugged in. 3.6 SUPPORTING DEVICES A. All items shall be supported from the structural portion of the building and studs, except standard ceiling mounted lighting fixtures and sma]] devices may be supported from ceiling system where permitted by the Engineer. However, no sagging of the ceiling will be permitted. Supports and hangers shall be types approved by Underwriters' Laboratories. B. All floor-mounted devices (switchboards, motor control centers, transformers, etc.) shall be securely anchored to the floors. Where recommendations are made by manufacturer, these recommendations shall be followed. 3.7 CLEANING All electrical equipment enclosures shall be thoroughly cleaned before acceptable by the City. As a minimum, Contractor shall remove all debris. END OF SECTION 16050-9 Basic Materials and Methods SECTION 16110 LIGHTNING PROTECTION 1 PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. The DIB team shall design and install a complete Lightning Protection System. Specifically the work includes, but is not necessarily limited to: 1. Ground storage tank 2. Membrane process building addition 3. Generator building addition 4. 3 new aeration towers 5. Acid feed building 6. Bulk storage tanks 7. New lighting poles 8. Any other structure more than 15' above natural grade as required for a complete lightning protection system. The new lightning protection system shall match the existing installation and bonded to the existing system. B. Compliance Requirements 1. System Design: NFPA 780 Standard, latest edition. 2. Component Design: UL 96 Standard 3. Certification: a. UL Master Label b. L.P.I. Certificate 16110-1 Lightning Protection C. Submittals 1. Complete Shop Drawings a. Layout b. Details 2. Catalog Data, with complete description of material components. 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURER A. ERICO, Inc. Maryville, MO; Telephone: SOO-821-5575; Fax: 660-562- 2932; E-mail: erico@erico.com. or equal. B. Materials listed and labeled in accordance with Underwriters' Laboratories requirements. 3 PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 SYSTEM DESIGN A. System to consist of groundings, down conductors, air terminals, interconnecting conductors, and bonding as required, designed to appear as a part of the building. B. Design to be complete per current NFPA 780 requirements 1. Class I materials required for structures 75' and less in height. 2. Class II materials required if structure is over 75' in height. 3. Bare copper materials not to be installed on aluminum surfaces. 4. Grounding shall be suitable for the soil conditions per NFP A 780 Standard, this will include: a. Cable downleads at 100' intervals 16110-2 Lightning Protection b. Ground loop with 5/8" x 10' copperclad steel ground rods (full size cable) 5. Air Terminal a. Minimum 12" projection above the object protected. b. Maximum 20' spacing on roof ridges or edges. c. Maximum 24" from ridge ends or roof edges & outside corners. d. Midroof areas are to be provided with air terminals of sufficient quantity and height, to insure the entire roof area is covered by a "zone of protection" as afforded by a 150 radius "Ball", per NFPA 780 Standard. 6. Bonding is required in strict accordance with NFP A 780 Standard. a. Ground level potential equalization; below the 12' elevation of the structure all grounded media to be interconnected. b. Roof levels over 60' to include interconnection of all grounded media within 12' of the main roof level. c. Intermediate Loop at 200' (vertical height) intervals required, interconnecting all grounded systems. d. The reinforcing and continuous structural steel shall be connected to all down conductors at bottom & top of building and all intermediate loops. C. Lightning Arresters to be provided on electrical and communication servIce entrances and on communication antenna lead-ins. Proper protection may only be provided by communication systems supplier. 3.2 INSTALLATION: A. By an L.P.I. Certified Master Installer or Underwriters' Laboratories listed Installer or under supervision thereof. B. Complete per requirements of Standard NFP A 780. C. Neat and inconspicuous. 16110-3 Lightning Protection D. All mounting & penetration of roof surface shall be coordinated with roofing sub- contractor to assure maximum roofing guarantee. All special items required for various roof manufacturers guarantees are to be provided & installed by the roofing sub-contractor. E. Fasteners: 1. At 3' centers on exposed conductor. 2. As necessary to maintain position and hold permanently in place on concealed runs of conductor. 3.3 FINAL ACCEPTANCE A. Procurement of Underwriters' Laboratories Master Label indicating the following has been completed: 1. Showing the City or its representative the type and manner of placing groundings. 2. Completing application form and submitting to Underwriters' Laboratories for issue of Label. B. Procurement of L.PJ. Certification includes UL requirements above plus the following: 1. Witness of grounding System & Grade bonding (Stage I) 2. Inspection of concealed equipment between roof & grade (Stage II) 3. Final inspection of exposed equipment on roof (Stage ill) C. Installation of Installer's Nameplate near electric service center. 3.4 SPECIAL CONSIDERATION: In the event the construction is physically connected to existing facilities or they are new addition(s) to existing structures, the Lightning Protection System is to conform to the standard stated above. Conditional Certification from UL &Ior L.P.I. is required for the new addition only. END OF SECTION 16110-4 Lightning Protection SECTION 16200 INDOOR GENERA TOR 1 PART I-GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. Work included: 1. The work covered by this portion of the Technical Requirements consists of supplying one diesel electric generator for standby continuous use. All necessary equipment and accessories as specified shall be provided and any additional equipment required for a completely functional system shall be supplied. 2. The generator shall operate in parallel with the eXIstIng Cummins 1500kW, 1875 kVA, 60 Hz, 13.2 kV generator and shall match the paralleling characteristics of the existing engine generator set. Provide all labor and materials for a complete and functional system. 1.2 MANUFACTURER A. The unit shall be completely built, tested and shipped by one manufacturer who has been regularly engaged in the manufacturing of such equipment. The manufacturer and local dealer shall be base bid limited to the following: Cummins ISoutheastern Power Stephen L. Towle 9220 S.W. 14th Street, Apt. #3502 Boca Raton, FL 33428 Phone: (561) 451-8887 Fax: (561) 451-8831 B. Approved alternatives shall be limited to the following: Caterpillar/Pantropic Power Products, Inc. Robert Butt 8205 N.W. 58th Street Miami, FL 33166 FL Watts: 1-800-237-2945 Dade: (305) 592-4944 Fax: (305)477-1943 16200-1 Indoor Generator 1.3 CODES A. All equipment shall be provided per the requirements of the following codes as applicable for the intended use and installation. 1. NFPA 70, latest edition (National Electrical Code). 2. NFPA 110, Emergency and Standby Power Systems, latest edition. 3. UL2200, the complete generator set shall be UL listed. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Provide 6 copies of shop drawings. As a minimum include: 1. Engine manufacturer, model number, power output parameters, plans and elevations of the units, entrance points for power, control and fuel, storage and foundation requirements. 2. Engine Generator/Exciter control cubical. 3. Fuel consumption rate curves at 14, 2/4, %, 4/4 loads. 4. Exhaust mufflers and vibration isolators. 5. Battery charger, batteries and battery racks. 6. Diesel Storage Tank and fuel connection points. 7. Cooling water requirements of radiator. 8. Engine cooling air requirements and radiator fan capacity. 9. Electrical diagrams including schematic and interconnection wmng diagrams for all equipment to be provided. 10. Legends for all devices on all diagrams. 11. Sequence of operation, explanations of all portions of schematic wiring diagrams. 12. Proof that all of the paralleling characteristics of the existing generator is met. Provide detailed information. 13. Transient voltage response calculation, no voltage transient shall dip below 25% . 16200-2 Indoor Generator B. The specified kW shall be for continuous electrical service during interruption of the normal utility source. These ratings must be substantiated by manufacturer's standard published curves. Special ratings or maximum ratings are not acceptable. C. O&M Manuals Four (4) sets of O&M manuals shall be provided. 1.5 WARRANTY Equipment furnished under this section shall be guaranteed against defective parts and workmanship under terms of the manufacturer's and dealer's standard warranty. But, in no event shall it be for a period of less than five (5) years from the date of the City's acceptance of the unit. 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ENGINE A. Engine shall be watercooled 4 cycle inline or vee type compression igmtlOn diesel. It shall meet Technical Requirements when operating on No. 2 domestic burner oil. The engine shall be equipped with fuel, lube oil, coolant, exhaust system, silencer, fuel transfer pump, fuel priming pump, fuel water separator, service run time meter, engine driven water pump, engine driven alternator for batteries, batteries, instrument/control panel including: lube oil pressure gauge, tachometer, system voltage, jacket water temperature gauge, system diagnostics code display, other auxiliary equipment as may be required for proper operation of the units. Provide jacket water heaters. B. An electronic governor system shall provide automatic isochronous frequency regulation. The governing system dynamic capabilities shall be controlled as a function of engine coolant temperature to provide fast, stable operation at varying engine operating temperature conditions. The control system shall actively control the fuel rate and excitation as appropriate to the state of the generator set. Fuel rate shall be regulated as a function of starting, accelerating to start disconnect speed, accelerating to rated speed, and operating in various isochronous or parallel states. C. The engine/generator set shall be mounted on a structural steel sub-base and shall be provided with suitable quad spring vibration isolators. 16200-3 Indoor Generator D. Safety devices for protection of the units shall be provided as per the generator supplier and shall minimally include: shutoffs for high water temperature, low oil pressure, overspeed and engine overcrank. E. Guards shall be provided over all exposed moving parts per OSHA. 2.2 ALTERNATOR A. The AC generator shall be synchronous, revolving field, drip~proof construction, single pre-lubricated sealed bearing, air cooled by a direct drive centrifugal blower fan, and directly connected to the engine with flexible drive disc. All insulation system components shall meet NEMA MG 1 temperature limits for Class H insulation system. Actual temperature rise measured by resistance method at full load shall not exceed 105 degrees Centrigrade. B. The generator shall be capable of delivering rated output (kW) at rated frequency and power factor at any voltage not more than 5 percent above or below rated voltage. C. A permanent magnet exciter generator (PMG) shall be included to provide a reliable source of excitation power for optimum motor starting and short circuit performance. The PMG and controls shall be capable of sustaining circuit performance. The PMG and controls shall be capable of sustaining and regulating current supplied to a single phase or three phase fault at approximately 300% of rated current for not more than 10 seconds. D. The subtransient reactance of the alternator shall not exceed 12 percent based on the standby rating of the generator set. E. Space Heater - Alternator shall be provided with space heater. 2.3 COOLING SYSTEM A. Radiator - An engine mounted radiator with blower type fan shall be sized to maintain safe operation at 122 degrees Fahrenheit maximum ambient temperature. B. The engine cooling system shall be pretreated by the engine supplier for the inhibiting of internal corrosion. C. The radiator shall exhaust through the building. ~ ~ 2.4 DA Y TANK A. Provide a day tank with a differential level control, U.L. 142 listed. Construction of the day tank shall be all seam welded of heavy gauge steel with internal reinforcements. A machine formed fuel. supply suctIon tube with all fittings, 16200-4 Indoor Generator except the drain, located above the normal "full" level. Finish shall be epoxy coated interior with the day tank's exterior chemically treated to resist corrosion, primed and finish painted in Simplex blue. Manufacturer shall be Simplex or an approved equal. Unit shall be provided with rupture basin. Unit shall fit into the space allowed. B. Provide Simplex or equal control panel. C. Unit shall be U.L. listed. D. Provide 150% rupture basin with integral leak detection sensor and alarm. A separate alarm control panel shall be provided or the alarm may be sent to the generator control panel. E. Day tank shall be sized to match the size of the existing day tank size. F. Fuel supply and return solenoid valves shall be provided, installed and wired as may be required. G. Day tank shall operate with the existing main fuel tank. H. Supply and return fuel pumps shall be provided. 2.5 EXHA UST SILENCER A. Exhaust Silencer - Hospital grade silencer, muffler companion flanges, and flexible braided stainless steel exhaust fittings properly sized shall be furnished according to the manufacturer's recommendations. A silencer rain cap with counter weight shall be provided. B. Silencer shall be located within the building. C. Exhaust silencer and flex shall have insulation blankets installed. 2.6 AUTOMATIC STARTING SYSTEM A. Starting Motor - A DC electric starting system with positive engagement drive shall be provided. The motor voltage shall be as recommended by the engine manufacturer. B. Automatic control - Fully automatic generator startlstopcontrols in the generator control panel shall be provided. Controls shall provide shutdowns for low oil pressure, emergency stop, high water temp, engine overspeed, low coolant level, overcrank, internal fault shutdown. Controls shall include a 30 second cranking cycle with lock out. Lock out shall have remote reset capability. 16200-5 Indoor Generator C. Batteries A lead acid storage battery set of the heavy duty special starting type shall be provided. Battery voltage shall be compatible with the starting system. Free standing corrosion resistant battery racks and necessary cables shall be provided. Batteries shalI be unit mounted. D. Battery Charger Current limiting battery charger shalI be furnished to automaticalIy recharge the batteries. Charger shall be the float charging type furnished to properly charge the batteries. It shall include overload protection, silicone diode full wave rectifiers, voltage surge suppressor, DC ampmeter, DC voltmeter, fused AC input. Input power shall be 120V single phase. A battery charger fail alarm contact shall be provided. 2.7 GENERA TOR CONTROL PANEL A. Generator Set Control 1. The existing and new generator set shall be provided with a microprocessor-based control system that is designed to provide automatic starting, paralleling, monitoring and control functions for the generator set. The control system shall also be designed to allow local monitoring and control of the generator set and remote monitoring and control as described in this specification. 2. The controls shall be mounted on the generator set. The control shall be vibration isolated and prototype tested to verify the durability of all components in the system under the vibration conditions encountered. 3. The generator set mounted control shall include the following features and functions: B. Generator set AlC output metering 1. The generator set shall be provided with a metering set including the following features and functions: a. Analog voltmeter, ammeter, frequency meter, and kilowatt (KW) meter. Voltmeter and ammeter shall display all three phases. Ammeter and KW meter scales shall be color coded in the following fashion: readings from 0-90% of generator set standby rating: green, readings from 90-100% of standby rating: amber: readings in excess of 1000/0: red. 16200-6 Indoor Generator b. Digital metering set, 0.5% accuracy, to indicate generator RMS voltage and current, frequency, output current, output KW, KW- hours, and power factor. Generator output voltage shall be available in line-to-line and line-to-neutral voltages, and shall display all three phase voltages (line to neutral or line to line) simultaneously. c. Both analog and digital metering are required. The analog and digital metering equipment shall be driven by the single microprocessor, to provide consistent readings and performance. C. Generator Set Alarm and Status Display 1. The generator sets shall be provided with alarm and status indicating lamps to indicate non-automatic generator status and existing warning and shutdown conditions. The lamps shall be high intensity LED type. The lamp condition shall be clearly apparent under bright room lighting conditions. The generator set control shall indicate the existence of the following alarm and shutdown conditions on an alphanumeric digital display panel: Low oil pressure (alarm) Low oil pressure (shutdown) Oil pressure sender failure (alarm) Low coolant temperature (alarm) High coolant temperature (alarm) High coolant temperature (shutdown) Engine temperature sender failure (alarm) Low coolant level (alarm or shutdown-selectable) Fail to crank (shutdown) Fail to start/overcrank (shutdown) Overspeed (shutdown) Low DC voltage (alarm) High DC voltage (alarm) Weak battery (alarm) Low fuel-day tank (alarm) High AC voltage (shutdown) Low AC voltage (shutdown) Under frequency (shutdown) Over current (warning) Over current (shutdown) Short circuit (shutdown) Ground fault (alarm) Over load (alarm) Emergency stop (shutdown) 16200-7 Indoor Generator 2. Provide form "A" contacts for each of the above to be used in SCADA system. 3. Master Control Panel Provide a new free standing digital master control cubicle to interface the two digital paralleling control panels that are mounted on each engine generator set. This new digital master control panel shall control the opening and closing of the utility breaker and the opening and closing of the generator main breaker G 1, and automatic load add and load shed capabilities. This master control panel shall include a color touch screen for operator interface and system control. Add all required controls wiring between the generator control panels, switchgear and the master control panel. 2.8 GENERA TOR RATINGS The generator shall be 1500 kW, .1875 kV A, 8 PF, 13.2kV, 60 Hz and shall match all the paralleling characteristics of the existing generator. 2.9 GENERA TOR CIRCUIT BREAKER A. The (2) generator circuit breakers shall be rated 15kV, 3 phase, rated as indicated in the drawings with an interrupting rating exceeding the generator output. B. The generator breaker shall be mounted in a 15k V switchgear. 2.10 FLUIDS Unit shall be provided with all fluids, fully fuelled and ready for immediate use. 2.11 DOWN TIME Allow for no more than eight consecutive hour of down at one time. All periods of down. time shall be scheduled by the City. 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 TESTS A. The unit shall be tested at rated frequency and voltage. B. Following installation, the following tests shall be performed by the system manufacturer's local dealer representative(s) in the presence of the City's Engineer or designated appointee: 16200-8 Indoor Generator Pre-start checks: 1. Oil level 2. Water level 3. Tank fuel level 4. Battery connection and charge condition 5. Engine to control interconnects 6. Engine generator intakelexhaust obstructions C. Supplier shall provide onsite operation tests 1. Load - One hour operation at 80% of full load rating. Two hours operation at 100% of full load rating. After the first half hour stabilization period at full load, the following shall be recorded at fifteen minute intervals: a. Voltage, amps and frequency. b. Fuel pressure, oil pressure and water temperature. c. Exhaust gas temperature at engine exhaust outlet. d. Ambient temperature e. Kilowatts f. Power factor g. kV ARS h. Generator temperature 2. Test shall utilize resistive load banks for the full load. Minimum load shall be equal to the nameplate rating of the engine/generator set in kW. Generator supplier shall supply all load banks equipment necessary for connecting generator to load banks. Supplier shall provide all labor and m:lten:ll to perform test. 3. The test shall include the paralleling operation of the existing and new generator. 16200-9 Indoor Generator 4. Proper operation of controls, engine shutdown and safety devices shall be demonstrated. 5. Should these tests indicate that the equipment does not meet the specified performance requirements, National Electrical Code and local codes, the cost of all corrective measures shall be borne by the Supplier. 3.2 ST ARTUP AND INSTRUCTION A. Before start up, the Supplier shall provide the services of an on site technician to confirm proper connection of external equipment. If acceptable to the Supplier and the City, the unit may be start up tested. B. At no additional cost to the City, the generator Supplier shall provide start up assistance and coordination as required. C. Operating and maintenance procedures shall be explained to the City's personnel by the dealer's factory trained representative. D. A minimum of two manday shall be provided for instructing the City's staff in the care and maintenance of the unit. Training shall be provided by the Supplier. E. Proper operation of controls, engIne shutdown and safety devices shall be demonstrated. 3.3 SYSTEM SERVICE CONTRACT Supplier shall make available to the City, this standard service contract which the City mayor may not choose to exercise. This contract is separate from the warranty requirements contained herein. 3.4 SCHEDULE OIL SAMPLING A. The Supplier of the equipment must provide a quarterly oil sampling analysis for a period of one year form the date of acceptance. This scheduled oil sampling shall be of the atomic absorption spectrophotometry method as opposed to the spectrographic analysis method and shall be accurate to within a fraction of one part per million for the following elements: 1. Iron ') Chromium 3. Copper 4. Aluminum 16200-10 Indoor Generator 5. Silicon 6. In addition the sample shall be tested for the presence of water, fuel dilution, and antifreeze. B. All equipment needed to take oil samples shaH be provided in a kit at the time of acceptance and shaH include the following: 1. Sample gun kit (1) 2. Bottles (4) 3. Mailers (4) 4. Written instructions (1) C. Immediate notification shall be provided to the City when analysis results shows any critical reading. If readings are normal, a report stating that the equipment is operating within established requirements shaH be provided. D. This scheduled oil sampling program shall be made available to the City beyond the mandatory one (1) year specified above and shall be optional for the City to continue that program after that time period has elapsed. END OF SECTION 16200-11 Indoor Generator SECTION 16322 SUBSTATION TRANSFORMERS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE The D/B Team sha1l furnish and insta1l the primary and/or secondary substation transformers as specified herein and as shown on the contract drawings. 1.2 TESTING Provide testing per industry standards and as specified. 1.3 REFERENCES The substation transformers shall be designed, manufactured and tested in accordance with the latest applicable standards of NEMA and ANSI. NEMA 201,210; IEEE 100, ANSI C57. 1.4 SUBMITTALS - FOR REVIEW 1 APPROV AL A. The following information shall be submitted to the Engineer. 1. Master drawing index 2. Front view elevation and weight 3. Plan view 4. Schematic diagrams 5. Nameplate diagram 6. Component list 7. Conduit entry/exit locations 8. Ratings including: a. kVA b. Primary and secondary voltage 16322- ) Substation Transformers c. Taps d. Primary and secondary continuous current e. Basic Impulse Level f. Impedance g. Insulation class and temperature rise h. Sound level 9. Cable terminal sizes 10. Product data sheets B. Where applicable the following additional information shall be submitted. to the Engineer: 1. Busway connection 2. Connection details between close-coupled assemblies 3. Composite floor plan of close-coupled assemblies 4. Key interlock scheme drawing and sequence of operations 1.5 SUBMITTALS FOR CONSTRUCTION A. The following information shall be submitted for record purposes: 1. Final as-built drawings and information for items listed in paragraph 1.4. 2. Wiring diagrams 3. Certified production test reports 4. Installation information B. . The final (as-built) drawings shall include the same drawings as the construction drawings and shall incorporate all ch:mges made during the manufacturing process. J 6322-2 SubstatIon TransfOlmers 1.6 QUALIFICA TIONS A. The manufacturer of thjs equipment shall have produced similar electrical equipment for a minimum of five (5) years. When requested by the Engineer, an acceptable list of installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating compliance with this requirement. B. The D/B Team shall provide equipment anchorage details. 1.7 REGULA TORY REQUIREMENTS UL label required. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING Equipment shall be handled and stored in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. One (l) copy of these instructions shall be included with the equipment at time of shipment. 1.9 OPERA TION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS Equipment operation and maintenance manuals shall be provided with each assembly and shall include instruction leaflets, instruction bulletins and renewal parts lists where applicable, for the complete assembly and each major component. 1.10 FIELD MEASUREMENTS Measure primary and secondary voltages and make appropriate tap adjustments. 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS - DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Cutler-Hammer B. General Electric C. ABB The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. .\hnufJcturers listed above are not relieved from meeting these Technical Requirements in their entirety. 16322-3 Substation Transformers 2.2 RATINGS The ratings of the transformer shall be as follows or as shown on the drawings: kV A Rating Impedance HV HV BIL HV De-energized Taps LV LV BIL 2000/ AA 5.75% 13,200V 60kV +1- 2 - 2-1/2% full capacity 480/277V IOkV 2.3 CONSTRUCTION A. Future forced air (FFA) for units 300 kV A and above shall contain all brackets and provisions required for addition of future fan cooling package. All current carrying buslparts shall be sized to accommodate the (FFA) rating. B. The electrical insulation system shall utilize class H material in a fully rated 220 degrees C system. Transformer design temperature rise shall be based on a 30 degrees C average ambient over a 24-hours period with a mixture of 40 degrees C. Solid insulation in the transformer shall consist of inorganic materials such as porcelain, glass fiber, electrical grade glass polyester, or Nomex. All insulating materials must be rated for continuous 220 degree C duty. The insulation between the high- and low-voltage coils shall be more than sufficient for the voltage stress without the need of a varnish. C. The transformer shall be designed for a temperature rise of 85 degrees C and shall be capable of operating at 35% above base nameplate kV A capacity continuously without any loss of life. D. The transformer shall be designed to meet the sound level standards for dry- type transformers as defined in NEMA TR 1. The measurement procedure shall be as specified in ANSI C57.12.90. E. The transformer shall be UL labeled. F. The transformer shall be of explosion-resistant, fire-resistant, air- insulated, ventilated dry-type construction, and cooled by the natural circulation of air through the windings. G. High-voltage and low-voltage windings shall be copper. Insubtion between layers of the windings shall be by Insuldur paper or equal. H. The high and low voltage coil assembly shall be vacuum pressure impregnated polyester. 16322-4 Substation Transformers I. The high- and low-voltage coil assembly shaH be preheated to evaporate any moisture, then placed into a vacuum pressure tank. The air in the tank shaH be evacuated; and at extremely low absolute pressure, aH air bubbles are to be drawn out of the insulating materials. The resin shall be introduced to a level that submerges aH parts while the vacuum is maintained for approximately one (1) hour. Then the vacuum shall be released and pressure applied for approximately 1/2 hour, after which the coil shall be removed and placed in an oven for several hours in order for the resin to catalyze into a composite mass, completely sealing and binding the winding. J. The transformer shaH be supplied in a knockdown case design, for ease in fitting through limited openings, and shaH be of heavy gauge sheet construction, equipped with removable panels for access to the core and coils. Front and rear panels shall incorporate lowered ventilating grills. 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Transformer shall include: 1. Diagram instruction plate 2. Provisions for lifting and jacking 3. Removable center panel for access to high-voltage strap-type connector taps for de-energized tap changing. 4. Two ground pads with continuous ground bus. 2.5 FINISH The paint shaH be applied using an electrostatically deposited dry powder system to a minimum of three 93) mils average thickness. Outdoor dry-type transformer units shall include suitable outdoor paint finish. Units shall be painted ANSI 61 for indoor service or outdoor service and shall match the primary and secondary equipment. 2.6 TERMINAL COMPARTMENTSIFLANGE CONNECTIONS The transformer unit supplied shall include a HV cable terminal compartment and a LV cable terminal compartment. Connections between the primary device and transformer shall be bus and between the transformer and secondary shall be flexible bus braid. 16322-5 Substation Transformers 3 PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 FACTORY TESTING A. The following standard factory tests shaH be performed on all equipment provided under this section. AH tests shaH be in accordance with the latest version of ANSI and NEMA standards. 1. Resistance measurements of all windings on the rated voltage connection of each unit and at the tap extremes of one unit only of a given rating on this project. 2. Ratio tests on the rated voltage connection and on aH tap connections. 3. Polarity and phase-relation tests on the rated voltage connections. 4. No-load loss at rated voltage on the rated voltage connection. 5. Exciting current at rated voltage on the rated voltage connection. 6. Impedance and load loss at rated current on the rated voltage connection of each unit and on the tap extremes of one unit only of a given rating on this project. 7. Applied potential test 8. Induced potential tests 9. For dry-type and cast-coil units, the manufacturer shall perform additional 100% quality control impulse test on each unit. B. The manufacturer shaH provide three (3) certified copies of factory test reports. C. The following special factory tests shall be performed on the equipment provided under this section. All tests shall be in accordance with the latest revision of ANSI and NEMA standards. 1. Temperature test shall be made. on one unit only of a project covering one or more units of a given kV A rating. Tests shall not be required when there is available a record of a temperature test on an essentially duplicate unit. When a transformer is supplied with auxiliary cooling equipment to provide more than one rating, temperature tests as listed above shall be made on the lowest kV A OA or AA rating and the highest kV A FA rating. 16312-6 Substation Transformers 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Provide the servIces of a qualified factory-trained manufacturer's representative to assist the DIB Team in installation and startup of the equipment specified under this section for a period of 2 working days. The manufacturer's representative shaH provide technical direction and assistance to the DIB Team in general assembly of the equipment, connections and adjustments, and testing of the assembly and components contained therein. B. The DIB Team shall provide three (3) copies ofthe manufacturer's field startup report. 3.3 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATION A. A qualified factory trained manufacturer's representative shall certify In writing that the equipment has been installed, adjusted and tested In accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. B. The DIB Team shall provide three (3) copies of the manufacturer's representative's certification. 3.4 TRAINING A. The DIB Team shall provide a traInIng session for up to five (5) City's representatives for 1 normal workdays at a jobsite location. B. The training session shaH be conducted by a manufacturer's qualified representative. Training program shall include instructions on the assembly, circuit breaker, protective devices, and other major components. 3.5 INST ALLA TION A. The DIB Team shall install all equipment per the manufacturer's recommendations and the contract drawings. B. All necessary hardware to secure the assembly in place shall be provided by the DIB Team. 3.6 FIELD ADJUSTMENTS Adjust taps to deliver appropriate secondary voltage. 16322-7 SubstatIon Transformers 3.7 FIELD TESTING A. Measure primary and secondary voltages for proper tap settings. B. Megger primary and secondary windings. END OF SECTION 16322-8 Substation Transformers SECTION 16346 METAL-CLAD SWITCHGEAR - MEDIUM VOLTAGE 1 PART I-GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE A. The DIB Team shall furnish and install the equipment as specified herein. The switchgear and circuit breakers shaH functionally match the existing switchgear and circuit breakers. B. Provide all PT.s, CT.s, control functions, protective relay functions and instruments per industry standards. Provide digital multimetering system. Provide control functions to integrate with utility and generator systems. C. Provide short circuit and coordination study detailing the fault currents and protective device settings. 1.2 TESTING Provide testing as specified and per industry standards. 1.3 REFERENCES The metal-clad switchgear and all components shall be designed, manufactured and tested in accordance with the latest applicable standards of NEMA SG-4 and SG-5, and but not limited to, ANSI!IEEE 37.20.2. 1.4 SUBMITTALS - FOR REVIEW I APPROV AL A. The following information shall be submitted to the Engineer. 1. Master drawing index 2. Front view elevation 3. Floor plan 4. Top view 5. Single line diagram 6. Schematic diagram 16346-1 Metal Clad Switchgear (V AC Clad) 7. Nameplate schedule 8. Component list 9. Conduit entrylexit locations 10. Assembly ratings including: a. Short-circuit rating b. Voltage c. Continuous current d. Basic impulse level for equipment over 600 volts 11. Major component ratings including: a. Voltage b. Continuous current c. Interrupting ratings 12. Cable terminal sizes 13. Product data sheets B. Where applicable the following additional information shall be submitted to the Engineer: 1. Busway connection 2. Connection details between close-coupled assemblies 3. Composite floor plan of close-coupled assemblies 4. Key interlock scheme drawing and sequence of operations 5. Descriptive bulletins 1.5 SL'BMITT ALS FOR CONSTRUCTION A. The following information shall be submitted for record purposes: 16346-2 Metal Clad Switchgear (V AC Clad) 1. Final as-built drawings and information for items listed in paragraph 1.4. 2. Wiring diagrams 3. Certified production test reports 4. Installation information including equipment anchorage provIsIOns. B. The final (as-built) drawings shall include the same drawings as the construction drawings and shall incorporate all changes made during the manufacturing process. 1.6 QUALIFICATIONS A. The manufacturer of the assembly shall be the manufacturer of the major components within the assembly. B. For the equipment specified herein, the manufacturer shall be ISO 9001 or 9002 certified. C. The manufacturer of this equipment shall have produced similar electrical equipment for a minimum period of five (5) years. When requested by the Engineer, an acceptable list of installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating compliance with this requirement. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Equipment shall be handled and stored in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. One (1) copy of these instructions shall be included with the equipment at time of shipment. B. Shipping groups shall be designed to be shipped by truck, rail or ship. Indoor groups shall be bolted to skids. Breakers and accessories shall be packaged and shipped separately. C. Switchgear shall be equipped to be handled by crane. Where cranes are not available, switchgear shall be suitable for skidding in place on rollers using jacks to raise and lower the groups. D. Switchgear being stored prior to installation shall be stored so as to maintain the equipment in a clean and dry condition. If stored outdoors, indoor gear shall be covered and heated, and outdoor gear shall be heated. 16346-3 Metal Clad Switchgear (V AC Clad) 1.8 OPERA TION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS Equipment operation and maintenance manuals shall be provided with each assembly and shall include instruction leaflets and instruction bulletins for the complete assembly and each major component. 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Cutler-Hammer B. General Electric C. ABB The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functiona. Manufacturers listed above are not relieved from meeting these Technical Requirements in their entirety. 2.2 RATINGS A. The switchgear described in this specification shall be designed for operation on a 15 kV, three-phase, 3 wire system. B. Each circuit breaker shall have the following ratings: Maximum Voltage BIL Rated Continuous Current (15 kV) Short Circuit Current at rated Maximum k V Rated Voltage Range Factor K Closing and Latching Capability Maximum symmetrical Interrupting And Three Second Rating Nominal 3-Phase MV A Class Rated Interrupting Time 2.3 CONSTRUCTION 15kV 95 kV Peak 1200 Amperes, min. As required by SC study 1.0 170 kA Crest As required by SC study As required Five cycles A. The switchgear assembly shall consist of individual vertical sections housing various combinations of circuit breakers and auxiliaries, bolted to form a rigid metal-clad switchgear assembly. Metal side sheets shall provide grounded barriers between adjacent structures and solid 16346-4 Metal Clad Switchgear (V AC Clad) removable metal barriers shall isolate the major primary sections of each circuit. Two rear covers shall be furnished for each vertical sections for circuit isolation and ease of handling. B. The stationary primary contacts shall be silver-plated and recessed within insulating tubes. A steel shutter shall automatically cover the stationary primary disconnecting contacts when the breaker is in the disconnected position or out of the cell. Provide rails to allow withdrawal of each 15- kV circuit breaker for inspection and maintenance without the use of a separate lifting device. 2.4 BUS A. The main bus shall be copper and have fluidized bed epoxy flame- retardant and track resistant insulation. The bus supports between units shall be flame-retardant, track resistant glass polyester for 15-kV class. The switchgear shall be constructed so that all buses, bus supports and connections shall withstand stresses that would be produced by currents equal to the momentary ratings of the circuit breakers. Main bus for 15 kV shall be rated amperes. Insulated copper main bus shall be provided and have provisions for future extension. All bus joints shall be plated, bolted and insulated with easily installed boots. The bus shall be braced to withstand fault currents equal to the close and latch rating of the breakers. The temperature rise of the bus and connections shall be in accordance with ANSI standards and documented by design tests. B. A copper ground bus shall extend the entire length of the switchgear. 2.5 WIRINGrrERMINA TIONS A. The switchgear manufacturer shall provide suitable terminal blocks for secondary wire terminations and a minimum of 10% spare terminals shall be provided. One control circuit cutout device shall be provided in each circuit breaker housing. Switchgear secondary wire shall be #14 A WG, type SIS rated 600 volt, 90 degrees C, furnished with wire markers at each termination. Wires shall terminate on terminal blocks with marker strips numbered in agreement with detailed connection diagrams. B. Incoming line and feeder cable lugs to match existing shall be furnished. 2.6 CIRCUIT BREAKERS A. The circuit bre<lkers shall be horizontal drawout type. c<lpable of being withdrawn on rails. The breakers shall be operated by a motor-charged 16346-5 Metal Clad Switchgear (V AC Clad) stored energy spring mechanism, charged normally by a universal electric motor and in an emergency by a manual handle. The primary disconnecting contacts shall be silver-plated copper. B. Each circuit breaker shall contain three vacuum interrupters separately mounted in a self-contained, self-aligning pole unit which can be removed easily. The vacuum interrupter pole unit shall be mounted on glass polyester supports 15 kV class. A contact wear gap indicator for each vacuum interrupter, which requires no tools to indicate available contact life, shall be easily visible when the breaker is removed from its compartment. The current transfer from the vacuum interrupter moving stem to the breaker main conductor shall be a non-sliding design. The breaker front panel shall be removable when the breaker is withdrawn for ease of inspection and maintenance. C. The secondary contacts shall be silver-plated and shall automatically engage in the breaker operating position, which can be manually engaged in the breaker test position. D. Interlocks shall be provided to prevent closing of a breaker between operating and test positions to trip breakers upon insertion or removal from housing and to discharge stored energy mechanisms upon insertion or removal from the housing. The breaker shall be secured positively in the housing between and including the operating and test positions. E. The breakers shall be electrically operated to match existing control voltage. Each breaker shall be complete with control switch and red and green indicating lights to indicate breaker contact position. F. AC control voltage shall be provided to match existing. 2.7 PROTECTIVE RELAYS The switchgear manufacturer shall furnish and install, in the metal- clad switchgear, the quantity, type and rating of protection relays as required for an operating system and to match existing type. 2.8 AUXILIARY DEVICES A. Ring type current transformers shall be furnished as indicated on the contract drawings. The thermal and mechanical ratings of the current transformers shall be coordinated with the circuit breakers. Their accuracy rating shall be equal to or higher than ANSI standard requirements. The standard location for the current transformers on the bus side and line side of the 15-kV breaker units shall be front accessible to permit adding or changing current transformers without removing high-voltage insulation ~ '- '- '- ........ 16346-6 Metal Clad Switchgear (V AC Clad) connections. Shorting terminal blocks shall be furnished on the secondary of all the current transformers. B. A mechanical interlock shall be provided to require the secondary breaker to be open before the CPT drawer or CPT primary fuse drawer can be withdrawn. 2.9 ENCLOSURES The switchgear described in these Technical Requirements shall be indoor construction, enclosure shall match existing switchgear enclosure. 2.10 NAMEPLATES A. Engraved nameplates, mounted on the face of the assembly, shall be furnished for all main and feeder circuits as indicated on the drawings. Nameplates shall be laminated plastic, black characters on white background and secured with screws. Characters sha1l be 3/16-inch high, minimum. Furnish master nameplate for each switchgear lineup giving information in accordance with IEEE Std C37 .20.2-1999, section 7.4.1. Circuit nameplates sha1l be provided with circuit designations as shown on purchaser's single-line diagrams. B. Control components mounted within the assembly, such as fuse blocks, relays. pushbuttons, switches, etc., shall be suitably marked for identification corresponding to appropriate designations on manufacturer's wiring diagrams. 2.11 FINISH The finish shall consist of a coat of gray (ANSI-61), thermosetting, polyester powder paint applied electrostatically to pre-cleaned and phosphatized steel and aluminum for internal and external parts. The coating shall have corrosion resistance of 600 hours to 5% salt spray. 2.12 ACCESSORIES A. The switchgear manufacturer shall furnish accessories for test. inspection, maintenance and operation, including: 1. One - Maintenance tool for manually charging the breaker closing spring and manually opening the shutter. 2. One - Levering crank for moving the breaker between test and connected positions. 16346- 7 Metal Clad Switchgear (VAC Clad) 3. One - Test jumper for electrically operating the breaker while out of its compartment. 4. One - Breaker lifting yoke used for attachment to breaker for lifting breaker on or off compartment rails, when applicable. 5. One - Set of rail extensions and rail clamps, when applicable. 6. One - Portable lifting device for lifting the breaker on or off the rails. 7. One - Ramp for rolling breaker mounted in lower compartment directly onto the floor. 8. One - Test cabinet for testing electrically operated breakers outside housing. 9. One - "Dockable" transport dolly for moving breaker about outside its compartment. 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FACTORY TESTING A. The following standard factory tests shall be performed on the circuit breaker element provided under this section. All tests shall be in accordance with the latest version of ANSI standards. 1. Alignment test with master cell to verify all interfaces and interchangeability. 2. Circuit breakers operated over the range of minimum to maximum control voltage. 3. Factory setting of contact gap 4. One-minute dielectric test per ANSI standards 5. Final inspections and quality checks. B. The follO\ving production test shall be performed on each breaker housing: 1. Alignment test with master breaker to verify interfaces 16346-8 Metal Clad Switchgear (V AC Clad) 2. One-minute dielectric test per ANSI standards on pnmary and secondary circuits 3. Operation of wiring, relays and other devices verified by an operational sequence test 4. Final inspection and quality check. C. The manufacturer shall provide three (3) certified copies of factory test reports. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Provide the services of a qualified factory-trained manufacturer's representative to assist the DIB Team in installation and startup of the equipment specified under this section for a period of 4 working days. The manufacturer's representative shall provide technical direction and assistance to the D/B Team in general assembly of the equipment, connections and adjustments, and testing of the assembly and components contained therein. B. The D/B Team shall provide three (3) copies of the manufacturer's field startup report. 3.3 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATION A. A qualified factory trained manufacturer's representative shall certify in writing that the equipment has been installed, adjusted and tested in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. B. The DIB Team shall provide three (3) copies of the manufacturer's representative's certification. 3.4 TRAINING A. The DIB Team shall provide a training session for up to five (5) City's representatives for 2 normal workdays at a jobsite location. B. The training session shall be conducted by a manufacturer's qualified representative. Training program shall include instructions on the assembly, circuit breaker, protective devices, and other major components. 3.5 INSTALLATION A The DIB Team shall install all equipment per the manufacturer's recommendations. 16346-9 Metal Clad Switchgear (V AC Clad) B. All necessary hardware to secure the assembly in place shall be provided by the DIB Team. 3.6 FIELD ADJUSTMENTS The relays shall be set in the field by a qualified representative of the manufacturer, retained by the D/B Team, in accordance with settings designated in a coordinated study of the system. 3.7 FIELD TESTING A. Provide testing and maintenance of all eXIstIng 15kV breakers during construction in time when plant will be de-energized due to pipe line tie- InS. B. Prior testing review switchgear drawings, schematics. Verify nameplate information, voltages. Provide for all safety as required. C. Inspection and Test Procedure 1. Examine breaker fro damaged components. Verify manual and electrical operation of breaker with the breaker load, inspect contacts, measure contact resistance. 2. With the breaker open, perform high potential test, vacuum integrity test. Perform control wiring high potential test. Verify the proper operation of all breaker accessories. Inspect all grounding connections. Verify that all moving components are lubricated. Check for the valve of control power for close and trip functions. 3. Verify that each protective relay and lock out device trips the breaker as designed. Provide portable generator to power breakers as required for operation testing. 4. After testing and maintenance, demonstrate to the City that all breakers operate in accordance with the original intent. 5. Record all test data. ] 6346-1 0 Metal Clad Switchgear (V AC Clad) D. Safety Requirements 1. Due to the complexity and safety requirements of testing and maintenance of the 15k V breakers, ABB' s service company or service company approved by ABB shall be contracted for this work. END OF SECTION 16346-11 Metal Clad Switchgear (V AC Clad) SECTION 16426 SWITCHBOARDS 1 PART I-GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Distribution Switchboard - Furnish and install the Distribution Switchboard as herein specified and shown on the associated electrical drawings B. The DIB Team shall furnish and completely install all switchboards as shown on the drawings and described in these Technical Requirements. C. Standards The switchboards shall be designed, built and tested in accordance with NEMA PB-2 and Underwriters Laboratories No. u.L. 891 and the latest requirements of the National Electrical Code. All sections and devices shall be u.L. listed and labeled. 1.2 SUBMITTALS Shop Drawings shall indicate front and side enclosure elevations with overall dimensions shown; conduit entrance locations and requirements; nameplate legends; one-line diagrams; equipment schedule; and switchboard details. 1.3 QUALIFICA TIONS A. To be considered for approval, a manufacturer shall have specialized In the manufacturing and assembly of switchboards. B. Furnish products listed by Underwriters Laboratories Incorporated and In accordance with standards listed in Article 1.03 - References. C. The manufacturing facility shall be registered by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. to the International Organization for Standardization ISO 9002 Series Standards for quality. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, protect, and handle products in conformance with manufacturer's recommended practices as outlined in applicable Installation and Maintenance Manuals. 16426-1 Switchboards B. Each switchboard section shall be delivered in individual shipping splits for ease of handling. They shall be individually wrapped for protection and mounted on shipping skids. C. Inspect and report concealed damage to carrier within their required time period. D. Store in a clean, dry space. Maintain factory protection and/or provide an additional heavy canvas or heavy plastic cover to protect structure from dirt, water, construction debris, and traffic. Where applicable, provide adequate heating within enclosures to prevent condensation. E. Handle in accordance with NEMA PB 2.1 and manufacturer's written instructions. Lift only by lifting means provided for this express purpose. Handle carefully to avoid damage to switchboard internal components, enclosure, and finish. 1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERJALS Provide six (6) set of installation and maintenance instructions with each switchboard. Instructions are to be easily identified and affixed within the incoming or main section of the line-up. 1.6 WARRANTY Manufacturer shall warrant equipment to be free from defects In materials and workmanship for one (1) year from date of installation. 1.7 DIMENSIONS A. The main switchboard shall be integrated into a common bus connected unit, front access only. B. Space is limited and dimensions are critical. Units requiring more space than allowed in Plan shall be rejected. 2 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS Equipment shall be furnished GE, Square D. Cutler Hammer or an approved equal. 2.2 S\VITCHBOARD - GENERAL A. Short Circuit Current Rating: Switchboards and circuit breakers shall be rated with a minimum short circuit current rating as required by the short circuit study. 16426-2 Switchboards B. Spares and Future Provisions: All unused spaces provided, unless otherwise specified, shall be fully equipped for future devices, including all appropriate connectors and mounting hardware. All spares indicated shall be provided. C. Enclosure: Type NEMA lA 1. Sections shall be aligned front and rear. 2. Switchboard height shall be 91.5 inches including 1.5 inch floor sills and excluding lifting members and pull boxes. 3. The switchboard(s) shall be of deadfront construction. 4. The switchboard frame shall be of formed steel rigidly bolted together to support all cover plates, bussing and component devices during shipment and installation. 5. Steel base channels shall be bolted to the frame to rigidly support the entire shipping section for moving on rollers and floor mounting. 6. Each switchboard section shall have an open bottom and an individually removable top plate for installation and termination of conduit. 7. The switchboard enclosure shall be painted on all exterior surfaces. The paint finish shall be a medium gray, ANSI #49, applied by the electro- deposition process over an iron phosphate pre-treatment. 8. All front covers shall be screw removable with a single tool and all doors shall be hinged with removable hinge pins. 9. Top and bottom conduit areas shall be clearly indicated on shop drawings. D. Nameplates: Provide lin H X 3 in W engraved laminated nameplates for each device. Furnish black letters on a white background for all voltages. E. Bus Composition: Shall be plated copper. Plating shall be applied continuously to all bus work. The switchboard bussing shall be of sufficient cross-sectional area to meet UL Standard 891 temperature rise requirements. The phase through- bus shall have an ampacity as shown in the plans. For 4-wire systems, the neutral shall be of equivalent ampacity as the phase bus bar. Tapered bus is not acceptable. Full provisions for the addition of future sections shall be provided. Bussing shall include all necessary hardwarc to accommodatc splicing for future additions. F. Bus Connections: Shall be bolted with Grade 5 bolts and conical spring washers. 16426-3 Switchboards G. Ground Bus: Sized per NFP A 70 and UL 891 Tables 25.1 and 25.2 and shall extend the entire length of the switchboard. Provisions for the addition of future sections shall be provided. H. Provide circuit breaker lifting device for all circuit breakers. 2.3 SWITCHBOARD - INCOMING MAIN SECTION DEVICES A. Circuit Breaker 1. Electronic trip draw out type full function 100% rated circuit breaker 2. Electronic Trip System a. The entire trip system shall be a microprocessor-based, true rms sensing design with sensing accuracy through the 13th harmonic. b. Provide the following time/current curve shaping adjustments to maximize system selective coordination. Each adjustment shall have discrete settings and each function is independent from all other adjustments. c. LSIG (i) Adjustable Long Time Ampere Rating and Delay (ii) Adjustable Short Time Pickup and Delay (delay includes Pt IN and Pt OUT) (iii) Adjustable Defeatable Instantaneous Pickup (with OFF position) (iv) Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup and Delay (delay includes Pt IN and Pt OUT) (v) High Level Selective Override 3. Trip a. Provide pushbutton to trip the unit. 4. Reset a. Reset the unit by manual operation of the handle. 5. Unit shall be service entrance rated.as may be required. 16426-4 Switchhoards 2.4 SWITCHBOARD - DISTRIBUTION SECTION DEVICES A. Branch Circuit Breakers 1. Provide electronic trip draw out type full function 100% rated circuit breakers with protective relays as required. 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Examine area to receive switchboard to provide adequate clearance for switchboard installation. B. Check that concrete pads are level and free of irregularities. C. Start work only after unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION Install switchboard in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and N.E.C. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect completed installation for physical damage, proper alignment, anchorage and grounding. B. Measure, using a megger, the insulation resistance of each bus section phase to phase to ground for one minute each, at minimum test voltage of 1000 volts DC; minimum acceptable value for insulation resistance is 1 megaohms. NOTE: Refer to manufacturer's literature for specific testing procedures. C. Check tightness of accessible bolted bus joints using calibrated torque wrench per manufacturer's recommended torque values. D. Test ground fault systems by operating push-to-test button. 3.4 CLEANING A. Touch up scratched or marred surfaces to match original finish. END OF SECTION ] 6426-5 SwItchboards SECTION 16460 DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS 1 PART I-GENERAL 1.1 RELA TED DOCUMENTS The requirements of Section 16000 govern the work specified in this section. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK The extent of work is defined by the drawings and this specification. 1.3 SUBMITT ALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical data for dry type transformers. Include data on insulation, isolators, sound levels, and impedance. B. Shop Drawings: Submit certified outline drawings and wiring diagrams. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver to the site in factory weathertight containers. B. Store in a dry area protected from sun and weather. Maintain the factory weathertight container for dust protection. 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Provide products manufactured by one of the following, or equal. 1. General Electric 2. Westinghouse 3. Square D 4. lTE Siemens 5. Heavy Duty 16460-1 Dry Type Transformers 2.2 RATINGS A. KV A as shown on the drawings. B. Three phase, 60 Hertz, 480 volt delta primary to 120/208 volt secondary; or as shown on the drawings. C. Single phase, 60 Hertz, 480 volts primary to 120/240 volts secondary. D. Taps three phase 15 KV A and below - four 2-112%, two FCAN and FCBN. E. Taps three phase 30 KV A and above - six 2-112%, two FCAN and four FCBN. F. Taps single phase - two 5% FCAN. 2.3 INSULA TION A. NEMA ST20 standards for 220 degrees Centigrade UL component recognized insulation system. B. 15 KV A and below - 115 degrees Centigrade rise above 40 degrees Centigrade ambient. C. 30 KV A and above - 150 degrees Centigrade rise above 40 degrees Centigrade ambient. 2.4 ENCLOSURE A. Indoor type, ventilated, drip proof, steel with factory standard gray finish over rust inhibitive primer. B. No metal to metal contact with core and coil assembly. C. Weatherproof single-phase transformers 15 KV A and below shall be contained within a NEMA 3R non-ventilated weatherproof enclosure. D. Provide weathershield for outside units. 2.5 SOUND RATINGS A. Transformers shall be tested in accordance with NEMA and ANSI standards. 1. 10 KV A to 50 KVA - 45 DB or less. 2. 51 KV A to 150 KV A-50 DB or less. 16460- 2 Dry Type Transformers 2.6 SECONDARY NEUTRAL The secondary neutral shall be ex.tended out with lugs for both the secondary neutral and the grounding conductor. The neutral shall be bonded to the transformer enclosure. 2.7 LUGS Provide UL listed compression type lugs on primary and secondary terminals. 2.8 CONDUCTORS Winding conductors shall be copper. 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 MOUNTING A. For wall mounted units, provide manufacturer's standard brackets. Provide additional wall reinforcement as required. B. Floor Mounting Transforroers 1. Provide 3 inch mounting pad with beveled edges. 2. Verify position with Architect-Engineer for access, service, and location. 3. Transformer installation shall not restrict access to terminal compartments or the flow or air through the transformer vents. C. Transformer installation shall contain the following: 1. Flexible connection of adequate length to permit flexing by hand. 2. Neoprene covered flexible conduit where required for water resistant installation. D. The neutral point on all single phase and three phase transformers shall be grounded per N.E.C. Article 250-26. Bond ground conductor to transformer case. END OF SECTION 16460- 3 Dry Type Transformers SECTION 16470 PANELBOARDS 1 PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 RELA TED DOCUMENTS The requirements of Section 16000 govern the work specified in this section. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK Provide units as required. 1.3 SUBMITT ALS A. Product Data 1. Submit manufacturer's technical data indicating application, serVIce, mains, branches and cabinet description. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Minimum Standards comply with the following: 1. UL 50: Cabinets and Boxes 2. UL 57: Panelboards 3. UL 489: Brand Circuit and Service Circuit Breakers 4. NEMA AB-l: Molded Case Circuit Breakers 5. NEMA KS-l: Enclosed Switches 6. NEMA PB-l: Panel boards 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Product and Manufacturers 16470-1 1. Panel boards shall be GE Square D, Siemens or equal. 2.2 CONSTRUCTION A. .Box 1. Unpainted galvanized code gauge steel for interior locations. 2. Size: Minimum 20" wide x 5-3/4" deep with a 4" gutter space on all sides. Where feeder cables supplying the mains are carried through box to supply other electrical equipment, or large branch breakers are used, box shall be sized to include this wiring space. This wiring space shall be in addition to the minimum gutter space specified above and the limiting width shall be increased accordingly. 3. Interior mounting studs: At least 4. 4. Nameplates and Identified Number: Manufacturer's nameplate and box identification number shall be on box. 5. Exterior mounted panels shall be NEMA 3R construction. B. Bussing 1. Material: 98% conductivity copper. 2. Tap Arrangement: Phase sequence type, pennitting a two or three pole breaker to be installed at any location. 3. Plating: All current carrying parts. 4. Phase Bussing: Full height without reduction. 5. Neutral Bussing: a. Full size, unless otherwise noted. b. Suitable lug for each outgoing feeder requiring neutral connection. 6. Ground Bus: Suitable lug for each outgoing feeder requiring ground connection. 7. Bolts: All bolts used to conneCt current carrying parts together shall be accessible for tightening from the front of the panel. 16470-2 C. Wiring Terminals 1. Feeders (Main Lugs) a. Compression bolted to bus. b. Provide multiple lugs for multiple conductors. D. Spaces: Space provisions or spaces for future breakers shal1 be ful1y bussed complete with al1 necessary mounting hardware less the breaker. E. Interior: Factory assembled with switching and protective devices, wIre connectors, etc. 1. Interiors shall be so designed that switching and protective devices can be replaced without disturbing adjacent units and without removing the main bus connectors and shall be so designed that circuits may be changed without machining, drilling or tapping. 2. F. Trim 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Branch circuit arrangement: Double row construction. Material: Code gauge steel. Flush Panels: %" minimum overlap all around. Surface Panels: Same width and height as box. Mountable by screwdriver without need for special tools. Adjustable indicating trim clamps shall be concealed inside door. Doors: Doors shall cover all device handles Hinges: Provide concealed type, 5-knuckle (minimum), steel hinges. Auxiliary Fasteners: Unit over 48" in height shall have auxiliary fasteners at top and bottom of door in addition to flush latch to provide 3-point fastening. 9. Latches: Latches shall be flush, not protruding beyond front of door, spring loaded type. 16470-3 10. Locks: Equip latches with flush, 5-pin cylinder type. Locks shall be keyed alike. In existing facilities, match existing panelboard locks as directed. 11. Exterior mounted panels shall have provisions for padlocking close. G. Finish: Except for box, all exterior and interior steel surfaces properly cleaned and finished with industry standard gray baked enamel paint over a rust-inhibiting phosphatized primer coating approved by the paint manufacturer. H. All support channel shall be hot-dipped galvanized after fabrication. All cuts shall be cold galvanized to prevent rusting. 2.3 CIRCUIT BREAKERS A. Main breakers 1. Main breakers shall be individually mounted separate from branch breakers. 2. Each breaker shall be covered by a metal plate, except for operating handle. 3. Connection from the load side to the panel bus shall be bus bar. Insulated wire is not permitted. 4. Trip rating shall be clearly indicated upon opening of panel door. B. Branch Breakers 1. Connection to Bus: Bolt-on 2. Breakers shall be molded case with a thermal-magnetic inverse time- current overload and instantaneous magnetic tripping, unless otherwise shown. 3. Breakers shall be quick-make, quick-break, with tripped indication clearly shown by breaker handle taking a position between ON and OFF. . 4. Multi-pole breakers shall have a common internal trip. No handle ties between single pole breakers. 5. Breaker contacts shall be 'SWD' -rated for switching duty. 6. Trip rating shall be clearly indicated on all breaker handles. 16470~4 C. Ground Fault Circuit Interrupters (GFI): Provide UL Class A (5 milliamp sensitivity) ground fault circuit protection on 120 V AC branch circuits where shown. This protection shall be an integral part of the branch circuit breaker which also provides overload and short circuit protection for branch circuit wiring. Tripping of a branch circuit breaker containing ground fault circuit interruption shall not disturb the feeder circuit to the panelboard. A single pole circuit breaker with integral ground fault circuit interruption shall require no more panelboard branch circuit space than a conventional single pole circuit breaker. Provide separate neutral for circuits on GFI breakers whether indicated on drawings or otherwise. 2.4 INTERRUPTING CAPACITY The minimum interrupting capacity of the panelboard assembly shall be as indicated on the drawings. 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Circuit Directory 1. Print information on furnished card with typewriter. 2. Identify areas and equipment items served. Refer to room names and numbers assigned by the City. B. Keys: Collect all keys upon panel delivery. Store on one ring to be kept by project superintendent. Forward to the City upon substantial completion. C. Mounting: Panel boards shall be secured to wall with expansion bolts or to unistrut secured to wall or pipe stand. 3.2 PANELBOARD INDENTIFICA TION A. Refer to Section 16000 for product description. B. Location of Nameplates 1. Panels: Above door on panel trim. 2. Nameplates to read: PANEL" panel designation. " with appropriate 16470-5 3. An additional nameplate shall be installed below the panelboard nameplate to indicate the device from which the panel board is fed; current characteristics are to be indicated. END OF SECTION 16470-6 SECTION 16480 MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS 1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION This section includes requirements for a motor control centers (MCC) and all required control devices as specified to be part of the MCC equipment. The MCC shall be 480V, 3 phase, 3 wire with ground, 60 Hz unless otherwise indicated. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit with the delivery of the MCC and Installation and Maintenance Manual and six (6) copies of the manufacturer's drawings per shipping block. B. Submit for approval fully engineered shop drawings including project specific schematics, e1evations, dimensional data, etc. as a minimum six (6) sets shall be provided. C. Detailed fully engineered drawings shall be required. Standard schematics and product data will be rejected. 1.3 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS The MCC must conform to Underwriters Laboratory (UL) 845, current revision, the latest version of the National Electrical Code and NEMA ICS 2. 1.4 PACKING/SHIPPING The MCC shall be separated into shipping blocks no more than three vertical sections each. Shipping blocks shall be shipped on their sides to permit easier handling at the jobsite. Each shipping block shall include a removable "lifting angle" which will allow an easy means of attaching an overhead crane or other suitable lifting equipment. 1.5 STORAGE If the motor control center cannnot be placed into service reasonable soon after its receipt, it should be stored in a clean, dry and ventilated building free from temperature extremes. Acceptable storage temperatures are from OOC (320F) to 40cC (1040F). 16480- ] Motor Control Centers 1.6 WARRANTY The MCC shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for a period of one (l) year from the date of acceptance by the Ci ty. 2 PART2-PRODUCT 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Shall be Square D, Cutler Hammer, GE, Siemens or approved equal. B. Where applicable, additions to existing MCC's shall be the same as the original manufacturer. 2.2 MA TERIALS A. Steel material will comply with UL 845. B. Each motor control center shall consist of one or more vertical sections of heavy gauge steel bolted together to form a rigid, free-standing assembly. A removable 7 gauge bottom structural steel lifting angle shall be mounted full width of the motor control center line-up at the top. Removable 7 gauge bottom channel sills shall be mounted front and back rear of the vertical sections extending the full width of the line up. Vertical sections shall have structural support members formed from a minimum of 12 gauge hot rolled steel. Internal reinforcement structural parts shall be of 11 gauge steel to provide a strong, rigid assembly. The entire assembly shall be constructed and packaged to withstand all stresses included in transit and during installation. 2.3 MCC FINISH A. All steel parts shall be provided with UL listed acrylic baked enamel paint finish, except plated parts used for ground connections. All painted parts shall undergo a multi-stage treatment process, followed by the finishing paint coat. B. Pre-treatment shall include: 1. Hot alkaline cleaner to remove grease and oil. 2. Iron phosphate treatment to improve adhesion and corrosIOn resistance. 3. Non-chrome sealer to enhance corrosion resistance. 16480-2 Motor Control Centers 4. The paint shall be applied using an electro-deposition process to insure a uniform paint coat with high adhesion. 5. The standard paint finish shall be able to pass at least 300 hours of salt spray per ASTM B 117 with less than 118" loss of paint from a . scribed line. 6. Paint color shall be #49 medium light gray per ANSI standard Z55.1-1997. 2.4 STRUCTURES A. Structures shall be totally enclosed, dead-front, free standing assemblies. Structures will be capable of being bolted together to form a single assembly. B. The overall height of the MCC shall not exceed 90" (not including base channel). Base channels of 1.5" in height shall be removable. The total width of one section will be 20" (widths of 25", 30" and 35" can be used for larger devices). C. Structures shall be NEMA lA. D. Each 20 inch wide standard section shall have all the necessary hardware and bussing for modular plug-in units to be added and moved around. All unused space shall be covered by hinged blank doors and equipped to accept future units. E. Each section shall include a top plate (single piece or two-piece) on NEMA 12 a bottom plate. Top and bottom plates shall be removable to ease the cutting of conduit entry openings. 2.5 WIREW A YS A. Structures shall contain a minimum 12" high horizontal wireway at the top of each section and a minimum 6" high horizontal wireway at the bottom of each section. These wireways shall run the full length of motor control center to allow room for power and control cable to connect between units in different sections. B. A vertical wireway shall be provided in each motor control center section that accepts modular plug-in units.. The vertical wireway shall connect with both the top and bottom horizontal wireway. The vertical wireway shall be 4" wide minimum \..ith a separate hinged door. Access to the wireways shall not require opening .control unit doors. Structures that 16480-3 Motor Control Centers house a single, full section control unit are not required to have vertical wireways. Those control units must open directly into the motor control center horizontal wireways. 2.6 BARRIERS A. All power bussing and splice connections shall be isolated from the unit compartments and the wireways. The horizontal bus shall be mounted onto a molded glass filled polyester support assembly that braces the bus against the forces generated during a short circuit. The horizontal wireway by a grounded a steel barrier. This barrier shall be removable to allow access to the bus and connections for maintenance. B. The vertical bus shall be housed in a modular glass-filled polyester support that provides bus insulation and braces the bus against the forces generated during a short circuit. These supports shall have openings every 3" for unit stab-on connections. Each opening shall have shutters that are attached to the structure so that when they are removed (to allow a stab connection) they are retained in the structure and are readily accessible for use should a plug-in unit be removed from the motor control center. 2.7 BUSSING A. All bussing and connectors shall be tin plated copper. B. The main horizontal bus shall be rated at continuous per the oneline diagram and shall extend the full length of the motor control center. Bus ratings shall be based on 650C maximum temperature rise in a 400C ambient. Provisions shall be provided for splicing additional sections onto either end of the motor control center. C. The horizontal bus splice bars shall be pre-assembled into a captive bus stack which can be easily installed into the end of the motor control center power bus to allow the installation of additional sections. The main bus splice (up to 600A) shall utilize bolts on each side of the bus split, for each phase. The splice bolts shall secure to self clenching nuts installed in the bus assembly. It shall be possible to maintain any bus connection with a single tool. "Nut and bolt" bus connections to the power bus shall not be permitted. D. Each section that accepts plug-in units shall be provided with a vertical bus for distributing power from the main bus to the individual plug-in starter units. This bus shall be of the same material and plating as the main bus and shall be rated at 600 amp continuous as a minimum. The vertical bus shall be connected directly to the horizontal bus stack without the use of risers or other intervening connectors. It shall be possible to 16480-4 Motor Control Centers maintain the vertical to horizontal bus connection with a single tool. "Nut and bolt" bus connections to the power bus shall not be permitted. When a back-to-back unit arrangement is utilized, separate vertical bus shall be provided for both the front and rear units. E. A tin plated copper ground bus shall be provided that runs the entire length of the motor control center. The ground bus shall be 0.25" x 1.0" and be rated 300 amps. A compression lug shall be provided in the motor control center for a 4/0-250 MCM ground cable. The ground bus shall be provided with (6) 0.38" holes for each vertical section to accept ground lugs for all loads. F. Each vertical section shall have a vertical ground bus that is connected to the horizontal ground btls. This vertical ground bus shall be installed so that the plug-in units engage the ground bus prior to engagement of the power stabs and shall disengage only after the power stabs are disconnected upon removal of the plug-in unit. G. The power bus system shall be braced for a short circuit capacity of minimum 42,000 RMS amperes minimum or required by short circuit study. 2.8 UNIT CONNECTIONS A. Units with circuit breaker disconnects through 250 amp frame and fusible switch disconnects through 200 amps shall connect to the vertical bus through a spring reinforced stab-on connector. Units with larger disconnects shall be connected directly to the main horizontal bus with approximately sized cable or riser bus. 1. Stabs on all plug-in units shall be solidly bussed to the unit disconnect. Cabled stab assemblies are not permitted. B. All conducting parts on the line side of the unit disconnect shall be shrouded by a suitable insulating material to prevent accidental contact with those parts. C. All plug-on units shall utilize a two stage ADV ANCE/RETRACT type operating mechanism which will allow the unit to disengage from the power bus without withdrawing the unit form the motor control center. 1. In the ADVANCED position, the unit stabs shall engage the vertical phase bus. When the unit door is closed, the mechanism will allow complete "on''/''off' control of the unit disconnect with clear indication of the disconnect's status. All circuit breaker operators shall include a separate "tripped" posItion to clearly 16480-5 Motor Control Centers indicate a circuit breaker trip condition. It shall be possible to reset a tripped circuit breaker without opening the control unit door. A mechanical interlock shall prevent an operator from opening the unit door when the disconnect is in the "on" position. Another mechanical interlock shall prevent an operator from placing the disconnect in the "on" position while the unit door is open. 2. In the REACT position, the unit stabs shall be disengaged from the vertical phase bus. A non-defeatable mechanical interlock shall prevent the disconnect from being placed in the "on" position. A single standard padlock shall be able to lock the unit in the RETRACT position and simultaneously lock the disconnect in the "off' position. When in this RETRACT position, it shall be possible to close the unit door in order to maintain the enclosure's integrity. 3. A non-defeatable mechanical interlock shall prevent installing or removing a plug-in unit from the structure unless the mechanism is first placed in the RETRACT position. 4. The plug-in unit shall have a grounded stab-on connector which engages the vertical ground bus prior to, and releases after, the power bus stab-on connectors. D. All non-plug-on units shall utilize a fixed position type operating mechanism which allows complete "on"I"off' control of the unit disconnect with the clear indication of the disconnect's status. All circuit breaker operators shall include a separate "tripped" position. A mechanical interlock shall prevent an operator form opening the unit door when the disconnect is in the "on" position. Another mechanical interlock shall prevent an operator from placing the disconnect in the "on" position while the unit door is open. E. Provisions shall be provided for locking all disconnects In the "off' position with up to three padlocks. 2.9 COMPONENTS A. Combination Starters 1. All combination starters shall utilize a unit disconnect as specified in the previous article. Square D Company Type S magnetic starters shall be furnished in all combination starter units. All starters shall utilize NEMA rated contactors. Starters shall be provided with a three-pole. external manual reset, overload relay for thermal overload units. 16480-6 Motor Control Centers 2. Control circuit transformers shall include two primary fuses and one secondary fuse (in the non-grounded secondary conductor). The transformer shall be sized to accommodate the contactor(s) and all connected control circuit loads. 3. When a unit control circuit transformer is not provided, the disconnect will include an electrical interlock for disconnection of externally powered control circuits. 4. Auxiliary control circuit interlocks shall be provided where indicated. Auxiliary interlocks shall be field convertible to normally open or normally closed operation. 5. NEMA Size 1-4 starters shall be mounted directly adjacent to the wireway so that power wiring (motor leads) shall connect directly to the starter terminals without the use of interposing terminals. Larger starters shall be arranged so that power wiring may exist through the bottom of the starter cubical without entering the vertical wireway. B. Terminal Blocks 1. Type B wiring is specified, all starter units shall be provided with unit control terminal blocks. 2. Terminal blocks shall be the pull-apart type rated at 20 amps. All current carrying parts shall be tin plated. Terminals shall be accessible from inside the unit when the unit door is opened. Terminal blocks shall be track mounted with the stationary portion of the block secured to the unit divider located below each unit. The stationary portion will be used for field connections and will remain attached to the cubical when the unit is removed. The terminals used for field connections shall be angled outward so that they can be wired without removing the unit or any of its components. The unit saddle or bucket shall be formed so that the unit can be removed without disturbing the stationary portion of the terminal blocks or any of the field control wiring. The removable portion of the terminal blocks shall be used for the unit wiring (factory connections). C. Nameplates Shall be engraved phenolic nameplates for each MCC and unit compartment. Shall be white background with black letters. measunng a minimum of 1.5" H x 6" W total outside dimensions. 16480- 7 Motor Control Centers 2.10 QUALITY CONTROL A. The entire motor control center will go through a quality inspection before shipment. This inspection will include: 1. Physical inspection of: a. the structure and b. the electrical conductors, including (i) bussing, (ii) general wiring, and (iii) units. B. Electrical Tests 1. General Electrical Tests including: a. power circuit phasing, b. control circuit wiring, c. meters and d. device electrical operation. 2. AC Dielectric Tests of: a. the power circuit and b. control circuits. C. Markings/Labels, including: 1. instructional type, 2. Underwriters Laboratory (U.L.), and 3. Inspector's stamps. D. The manufacturer will use integral quality control checks throughout the manufacturing process to maintain the correctness of the MCC. 16480-8 Motor Control Centers 2.11 INTERRUPTING RATINGS Main and branch device interrupting ratings shall be a minimum of 42,000 AIC and shall be increased as required to interrupt fault levels as indicated on drawings. 2.12 PHASE MONITORS Provide Diversified phase monitor, with phase loss, undervoltage, phase sequence, auto reset, UL. listed, provide auxiliary relays as may be required to lock out all motor loads. 2.13 CONTROL POWER TRANSFORMERS Provide CPT's for motor units with 120 V AC secondaries. Provide primary and secondary fusing. Provide oversized units for motor winding heat. 2.14 PILOT DEVICES Provide Square D pilot devices per plans, heavy duty 30mm, with engraved legend plates. All pilot lights shall not be transformer type units shall not be press to test. 2.15 SOFT START STARTERS A. Units shall be Alti-Start by Square D or an approved equal. B. Units shall be provided for pump control. C. Units shall be provided with separate excel and decel ramps. D. Upon fault units shall shunt trip the unit circuit breaker. E. Provide all logic for a complete and functional system, schematics indicate minimum pilot control. 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 LOCATION A. Motor control centers are not to be placed in hazardous locations. The area chosen shall be well ventilated, free from excess humidity, dust and dirt. For indoor locations. protection must be provided to prevent moisture entering the enclosure. 16480-9 Motor Control Centers B. Motor control centers shall be located in an area which allow a minimum of 42 inches of free space in front of front-of-board construction. An additional 42 inches shall be provided in the rear of back-to-back construction. This free space will give adequate room to remove and install units. A minimum of Y2" space should be provided between the back of front-of-board motor control centers and a wall (6" for damp locations ). C. The motor control centers will be assembled in the factory on a smooth level surface so that all sections are properly aligned. A similar smooth and level surface will be provided for installation. An uneven foundation will cause misalignment of shipping blocks, units and doors. The surface under a motor control center will be of a non-combustible material unless bottom plates are installed in each vertical section. END OF SECTION 16480-10 Motor Control Centers SECTION 16681 V ARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE 1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide a complete U.L. listed Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) systems as specified within and as indicated on the drawings. System shall be provided complete with all necessary accessories and appurtenances as required for a completely functional system ready for immediate use. B. Units shall be provided as specified below and with additional requirements as indicated on plans. C. Like items of equipment provided hereunder shall be the end products of one manufacturer in order to achieve standardization for appearance, operation and maintenance. D. See CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS and Section 01099, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, which contain information and requirements that apply to the Work specified herein and are mandatory for this project. E. Drive shall be provided as enclosed stand alone units by the specified manufacturer. Units packaged by others will be rejected. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be made In accordance with the requirements of Section 01300 - Submittals. B. Fully Engineered shop drawings specific for this project shall be submitted to the Engineer for review and comment. Vendor shall clearly indicate his conformance to the requirements of this specification. Along with standard literature, a detailed schematic and assembly drawings shall be provided. A recommended statement shall be provided. Vendor shall not release the unit for manufacture without approved shop drawings. C. Complete set of Operation and Maintenance Manuals shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01730 - Operation and Maintenance Manuals. O&M Manuals shall be provided prior to start-up. ) 6681-1 Variable Frequency Drive 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE All equipment furnished under this specification shall be new and unused, shall be the product of a manufacturer having a successful record of manufacturing and servicing the equipment specified herein for a minimum of ten (10) years. 1.4 WARRANTIES Provide a full warranty covering labor, materials, and the services of a factory authorized technician including all expenses for a period of one year, to begin after City's start-up and acceptance of the drive. During this period, manufacturer shall repair any failures associated with the drive. 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE (VFD) A. Provide a separate fully engineered Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) system for use with the pump/motor shown on plans. Unit shall utilize 18 pulse PWM technology as a base of quality for units sized 75HP and above. The units shall be provided by a manufacturer engaged in VFD manufacturing for at least 10 years and has a local service within 50 miles of the project site. Power input shall be 480 volts, 3 phase. 1. Minimum drive inverter amps of output shall not be less than the amps as listed in Table 430-150 of the latest issue of the National Electrical Code. 2. Minimum drive overload capability shall not be les than 110% of the output rated amps for 60 seconds. 3. Coordinate with pump requirements to verify speed and torque requirements 4. Coordinate with vendors and equipment supplier regarding constant or variable torque applications and RPM of the driven load. Provide units per applications. 5. Named acceptable manufacturer's shall be limited to Saftronics by Howard Woodrow. B. As a minimum, include the following features: 1. Exterior front cabinet door mounted equipment shall be as follows: 16681-2 Variable Frequency Drive a. Hand-Off-Auto selector switch. b. Programmer/Monitor/Display Module and required appurtenances. Display shall indicate speed in percent. c. Padlockable outside handle connected to disconnect the power supply to the unit before opening door. A defeater shall be provided. d. Engraved legend plate shall be provided for all devices. e. Run time meter hours, non-resettable, Electro-Mechanical Engler 200 Series or an approved equal. 2. Main disconnect with current limiting fuses or circuit breaker connected to the door handle. Interrupting ratings shall match or exceed the values indicated in the main power service equipment. Minimum values shall be 25,000 Ale. 3. Control power transformer with control circuitry and control logic as specified and as indicated on plans. Control panel transformer shall be oversized for mOior heat. 4. Drive shall be provided with the capabilities to ride through brown outs and to restart on power loss and return after time delay. 5. Discrete output contacts shall be provided and wired to labeled terminal strip. Contacts shall be required as indicated per plans; one form "C" contact shall be provided. Additional slave relays shall be provided as required. 6. Provisions to receive a future 4-20 mADC signal for remote speed reference as a back up to Devicenet. Signal isolation shall be provided in the drive. 7. Provide self-powered speed indication signal output, fully isolated, 4- 20 mADC, 24 volts as a backup to Devicenet. 8. Joslyn lightning arrestors, Surgitron, ]454-0] or an approved equal wired to the line side of the disconnect. 9. 6-spare fuses of each size and type used shall be provided. ]0. Provide phase shifting auto transformer ahead of the inverter input, transformer shall be integrated into the VFD enclosure. 16681-3 Variable Frequency Drive I]. Provide output filters. 12. Units shall meet or exceed the requirements of IEEE 519. Provide additional labor and materials as may be required. Submit calculations for review and approval. e. Operation I. Hand-Off-Auto mode selector a. Discrete control (i) Hand: The drive ramps up to the speed reference per the local potentiometer setting. (ii) Off: Drive ramps down and no power is applied to the motor. While in the off position, the drive is no permitted to run. (iii) Auto: Drive start/stop control is from the remote control panel. Upon receiving a start command, the drive ramps up to the remote speed reference. Upon receiving the stop command, the drive shall ramp down to zero output. b. Speed control (i) The speed reference shall be from the local potentiometer or keypad while the local H-O-A is in the hand mode and from Devicenet speed command word signal while in the automatic mode. (ii) Adjustable minimum and maximum speed settings shall be provided. (iii) Separate adjustable ramp slopes settings shall be provided for both acceleration and deceleration. D. Enclosures shall be NEMA ]A ]. Dimensions are critical plans to indicate maximum space requirements. Unit shall fit in allowed space. Inform Engineer if there are layout Issues. 16681-4 Variable Frequency Drive 2.2 VFD COMPONENTS Refer to the Section 16900, Control Panels. Relevant requirements noted in this section shall apply, including submittals, materials, methods and workmanship. 3 PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Install equipment in a workmanlike manner utilizing craftsmen skilled in the particular trade. Provide work which has a neat and finished appearance. B. Coordinate work with the City, the DIE Team and work of other trades to avoid conflicts, errors, delays and unnecessary interference with operation of the existing plant during construction. C. Follow manufacturers' installation instructions explicitly, unless otherwise indicated. Wherever any conflict arises between manufacturers' instructions, and these Contract Documents, follow Engineer's decision, at no additional cost to the City. Keep a copy of manufacturers' instructions on the jobsite available for review at all times. 3.2 MANUFACTURER'S SERVICES A. Provide the services of a factory authorized service technician to start up, test and place in service the unit. This service shall be extended, as required, at the manufacturer's expense, if problems arise with the drive unit. B. Provide separate from the start up. one (1) man day of training. This time shall be at the convenience of the City. Minimum training instructions shall include the following: 1. Routine Maintenance 2. Programming, including entering the programming mode, changing set points interpreting fault information. 3. Trouble shooting 4. Fault corrections and resetting actions. C. Programming 1. Program VFD features per project requirements. 16681-5 Variable Frequency Drive 2. Provide typewritten listing of final parameter setting with O&M manuals. 3.3 CLEAN-UP Keep the premises free from accumulation of waste material or rubbish. Upon completion of work, remove materials, scraps and debris from premises and from interior and exterior of all devices and equipment. Touch-up scratches, scrapes, or chips in interior and exterior surfaces of devices and equipment with finishes matching as nearly as possible the type, color, consistency and type of surface of the original finish. END OF SECTION 16681-6 Variable Frequency Drive SECTION 16690 ELECTRIC MOTORS 1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION This section specifies the quality criteria, design standards, materials, and installation procedures not otherwise specified, required for electrical motors furnished under these Contract Documents. 1.2 D/B TEAM'S RESPONSIBILITY A. Furnish and submit shop drawings, operation and maintenance manuals, etc. as per the general conditions. In addition, the submission shall include the following technical information: 1. Motor Efficiency 2. Motor Torque Speed Curves from zero to full load speed. 3. Nameplate data B. The above information shall be supplied as part of the submittal on the equipment which the motor drives. 1.3 STANDARDS Electric motors shall conform to the latest standards of IEEE, ANSI, and NEMA except as otherwise specified herein. 1.4 CONDITIONS OF SERVICE A. Electric motors shall be designed and manufactured to operate under the following conditions except for specific variations stated in other sections of these Technical Requirements: 1. Continuous Duty 2. Altitude below 3300 feet. 3. Ambient temperature 0 to 400 C maximum. 4. Voltage variation plus or minus 10 percent. 16690- 1 Electric Motors 5. Unit shall be suitable for starting and running with power and control equipment provide for it. 1.5 TESTING A. Motors less than 50 hp: Each motor shall be subjected to a standard short commercial test including the following: 1. Running light current 2. Locked rotor current 3. Secondary voltage at collector rings (wound rotor motors). 4. High potential. 5. Winding resistance 6. Bearing inspection B. Motors 50 through 100 hp: Each motor shall be subjected to the above tests and shall be furnished with certified test results. C. Efficiency: Motors rated 25 through 100 hp shall be individually tested for efficiency. D. Motors larger than 100 hp: One motor from each identical order shall be furnished with certified test results. Each motor shall be subjected to a complete factory test consisting of full load heat run, percent slip, running light current, locked rotor current, breakdown torque (calculated), starting torque, winding resistance, high potential, efficiencies at 100, 75 and 50 percent of full load, and bearing inspection. The Engineer and the City reserve the right to witness these tests. E. Test Reports: Seven (7) copies of all test results shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. Single copies of witnessed test raw data shall be submitted to the Engineer immediately upon completion of such tests. 1.6 TOOLS AND SUPPLJES Furnish all special tools necessary to disassemble, servIce and adjust the equipment. 16690- 2 Electric Motors 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. The driven equipment manufacturer shall be responsible for supplying the motor and shall factory mount the motor to ensure proper coordination. B. Review plans and other Technical Requirements. Provide motor suitable for starting method. C. Where motors are used with variable frequency drive systems, they shall be provided as inverter duty, premium efficiency. 2.2 DESIGN OF MOTORS A. Horsepower: The driven equipment manufacturer shall be responsible for sizing the motors in coordination with the driven equipment so that the nameplate rated horsepowers are not exceeded and motors are not required to operate within their service factor at any point within the driven equipment operating range. For variable speed application, the motor shall be designed for operation at the rated maximum speed and at reduced speeds down to 30% without overloading. The Engineer reserves the right to reject driven equipment which requires motors larger than the minimums specified in the other sections of these Technical Requirements or to require the D/B Team to bear additional costs if larger electrical equipment is required. B. Temperature rise: Motors shall conform to standards of NEMA Class F Insulation System with a Class B rise unless otherwise listed in the other parts of these Technical Requirements. C. Voltage and Current: Fractional horsepower motors (less than Y2 hp) shall be ] 15/208V or 115/230V, 60 hz single phase. Motors 1/2 horsepower through 600 horsepower shall be 460 volts, 60hz, 3-phase. D. Service Factor: Unless otherwise specified, service factor shall be a minimum of 1.15. E. Speed: As specified with equipment. F. Torque: At least 20 percent greater than the maximum full load torque requirements of the dri yen equipment throughout the full operating range of the driven equipment from start to full load. 16690- 3 Electric Motors G. Efficiency: 1. Motors in the range of I hp to 200 hp, inclusive shall be designed specifically for energy efficiency and high power factor. In accordance with NEMA Standard MG 1-12.53b, each motor shall meet the minimum guaranteed efficiency for the specified nameplate efficiency. All motor efficiency test shall be performed utilizing the NEMA preferred test method IEEE 112 method B, Dynamometer. 2. Motors larger than 200 hp shall have a minimum efficiency, at full load, of 95% and a minimum power factor of 85%. 3. Motors above 20 hp shall be "premium efficiency motors": U.S. Electric Motors, General Electric or an approved equal. H. Inverter Duty Motor used on VFD systems shall be inverter duty, premium efficiency. 2.3 MA TERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION A. Enclosure The enclosure shall be the type as specified in respective parts of equipment Technical Requirements and shall be constructed of cast iron or fabricated steel components in proper position. Fans may form part of the rotor and shall be of non-sparking material on totally enclosed motors. Enclosures for motors not specified elsewhere, shall be TEFC, unless otherwise stated. Fractional horsepower motor enclosures shall be totally enclosed non-ventilated. B. Insulation I. Motors shall have inorganic, non-hygroscopic insulation unless otherwise noted in other parts of these Technical Requirements. Insulation shall be Class F rating. 2. Motors used on variable frequency drives shall have 1600V peak winding insulation systems. C. Stator 1. The stator shall be assembled from high grade electrical sheet steel laminations adequately secured together. 16690-4 Electric Motors 2. The stator windings shall consist of materials such as polyester film, synthetic varnish or glass cloth. Windings shall be random or from wound, adequately insulated and securely braced to resist failure due to electrical stress and vibrations. 3. Any junction in motor insulation, such as coil connections or between slot and end winding sections, shall have protection equivalent to that of the slot sections of coils. The entire winding of all motors when finished, shall be epoxy encapsulated, after subjecting to a process which removes all moisture and insures freedom of air pockets. D. Rotor The shaft shall be made of high grade machine steel or steel forging of size and design adequate to withstand the load stresses. The rotor shall be fabricated of high grade electrical sheet steel laminations adequately fastened together and to the shaft. Squirrel cage windings may be cast aluminum or bar-type construction with brazed end rings. E. Bearings shall be ball or roller. I. Motors up to 1,000 horsepower shall have grease-lubricated, sealed bearings. Above 1,000 horsepower, lubrication shall be oil. Unless specified otherwise, the bearings shall have a B-IO life as follows: Motor hp Less than 50 50 to 200 greater than 200 B-1O Life (hrs.) 24,000 40,000 100,000 2. For vertical motors, thrust bearings shall be Kinsbury type, ball or roller bearings as required for the design thrust load. Guide bearings shall be radical type ball bearing. F. Space Heaters (motor> 20 hp) Unless otherwise indicated, 120-volt, single phase, space heaters shall be provided to maintain a motor temperature of approximately 100C above a 400C ambient. Maximum wattage shall be 200W. G. Temperature switches (motor> 20 hp). Provide motor winding thermostatic-controlled switch. The switch shall be normally closed and shall open upon high temperature condition. 16690- 5 Electric Motors H. Leads and Terminals Leads shall be suitably marked and identified. Terminal housing locations, which are not shown on the Contract Drawings, shall be NEMA Assembly F-1. I. Motor Terminal Boxes Motor terminal boxes shall be provided separately for the power connections. The thermal switch and heater connections shall be in a common box. All terminal boxes shall be provided with threaded hubs. J. Grounding Means Each motor shall have adequate means for attaching #4/0 A WG copper grounding conductor to the motor frame near the base. It shall be a mechanical clamp terminal connector located on the same side as the stator lead junction box. K. Direction of Rotation Motors shall be designed and manufactured for operation in a direction as required for driven equipment. The phase sequence, at the specification rotation, shall be marked permanently and plainly inside the stator lead junction box. L. Noise All motors shall have an equivalent A-weighted sound level of 80 dp A as determined in accordance with IEEE Standard No. 85. M. Nameplates Each motor shall have a stainless steel nameplate including the following minimum amount of information: l. Manufacturer's type designation 2. Frame number 3. Output horsepower rating 4. Duty (time rating) 5. Rated load speed (rpm) 16690-6 Electric Motors 6. Temperature nse In degrees centigrade at rated load, rotor and stator. 7. Stator voltage rating 8. Stator full load amperes 9. Service factor (marked for operation at 400C ambient) 10. Frequency 11. Number of Phases 12. Inrush of locked rotor KV A 13. Code letter designation 14. Efficiency 15. Bearing type, size, lubricant 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INST ALLA TION A. Motors shall be mounted in accordance with the motor manufacturer's drawings and instructions. Field installation of the unit shall include final alignment. B. Installation shall also include furnishing necessary oil and grease for initial operation and making final adjustments to place the equipment in operable condition. 3.2 FIELD TESTS A motors, their driven equipment and speed controllers (if applicable) shall be tested together after installation as described in the applicable sections of these Technical Requirements. 3.3 PAINTING Motors shall be assembled with pump at pump manufacturer's plant and shipped to the site with manufacturer's standard finishes. After installation and before being placed in final operation. the motors shall be painted in accordance with the 16690-7 Electric Motors requirements of the Technical Requirements and consistent with the split case pump finish. END OF SECTION 16690-8 Electric Motors SECTION 16900 CONTROL PANELS 1 PART I-GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. The DIE Team shall furnish, install and place into service operating process instrumentation, control systems and panel including accessories, related to the control panels as shown on plans and specified herein. B. Field instruments for the WTP are specified elsewhere and/or indicated on plans. 1.2 SINGLE INSTRUMENT SUPPLIER A. The D/B Team shall assign to the Single Instrument and Control (I&C) supplier full responsibility for the functional operation of all new instrumentation systems. The DIE Team shall have said supplier perform all engineering necessary to select, to furnish, to supervise installation, connection, to calibrate, to place into operation all sensors, instruments, alarm equipment, control panels, accessories and all other equipment as specified herein. B. The foregoing shall enable the D/B Team and the City to be assured that the full responsibility for the requirements of this section will reside in an organization which is qualified and experienced in the water treatment field and its process technology on a functional system basis. e. The I&C supplier shall be a UL 508 listed manufacturer with proven experience in WTP work. 1.3 INST ALLA TION WORK Nothing in this part of the Technical Requirements shall be construed as requiring the D/B Team to utilize personnel supplied by his assigned instrument manufacturer's organization or any division there of, to accomplish the physical installation of any elements, instruments, accessories or assemblies specified herein. However, the D/B Team shall employ installers who are skilled and experienced in the installation and connection of all elements. instruments. accessories and assemblies; portions of their work shall be supervised or checked as specified herein. 16900-1 Control Panels 1.4 PREPARATION OF SUBMITTAL OF DRA WINGS AND DATA A. It is incumbent upon the D/B Team to coordinate the work specified in these Sections so that a complete instrumentation and control will be provided and will be supported by accurate shop and record drawings. As part of the responsibility as assigned by the D/B Team, the Single I&C supplier shall prepare and submit through the DIE Team, complete and organized shop drawings, as specified herein. Interface between instruments, motor starters, flow meters, and existing instruments shall be included in his shop drawing submittal. B. In order to provide a fully coordinated system, shop drawings by other equipment vendors associated with the I&C control panel systems shall be reviewed and approved by the D/B Team before submittal to the Engineer for approval. C. During the period of preparation of this submittal, the DIE Team shall authorize direct informal liaison between his single I&C Supplier and the Engineer for exchange of technical information. As a result of this liaison certain minor refinements and revisions in the systems as specified many be authorized informally by the Engineer, but these shall not alter the scope of the work or cause increase or decrease in the contract price. During this informal exchange no oral statement by the Engineer shall be construed to give formal approval of any component or method, nor shall any statement be construed to grant formal exception to, or variation from these Technical Requirements. D. Operation and Maintenance Manual Submit one preliminary O&M for review and comment by the Engineer. Provide four (4) final O&M.s, bound in a three ring binder. O&M shall include the requirements of I&C materials and minimally include the following: approved submittal data, start-up corrected as built shop drawings. O&M shall be neatly and logically arranged with a contents page followed by tabbed sections. 1.5 ADDITIONAL TECHNICAL SERVICES A. At no additional cost to the City, the D/B Team shall provide the services of qualified technical representatives of the Single I&C supplier: 1. To supervise installation and connection of all instruments. elements and components of every system, including connection of instrument signals to primary measurement elements and to final control elements such as pumps: 16900-2 Control Panels 2. To make all necessary adjustments, calibrations and tests; 3. To instruct plant operating and maintenance personnel on instrumentation. This time shall be in addition to whatever time is required for other facets of work at the site and shall be during the City's normal working days and hours. 1.6 GUARANTEE The DIE Team shall guarantee all equipment and installation, as specified herein, for a period of one (1) year following the date of completion of the work. To fulfill this obligation, the D/B Team shall utilize technical service personnel designated by the Single I&C supplier to which the D/B Team originally assigned project responsibility for instrumentation. 1.7 ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS The applicable provisions of the following sections under Electrical Work shall apply the work and equipment specified herein, the same as if stated in full herein: A. Codes and Standards B. Equipment Materials and Workmanship C. Testing D. Grounding E. Equipment Anchoring F. Conductor and Equipment Identification G. Terminal Cabinets and Control Compartments H. Process Control Devices 1.8 NEWEST MODEL COMPONENTS All meters, instruments and other components shall be the most recent field proven models marketed by their manufacturers at the time of the submittal of shop drawings unless otherwise specified to match existing equipment. All technical data publications included with the submittal shall be the most recent Issue. 16900-3 Control Panels 1.9 COORDINA TION I&C supplier shall coordinate with his supplier and other Contractors on the project. Where large subsystems are provided, the I&C supplier shall coordinate before the bid to be certain all equipment, engineering and labor are provided. Coordination item minimally includes: equipment dimensions, heat rejection, power requirements, control and signal requirements, and interconnection requirements. 1.10 TEST PROCEDURE DEVELOPMENT AND DOCUMENT A TION A. I&C subcontractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer for review a detailed description of the test procedures that he proposed to perform to demonstrate conformance of the complete system of instrumentation and controls to these Technical Requirements. B. It is recommended that the I&C subcontractor develop the test procedures in two steps by first submitting general descriptions and outlines of the tests and then, upon receipt of approval, submit the required detailed procedures and forms. e. Operational Acceptance Tests I. The I&C subcontractor shall prepare check-off sheet(s) for each loop and an instrument calibration sheet for each active I&C element (except simple hand switches, lights, etc.). These check- off and data sheets shall form the basis for these operational tests and this documentation. 2. Each loop check-off sheet shall cite the following information and shall provide spaces for sign-off on individual items and on the completed loop by the I&C subcontractor. a. Project name b. Loop number c. For each elements: Tag number, description, manufacturer and model number, installation bulletin, and Specification sheet number. d. Loop description e. Installation check f. Termination check 16900-4 Control Panels g. Calibration check h. Adjustment check I. Space for comments J. Space for loop sign-off I&C subcontractor and date. 3. Each instrument calibration sheet shall provide the following information and a space for sign-off on individual items and on the completed unit by the City's Representative and the I&C subcontractor. a. Project name b. Loop number c. Tag number d. Manufacturer e. Model number f. Serial number g. Calibration range h. Calibration data: Input, output and error at 0, 25, 50, 75, and 100% of span. I. Switch setting, contact action and dead band for discrete elements. J. Space for comments k. Space for sign-off by I&C subcontractor and date. D. Functional Acceptance Tests The I&C subcontractor shall prepare two types of test forms as follows: 1. For those functions that can be demonstrated on a loop-by-Ioop basis, the form shall include: a. Project flame 1 6900- 5 Control Panels b. Loop number c. Loop description d. Test procedure description e. For each component: Tag number, description, manufacturer and data sheet number. f. Space for sign-off and date by both I&C subcontractor and the City's Representative. 2. For those functions that cannot be demonstrated on a loop-by-Ioop basis, the test form shall be a listing of the specific tests to be conducted. With each test description, the following information shall be included: a. Spec page and paragraph of function. demonstrated b. Description of function c. Space for sign-off and date by both I&C subcontractor and Engineer. 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 INSTRUMENTATION CRITERIA A. Designation of Components In these Technical Requirements and on the drawings, all systems, meters, instruments and other elements shall be represented schematically, and are designated by numbers, as derived from criteria in Instrument Society of America Standard ANSI/ISA S5.1-1973. The nomenclature and numbers designated herein and on the drawings shall be employed exclusively throughout shop drawing, data sheets and similar materials. Any other symbols, nomenclature unique to the manufacturer's standard methods shall not replace these prescribed above, used herein and on the Drawings. B. Signal Characteristics Signals shall be electrical, as indicated herein, and shall vary in direct linear proportion to the measured variable. except as noted. Electrical SIgnals outside control panels shall be 4-20MADC, except as noted. 16900-6 Control Panels C. Matching Style, Appearance and Type All instruments to be panel mounted at the control panels shall have matching style and general appearance. Instruments performing similar functions shall be of the same type, model, or class and shall be one (1) manufacturer. D. Accuracy and Repeatability The overall accuracy of each instrumentation system or loop shall be as prescribed in the Technical Requirements for that system or loop. Each system's accuracy shall be determined as a probable maximum error; this shall be the square root of the sum of the squares of the certified "accuracies" of certain designated components in each system, expressed as a percentage of the actual span or value of the measured variable. Each individual electronlc instrument shall have a minimum accuracy of +0.7 percent of full scale and a minimum repeatability of +0.4 percent of full scale unless otherwise specified. Instruments which do not conform or improve upon these criteria are not acceptable. E. Signal Isolators, Converters and Power Supplies Signal isolators shall be furnished and installed in each measurement and control loop, wherever required, to assure adjacent component impedance match or where feedback paths may be generated. Signal converters shall be included where required to resolve any signal level incompatibilities. Signal power supplies shall be included, as required by the manufacturer's instrument load characteristics, to insure sufficient power to each loop component. F. Alternative Equipment or Methods Equipment or methods requiring redesign of any project details are not acceptable without prior written approval of the Engineer. Any changes inherent to a proposal alternative shall be at no additional cost to the City. The required approval shall be obtained in writing by the I&C subcontractor through the D/B Team prior to submittal of shop drawings and data. Any proposal for approval of alternative equipment or method specified. shall include evidence of improved performance. operational advantage and maintenance enhancement over the equipment or method specified, or shall include evidences that a specified component is not available. Otherwise. alternative equipment (other than direct, equivalent substitutions) and alternative methods shall not be proposed. 16900- 7 Control Panels G. Special Equipment The I&C Supplier shall provide all necessary equipment topropedy interface his system with existing equipment or equipment provided by others. Such equipment shall include but not be limited to special sensing relays for seal failures and the like. 2.2 DETAILED SYSTEMS DRAWINGS AND DATA A. Content The D/B Team shall submit detailed shop drawings and data prepared and organized by the Single I&C supplier designated at the time of bidding. The quantity of submitted sets shall be no less than 6 sets. These drawings and data shall be submitted as a complete bound package at one time within 30 calendar days after date of notice to proceed. 1. Drawings shall show definite diagrams for every instrumentation loop system shall be provided. These diagrams shall show and identify each component of each loop or system using legend and symbols from ISA standard S5.4, each having the format of ISA Standard S5.l as used on the project drawings. 2. Coordinate all equipment and instrument tags with the existing SCADA Standard. All tags shall agree with the standards. 3. Data sheets for each component, together with a technical product brochure or bulletin shall be provided. The data sheets shall show: a. Component function description used herein and on the drawings; b. Manufacturer's model number or other product designation: c. Project tag number used herein and on the drawings' d. Project system loop of which the component is a part; e. Project location or assembly at which the component is to be installed: f. Input and output characteristics; g. Scale range. units and multiplieL 16900-8 Control Panels h. Requirements for electrical supply; I. Requirements for air supply; J. Materials of component parts to be In contact with, or otherwise exposed to process media; k. Special requirements or features. 4. A complete index shall appear in the front of each bound submittal volume. A separate technical brochure or bulleting shall be included with each instrument data sheet. The data sheet shall be indexed in the submittal by systems or loops, as a separate group for each system or loop. If, within a single system or loop, a single instrument is employed more than once, one data sheet with one brochure may cover all identical uses of that instrument in that system. Each brochure shall include a list of tag numbers for which it applies. System groups shall be separated by labeled tags. 5. Drawings shall show both schematic and wiring diagrams for control circuits. Complete details on the circuit interrelationship of all devices within and outside each control panel shall be submitted. Control devices and pertinent mechanical relationships including mechanical parameters shall be included on these diagrams. These parameters as a minimum shall include instrument ranges, sizes, setpoints and the like. The diagrams shall consist of component layout drawings to scale, showing numbered terminals on components together with the unique number of the wire to be connected to each terminal. Piping and wiring diagrams shall show terminal assignments from all primary measurement devices, such as flow meters, and to all final control devices, such as pumps. The D/B Team shall furnish all necessary equipment supplier's shop drawings to facilitate inclusion of this information by the I&C system supplier. 6. Assembly and construction drawings for each control panel and for other special enclosed control assemblies for field installation shall be provided. These drawings shall include dimensions, identification of all components, surface preparation and finish data, name plates and the like. These drawings also shall define exactly the style and overall appearance of the assembly: a final treatment sample shall be provided when requested. 7. Installation anchoring and mounting details for all components and assemblies to be field-mounted, including conduit connection or entry details shall be provided. 16900-9 Control Panels 8. Complete detailed bill of materials including a master bill of materials listing all field mounted devices, control panels and other equipment that will be shipped to the job site and a bill of materials for each control panel listing all devices within the panel. B. Organization and Binding The organization of the original shop drawing submittal shall be compatible to the eventual inclusion with the technical manuals submittal and shall include final alternations reflecting "as built" conditions. Accordingly the initial multiple copy shop drawing shall be separately bound in 3-ring binders. 2.3 TECHNICAL MANUALS A. One preliminary O&M manual shall be submitted to the Engineer for review and comment. Assuming a favorable review the I&C supplier shall incorporate comments and forward the five final copies to the Engineer. If the preliminary O&M is not acceptable, the I&C supplier shall resubmit. B. Five (5) final sets of technical manuals shall be supplied for the City as a condition for final acceptance of the project. Each set shall consist of one (1) or more volumes. each of which shall be bound in a standard size, 3- ring, loose leaf, vinyl plastic hard cover binder suitable for bookshelf storage. Binder ring size shall not exceed 3 inches. C. In addition to updated shop drawing information to reflect actual existing conditions, each set of technical manuals shall include installation, connection. operating, trouble-shooting, maintenance and overhaul instructions in complete detail. This shall provide the City with comprehensive information on all systems and components to enable operation, service, maintenance and repair. Exploded or other detailed views of all instruments, assemblies, and accessory components shall be included together with the complete parts lists and ordering instructions. D. Shop drawing files shall be provided in the latest version of Autocad with each O&M manual. Provide electronic files on disk. 2.4 SPARE PARTS A. The D/B Team shall include, as part of the bid package. a list of recommended spare parts covering items required under these Technical Requirements. 16900-10 Control Panels B. Minimum spare parts shall be provided boxed and identified including the following: 1. 6-control relays of each type used. 2. 6-timing relays of each type used. 3. 6-fuses of each size and type used. 4. 6-pilot lights of each size and type use. 5. 6-signal field surge arrester of each type used. 6. 6-signal panel surge arrester of each type used. 7. 6-incoming power lightning arrester of each type used. 8. 6-surge capacitor of each type used. Also provide other spares as noted by the particular sections and paragraphs of other- Technical Requirements. 2.5 CONTROL PANELS A. General I&C supplier shall construct the control panel to properly control internal and external equipment. No attempt is made to specify or indicate on plans, all required equipment but rather to set forth the minimum requirements. B. Engineering I&C supplier shall provide system engineering and produce detailed fully engineered, coordinated and completed drawings. e. Construction Control panel construction shall be per these specification and plans. D. Signal and Control Circuit Wiring Wire Type and Sizes: Conductors shall be flexible stranded copper wire; these shall be UL listed TFFN, THWN. THHN and shall be rated 600v. Wire for control signal circuits shall be # 16 A WG unless otherwise noted. All instrumentation cables shall be shielded #18 A WG with a copper drain 16900-11 Control Panels wire unless otherwise noted. All special instrumentation cable such as between sensor and transmitter shall be supplied by the I&C supplier. DIE Team shall increase wire size per load or impedance requirements. E. Wiring Instrumentation 1. All wires shall be run in plastic wireways except (1) field wiring, (2) wiring between mating blocks in adjacent sections, (3) wiring run from components on a swing-out panel to components on a part of the fixed structure, (4) wiring run to panel mounted components on the door and the like. Wiring run on a swing out panel to other components on a fixed panel shall be made up in nylon wire ties bundles and secured so that bundles are not strained at the terminals. 2. Wiring run to control devices on the front panels shall be tied together at short intervals with nylon ties and secured to the inside face of the panel using adhesive mounts and adhesive strips. 3. Wiring to rear terminals on panel mounted instruments shall be run in plastic wares secured to horizontal brackets run above or below the instruments in the same plane as the rear of the instruments. 4. Shields of instrument cable shall only be grounded on one side of each circuit. The side to be grounded shall be nearest the source of excitation. 5. Care shall be exercised to properly insulate the ungrounded side of the loop to prevent ground loops from occurring. 6. Conformance to the above wiring installation requirements shall be reflected by details shown on the shop drawings for the Engineer's revIew. F. Wire Marking Each signal, alarm, control, and indicating circuit conductor connected to a given electrical point shall be designated by a single unique number which shall be shown on all shop drawings. These numbers shall be marked on all conductors using white plastic heatshrink sleeves with typewritten characters. Instrument signal conductors shall be tagged with unique multiple digit numbers. Wires from the circuit breaker panelboard shall be tagged indicating the branch circuit breaker number. 16900- I 2 Control Panels G. Terminal Blocks Compression type terminal blocks shall be molded plastic with barriers and box lug terminals, and shall be rated 15 amps at 600v and mounted securely to DIN rails. White marking strips fastened to the molded sections shall be provided and wire numbers and circuit identifications shall be marked thereon with machine printed marker on top. H. Wire Color Wire color shall be, Line Power - Black; Neutral or common - White; AC Control - Red; DC Control - Blue; Equipment or Chassis Ground - Green; specified externally powered circuits - Orange. I. Enclosures Refer to schedule on drawings. J. Identification All components shall be identified using Lamicoid labels or an approved equal. 2.6 CONTROL PANEL EQUIPMENT A. General Purpose Re lays General purpose relays in the control panel shall be the plug in type with contacts rated 10 amps at 120 vac as a minimum. The quantity and type of contacts shall be as required to accomplish the desired control task. Each relay shall be enclosed in a clear plastic heat and shock resistant dust cover. Relays shall be Potter and Brumfield or an approved equal. Differing mounting sockets shall be used to prohibit improper relay installations. B. Time Delay Relays Time delay relay shall be Diversified with digital settings or an approved equal. Timers shall be time delay on, interval on or time delay off relays, as required and shall be Diversified or an approved equal. Instantaneous contacts or auxiliary slave relays shall be provided as required. C. Signal Isolators Additional slave or interposing relays and signal isolators and signal converters shall be installed as required. 16900-13 Control Panels D. Circuit Breakers Circuit breakers shall be single pole, 120vac, 15 amp rating or as required to protect wires and equipment; mounted on the inside of the enclosure or equipment remote from the enclosure. E. Name Plates Name plates shall be supplied for identification of control panels and all field mounted elements, including f10wmeters and their transmitters. These name plates shall identify the instrument or meter, descriptively as to the function of the system. Nameplates shall be fabricated from black faced, white centered, laminated engraving plastic. A nameplate shall be provided for each signal transducer, signal converter, signal isolator, each electronic trip, and the like, mounted inside the control panels. These shall uniquely identify each control component. Adhesives shall be acceptable for attaching nameplates. Painted surfaces must be prepared to allow permanent bonding of adhesives. Nameplates shall be provided for instruments, function titles for each group of instruments and other components mounted on the front of the control panels as shown. Proposed colors, styles, height and text shall be submitted for approval. F. Fluorescent Light Provide fluorescent panel light mounted to subplate. Provide subplate mounted switch and handy box. G. Vapor Guard Moisture absorbing vapor guard shall be provided in each control panel. H. Power Supplies Power supplies shall be provided as required for loop power or other requirements for special equipment. Loop power supplies shall be Square D or an approved equal. I. Circuit Breakers 1. Square D 2. Amperage ratings shall be indicated on drawings. 16900- 14 Control Panels J. Fuses Fuses and fuse holders 5 x 20mm, IEC style, with blown fuse indicating light. K. Ground Fault Interrupting Receptacle 1. Leviton Duplex Receptacle or equal. 2. AC receptacle box shall be Steel City 58351-112 or equal. 3. Covers shall be Steel City 58-C-5, or equal. L. Selector Switches and Push Buttons 1. Square D, Class 9001, Type K, or equal. 2. Operators shall be black knob type or key switch, 3-position or 2- position, push button or as noted. 3. Selector switches shall be spring return where required. 4. Pushbuttons inserts recommended colors; coordinate with the City. Label Color a. On Green b. Off White c. Start Green d. Stop White e. Reset Black f. Acknow ledge Yellow 5. Selector Switch Operator recommended colors; coordinate with the City. Label All Color Black Text White M. Indicator Lights 1. Square D. Class 9001, type K. Units shall be press to test transformer type. 16900-15 Control Panels 2. Recommended colors; coordinate with the City. Label Color a. On Green b. Off White c. Open Green d. Closed White e. Hand Yellow f. Auto Green g. Local White h. Remote Green I. * Alarm Red N. Surge and Lightning Arrrestors 1. All control panels shall be provided with surge and lightning arrestors as specified. 2. TVSS Lightning surge suppressors shall be Innovative Technology PTX- 160 Series, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Signal a. Panel surge arrestors shall be Joslyn, 1800 Series. b. Field surge arrestors shall be Joslyn, 1660-06. 2.7 NAMEPLA TES, NAME TAGS AND SERVICE LEGENDS A. All components provided under this section, both field and panel mounted, shall be provided with permanently mounted name tags bearing the entire IA tag number of the components. Panel mounted tags shall be plastic; field mounted tags shall be stamped stainless steel. B. The panel drawings refer to nameplates and service legends: nameplates are defined as inscribed laminated plastic plates mounted under or near a panel face mounted instrument. Service legends are defined as inscribed laminated plastic integrally mounted on a panel face mounted instrument. C. Service legends and nameplates shall be engraved, rigid, laminated plastic. Service legends and nameplates shall be fastened to the panel by screws or with a specially applied adhesive. Fastening shall not depend only on the adhesive. 16900-16 Control Panels 2.8 FIBER OPTIC SYSTEMS Fiber optic systems and connectors shall be Phoenix Digital or an approved equal. Where communications for PLC systems extends between buildings use fiber systems. 3 PART3-EXECUTION 3.1 INST ALLA TION, CALIBRA TION, TESTING, START UP AND INSTRUCTION A. General Under the supervision of a Single I&C supplier, all systems specified in this section shall be installed, connected, calibrated and tested and in coordination with the City and Engineer shall be started to place the process in operation. This shall include final calibration in concert with equipment specified elsewhere in these Technical Requirements as well as equipment provided by the City. B. Calibration All new instruments shall be calibrated. C. Testing 1. All systems shall be exercised through operational tests in the presence of the Engineer in order to demonstrate achievement of the specified performance. Operational tests depend upon completion of work specified elsewhere in these Technical Requirements. The scheduling of the test shall be coordinated by the D/B Team among all parties involved so that the tests may proceed without delays or disruption by incomplete work. 2. All functional/loop tests shall be witnessed and signed off by the City's representative and the I&C subcontractor. 3. D/B Team shall provide testing service in conjunction with the PLC/SCADA program developer D. Training 16900-1 7 Control Panels 1. Plant operating personnel shall be provided with training prior to start-up. 2. Operating and maintenance personnel shall be instructed in the functions and operation of each system and shall be shown the various adjustable and set point features which may require readjustment, resetting or checking, recalibration or maintenance by them from time to time. This instruction shall be scheduled at a time arranged with the City at least two (2) weeks in advance. Instruction shall be given by qualified persons employed by the I&C supplier. F. Start Up When all systems are assessed by the DIE Team to have been successfully carried through complete operational tests with a minimum of simulation, and the Engineer concurs in his assessment, start up by the plant operating personnel can follow. END OF SECTION 16900-18 Control Panels '4\1 OJ )> ""0 ""0 CD CD ..., ..., 3 3 ~ ;:::::;: - CD -.....I m 01 ~ W I\) ~ CD -.....I m 01 ~ W I\) ~ CD -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- a. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- a. --I s: :::0 () r en en " c " s: () G> en r --I C 0 Q) Q) CD - C ..., - CD CD CD CD CD en c CD CD Q) 0 en :E. a. en - :E "'0 ..., CD a. ..., Q) x CD CD CD ~ Q) :J ;:::::;: Q) en :J - ~ :J en -. en :J 0 Q) :::!. 0 3 ;:::::;: ""0 0 3 en CD ::r CD cc Q) :J Q) C Q) CD ..., --I () m ""0 () s: 0 cc :J () ..., 0 ..., ""0 () r ::r a. Q) CD 0 0 m ..., c () ~ Q) 0 ..., Q) 0 Q) :J CD 3 - 0 r :::0 .c :J a. ~ c :J 3 0- Q) G> " Q) CD 3 :J C a. c :J - a. c 0 Q) :J cc ~ C "'0 0- "'0 ~ cc Dr s: Q) ..., 0 ..., en :J Q) CD Q) "'0 ""0 :J ~ Q) a. 3 en cc 0 I CD cc ..., 0 :J - ..., CD :::!. Q. :J en - ~ 0 Q) :E a. CD - Q) c CD :J en :J Q) - :::!. - CD :J CD :J :::!. Z en CD 0 ..., CD cc en - ~ a. :J :E en :::!. :2 en ::r cc 0 CD Q) CD en c ;:::::;: en :J 0 :2 "'0 - ::r a. CD "'0 Q) en m en 0 :J 3 --I x 0 CD cc "'0 :::0 - ..., en )> CD Q) :J :::!. :J cc r 0 () 0 ..., en CD en - 0 Q) --I ..., :J :::0 Q) :J cc cc () CD --I 0 () ""0 ""0 CD CD ..., ..., 3 3 ;:::::;: ~ - ~ w I\) ~ CD CD CD -.....I m 01 ~ W I\) ~ CD -- -- -- -- a. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- a. :::0 :::0 :::0 C C r s: en--l " z ""0 I ""0 en c Q) CD Q) ~ en < 0 Q) ..., CD C ..., CD C CD en -c CD a. 0 - ~ CD CD 0- CD 0 CD ..., Q) 3 ::;; CD '< a a. en I ~ 0 Q.. CD en " en " CD " :J "'0 en en Q) en CD en Q) :::!. Q) en CD 0 --I en cc en ..., :J a. Q) ::r I :J CD 0- :2 cc ..., OJ a. en :::!. Q) " - s: en :J Q) 0 C 0 :J 0 0 " :E. a. :J 3 " Q) ..., ..., en a. CD CD Q) 0 Q) () en CD CD Q) :J - cc ..., Q. - "'0 ..., Q.. CD () ""0 en 0 0 0 0 en en 3 a. CD :E ::r c 0 ..., - ~ 3 ::+ Q) a. en 0 0 0 Q) :J Q) en - ..., CD 3 :J ::r CD Q) < en cc ~ a. c :J CD :J 0 cc CD -< C 0 "'0 cc a. cc ~ CD :J :J " "'0 :::0 Q) Q) :::0 en 0 " CD ..., 0 CD CD :J :J a. ..., Q) 0 Q) 3 en - 0 CD en ~ Q) :J m o. 0 m - 0 c .c -: < :J en c a. c CD en .c a. :J "'0 CD ..., C Q) en en " :J cc 3 0 Q) "'0 CD cc CD 3 en :::0 ..., o. :::0 CD :J --I CD - ;:::::;: CD - ..., :J Q) Q) CD - - Q) - :J :J en - en Q.. en :J 3 0 en Q) c Q) CD a. - c ~ a. CD en :J :J :J en cc cc cc :::0 --I :::0 CD 0 - :E CD Q) - - CD Q) en ..., - en Q) :::0 CD CD :J en ~ :J cc Q) :J a. m ""0 CD ..., 3 ;:::::;: - ~~~~~~~~~~CDCD-.....Im01~WI\)~CD CDCD-.....Im01~wl\)~o------------------O' --------------------OJs:)>""Os:OJen)>s:c --1enenen--lmro~~"Oft,o.l>>oel>>enft"ft CD - - - -. x 0 ::::.. ::::.. -. ::+ 1M e"" - :J "'0 1M v# 3 0 0 0 CD - I>> I>> I>> 0- - :J - " <. " a. ::r 0 CD ..., ...,..., CD _ :J :J CD :J. e - :::;. :J en P""r'" ft, ::r en "'0 I>> I>> Q) :::0 ..., e e"" .... m - ce - 1M 5. en ocececeCD3en........~cel>>:Jce OI>>~CD ..., CD CD CD 0 -. - I>> I>> I>> () ~ _ 0 () ..., en ""0 e _~ 0 - 0 I>> ~ Q ~ ~ en 0 e CD ..., 0 I>> ~ I>> en.2: ~....""O....",o_l>>eeen3CD::+en3ce:J<::rCD )> - CD "'" "'0 :::;. ce :::!. :::!. "'" ..., I>> - "'0 CD ce -... 0 0 :J en U -. - CD :J :J ;IV "'0 -. 0 - "'0 - 30.~CD:Jce ceceCDl>>o:J3...,I>>Q ceen:E e 0 :::t ce en "'0 :J.... I>>:J e en -. 0 0 0 I>> -. () CD ce CD. :::0 I>> -::r. en _ a. - CD .... .... -. CD CD CD :J CD :::!. CD CD :2 s: < -..., en ~ ;a 0 en - a. )> 3 I>> en e3 o. 0 CD 5" :J m .... ~ < a. CD~ CD o-~o CDen--l en <a. :JUJ I>> en ~o- 0.-..., CD~ -I>>:J CD-e I>>e I>> ~o ""0 en a. CD a. " 0- 0 CD -. :J CD I en 5. = " :J ~en ""0 Ol>>ce a~en 0 cel>> @ ~ 30.:J" ~3c --I.... :::0 ..., CD -. en CD o enroo- :J~CD 0 .c CD o~ 0_0. "'0 e e I>>ce ~en.... ~ ..., 3 wI>> u Q CD ""0 en CD _ I>> 3 ..., en en ::r:J CD o OJ CD CD a. :J a. 0:2 --I" W e I>> CD ..., CD ~ - a. ~ ~ en :::0 " en CD 0 "'0 N "'000 CD I>> a. ::+ ..., ..., 0 .... en CD "'0 ~ o --I I>> :J " ~ I>> en - CD " () 0 :J a. ~ ~ w I\) ~ 0 -- -- -- -- :J I )> () s: Q) CD ..., 0 C CD en :J 3 :E en - Q) 3 CD 0 en 0 en "'0 CD ..., en en ..., " - o. Q) Q) Q) :J a. --I a. e CD --I 3 CD ..., e en <. en Q) en en :J 0 ""0 a. :J Q) :::0 :J - Q) en 0 CD - ..., Q) 0 " en o c: CD en r-+ 0" ::J en .. . 5. i I ; .. .. . If i - . :n CD (") o .., a. o ~ -c D> en r-+ -c CD ~ o .., 3 D> ::J (") CD o c: .., -c .., .0" CD (") r-+ -c - D> ::J CD ::J en c: .., CD en en c: (") (") CD en en o c: .., ..c c: D> - :::::;; 0" D> r-+ 0" ::J en r-+ o 3 CD CD r-+ '< o c: .., ::J CD CD a. en )> G) G) '- ^ G) '1J c- eo 0> 0> c eo 0> CD """" :J ;4 0 r-+ :J '< CD ~. ::1 :J ~ CD )> ::t 0 """" " s:: (') :J . CD '1J '< )> c c OJ s: -h . :J :J . CD ^ -. :J 0 ~ -h . 0 N """" -h -. CD I 0> .. :J en -. S. '1J <0 CD .., 0> .. . :::T '1J r-+ '1J ::1 en m 0> . to .. m """" . '1J 3 CD m '1J -h . . . CD m m '1J . '1J m . m -I () :J '1J r '1J 0 -a CD 0 en """" CD """" -h ~ 0 0 0> 0 -h 0 :J r-+ -. 0 ""'"-. 0 ::::T en """" a. CD "'C c CD CD :J r-+ 3 0 0 """" en m """" 0 C r-+ I tn en :J 0> 0 CD ........... s: :J CD r-+ :J s: co I a. -. -. 0> 0 r-+ :J () JJ 0> CD :J CD :J r-+ 0 CD 0> ::::T ::D < s: 0 ::::T CD co 0> 0 :J 0> """" """" - CD 0> CD co CD ~ ~ :J """" CD :J -. () 0> () 0 co 0> 0 0 - CD m 3 3 :J r-+ :J 3 CD """" 0 co II r-+ :J - r-+ r-+ en :J CD CD CD CD """" r f- CD 0> a. CD ;: """" .. r If I. .. ... . o c: .., ..c c: D> - :::::;; o. D> r-+ o. ::J en -w I i.. . I . - ,.-.. f . ; .. .. . ;; !l i . r-+ o 3 CD CD r-+ '< o c: .., ::J CD CD a. en -I m 3 "C m ~ , C) m C' - CD fn OJ o n m ::D m ... o ~ -. 0 -. ::::J ::::J < ..... -c CD -,: m c -,: .W tn D" -0 I ... - .... i -,: -. n . . c en . . n :e ;: D" 'ri ... c 0 -. - -,: -,: - -. . CD ~ 0 ; tn .. ::::J .. . ;; . - i . - I : I . ... . .. .. . If . - r; - . CD >< -c CD -,: -- CD ::::J n CD 9 CD >< -c CD ~ -- tn CD .... m ::::J a. ~ ::::J o :e - CD a. (Q CD .... ~ <f --I ~ 0 ."... -I>> 0- ~ -- a. I>> NN ...A.CA) - - ........U1 :I> < CD ~ I>> OCC ~ CD ~~ o I>> -- ~ CD tn 2.0 ..... ;1m I>> >< 3i ~ -- CD ~ n CD ::;ts: o D> "'2.;:l. (') -. D> ::J -a ""Tlo D> c ., ::J 3 _ 00'< JJ(/)'-C o ~ 0 ::J )>:j"a.CD -I CD g: a. ~ :E m )> ::r t\l CD iii (/)CDUO'" < CD .., .., m < ~ 0' 3_, el. 0' c:)> ~ ~jR ~~ JJ 0 f/) ~;TI :::I, r" ::r -< Qo -l CD o ::r ~C~ (/)" 3 Z ::r 3 t\l t\l ~ ~ ~ ~~re ~ ~ :E 3 OJ t\l t\l CD 0'" f/) .., iii CD JJ ~ JJ 0 oO"'C CD :E ii) ~-I? :j" "'C el. 0' ::J o o ::J < CD iil 0' ::J o o -p Nm CD t\l ..a fa. t\l 0 "'C 0 o t\l :e ~ ~ "'C (/)0 e ~ S. ~ ::J 0 JJ rn O~ "'C :;' ii)el. (/) 3. g' t\l 0 c: 0 9: 3 )> ~ iii x 0'" 05' ::J OJ 9:~ t\l ::J ::J 0' JJ ::J <' OJ CD CD .., t\l o 0 g .::r ::J " ~r (/):S::JJ g CD 0 ~ 3 :E I""\g--I 0' g: "'C c: CD ~g' JJ~ O~ :E :;' -1<0 "'C::Q 3"9: '0 (/) a c < a. CD '< 3 CD ::J en )>:EI o CD CD :s:: ~ 3 ml""\CD "CD 3 g .., ~~$l o JJ f/) (% CD 0 ~ <g, ~ a ~ o ~~ $1)> " r ~ ~ g' CD :s:: ::J ~ t\l 0 to' t\l c: el.~~ o. ::3 ::!'. ::J (/) ::J 2.:E~ JJ JJ t\l OO:E -l t\l ~ CD ::r .., f/) JJ o 0 ::J G) (3 c: ::J a. :e t\l ~ <90>OI\)I\)CD~019 ~ m 0 ~ 01 0' c: f/) 00 2. ...... .......-L .......-L...... ~ ~!Xl:-.J!'>!'.11~~1\)......9 "'CG) ~. ~ t\l CD S; 0;:;:: CD'< < 0 ~ !=> '0 ~ CD r .., CD CD o o c: ::J :$ (/)G)G)G) g~~~ ~ ~ ~ ~-" 3 -" -" (/)-<-<-< e~~~ CD f/)rrr CCDCDCD -CD CD CD e, 0 0 0 CD 0 0 0 f/) c: c: c: ::J ::J ::J $$$ (/)-I:S::)>~I 5 !!!, 0 5- .., Q. ;;1' :e 3. CD t\l3 ~ wg:<oc: ::!: .CD. Of/).~o JJ 3 ~ 0 ", CD'"P. r9< ~r" 00 f/) r , 0 0 c: ::r ::J OJ ~ CD o ~ I iil :EO(/) t\l Q ~ ~ ~~ o t\l ;;r @ f/) ~ :e f/) CD' ~ ~ f/) "'C ~ ~~iii f/) ::J ::J ~ 0 CD , CD (/) "'C3.g, ~ Dl CD CD ~, JJ~ ~ :E f/) -I CD "'C ;:lI\Z'- :;' g: ~ :s::g,@ CD ~ 0 ::J .., ::J iJjel.~ ii) 0' CD ~~OJ (/)<@ <-l:e c::; "'C CD JJ < o Z :E g: =d g, ~ i!l 0' ::J "'C ii) 3. (,) CD :EZ CD t\l f/) ::J ~ ~ ::J .., c::;el. < 0' =d ::J "'C ~ii) -g 3. ::J m f/) ::J 0' CD ::J to '< JJ CD a. c: U 0' ::J 01?1:-.J (,)(J'1 ~ 01 m x ~ Q"(/)O"'CI ::J CD t\l ii) ~ 0' 3 < ::J ii) .f/) 0'" 50' e ::J :r ~ " o' It p-ar::J1D ~ ;TIm (ii' ~ f/) "'C(/) :- 5" r<O 00' -@l ~ Q (/) CD lR ~ :E 8l t\l -, CD ~ .., CD JJa. ~:E ii) t\l 3. ~ :s:: CD 3 0'" .., t\l ::J CD ::Q~ 9:-g (/) ijl c: 0' ~::J t\l ::J a. o CD (/) !!!, c:<o '0 ::J '0 -< "'C .., o (0' U 1\)(,) ~010>1\)1\) W ~ m x "!oJ ":s:: o 05' ; 3 ~ 2:; a. t\l CD a. a. CD t\l 0 JO"g 'TI ::J "r~ r m:E t\l t\l fa. ro :E .., =d~ CD ::J :;' <0 "'C Q) 3. 0> "'C(/) CD 0 CD c: 1D~ 6:s:: x' 05' (ii' ~, ~I 3 !!!, g-<g. ~ fj) CD s:: "'C CD ii)~ 3. @ ::J CD "'C ii) 3. I\)(/) I\) 0 j;j' (I) 3' co .9: co ~~~CDCDCDCDCDCDCDCOCOCO~cocococoooooooooooo~ O>CDCO......I\)O>OOCDCOCOOO......coO>~CDCOOOO............I\)(,)(,)(,)(,)~m (,) ~ "'COOO ii) rn rn rn 3. to' to' to' (/) ::J ::J ::J c: ~ CD '< "'C 0 ~ rn to' ::J "'Co = CD o f/) ~ to' CD ::J ~ :;" <0 o CD f/) to' ::J JJ CD '0 o ::l- "'C"'C"'C"'C"'C a a a a a 2 (0' (0' (0' (0' f/) 0 000 C/'J - .... - - m~~~~ ::J ... ... <0 <0 <0 iil iil :;' :;' :;' <0 <0 CD CD CD CD CD CD CD ~ ..., ..., ..., ..., ::Q 9: -I CD ~ :;' <0 o:s:: Q t\l ^ (3 ~ 0 @ iJj :e ii) :s::~ CD JJ 3 0 0'" iii "'C ::J ii) CD 3. (/) o ~ CD ::J :;' <0 :E -I "'C o o ~ f/) o @ :e :E -; "'C m x '0 t\l ::J f/) o' ::J f/) (,) P 01 ~, ~ 0> ~ 2. I\) x 0> o 00 ~~::Q t\l t\l .9: f/) f/) ggo -< ~ ~, 5!2 5!2 <g c: c: . a.a.o '< '< :s:: (/) 00 CD CD f/) f/) to' to' ::J ::J :s::000000 ~ rn rn rn rn rn rn ~ to' 10' to' to' to' to' . .::J .::J ::J ::J ::J ::J "'C"'C"'C"'C"'C"'C"'C"'C ..., ..., ..., ..., ..., ..., ..., ..., o 0 0 0 000 0 2 (0'(0'(0' (0'(0'(0'(0' ~ U U U U U U U mm:s:::s:::s:::s:::s:::s:: ::J ::J t\l t\l t\l t\l t\l t\l <0 ~, ::J ::J ::J ::J ::J ::J :;' CD ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ CD !!! CD CD CD CD CD CD ~ . ..., ..., ..., ..., ..., ..., "'C ii)00 ::J :s:: :s:: (/)(/) s:: CD 3 0'" .., t\l ::J CD "'C g CD f/) f/) m ::J <0 :;' CD ~ "'C-l"'C0"'C a CD ..., CD ..., o ~.2, f/) .2, CD ::J ~ to' ~ en,)"_::I_ f/) t\l m :s:: :s:: O-::J t\l t\l OJJ<O::J::J ijl ~ ~'~ ~ c: (ii' !!! !!! !!! S':e'" 3. 0 o 3 3 a: CD CD "'Co ~ ~, -<0 :s:: ::J o g; o' el. 0' ::J "'C::Q ~~ 3' :;' ~ t\l f/) 1""\ < to' ~ o ::J (/) CD f/) to' ::J OOOO(/) CD CD CD CD (') f/) f/) f/) f/) 0 cg'cg'cg'cg'-g -l"'C CD .., o 0 ::r 0 ::J CD 0' ~ ~o JJ 0 CD ::J < f/) (ii' 5.. :e Qi 03. o 3 3 a: CD CD "'C (3 o CD f/) f/) :s:: CD o ::r t\l ::J 0' ~ m ::J <0 :;' CD ~ (/) Qi ::l- C '0 (/) '0 CD o ~ ~. "'Co (3 rn o _, CD <0 f/) ::J f/) s:: :s:: t\l CD ::J o t\l ::r<o t\l CD ::J .., 0' ~ o ~ o o " r ." m ~ -< "'C .., o o CD f/) f/) :s:: CD o ::r t\l ::J 0' ~ m ::J <0 :;' CD ~ :c (I) I/J " o :J I/J g ;::;: '< - I i .. . . ; .. .. . If i - . o c: .., -c .., o _. CD (") r-+ -c - D> ::J CD ::J en c: .., CD en en c: (") (") CD en en - I .. I ; .. .. . If . i - .. :::D CD "a - m n -. CD ::::J 3 ::;I CD m ::::J -. ... ::::J 0 en ..... ....f:A s: !J1CD 0)3 C'" ... m ::::J CD en z ...... - = : . ;: . .. . If . i - . J:J o o """" en ... ~ (I) ::s (,Q ... ::T (I) ::s -. ::s (,Q "a~ iii ;' :JC!: -:J ca - I i i - . . . ;: .. .. . - . . - ;;; - . - I- i i ;- . . ;: .. .. . If . i . - I i ... . .. .. . ;r !l i . z ....... - . 5. .. : I . : . .. .. . ;; ~ ;; - . if i- . ... . .. .. . ;; . - .. - . en ... o "'" I>> cc (I) -t I>> ::::J ~ - . 5. .. : I . ;: .. .. . - . . - r; - . z ...... :e 0 . . . . -,: ~ (") OJ "T1 ""U OJ 0 -. -. ~ -,: a. :::J eo CD :::J a. D> I m en -. - a. r-+ :::J a. eo ~ ~ (Q a. c: eo en (") en -. 0 r-+ -. (Q :e -. (Q :::J 0 :::J ::::J :::J D> en ... :::J -,: a. c (J) n ... r-+ C D> -,: ::1 CD I c: "'C -.1.' = - .. : . . . - i_ . ... . .. .. . - . . - ;;; - . 1:..1.... i . . . - i_ . ;: .. .. . If . - 1/; - . :n CD (") o .., a. o ~ -c D> en r-+ -c CD ~ o .., 3 D> ::J (") CD JI.. I : - . f- ;: .. .. . If i - . II I- . ;: .. .. . ;; !l ;; - . z () ~ :D CQ$" ::J::Ja>" 0- .- CD (f) ~O ~ 0 tII!t:.. cr::r3< CCD:::m 0- 0- :::.0 (QCOC (l)(5"::JS>> ,.... - -- N S>> ,.... -- o ::J o 2 ::l () ~ ~ :J'" CCD-fFJ.:D ::lQ.1\)11 C.S.OO1 CD CD. I ~__ 0> 3 c:K3<C c.c:=c. ~ag~ .-+en::l"C .-+ Q) .., ::l ~ en 3 0- """-- ::l -0 f:I7 f:I7 f:I7 f:I7 f:I7 N W ...L ...L I\) CD CD N I\) W CJ) 0 ...L i: s: s: s: s: s: .-. .-. .-. .-. .-. =1 c c c c C 5. :J :J :J :J :J .. : a. a. a. a. a. . CD CD CD CD CD . . """" """" """" """" """" - i_ 0 0 0 (') 0 0 0 0 0 0 :J :J :J :J :J . en en en en en ... r-+ r-+ r-+ r-+ r-+ . .. . . . . . --- --- --- --- --- .. . If !l ,. - . " I " I OJ 0 0> r-+ 0 """" . 0 -t ::4- - - - r - ~ 0> '< 0 r :J 0> ~ 0> ... 0> a. c: 0 """" m c a. a. - a. 0> CD 0 - a. ~ CD CD """" """" a. ~ ~ a. OJ 0> 0> CD - CD ~ -I - 0> CD ........... '1J ........... 0 '1J -I " ::::T CD '1J -. CD < ~ CD CD 0> -I I en '1J 0 ::::T X ~ -. CD -I ~ "'U -I '1J th ~ - 0) 3 - I ; i ;- . . ;: .. .. . - . . .. ;;; - . . . . . r-+ "'C ,...., o-\.J Q) CD 3:Jpj CD c.:.: CD CD CD r-+<c. ~ ~ "'C o 0 -, -.""P""l 0 CD \..J _. (') CD CD r-+c.(') r-+ cg ~. 3 Q) r-+ Q) -::T:J en () Q) -. (0 ~CD 3 CD :J r-+ -.1. I i . . . .. i_ . ;: .. .. '" - . !l 5' - . )> C. ::T CD -, CD :J (') CD r-+ o en ~ (') "'C ::T -, CD 0 c."'C ~ CD CD -, -, CD en o c -, (') CD en () "'U o - 3 ~ 3 ~. -. :J r-+ (0 3 CD :J r-+ - I . ... . .. .. !: !l ;;; - . -I. : - .. I . . . i~ . ... . .. .. . ;; . i - . o c: CD en r-+ -. o ::J en e PETITION J~ C::> C-)~, / TO: THE BOYNTON BEACH CITY COMMISSION We, the undersigned members of the Chanteclair Villas community object to the change in zoning and construction of a car wash on the property next to the storage facility on ~ong... . Due and S.W 30" Avenue. 31. H~ ~ 32. 2. 3. ~~ t:-. ~,.9~' 4. PM~ ]) e f2q~J~ ~')' ..,;- ~./ , I-- '':u" IJ ./ 5. .., ~ 6. ~<i7~{ A.0. ~ //' 7. ~J-.J.-'>- 'l <-.. I /t' "/1('" 33. 34. 35. 8. /, '''"- -' 36. 37. 38. 39, 40. 9, 11. 12- 13. 41. 14. 42. 43. 44. 46. 48. 47. 48. 15. :; i{~~~~'JL-/ ,. '. .'o.c,.-~ . 18 ,,'.f, ! f ! r-l~rd (j~" .' . f" 0-. .." ./!.. l,." " ,,- tr -) r 19. . 20. "'.-v '/ 49. 50. '- -, , ~. '-" I -----''f 21. !' t ' 1....-..'..... J (' / ~-' " <: t;. ',~... \ 51. 52. 22. 23. 24. 25. 53. 54. 55. 56. 57. 58. 28. 29. 30. II ~ ~'-1.J.,.<-, 59. 60. 24. PETITION TO: THE BOYNTON BEACH CITY COMMISSION We, the undersigned members of the Chanteclair Villas community object to the change in zoning and construction of a car wash on the property next to the storage facility on Con ~s Av~nue a~d ~W. 30th Avenue. 1 . . - r . .. . y 1/- "Ho. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41. 12 . 42. 43. 44. 45. 46. 17. 47. 48. 49. SO. 51. 52. 53. 54. $$. 56. 57. 58. 26. 27. 28. 29. 59. 30. 60. PETITION TO: THE BOYNTON BEACH CITY COMMISSION We, the undersigned members of the Chanteclair Villas community object to the change in zoning and consbuction of a car wash on the property next to the storage facility on Con~enue and S.w. 3011I Ai:V nue. 1. 7~ 7V~'/i!/r~_ 31. '" 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39, 40. 41. 42. - 43. ~"- 44. 46. 48. 47, 48. 49. 50. 51. 52. 53. 54. 55, 56. 57. 58. 59. 60. 2. 15. 27. 28. 29. 30. tS~ L 6. PETITION TO: THE BOYNTON BEACH CITY COMMISSION We, the undersigned members of the Chanteclair Villas community object to the change in zoning and construction of a car wash on the property next to the storage fa~ on Con Avenue and S.W. 30th Avenue. . eo- ) _;\/' _ /) 1. ~ '-7n ?Ll../ 31. .e. ~ 7___-Lc~ ~ /j / 32. . ~-~3j~/'; 33. ~ Wt- ~~/,//_ 7. 8. .~~? Q~~___ 9. ~ f~.o~ 10. _ I '4, ~ ~ -~". 11.,lf.dr;f..:~aJ ~//10/ - Z:~p~ 34. 35. 36. /1lJ Ii 37. ~/-::~/r7:f'4~~ 38.~/DiF C~////~ 39. OAN C/!//FJi\J9 rl.{ON. ~ 4O~~(J ~ 41.~~~~< 42. ~ h.... ~_ 43.~. ~~ 44:7 g ~ 45.8. /!t~ 46. 1- k~~~ \..1 47. ~ 48. 4. 15. :::~~;~~ 18. (/lJa;uv if~~ :: 1ft:t:!j~ " 21. ~ ~~ u ;..~ ~ 22. /-'~ 23. ~cL ~,_~ 7 ~), 24. 25. 26. 27. PETITION TO: THE BOYNTON BEACH CITY COMMISSION We, the undersigned members of the Hunters Run community object to the change in zoning and construction of a car wash on the property next to the stor~ge f7 on co~ress Avenue and S.W. 30':!'venue. 1. 0 t IlLY IJc)(erfl1f;f 26. Ct. ' I. , NC 2. o 27. 3. f1a V} 01 rJLf;~ Vlc./(q!-AJ. (" ~ / ~ -----, 29. 4. 5. ? 1 tI 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. - 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 22. 23. 24. 25. - I /~ '1 ) [f"7l1 'It.) f' PETITION TO: THE BOYNTON BEACH CITY COMMISSION ?-e<--t "2-v W';)D~ it! ~ 3. 29. 30. / I .J Lfi/uy Q~ j ~ dr;~ 31. ~JL (1'-U\ ~ 32. ~C>~\ ~D'--'.J~+- :3~~ ~~~ ~ ~ .~~ ~~fc " 38. ~t~ i 39. ') ./ (Jr~>{;'~ 4. 5. 10. 11. 22. 47. ') ~'~ 40. 41. 42. 43. 19. 44. 20. 45. 21. 46. \../'1/\ /'\ 23. - f Y , 24.J)~ '^~ 25.~~ W (~ 48. 49. 50. /' '. ....- .... ...:;. PETITION TO: THE BOYNTON BEACH CITY COMMISSION We, the undersigned members of the Hunters Run community object to the change in zoning and construction of a car wash on e property next to the storage facility on Congress Avenue and S.W oth 1. 2. 3. 5. 6. 33. 9. 34. 10. 35. 11. 36. 12. 37. 13. 38. 14. 39. 15. 40. 16. 41. 17. 42. 18. 19. 44. 20. 45. 46. 50. ,/ ~,\ J 'f PETITION TO: THE BOYNTON BEACH CITY COMMISSION We, the undersigned members of the Hunters Run community object to the change in zoning and construction of a car wash on the property next to the stor ge facility on Co ress Avenue and S. 30th A nue. I / bW~~~ 26. I . 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 8. 11. 1 31 27. 28. 29. 30. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41. 42. 43. 44. 45. 46. 47. 48. , . ~/~.~- ~:/f(~ 49. 50. I/L(~ PETITION TO: THE BOYNTON BEACH CITY COMMISSION We, the undersigned members of the Hunters Run community object to the change in zoning and construction of a car wash on the property next to the stor. ge facility on Congress Avenue and S.W. oth Avenue. 1 26. , 27. 29. 5. 30. 6. 31. I 7. 32. 8. 33. 9. 34. 10. 35. 11. 12. 37. 13. 38. 14. 15. ~ 16.;f:;o ~M4 17. .~~ f~ 18. - 19. 20. 21. 22. 25. PETITION TO: THE BOYNTON BEACH CITY COMMISSION We, the undersigned members of the Hunters Run community object to the change in zoning and c nstruction of a car wash on the property next to the storag cility on Co ess nue and S.W. 30th Avenue. - 26. ~~Yv 6~ ~ ~' 1. 2. 5. 6. 7. 8. ,. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 25. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. ~ 35. 36. 42. 43. 44. 46. 47. 48. 49. 50. PETITION TO: THE BOYNTON BEACH CITY COMMISSION We, the undersigned members of the Hunters Run community object to the ! change in zoning and construction of a car wash on the property next to the storage facility on Congress Avenue and S.W. 30th Avenue. 43. 44. 4S::_ ~ 2 46. ( 2. 1. 3. 4. 5. 6. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. \ 47. ; IV 48. (J 49f ' ~ :L-- 50. , ~#j(~/)I kd?4?' , &-~k4/ S\j0-Uc~~ 7_Yl~c~ \S)/ ~ q. ~cev.J '- J~.. ")zd ... 11>>1 .~... 14 0L/, (J;~'~ ,)1;l?;f i~ ,5'S-- ( -n~~ ~ I ~J=L~ 23. 24. 25. Jv f) I/" // L'&-Cl../\A ~ tJ1LJ}try,-- PETITION TO: THE BOYNTON BEACH CITY COMMISSION We, the undersigned members of the Hunters Run community object to the change in zoning and construction of a car wash on the property next to the storage facility on ongress Avenue and S.W. 30th Avenue. , ~'I 3. 4. 6. 14. 15. 16 17. 18. 19. 21. ~ D~_ L,v IY-') s'l~ 47. \~~~ G~6a~ 8. -_) Gt> \ 1\ ro A-\~----- 49. ~ i,y~ P- 50.CY~ / ~) ':0r~ 20. 22. 23. 24. 25. ,. PETITION TO: THE BOYNTON BEACH CITY COMMISSION We, the undersigned members of the Hunters Run community object to the change in zoning and construction of a car wash on the property next to the storage facility on Congress Avenue and S.W. 30th Avenue. ubi ~'J ? 1~-~, ~ OA Jr.~b 2. ~~lU , 3.'~~ ~zr ::~fid 6(/ In>>~ I!~~ ::~;fi ~l~~ (if) ::: 9. f}~ I3v'ii~'~ 10. 11. 12. 13. 28. 29. 30. ' 31. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41. 42. 43. 44. 45. 46. 47 48. 49. 50. PETITION TO: THE BOYNTON BEACH CITY COMMISSION We, the undersigned members of the Hunters Run community object to the change in zoning and construction of a car wash on the property next to the storage facility on Congress Avenue and S.W. 30th Avenue. 26. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 35. 36. 37. 13. 38. 15. 16. 42. 18. 43. 19. 44. 20. 45. 21. 46. 47. ~,~~ 48. 49. 50. PETITION TO: THE BOYNTON BEACH CITY COMMISSION We, the undersigned members of the Hunters Run community object to the change in zoning and construction of a car wash on the property next to the storage facility on Congress Avenue and S.W. oth Avenue. /, 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 8. 9. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 21. 22. 23. PETITION TO: THE BOYNTON BEACH CITY COMMISSION We, the undersigned members of the Hunters Run community object to the change in zoning and construction of a car wash on the property next to the st~rage facility on ~o~gr~ss Avenue and ~ A~. :lI!J 1t~diM:: :L~ ~ 24. 1..-/ 5. ,/~~_/ 30 6. I / 31. 7. 8. 9. 10. 18." ~' 47. ~Z' 8. i -;-/-- ~ . i') (!JJv..-.U 25. PETITION TO: THE BOYNTON BEACH CITY COMMISSION We, the undersigned members of the Hunters Run community object to the change in zoning and construction of a car wash on the property next to the stora e facility 0 Co gress Avenue and S.W. 30th Avenue. 26. TfCvtlcnt. tl~w 7~~ /~ d--- 3. 4. 7. 8. 3 . 33. 35. 36. 37. 13. 38. 14. 39. 15. 40. 16. 41. / 17. -{/42. 18. 19. 44. 20. 45. 21. ~ 50. ~Ac~ /t-7 49. PETITION TO: THE BOYNTON BEACH CITY COMMISSION We, the undersigned members of the Hunters Run community object to the change in zoning and construction of a car wash on the property next to the stora e facility ongress Avenue and S.W. 30th Avenue. 7 26.//~/~~ 27. 9 ~ " 7. 8. 36. 12. 13. 14. 39. 15. 16. 17. , 23. 24. 25. PETITION TO: THE BOYNTON BEACH CITY COMMISSION We, the undersigned members of the Hunters Run community object to the change in zoning and construction of a car wash on the property next to the storaQ,e facility on Congress Avenue and S.W. 30th Avenue. 26.C~ I) 27LC 28. (l-t.,~ / 5. 6. 7. 8. 11. 18. 21. 22. 23. . 24. 25. .. 29. 30. 31. 32. ," 33. ~9J-~. ~keLlI 34.. ~1i4 ~ 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41. 42. 43. 44. 45. 46. 47. 48. 49. 50. PETITION TO: THE BOYNTON BEACH CITY COMMISSION We, the undersigned members of the Hunters Run community object to the change in zoning and construction of a car wash on the property next to the storage facility on Congress Avenue and S.W. 30.h Avenue'd' ::~~ ::: / ~ 3.0L-1JS ~~ 28. i 6U~~ 4. 1J?va; ~ 29. " ~ - 14. 30. 31. 32. 33. ) 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. ! 8. 9. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. ~ 22. 23. 24. c;:~ 25. !# /(\WY><A- \~ ~Vr ~. f~l~ UL~ I.). 19/'1 ~. (~..~ f Iv/LL ~\ ,v ~?0-- J(~( PETITION TO: THE BOYNTON BEACH CITY COMMISSION 5. ~: . 6. f 7. 32. ~ . 8. 33. 34. We, the undersigned members of the Hunters Run community object to the change in zoning and construction of a car wash on the property next to the storage facility on gress Avenue and S.W. 30th Avenue. ()J)tl ~~ .~-~ 11. 12. 13. 16. ". PETITION TO: THE BOYNTON BEACH CITY COMMISSION We, the undersigned members of the Hunters Run community object to the change in zoning and construction of a car wash on the property n~xt to the storage fa ility on Co ress Avenue and S.W. 30th Avenue. /I) 26. fl;~ )1 fl~V2-IL-, 27. 3. 28. 4. 29. 5. 30. 6. 31. 7. 32. 33. 34: 22. 23. 25. ~ 36. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41. 42. 43. ......, -,. / PETITION TO: THE BOYNTON BEACH CITY COMMISSION We, the undersigned members of the Hunters Run community object to the change in ~oning and construction of a car wash on the property next to the storage facility on Congress Avenue and S.W. 30th Avenue. 1.J11~ ld/~ 26./~~ 2. ~~)YVVV.QJ'\ v\~'\..- 27. '/ 3.1{ W \ ~ ~J b I \ ~L(C, 28. 1 7. ~~ 8. I 9. 10. 25. 29. ' 30. 31. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41. 42. 43. 45. 46. 47. 48. 49. 50. PETITION TO: THE BOYNTON BEACH CITY COMMISSION 3. 4. 5. ../ 6. 7. 8. 33. 9. 34. 10. 35. 11. 36:- 12. 37. 38. 14. 39. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 46. 22. 47. 23. 48. 24. 49. 25. 50. PETITION TO: THE BOYNTON BEACH CITY COMMISSION 4. We, the undersigned members of the Hunters Run community object to the change in zoning and construction of a car wash on the property next to the sto;ge ,facility on Congress Avenue and s.w"z,J/th ,Avenu~ .d 1 ~ ~--,- 26. C~- AJ!-~-{/h~ 27. ,L~H(/~ thdc~ 28.~~ ~ 29.~. ,~ 30. y(da J~ 8. 3. I 5. 3. 6. 31. 32. 34. 35. 36. 37. 13 38. 39. 40. f 41. 42. 43. 44. 45. 46. 47. 48. 49. 50. PETITION TO: THE BOYNTON BEACH CITY COMMISSION We, the undersigned members of the Hunters Run community object to the change in zoning and construction of a car wash on the property next to the storage fa. 'ty 0 Congre .ue and S.W. oth Avenue. . 13ql 1. 2. 3. 28. 4. 29. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10 16. 17. 24. J PETITION TO: THE BOYNTON BEACH CITY COMMISSION We, the undersigned members of the Hunters Run community object to the change in zoning and construction of a car wash on the property next to the storage facility on Congress Avenue and S.W., 30th Ave ue. 26. 27. 3. 28. 29. 5. 30. 6. 31. 7. 32. 8. 9. ;: 10. 11. 12. / 37. 38. 39. .:-../....----. 40. 41. 42. 43. q,.~ .J.- 44. ~~'- 45. 13. 14. 15. 22. I 23: 48. 24. 49. 50. ~~ I PETITION TO: THE BOYNTON BEACH CITY COMMISSION We, the undersigned members of the Hunters Run community object to the change in zoning and construction of a car wash on the property next to the ~" ----- ~ storage facility o.,---cc;ngress Avenue and S. W. 30th Avenue. " 9. 10. 11. 12. ! 13. "r 14. ;. 15. fk~;~- 7~ II( / 16.!L ~c..-~ L<k\:<f" :::~ ~.- ;~~~ L 19. " 20. ( 21. 1~;~i!::~) 23. / ' (I R- u~---- 24. '~Ji {il. [tA~ \J ~ 25. ~~.1AL-\ / 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41. 42. 43. 44. 45. 46. 47. / /.r,:-j _._-~ r~ PETITION We, the undersigned members of the Hunters Run community object to the change in zoning and construction of a car wash on the property next to the storage facility on Congress Avenue and S.W. 30th Avenue. 1. 26. t../( P ~ ~ TO: THE BOYNTON BEACH CITY COMMISSION 5. 34. 10. 35. 11. 36. 12. 37. 13. 38. 39. 40. 41. 2. 3. 4. 6. ' 7. 2 ok', 48. ) ]-/1 ri- 7lai.l {J-7U 49.~L ~1J- 50. ') ~ oJii-1 PETITION TO: THE BOYNTON BEACH CITY COMMISSION We, the undersigned members of the Hunters Run community object to the change in zoning and construction of a car wash on the property next to the storage facility on Congress Avenue and S.W. 30th Avenue. 1. i.f'~ I ~_-'~ 26. G' ~ r , 27. 28. 29. ~ 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 18. 43. 19. 44. 20. 45. 21. 46. 22. 47. ~ /49. 25. 50. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8 9. 11. 14. 15. " '1) t;' I.) n}~ , I - C l '-ll. L~C.~('5----' :) PETITION TO: THE BOYNTON BEACH CITY COMMISSION We, the undersigned members of the Hunters Run community object to the change in zoning and construction of a car wash on the property next to the storage facility on Congress Avenue and s.wg:;;:;... th AvenuWe. .~. ,.- --// I#,UAln '\' y~ . 26. .. ~ 0 3. 28. 4. 29. 5. 30. 6. 31. 7. 32. 8. d 33. 9. 34. 35. 11. . 12. 2. , cdJuL--';/h..'--U (-,-- _ C- - 9-z~cL 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 27. 39.. 40. 41. 42. 43. 44. 45. . 4B: 47. 48. 49. 50. DEVELOPMENT ORDER OF THE CITY COMMISSION OF THE CITY OF BOYNTON BEACH, FLORIDA PROJECT NAME: Citrus Park P.U.D. oevelOllment p & z. Bu\ldlng . Englneenng LIcense .. occ. CIW ClefI' oelluW ~- APPLICANT'S AGENT: John Frullo APPLICANT'S ADDRESS: 142 Citrus Park Circle Boynton Beach, FL33436 DATE OF HEARING RATIFICATION BEFORE CITY COMMISSION: April 19, 2005 TYPE OF RELIEF SOUGHT: Request approval for master plan modification (Citrus Park P.U.D.) to allow a swimming pool to be setback four (4) feet from the side property line and 11 feet from the rear property line. LOCATION OF PROPERY: East side Lawrence Road and south of Miner Road DRAWING(S): SEE EXHIBIT "B" ATTACHED HERETO. X THIS MATTER came before the City Commission of the City of Boynton Beach, Florida appearing on the Consent Agenda on the date above. The City Commission hereby adopts the findings and recommendation of the Planning and Development Board, which Board found as follows: OR THIS MATTER came on to be heard before the City Commission of the City of Boynton Beach, Florida on the date of hearing stated above. The City Commission having considered the relief sought by the applicant and heard testimony from the applicant, members of city administrative staff and the public finds as follows: 1. Application for the relief sought was made by the Applicant in a manner consistent with the requirements of the City's Land Development Regulations. 2. The Applicant ..,/ HAS HAS NOT established by substantial competent evidence a basis for the relief requested. 3. The conditions for development requested by the Applicant, administrative staff, or suggested by the public and supported by substantial competent evidence are as set forth on Exhibit "C" with notation "Included". 4. The Applicant's application for relief is hereby ./' GRANTED subject to the conditions referenced in paragraph 3 hereof. DENIED 5. This Order shall take effect immediately upon issuance by the City Clerk. 6. All further development on the property shall be made in accordance with the terms and conditions of this order. 7. Other DATED: 4 - a. a. - 05 S:\Planning\SHARED\WP\PROJECTS\Citrus Park\MPMD 05-004 Pool\DO.doc EXHIBIT "E" Conditions of Approval Project name: Citrus Park File number: MPMD 05-004 Reference: 2nd review plans identified as a Master Plan Modification with a January 27,2005 Planning & Zoning d ki ate stamn mar nl!. DEPARTMENTS INCLUDE REJECT PUBLIC WORKS- General Comments: None X PUBLIC WORKS- Traffic Comments: None X UTILITIES Comments: None X FIRE Comments: None X POLICE Comments: None X ENGINEERING DIVISION Comments: 1. In accordance with the approved master plan, General Note 3.B - "No X structures, trees, or shrubs shall be placed on drainage easements and utility eastments for water and sewer". Those lots with drainage easements will not be permitted to construct pools within the drainage easement. 2. Paving, Drainage, and site details will not be reviewed for construction X acceptability at this time. All engineering construction details shall be in accordance with the applicable City of Boynton Beach Standard Drawings and the "Engineering Design Handbook and Construction Standards" and will be reviewed at the time of construction permit application. BUILDING DIVISION Comments: 3. The pool shall comply with 2001 Florida Building Code for Residential X Swimming Pool Requirements, Section 424.2.17 through 424.2.17.1.15. Conditions of Approval 2 I DEPARTMENTS I INCLUDE I REJECT I PARKS AND RECREATION Comments: None X FORESTER/ENVIRONMENT ALIST Comments: None X PLANNING AND ZONING Comments: 4. Staff recommends allowing swimming pools on lots 23, 26, 27, 36, 37, 38, X 40, 43, 47, 48, 49, 53, 54, 55, 68, 70, 71, 74, 75, 79, 91, 92, 96, 100, 101, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 112, and 113. The side setback shall be four (4) feet from the side property line and 11 feet from the rear property line. Add a note to the master plan. 5. Staff recommends reducing the side setback for screened-roof enclosures (for X all lots) from 15 feet to three (3) feet. Modify the master plan tabular data. 6. A screened-roof enclosure proposed between 14 feet and three (3) feet from X the side property line would require Home Owner Association approval. This consent would be required prior to the issuance of a building permit. ADDITIONAL PLANNING & DEVELOPMENT BOARD CONDITIONS Comments: 7. None X ADDITIONAL CITY COMMISSION CONDITIONS Comments: 8. To be determined. ~ S:\Planning\SHARED\WP\PROJECTS\Citrus Park\MPMD 05-004 Pool\COA.doc DEVELOPMENT ORDER OF THE CITY COMMISSION OF THE CITY OF BOYNTON BEACH, FLORIDA Develorl1'f'1l. p g :., p . ,'. ,'fi" PROJECT NAME: AGENT: Muvico Theatre at Boynton Beach Mall , l I":ierk Mr. Thomas A. Marsicano, AICP / URS Corporation AGENT'S ADDRESS: 7650 West Courtney Campbell Causeway Tampa, FL 33607 DATE OF HEARING RATIFICATION BEFORE CITY COMMISSION: April 19, 2005 TYPE OF RELIEF SOUGHT: Request a height exception of 19 feet - six (6) inches for decorative statues on a movie theatre, proposed on a 11.64-acre parcel in the Community Commercial (C-3) zoning district. LOCATION OF PROPERTY: 301 North Congress Avenue - Macy's leased parcel at the Boynton Beach Mall, located on the north side of Old Boynton Road, just west of Congress Avenue. DRAWING(S): SEE EXHIBIT "B" ATTACHED HERETO. X THIS MATTER came before the City Commission of the City of Boynton Beach, Florida appearing on the Consent Agenda on the date above. The City Commission hereby adopts the findings and recommendation of the Planning and Development Board, which Board found as follows: OR THIS MATTER came on to be heard before the City Commission of the City of Boynton Beach, Florida on the date of hearing stated above. The City Commission having considered the relief sought by the applicant and heard testimony from the applicant, members of city administrative staff and the public finds as follows: DATED: 1. Application for the relief sought was made by the Applicant in a manner consistent with the requirements of the City's Land Development Regulations. 2. The Applic;mt ~HAS HAS NOT established by substantial competent evidence a basis for the relief requested. 3. The conditions for development requested by the Applicant, administrative staff, or suggested by the public and supported by substantial competent evidence are as set forth on Exhibit "C" with notation "Included". 4. The Applic9nt'S application for relief is hereby ~ GRANTED subject to the conditions referenced in paragraph 3 hereof. DENIED 5. This Order shall take effect immediately upon issuance by the City Clerk. 6. All further development on the property shall be made in accordance with the and conditions of this order. Other 7. 4-~:1-D~ S,IPlanningISHAREDlWPIPROJECTS\Boynton Lof\sIHTEX 05-001\OO.OOc BOYNTON BEACH MALL LOCATION MAP Exhibit A ~ J V-L r.:::./ '- ~ I ~ C ;; '\ I Gj ~~ L- -LLfhm [ flW( -- ~ ~ ~ ~YE ..... I J ~. ~ I 5 II ....1 1.1 I I II , I r- + r- '"' ., I " I I '--- II ;~ L Dn: ~ C:::I tEtn ~"11 - III ~ I D I I r--' l I I I I II i I 1--'- r, ~ . . amnmanm -, / ......., TI III - - ;~ f . I :::::; f-- -0 I f- WDIIm I--, ~ - : -) I-- l11l1iiilsiim ~ ~!I ~ h ~ IIIDIllBmnnm .-- r I I I IIf III r I I I I fl I r 11J1Ci!lli11T I I I " I P 1,100 650 o 1.100 Feet N A "-~-.. - ......... ..........-...-----.... ......-...--... i ... !~ . i . Ii I Ii ~l II 1'1 .. 1 r; ~ i ~ ~ Jli~iii ta III iii '" III ~i ~ ii ~ ~ S! III III III III III l i 1I ;; t I II rill'" iii r; ~ i ; ; ~E fi ~ III I II ~ N ~ ; J~ wrll! !l! II ~l i}.J Ja .It I , , 11 I r. r' r f If tUi:i irt f 'f ljuli..r .. [I Iff ~J ~J , I H . EXHIBIT "8" ... I 2/2/2005 1:5CJ:03 PM \ \BUO\PLOT -NT\CAONET _8306\QUEUE\PRINTERS.Qcf .leSSlcom e:\ 047 Rh(?1(71 M, "" ,.,,,1=1,..,,,,..,+,..,,..,\ r^nn\ ^~.., ~ EXHIBIT "e" Conditions of Approval Project name: File number: Reference: Muvico Theatre at Boynton Beach Mall HTEX 05-003 Elevation drawings with a January 31,2005 date stamp marking. DEPARTMENTS INCLUDE REJECT PUBLIC WORKS Comments: None X UTILITIES Comments: None X FIRE Comments: None X POLICE Comments: None X ENGINEERING DIVISION Comments: None X BUILDING DIVISION Comments: None X PARKS AND RECREATION Comments: None X FORESTERlENVIRONMENT ALIST Comments: None X PLANNING AND ZONING Comments: 1. The maximum height allowed in the C-3 zoning district is 45 feet (Chapter 2, X Section 6.C.). At the time of permitting, the elevations shall indicate the building height, ensuring compliance with aforementioned code. ADDITIONAL PLANNING & DEVELOPMENT BOARD COMMENTS: Comments: 2. None X ADDITIONAL CITY COMMISSION COMMENTS: Comments: Page 2 Muvico at Boynton Beach Mall Height Exception (HTEX 05-003) 3. To be determined. DEPARTMENTS ~ S:IPlanningISHAREDlWPIPROJECTSlBoynton Beach Mall\MSPM 05-001 Muvico TheatreIHTEX 05-003\COAdoc I INCLUDE I REJECT I I I I DEVELOPMENT ORDER OF THE CITY COMMISSION OF THE CITY OF BOYNTON BEACH, FLORIDA Muvico at Boynton Beach Mall Development P&Z Building Engineering Occ. License Deputy City Clerk PROJECT NAME: AGENT: Thomas A. Marsicano, AICP I URS Corporation Sout, em AGENT'S ADDRESS: 7650 West Courtney Campbell Causeway Tampa, FL 33607 DATE OF HEARING RATIFICATION BEFORE CITY COMMISSION: April 19, 2005 TYPE OF RELIEF SOUGHT: Request for Major Site Plan approval for the construction of a 79,500 square foot movie theatre and 17,528 square feet of retail at the Boynton Beach Mall, which is in C-3 zoning district. LOCATION OF PROPERTY: 301 North Congress Avenue - Macy's leased parcel at the Boynton Beach Mall, located on the north side of Old Boynton Road, just west of Congress Avenue. DRAWING(S): SEE EXHIBIT "B" ATTACHED HERETO. X THIS MATTER came before the City Commission of the City of Boynton Beach, Florida appearing on the Consent Agenda on the date above. The City Commission hereby adopts the findings and recommendation of the Planning and Development Board, which Board found as follows: OR THIS MATTER came on to be heard before the City Commission of the City of Boynton Beach, Florida on the date of hearing stated above. The City Commission having considered the relief sought by the applicant and heard testimony from the applicant, members of city administrative staff and the public finds as follows: DATED: 1. Application for the relief sought was made by the Applicant in a manner consistent with the requirements of the City's Land Development Regulations. 2. The Applic9Jlt LHAS HAS NOT established by substantial competent evidence a basis for the relief requested. 3. The conditions for development requested by the Applicant, administrative staff, or suggested by the public and supported by substantial competent evidence are as set forth on Exhibit "C" with notation "Included". 4. The ApplicaJ1t's application for relief is hereby ~GRANTED subject to the conditions referenced in paragraph 3 hereof. DENIED 5. This Order shall take effect immediately upon issuance by the City Clerk. 6. All further development on the property shall be made in accordance with the terms and conditions of this order. 7. Other tJ - c!}.::J. - 0 S S:\Planning\SHARED\WP\PROJECTS\Boynton Beach BOYNTON BEACH MALL LOCATION MAP Exhibit A ~ rl Vi J l......./ ~ r 2J~ i 1:C!;;;I;lIII Qj ~,. .., rial L c:: :,..- \ ~VE r r I TT :II !;. I - ~ r J II ~ ill II I r- - - I -.T ITT '--- U f I r II I ~ L 1 I or.......... ~ Ul ~ CI ~I ~"'l III r I 0' 1-- r ,--.J I ) L TTTI I I ~ T II T II _lillllU I nmnmanml --. v - IT 11 r--- ~ '"11ij I r ~ - \miDJmnnm ~~ T - t~ ~ .......... - llIaDiIslii.ll3 ~ t-- h ItJ ...., .-OIlIIllBumnm ~ .--- '=Irr TI Ir I T lr I l r 11 1181111lTn r I II " I r I p 1,100 650 o 1.100 Feet N A . .---.-..-..----...-...... .......".-...---..... .....--...~......-... O-\BOYNTONBEACH DP29\DIJG\MUVICO-50.D'WG 03/04/05 10-20 EXHIBIT "B" I L~II lill o o I o I I o 0 i , ~~_.._.._.l I , I ---~7:l- ~ LJ .Il< :u '" 'OM 002 68 02 'lS: Me 11< o;() NO SIEAIR :u '" 'OM 002 I ~ 1 Z:::j "'0 02 ~ ~ ~ N - E~~~~ ~~~ ~~~ ~~~ iI; ~;om ~m~~ Bill I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~1l~ I I ~;e~s ~~~ !~~ ~~~ Ci~~ ~ ~ i ~~~ ~ ~s ~~ ,., 22 ~ - ~~~z~ ~~~ ~~~ ~~~ ~ ~ 'G~8~ ~~~~~ ~ ~ . , ~ ~"'nm 1Il~~ ~ ~~ i~ z ~Q? ~~-. a ~ . ~ ~"'mo~ >,.,~ ~~ oC ~~ ~ ~~~ ~ z~ i~~u ~ ~ ~ ~ UHf) U1 Ii ~~~~~ i~~ ~9 ~~~ " ~ OrTJ " ~~ . ,;8~ ~i~~ ~ g ~ g t ~ ~ ! :l ::0::0 rTJ lO ~ ~ ~ ~ rTJ< 0 ~~~"'1Il ~~~ ~~ ~~ io ~'Gaa~ 08 . g I rTJo l> ~~~ ~e~~ ZrTJ ~.'i ~I'!~ Il;;l.~~ 1m M ~ . . . ~ ~~~ ~ m~ ~g <!~ ~a~ ~~~~ , ::El> ~~~~ ~i~ I~ ~~ ~~ ~ E' ,~ VI ~ " l>::O "l! d~ a~~ ~~ a; ~ Fij; ~ ~ ;0 ~~~ 0 ~? -g - ~ ~~~ ~ ~:s 0 ~ rTJ o : Vi .:r8 m' ~: ~; ~~a ~~~ as :: ~ o 00""_ . ::0 ~h~ i'l ~; ;o~ ~~ ~~a ~illi ~ 9 - l'l ~ ~;:lt;cn;g U1 ~~~~ ~~ ~;' ;~ -.....0)... ~ ~~~ ~ '1 ~ ~ '1 ~ VI Il ~2 n ~~ ::t:t:z: ~ ~ ~ ~ J1 BOYNTON BEACH MALL SIMON ! I I I URS ~ ~~ 801 NORTH CONGRESS AVENUE ! ~ ~ () BOYNTON BEACH, FL 33426 ~ URS Cofpotetlon Soulhem ' I' I'GICII'I'IIl::ltIa - ~ ~ Nllliunal City CCftI<< 7850 Wut Courtney~' Caul8\W.ly - i ii MUVICO THEATER 11 ~ W. W.5hiaJ100 SUM i T~, F\ofIda 33807 (813)286-1711 ..,,'" 1"~.1IlC'-)1 - lndillBaJlOJil, IN 46204 Engheertng BUlNu No. 00000OO2 ""- - ~ SITE PLAN 317.616.1600 - - .. l.IllI.x.fOO. 12llO4!311.00000 ....... L .-J EXHIBIT "B" ~ ' , . . ~ g ~ ~= t= i d i ~~ ~li h --------_._-~-- . , I ~ i ." o o o () o c: '" -< ~ -0 (I) (I) I o -0 (I) ~ (I) I ~ 0 ....lJl.... -:8;:"-- -0 :r~I~I'I'b~~<r~~ V> Iii !r!i!!~in C :!J "II ~ ....~}'_ ~, J ;~eb~h:~ p . ;}!;.,. '"_Oi}' .npM ~ o ~. '~". ~lJI'd~~.... li g~ igngi~ i~~ g~~~ S~~ @~~~ C ~.t~ ~~~a < r- I ii!'1'~ , I::i'lGf'l I ~~i\~ 0 5d ~ 0 z~ tIl ~ zn (J)m ~!i~ , , I. ~ 0 0" ~~!:l . "en S ~ ~~ ~ (J).... ~, ~ .n ~O 1'~ M ~Fl ! i i )I .~ . o n ii. o " N~ ~ ~I ~ ~ ~ . ~ . ~i ~ )I}< ~ ~ ig j N g~ ~.~ ~~ ~ ~ ~ .i 0 ~ 0 l~ OA n . ,,'" ~i ~ ~ ~ . , . .~ ~ ~~~ ! ~~ f ~~ ,0 ~i ~ j:n(~~ ~ n ~~~ !Ill ~; ~S~ Rg~ ~ ~~n .% Ill! ~~ i~! ~lt~[ ,,~;; .~ Of ~ ~ ~ z~g ~ ~ ~i :fl; ~!! d ~ ~ n (f! ~I~I ~~ G ~ . ~ ~ :' ~ ~, .l1. ~ ~ - ~. fa.g'~ l"llJl 1) ,. 0 1i!< ~ a a ~ k!:l lil Ig1 i 0': n...... ! ::fiI ~ ~ J. i o ~ D ~ D I I ~ m 001 @O O.0$#:. :~ ~l~ :i~ ~~~~ ~~fI;~ alJ ~~9~._i ~;:j:g.i f!ls3i....~~ ~,~-~d~ olM~i~ .'~ J'~ ;~5 .'[. .oj ~~! ~~. ;:J~ "_"-. ;!Iii iG,irm . '~'lE~'O ~t ~N.~ ~~~l ~!,' ~~p ~ ~~ ii I o~ ~ - ~ ., ~ j. ,. poD :0 p~~'?~ ><.~ ~~. !'1 ""'. . (") N. ... li~ ~t~~!H ~,!~ r '-<,rJi~~ li'~ ~ ~;':.i ~~.(l j . ~~ ~C'l O~9 o,.;a:f ;J~c>> .~ O2:.3 0~! ~l~ :>' :~ oj ~~.~ ~J ~f :~, f 9'~'j, ~ !3~.'" & 0 ~ is :a ;Os ~ Q 8 ~~~ ~8:~;!I~.~~~a.a ~.S~lg~~ Vi' 'i~~ ~~Q~~--~~i~ ~ie.g~Oi__1f ; Bloli ~.l.o.!it ~~':.~,..J; ~.~!m;J;l7'~ ~ ~ ~i3 ~o'i. ?:iii.. ;crl "'tf ~fl~ ~.lE: 5 ~ ~.;r:f ~,~ ~ef ~t~ ~l.o, ~oJ ~~ ~ ~~'a ;1~.J ~!5f ~~ ;!'J. . h~~; ~.~.~;;: I~O p;~-~ e~~3 ~ ~~. lE:;& ~-i. ~ ~! 1;7's ~Q I:g ! ~J ~;-l- . O.i<. ;z..~ ~. a .II BOYNTON BEACH MALL SIMON ~ ! I I URS ~ !~ 801 NORTH CONGRESS AveNUE ~ ~ ~ r- BOYNTON BEACH, FL 33426 ~ URS Corpcntton Southern , I'IlICII'I'lI(;nD - ~ NlIliunal City Ceatcr - ~ ~ MUVICO THEATER IISW.WlsbiogtOllStJeet 1650 West Courtney ~I CauMwey ..,,'" 1. ....._.: l~l - lndi_poli.. IN 46204 " T.~.F1orid.33601 (813)286-1711 -- - ~ LANDSCAPE PLAN 317.6~.1600 ~ ._.... B........ No. ?0ooooo2 "'" '" ~ -~ ,.....,.- - L -.J 1 > I N I! i ~ il~ ~ II Ii. g. fo Hi! ~.. ~ ~ \1 ~E ill ~ Iii I Ii 1'-'" ~ t"" ~ ;; s ~BU'I~ =iJ J Iff tLrl'"d Jt[ h ~I !I' -t ill ~I g~ tr~ it ~ ~ t~ hl:;t (Ir t I, ~ntll lr b hflili Jli f if tlJt&lt ii! ~ '1 [r J Iii' , I :,1 . EXHIBIT "B" I , I :,1 . , I , I , I , I , I , I I ~ I! I. I. ~!. 'I "I ,pI ~! ~~b ~1tJ ;'^'."~' ;"!L~I !:.'dr 'llr _~" ~/~~ ~ ~.~~~ ~"r :'~;.;~". ~i :..~ ~ ",. - ""'! ;"li' "",_ [::;'<:\J ' : lilt; n ~ ~~.. ~' :: ~ c ~ ... S ~ ~ . E 0, - D.. I 2/2/2005 1:59:03 PM \ \BUD\PLOT -NT\CADNET _830G\OUEUE\PRINTFRS.nr,f 1P.<;<;1 r,i"'lm p.,\ 1114 7F\h1l1Dl M"", ~~R~"n+M \ r6nm ^_'> _ Ii , ~i ~I l~ l,j ... o :>: ~;~~~~ II - _ ~ ~ r' i E ~ ~ ~u. fll fll fll fll .1 n ~ j ~ ~ i i i i i J ~ i ~ ~ fll fll fll fll i i ; ; EXHIBIT "B" ." I~ 12 L Iii u; C' iz:: c :2 7 " " b " ~ :_U Q \:J U 'M ,~ c, ~ i:-':1 ,B, "" ~ :'-'1 " f~ C, 'vl [1; I ii Ii :I~ 11 I '----.------ 1*"J~Jl(O III 11[: =-,- - ---:=r-:~rc;c,-~'f-I---~~~~-~l~ . , V ' U ":-,-:l. -', ';1 '111 \,I~' ilil (", ,~" I",;, "') . :\ C ai' 'r .\ ' I 'l ~ l, 'v I~ ,~: ---~~--_- ~-~dl ,::,_~~ )', -/ L~ ,I: 'i i ~~;;:;;_~~-- - 1- ~,c---, ~,;:J~ = '=-_~_~J,II J 1 IT I If - - II l ~ ) ~ . ~.~ : \ II MM'lf:: [1.""':(-' ::';JU(:=}r-) I I I :~., ,-- I" c r (I II \1 i JI ~ I' . ~-I 1 'r -~---d -~ I t:- - ~,~ ---=- -j< " ' , 1-,.:;" - -~~'----111 ;--" !-t /, :III-~C~~ -~,~~'\~. ; f - ~;r~~ -y I , _,' , ~~_~ _ ,~, - _ _0- __ -{' 1,1, \' '6' II , c<(~:.~e .' ~ l ~ -j- ,~" _: II I ~" 'v,,~,} n 1) r"~" ~ [ -1' =--__~.:.__-_~-'--=__ __ _- [I I - - - .. .,. -~- II 1111 , 1 ""~----1.\----- I' - l' "II" ! , -t i I \ I '9 }i ~ ~! ~ ~ BOYNTON BEACH MALL 801 NORTH CONGRESS AVENUE BOYNTON BEAa-t, FL 33428 SIMON i :'! ~ URS OVERALL SITE PLAN Natioaal City CIIIIICa" 115W.W~Strcct Inolimopolio, II< 46204 317.636.1600 URS Cofpomlon_ 78SO _ Coor1noy Com....1 c.-y Tampe.FIorid:I33601 (813)288-1711 EngIneer-ng BUSI~ No. 00000OO2 .~ . . . I fl o o :>:l EXI-IIBll UIj" I il ~ -;::: .::-> p.. [~:I.. !li :;:; ;:." N _g p..lfr. If !o,~ ". ~ . ,. ~~ ~~~. ~r l!l $ .r 8i~ ~! ; ~ ~ 1f 1.II! II Hi "tll ilt Uf ~llll Ii i ,..!l'ijl r elK hlh ,..tl f! [~i ij~! it ! !!I~lli tit qj!i I!! ^! iLL !II II I 'd~! 11" Ii" h ii ~I ~i' i ~~ t I ,. I tr t c- i ~ Q _--.u-.+....... __ _ EXHIBIT B I . s ~III !dl!I~1 'i;tl I s I i tiJ ~JII !JII I III ~a &11"11 GlI"'! i i I ! i~ J~:il I_It: I nn! ~il' · : ~ ~ ! II IIII ~ ; ~ Ii illlll 1: If lil S ~ ~:' I ~iJI Jt II ; il!:11 i: I ~ J i i : !II ~ : i !~!'II ~ II I II-II: ~ I ! ! i f I , ~III" ~e I e 1-'1 1;:1 ! I ~, j II~ ~ II i I iG i i ~ I !gUn ~! I i' I (') I BOYNTON BEACH MALL .,--- __.1'1._ SIMON I.! VIIS -Clir_ I. ---- I~!.W ;' f,; '1 ':...-:--a..-r.;:;...",- "'.-- .. ----...- MA8TER Pt.AH __ t__..... ... . -....-...----.............--...--~-~.~-.1....- EXHIBIT "C" Conditions of Approval Project name: Boynton Beach Mall - Muvico File number: MSPM 05-00 I Reference: 2nd review plans identified as a Master Site Plan Modification with a January 3 L 2005 Planning and Zoninl! Deoartment date stamo marking DEPARTMENTS INCLUDE REJECT PUBLIC WORKS - General Comments: None X PUBLIC WORKS - Traffic Comments: 1. Remove stop bars and lane separators on ring road. X 2. Add lane separator on "major" driveways to ring road. X ENGINEERING DIVISION Comments: 3. Full drainage plans, including drainage calculations, in accordance with the X LDR, Chapter 6, Article IV, Section 5 will be required at the time of permitting. 4. Paving, Drainage and Site details will not be reviewed for construction X acceptability at this time. All engineering construction details shall be in accordance with the applicable City of Boynton Beach Standard Drawings and the "Engineering Design Handbook and Construction Standards" and will be reviewed at the time of construction permit application. UTILITIES Comments: 5. Palm Beach County Health Department permits will be required for the water X and sewer systems serving this project (CODE, Section 26-12). 6. Fire flow calculations will be required demonstrating the City Code X requirement of 1,500 g.p.m. (500 g.p.m. some residential developments) with 20 p.s.i. residual pressure as stated in the LDR, Chapter 6, Article IV, Section 16, or the requirement imposed by insurance underwriters, whichever is greater (CODE, Section 26-16(b)). 7. The LDR, Chapter 6, Article IV, Section 16 requires that all points on each X building will be within 200 feet of an existing or proposed fire hydrant. Please demonstrate that the plan meets this condition, by showing all hydrants. COA 03/17/05 2 DEPARTMENTS INCLUDE REJECT 8. Water and sewer lines to be owned and operated by the City shall be included X within utility easements. Please show all proposed easements on the engineering drawings, using a minimum width of 12 feet. The easements shall be dedicated via separate instrument to the City as stated in CODE Sec. 26-33(a). 9. A building permit for this project shall not be issued until this Department has X approved the plans for the water and/or sewer improvements required to service this proiect, in accordance with the CODE, Section 26-15. 10. Another link of the sanitary sewer (from the Sears automobile service facility) X may come into the existing manhole located at the northwest comer of the proposed building and has not been addressed. Show the sanitary sewer for Sears Automotive and address relocation of this line. II. Utility construction details will not be reviewed for construction acceptability X at this time. All utility construction details shall be in accordance with the Utilities Department's "Utilities Engineering Design Handbook and Construction Standards" manual (including any updates); they will be reviewed at the time of construction permit application. FIRE Comments: 12. Site addresses shall be placed conspicuously on the front of the structure, so X the numbers can be seen plainly Site addresses shall be placed conspicuously on the front of the structure, so the numbers can be from the street. Numbers used for residences shall be not less than four inches in height and shall be made of a durable and visible material. Numbers used for commercial and industrial buildings shall not be less than six inches in height. (City Ordinance Chapter 20 Section 16.). 13. Prior to Fire Department inspections, new construction projects must provide X the results of a hydrant flow test indicating a fire flow not less that 1500 gallons per minute @ 20 p.s.i. above domestic use. This applies to new or existing hydrants within the required 200 ft. of the facility. 14. All buildings, three (3) stories or 30 feet in height, shall have an automatic X fire sprinkler system Chapter 9, Sec 7-2-2A1 City Ordinance. POLICE Comments: 15. Staff recommends the movie theatre hire private security guards to assist with X any future problems that may arise from large gathering of juveniles. COA 03/17/05 3 DEPARTMENTS INCLUDE REJECT BUILDING DIVISION Comments: 16. At the time of permitting, indicate within the site data the occupancy type of X the building as defined in 2001 FBC, Chapter 3. 17. The height and area for buildings or structures of the different types of X construction shall be governed by the intended use or occupancy of the building, and shall not exceed the limits set forth in Table 500 of the 2001 FBC. 18. Buildings, structures and parts thereof shall be designed to withstand the X minimum wind loads of 140 mph. Wind forces on every building or structure shall be determined by the provisions of ASCE 7, Chapter 6, and the provisions of 2001 FBC, Section 1606 (Wind Loads). Calculations that are signed and sealed by a design professional registered in the state of Florida shall be submitted for review at the time of permit application. 19. At time of permit review, submit signed and sealed working drawings of the X proposed construction. 20. Identify within the site data the finish floor elevation (lowest floor elevation) X that is proposed for the building. Verify that the proposed elevation is in compliance with regulations of the code by adding specifications to the site data that address the following issues: The design professional-of-record for the project shall add the following text to the site data. "The proposed finish floor elevation _' _ NGVD is above the highest 100-year base flood elevation applicable to the building site, as determined by the SFWMD's surface water management construction development regulations." From the FIRM map, identify in the site data the title of the flood zone that the building is located within. Where applicable, specify the base flood elevation. If there is no base flood elevation, indicate that on the plans. 21. CBBCPP 3.C.3.4 requires the conservation of potable water. City water may X not, therefore, be used for landscape irrigation where other sources are readily available. 22. A water-use permit from SFWMD is required for an irrigation system that X utilizes water from a well or body of water as its source. A copy of the permit shall be submitted at the time of permit application, F.S. 373.216. 23. If capital facility fees (water and sewer) are paid in advance to the City of X Boynton Beach Utilities Department, the following information shall be provided at the time of building permit application: COA 03/17/05 4 DEPARTMENTS INCLUDE REJECT a. The full name of the project as it appears on the Development Order and the Commission-approved site plan. b. The total amount paid and itemized into how much is for water and how much is for sewer. (CBBCO, Chapter 26, Article II, Sections 26-34) 24. At time of permit review, submit separate surveys of each lot, parcel or tract. X For purposes of setting up property and ownership in the City computer, provide a copy of the recorded deed for each lot, parcel or tract. The recorded deed shall be submitted at time of permit review. 25. Add a general note to the site plan that all plans submitted for permitting shall X meet the City's codes and the applicable building codes in effect at the time of permit application. 26. Pursuant to approval by the City Commission and all other outside agencies, X the plans for this project must be submitted to the Building Division for review at the time of permit application submittal. The plans must incorporate all the conditions of approval as listed in the development order and approved by the City Commission. 27. The full address of the project shall be submitted with the construction X documents at the time of permit application submittal. If the project is multi- family, then all addresses for the particular building type shall be submitted. The name of the project as it appears on the Development Order must be noted on the building permit application at the time of application submittal. 28. This structure meets the definition of a threshold building per F.S. 553.71(7) X and shall comply with the requirements ofF.S. 553.79 and the CBBA to the 2001 FBC, Sections 105.3.1 through 105.3.6. The following information must be submitted at the time of permit application: The structural inspection plan must be submitted to the enforcing agency prior to the issuance of a building permit for the construction of a threshold building All shoring and re-shoring procedures, plans and details shall be submitted. All plans for the building that are required to be signed and sealed by the architect or engineers of record shall contain a statement that, to the best of the architect's or engineer's knowledge, the plans and specifications comply with the applicable fire safety standards as determined by the local authority in accordance with this section and F.S. Section 633. PARKS AND RECREATION Comments: None X FORESTER/ENVIRONMENT ALIST Comments: COA 03/17/05 5 DEPARTMENTS INCLUDE REJECT Existing Trees Management Plan Sheet L-O I 29. The Landscape Architect should tabulate the total existing trees on the site. X The tabular data should show the individual species of trees proposed to remain in place, be relocated throughout the site, or removed / replaced on site. All desirable species of existing trees must be relocated rather than removed if the trees are in good health. These trees should be shown by a separate symbol on the landscape plan sheet L-02 (Chapter 7.5, Article I Sec. 7.D.p.2.). Landscape Plan Sheet L-02. L-03 30. All shade and palm trees on the Plant list must be listed in the specifications X as a minimum of 12'-14' height, 3" diameter at DBH (4.5' off the ground), and Florida #1 (Florida Grades and Standards manual). The height of the trees may be larger than 12' -14' to meet the 3" diameter requirement. [Environmental Regulations, Chapter 7.5, Article II Sec. 5.C. 2.1 31. All trees, if proposed as trees, must be at least 12 feet in height and three (3) X caliper inches at the time of their installation (Chapter 7.5, Article II, Section 5.C.2.). PLANNING AND ZONING Comments: 32. Approval of this site plan is contingent upon the accompanying request for X height exception (HTEX 05-004). On the site plan tabular data (sheet C-4), correct the "maximum building height" to indicate 45 feet rather than 54 feet. 33. The maximum height allowed in the C-3 zoning district is 45 feet (Chapter 2, X Section 6.C.). At the time of permitting, the elevations shall indicate the building height, ensuring compliance with aforementioned code. 34. The shared parking analysis indicates the project would contain 3,650 seats X but the site plan (sheet C-4) tabular data indicates 3,646 seats. The legal advertisement indicates 3,646 seats are proposed so therefore, if approved, the movie theatre would be limited to 3,646 seats, unless properly clarified, documented, or amended subsequently. 35. The traffic impact study must be approved by the Palm Beach County Traffic X Division for concurrency purposes prior to the issuance of any building permits. 36. The project requires a total of 5,562 parking spaces but only provides 5,478 X parking spaces, a deficit of 84 parking spaces. However, the applicant submitted quantitative evidence (shared parking analysis) that demonstrates COA 03/17/05 6 DEPARTMENTS INCLUDE REJECT varying parking demand on different days or times of the week. The quantitative evidence included estimates for peak hour / peak season parking demand based on statistical data furnished by the Urban Land Institute (Chapter 2, Section I1.H.13). The analysis was reviewed and found to be acceptable to staff. The Planning & Development Board and City Commission must approve the shared parking analysis. 37. The overall site plan (sheet C-3) tabular data indicates 42,876 square feet of X "future retail". This future building area was not a component of the shared parking analysis and should be indicated as such on the overall site plan tabular data. 38. At the time of permitting, All building elevations (for both Muvico and Retail X "A") should indicate paint manufacturer's name and color codes (Chapter 4, Section 7.D.). Staff recommends using a color schedule. 39. On the landscape plan, ensure that the plant quantities must match between X the tabular data and the graphic illustration. 40. A signature tree (such as a Yellow Elder, Tibouchina Granulsola, or X Bouganvillea) is required at both sides of all project entrances (off the loop road). The signature trees must have eight (8) feet of clear trunk if placed within the safe-sight triangle (Chapter 7.5, Article 2, Section 5.N.). Alternative plant material may be substituted if the above referenced plant material is not available or undesired. Any substitution of plant material (for the signature tree requirement) will be subject to the City Forester / Environmentalist review and approval. 41. One (1) wall sign is allowed on each wall of the movie theatre building X (Chapter 21, Article IV, Section 4). The elevations (of the Muvico building) show that reader boards are proposed on the same wall as the "Muvico" wall sign. Both signs are not allowed on the same wall. At the time of permitting, eliminate one (1) wall sign where there are two (2) proposed. A variance would have to be applied for, reviewed, and approved by the Planning & Development Board and City Commission in order to have two (2) wall signs on one (1) wall. 42. Eliminate the "16" portion of the project signage because as proposed, is X considered a roof-top sign. Roof-top signs are not permitted under Chapter 21, Article II, Section 3.G of the Land Development Regulations. 43. Rooftop air-conditioner units must be screened by the parapet walls. All X rooftop equipment must be completed screened from view at a minimum distance of 600 feet (Chapter 9, Section I1.E.). 44. Feature lighting emphasizing plants, trees, barriers, entrances, and exits is X encouraged (Chapter 9, Section 1O.F.3.). 45. Lighting may be used to illuminate a building and its grounds for safety X COA 03/17/05 7 . . DEPARTMENTS INCLUDE REJECT purposes and to enhance its beauty. However, the visual effect shall be subtle (Chapter 9, Section 10.FA.). Staff recommends that the illumination levels shall not exceed 10 footcandles. 46. Lighting shall not be used as a form of advertising in a manner that draws X more attention to the building or grounds at night than in the day (Chapter 9, Section 10.F.5.). 47. Provide a detail of a typical outdoor freestanding lighting fixture. The detail X of the typical freestanding outdoor lighting fixture should include the overall height, exterior finish, materials used (i.e. concrete or aluminum) and color(s). Staff recommends that the proposed lighting fixtures (and footcandle levels) used in the new parking areas should be the same lighting fixtures (and footcandle levels) that are used throughout the remainder of the mall's parking lots. Also, staff recommends limiting the under canopy lighting levels to 10 footcandles or less. 48. The elevations show a trellis structure with Bougainvillea is proposed at the X rear of the Muvico building. This element was omitted from the site plan and landscape plan. At the time of permitting, revise either the site plan or landscape plan to show the trellis structure. Regardless, the screen wall shall be painted to match the orinciole structure. 49. To soften the hardscape area, staff recommends installing a seven (7) foot X wide planter strip directly in front (east) of the new retail area. Native hedge material and palm trees should be installed within the planter strip. This can be accomplished during the oermitting process. 50. Staff recommends that the signage proposed on the expansion building must X either match or closely resemble the existing signage on the other mall entrances. 51. To create a more grandiose entrance to the movie theatre, staff recommends X substituting the 14 Christmas palm trees with 14 Royal Palm trees. 52. Staff recommends including the same white, wall-mounted decorative X lighting fixtures on the expansion area as that of the wall-mounted fixtures used on the other mall entrance. ADDITIONAL PLANNING & DEVELOPMENT BOARD COMMENTS: Comments: 53. None X ADDITIONAL CITY COMMISSION COMMENTS: Comments: COA 03/17/05 8 DEPARTMENTS INCLUDE REJECT 54. To be determined. ~ S:\Planning\SHARED\WP\PROJECTS\Boynton Beach Mall\MSPM 05-001 Muvico Theatre\COA.doc DEVELOPMENT ORDER OF THE CITY COMMISSION OF THE CITY OF BOYNTON BEACH, FLORIDA PROJECT NAME: AGENT: Boynton Beach Lofts Development P&Z Building Engineering Oee. License Deputy CIty Clerk Mr. Bradley D. Miller, AICP / Miller Land Planning Con Incorporated AGENTS ADDRESS: 298 Pineapple Grove Way Delray Beach, FL 33444 DATE OF HEARING RATIFICATION BEFORE CITY COMMISSION: April 5 and April 19, 2005 TYPE OF RELIEF SOUGHT: Request new site plan approval to construct a mixed-use project consisting of 48 dwelling units, 5,364 square feet of retail, 13,354 square feet of office, and a two (2) level parking garage on a 1.21-acre parcel in the Mixed-Use Low Intensity zoning district. LOCATION OF PROPERTY: 623 South Federal Highway DRAWING(S): SEE EXHIBIT "B" ATTACHED HERETO. X THIS MATTER came before the City Commission of the City of Boynton Beach, Florida appearing on the Consent Agenda on the date above. The City Commission hereby adopts the findings and recommendation of the Community Redevelopment Agency Board, which Board found as follows: OR THIS MATTER came on to be heard before the City Commission of the City of Boynton Beach, Florida on the date of hearing stated above. The City Commission having considered the relief sought by the applicant and heard testimony from the applicant, members of city administrative staff and the public finds as follows: 1. Application for the relief sought was made by the Applicant in a manner consistent with the requirements of the City's Land Development Regulations. 2. The Applicant /HAS HAS NOT established by substantial competent evidence a basis for the relief requested. 3. The conditions for development requested by the Applicant, administrative staff, or suggested by the public and supported by substantial competent evidence are as set forth on Exhibit "C" with notation "Included". 4. The Applicant's application for relief is hereby ../' GRANTED subject to the conditions referenced in paragraph 3 hereof. DENIED 5. This Order shall take effect immediately upon issuance by the City Clerk. 6. All further development on the property shall be made in accordance with the terms and conditions of this order. 7. Other DATED: S:lPllnningISHARBDlWPlPR01BCTSlBoynton LoftsINWSP OS-OOB\DO.d · DEVELOPMENT ORDER OF THE CITY COMMISSION OF THE CITY OF BOYNTON BEACH, FLORIDA Development P&Z aulldlng EngineerIng \.lcen" occ. City Clerk oepu\l -------=== PROJECT NAME: Boynton Beach Lofts (HTEX 05-001) AGENT: Bradley D. Miller, AICP/Miller Land Planning Consultants Inc. AGENT'S ADDRESS: 298 Pineapple Grove Way, Delray Beach, FL 33444 DATE OF HEARING RATIFICATION BEFORE CITY COMMISSION: April 5 and April 19, 2005 TYPE OF RELIEF SOUGHT: Request a three (3) foot - two (2) inch height exception for a mixed-use project on a 1.21-acre parcel in the Mixed-Use Low Intensity (MU-L) zoning district. LOCATION OF PROPERTY: 623 South Federal Highway DRAWING(S): SEE EXHIBIT "B" ATTACHED HERETO. X THIS MATTER came before the City Commission of the City of Boynton Beach, Florida appearing on the Consent Agenda on the date above. The City Commission hereby adopts the findings and recommendation of the Community Redevelopment Agency Board, which Board found as follows: OR THIS MATTER came on to be heard before the City Commission of the City of Boynton Beach, Florida on the date of hearing stated above. The City Commission having considered the relief sought by the applicant and heard testimony from the applicant, members of city administrative staff and the public finds as follows: 1. Application for the relief sought was made by the Applicant in a manner consistent with the requirements of the City's Land Development Regulations. 2. The Applicant LHAS HAS NOT established by substantial competent evidence a basis for the relief requested. 3. The conditions for development requested by the Applicant, administrative staff, or suggested by the public and supported by substantial competent evidence are as set forth on Exhibit "C" with notation "Included". 4. The Applic~t's application for relief is hereby ~ GRANTED subject to the conditions referenced in paragraph 3 hereof. DENIED 5. This Order shall take effect immediately upon issuance by the City Clerk. 6. All further development on the property shall be made in accordance with the terms and conditions of this order. Other 7. DATED: S:\PlanniIllISHAREDlWP\PRomcrS\Boynlon LoftslHTEX 05-001\DO.doe